wKSSSBSBaaemSSSSSSM iliil wBBBtt& -'■HE msssm 1 4 ■i Jill Hll - uam NOTES • CHINESE LITERATURE: NOTES ON CHINESE LITERATURE: WITH INTRODUCTORY REMARKS ON THE PROGRESSIVE ADVANCEMENT OF THE ART; LIST OF TRANSLATIONS FKOM THE CHINESE, INTO VARIOUS EUROPEAN LANGUAGES. BY A. WYLIE, Agent of the British and Foreign Bible Soeietg in China. SHANGHAE: AMERICAN PRESBYTERIAN MISSION PRESS. LONDON: TRUBNER & Co. 60, PATERNOSTER ROW. 1867. \> <\ • PREFACE Most students of Chinese literature, at the commencement of their career, must have felt themselves frequently arrested in their readings, by the occur- rence of proper names, and quotations from books, to which they could find no clue without the assistance of a native scholar; and it may be, were uncon- scious of the fact that they were dealing with the names of books, persons or places. To furnish the means of alleviating, if not of overcoming such a dif- ficulty, is one of the main objects of the following pages. The ground it is true is not altogether unoccupied; several works have appeared from time to time on Chinese Bibliography; but they have been so limited in the extent of their subject, or are now become so rare, that the present treatise can scarcely be deemed superfluous, or a mere repetition of what has been done before. The "Catalogus librorum bibliothecEe regime Sinicorum," is a complete list by Fourmont, of the Chinese books in the Royal Library at Paris, with copious explanatory details; containing much information doubtless, but so full of er- rors as to make it a very unsafe guide to the uninitiated. It is appended to his "Linguaa Sinarum Grrammatica," pp. 343 — 511, and was issued at Paris in 1742. This work has been charged, and justly so, with numerous and glaring defects; but if we consider the state of Chinese studies in Europe when the author wrote, before the publication of the " Memoires " of the missionaries, or De Mailla's translation of Chinese History, and with scarcely any of the nu- merous aids that later students have enjoyed, we have reason rather to wonder at what he was able to accomplish, and that he did it so well. Sir John F, Davis tells us indeed, ( 'that Fourmont merely compiled the materials which were sent to him by the French missionaries."* That Fourmont was chiefly indebted to the missionaries, for what progress he was able to make in the lan- guage, seems most probable; but that a man could issue a large tome like his frlio Grammar and " Meditationes SinicEe," without some pretention to a know- ledge of the language, is difficult to believe. * " Chinese Novels, translated from the Chinese." p. 41. London, 1822. [ii] PREFACE, This was the only catalogue of that library, however, till 1816, when the Minister of the Interior requested Abel Remusat to take the matter in hand. The latter accepted the invitation con amove, and the following year inserted a comprehensive essay on the subject, in the "Annales Encyclopediques." The same was published separate at Paris in 1818, with the title — "Memoire sur les livres Chinois de la Bibliotheque du Roi, et sur le plan du nouveau Cata- logue dont la composition a ete ordonnee par S. Ex. le Ministre de l'lnterieur; avec des remarques critiques sur le Catalogue publie par E. Fourmont, en 1742. Par M. Abel-Remusat." This is replete with information of a special charac- ter, but the remarques critiques upon his predecessor are severely cutting. Even Remusat however, with the additional light of three quarters of a cen- tury, and a rare capacity for such studies; albeit his talents have secured him a lasting reputation, and made him the founder of the modern school of Sino- logy, yet in his strictures on Fourmont, he is not beyond the reach of criticism. His essay was reproduced almost verbatim in the second volume of his "Me- langes Asiatiques," in 1826, under the title "Sur les livres Chinois de la Bibliotheque du Roi," with a supplementary article, in which he states the extended form his bibliothecal labours had assumed, Messrs. Reinaud, Bour- nouf, Lassen, Quatremere and others of the first orientalists of the day being associated with him in the work. I do not know to what extent the labours of these savants have been given to the public, nor have I had an opportunity of examining the "Notices et Ex- traits des manuscrits de la Bibliotheque du Roi,"'* but I presume that collec- tion must contain much interesting information from their pens. When the nucleus of the Chinese collection in the Royal Library at Berlin was formed, in the latter half of the 17th century, a Latin catalogue of the books, on a single sheet, was published by Andrew Miiller the curator, which has now become an excessive rarity. The same author published a second part of his list in 1683. The library having been augmented from time to time, a catalogue with most elaborate details, and rare extracts, was completed by Jules Klaproth in 1812. This was published in Paris ten years afterwards, with the title — "Verzeichniss der Chinesischen und Mandshuischen Biicher und Handschriften der Koniglichen Bibliothek zu Berlin." Of this writer it has been said, that there were few questions of literary or historic interest regarding the East, in which he did not take a part, and almost every subject he touched, he did so to the benefit of science. His various writings on oriental bibliography, have thrown light on some abstruse questions, and enriched that class of literature with many facts which were not generally known before. In the catalogue in question, he has contrived to exhibit a great amount of that erudition, with which his mind was so richly stored. * The publication was begun in 1787, and I find by Duprat's sale catalogue in 1854, the 17th vol- ume was then in the press. Probably several more volumes are now added to the series. PREFACE. [iii] Since the publication of the last-named work, much having been added to the collection, Professor Schott of Berlin made a catalogue of the more recent acquisitions, as a continuation of that of Klaproth. This was published at Berlin in 1840, with the title — "Verzeichniss der Chinesischen und Mandschu- Tungusischen Biicher und Handschriften der Koniglichen Bibliothek zu Berlin. Eine Fortsetzung des im Jahre 1822 erschienenen Klaproth'schen Verzeich- nisses." Although this has not got the polyglott embellishments of Klaproth's work, there is a great amount of curious and useful information in it. A very considerable Chinese library exists at St. Petersburg, of which Father Avakum, formerly a missionary at Peking, drew up a list, included in his ac- count of the Asiatic Library, which was published in 1843. The translation of the title runs thus: — "Catalogue of the books, manuscripts, and charts, in the Chinese, Manchu, Mongol, Tibetan and Sanscrit languages, in the library of the Asiatic department"*. His descriptions are said to be short, and so very general, that they throw little light on the subject. In 1852, a thick octavo volume was published in French, by Dorn, with the title — "Catalogue des Manuscrits et Xylographes Orientauxde la Bibliotheque Imperiale publique de St. Petersbourg." This is executed with a good deal of care, but it has not been accessible to me for consultation. The "Catalogus librorum manuscriptorum Japonicorum a Ph. Fr. de Siebold collectorum, annexa enumeratione illorum, qui in Museo Regio Hagano servan- tur," by Siebold and Hoffmann, gives a descriptive list of the Japanese books in the Royal Museum at the Hague, published at Leyden in L845. A great part of these are merely Japanese editions of Chinese works; but the compilers of the catalogue have given the Japanese pronunciation of the titles, which would be unrecognizable to the mere Chinese student, were they not given also in the original .character at the end. The explanatory details are brief, and in many cases there is nothing beyond a simple translation of the title. The "Catalogue of the Chinese Library of the Royal Asiatic Society," by the Rev. S. Kidcl, is a bald collection of titles, scarcely worth mentioning. On the death of Klaproth, when his books were to be sold by auction, the second part of the catalogue was compiled by C. Landresse, with the title — - "Catalogue des Livres composant la Bibliotheque de feu M. Klaproth, Deux- ieme Partie," Paris, 1839. This contains about three hundred Chinese, Man- chu and Japanese books, with interesting notes on each book, and a prelimina- ry notice regarding the collection. A treatise by Professor Schott, issued at Berlin in 1854, with the title — - "Entwurf einer beschreibung der chinesischen litteratur," is a learned contri- bution to the subject in question, well worth the perusal of every student in * The original title may be thus transcribed: — "Katalog knegam rukopesyam e kartani na Ketae- skom, Mantchshurskom, Mongolskom, Tebetskoni e Sanskretskom yasuikach, nachodyashtshemsya v' bebliotek Asiyatskago Departanienta." [iv] PREFACE, that department. The philosophic views of the writer, and his extensive ac- quaintance with the literature of the East, make him an authority to be res- -pected; and there are probably few who can form a juster estimate of the true character and value of the productions of the press of China. Such are the principal works as far as I know, that have been written on Chinese Bibliography, in European languages; and although I have had most of them by me, my obligation is merely such as to call for the most genpral ac- knowledgment. Indeed they cover but a small portion of the field occupied by this treatise; and while they shew a remarkable amount of scholarship, — which is not the thing aimed at here, — their authors were necessarily confined within such limits, as it is not advisable for a resident in China to restrict himself to. Still the present essay is not by any means intended to be exhaustive. The books named are but a small selection from the mass; and anything like a com- plete list of the native literature is a work that still remains to be accomplish- ed. By far the greater portion have been described from actual examination; but a number of important works which were not accessible to me, have been notified, from records in other Chinese publications. To the imperial catalogue K'iii ting sze 7c' 06 tseuhi s7ioo tsung mu7i, I am chiefly indebted ; and it will be no disparagement to this essay, to say that I have generally been guided in es- timating the characters of the various books which are noticed, by the views set forth in that masterly composition. The arrangement followed has been almost entirely after the plan of that work, a plan commended by Remusat, * whose literary taste few will be disposed to question. For the publications of the early Jesuit missionaries, a special source of in- formation has turned up. A Chinese tract without date, entitled gi jffc fa IS Sliing IceaCu sin citing, "Evidences of the Holy Religion," signed by two na- tive converts as the authors, gives a series of short notices of all the Jesuit missionaries to China, down to the year 1681, with the several publications is- sued by each. This part of the tract was translated into Latin by Philip Couplet, and published at the end of his "Astronomia Europsea," in 1687, under the title "Catalogus Patrum Societatis Jesu. Qui .post obitum S. Francisci Xaverii ab Anno 1581, usque ad Annum 1681. In Imperio Sinarum Jesu Christi Fidem propugnarunt, ubi singulorum nomina, ingressus, predica- te, mors, sepultura, libri Sinice editi recensentur." This has given me a clue to the authors of most of the books published by the Jesuits within that period. In De Murr's "Litterae patentes Imperatoris Sinarum Kang-hi," there is also a classified list of the scientific productions of the Jesuits, with the title "Catalogus librorum mathematicorum, physicorum et philosophicorum, sinice scriptorum editorumque a Missionariis Societatis Jesu;"f but this is not near so full as Couplet's list. * "Melanges Asiatiques," Vol, 2, p. 389. t Couplet's catalogue and this have been recently republished in China by lithography, in a 4to. brochure. PEEFACE. [v] This work was undertaken at the suggestion of a veteran sinologue, who finished his earthly course more than ten years past. The greater portion was in print when I left China on a visit to England in 1860; but was then neces- sarily laid aside. On my return to Shanghae in 1864, the pursuits which oc- cupied me being unfavourable to the prosecution of such work, I had no in- tention of resuming it for the time. Copies of what was done however, having fallen into the hands of some of my friends, I was repeatedly urged from various quarters to complete the treatise; which has now been carried through at leisure intervals. While engaged on the earlier pages I had the use of a tolerably extensive Chinese library, a great part of which is no longer at my service; and the me- chanical facilities for passing them through the press, were such as I have not now at command. The latter consideration however, is greatly counterbalanc- ed by the assistance I have received from W. Gamble, Esq., the Superinten- dent of the American Presbyterian Mission Press at Shanghae, who has shewn a friendly interest in forwarding the work. It has been a great advantage more- over, to have the use of the font of small Chinese type, with which the Appen- dix and and Indexes are printed. This font which has been recently completed, is entirely the result of Mr. Gamble's unwearying enterprise, and will prove the most convenient type for European book- work of any that has yet been cast. Conscious of many defects in the treatise, and feeling that those who may take the trouble to peruse it, will discover others, I commend it to the indul- gence of Sinologues; and shall be gratified if it should prove any assistance to those who would explore the literature of a third part of the human race. A. WYLIE, Shanghae, 18th July, 1867. CONTENTS, Preface. Introduction. Page I. Classics. 1 1. Book of Changes. ., 2. Book of History - - 2 3. Book of Odes. -. 3 4. Rituals _- 4 5. Spring and Autumn Annals. 5 6. Four Books. _. 6 7. Book of Filial Piety. 7 8. Literary Expositor. __ ,, 9. Dictionaries. 8 II. History .. 12 1. Dynastic Histories. ; , 2. Annals -- 19 3. Complete Records, 22 4. Separate Histories. __ 23 5. Miscellaneous Histories. __ 25 6. Official Documents... -.1. 27 7. Biographies 28 8. Historical Excerpta. _ - 31 9. Contemporary Records. __ 32 10. Chronograpky. 34 11. Geography. ._ 35 12. Official Repertories... 54 13. Treatises on the Constitution 55 14. Catalogues. _. 60 15. Historical Critiques. 64 III. Philosophers. __ 65 1. Literati. 66 2. Writers on Military affairs. - 72 3. Writers on Legislation 74 4. Writers on Agriculture 75 5. Medical Writers. ._ 77 6. Astronomy and Mathematics. _. 86 7. Divination. 104 8. Arts. — — _ 108 9. Repertories of Science, &c. 114 10. Miscellaneous Writers. 124 11. Cyclopaedias. 145 12. Essayists 151 13. Buddhism 163 14. Taouism _. 172 [viii] CONTENTS. IV. Belles-lettres 181 1. Elegies of Tsoo „ 2. Individual Collections. 182 3. General Collections.. _ 192 4. Critiques on Poetry and Literature. 196 5. Ehyrues and Songs... 202 Appendix. 207 Index I. Titles of Books 225 Do. II. Names of Persons 246 INTRODUCTION Theee is a tradition among the Chinese, that an ancient sage named Tsang- kee was the inventor of their written character; hnt if we admit the fact, there is very little to he gathered from it; for it is too much to believe that any me- morial of the event should have been handed down to subsequent ages. An attempt to determine the period when writing was first used in China, offers little prospect of a satisfactory result; the probability being well sustained, that it was imported by the early settlers from the west. It is needless to refer to the rude device of knotted cords, for the purpose of aiding the memory, which we have no evidence of having ever been used by this people. Nor will it cast much light on the question, to adduce the mysterious symbols of the Yih king; for notwithstanding the r/epeated affirma- tions of native seholars, it is difficult to see how such could have been the nu- cleus of any system of ideographic writing. The grotesque figures of the Shang and Chow inscriptions still extant, al- though they point to an elementary stage in the graphic art, yet offer too great a resemblance to the hieroglyphics of the west, to claim for them an independent origin. With such instrumentality, we can scarcely imagine any great develop- ment in the art of recording the impressions of the mind; but we are not sure that this was the only kind of writing in use, even at the period referred to ; for it is quite possible that the antique form may have been preserved in the stone and metal inscriptions, while a more current hand served the wider necessities of general usage; a practice which exists to some extent at the present clay. The custom prevalent during the Chow, of piercing the characters on slips of bamboo, was not calculated to encourage a great extension of the art; but such appears to have been the usual form of the records of that age. Tradition as- cribes the invention of the hair pencil to the 3rd century B. C, but it is believed that something of the kind was in use in earlier ages.* — ♦ — * There are not wanting idle legends, to supply the lack of direct information, regarding the in- troduction of the use of the pencil in writing. Thus Jjj^ Q $j£ Ching-kung Suy, a writer under the ^ Tsin, in an essay entitled ||| ]§£ sjl: $& Kt Jcoo peih foo, tells us that — " Tsang-kee, who was mi- raculously horn with four eyes and gifted with unwonted intelligence, while pondering over the art of writing, made a black rhinoceros-horn stem tipped with ivory, on which he glued some of the downy beard of a certain grass, and bound it five times round with a threefold cord," such being the type of a pencil. The ^ Jft, Wuh ijuen, says. — "Fo-he at first cut his characters with wood ; a practice su- 11 INTRODUCTION. Notwithstanding all impediments however, there can he little doubt of the ex- istence of many written documents which have passed into oblivion, leaving no name and scarcely a trace behind. Such may have contributed to the composi- tion of the earliest works now extant. The names of a number of books have been handed down to us from remote antiquity, of which we know little or no- thing more. Some of these have their spurious representatives, which having survived to the present day, are now independently entitled to rank as ancient works; while others of a similar origin have shared the fate of their genuine prototypes. That a small section of the existing literature justly claims an origin as early as the Chow, we have evidence sufficiently satisfactory. A few fragments there are, ascribed to an age prior to Confucius; but it is right to say that their genuineness has been impugned. Four at least of the Classics may be accepted as having issued from the hands of the sage, and it is almost certain, that for three of them, the Shoo, the She and the Yih, a great part of the materials existed previously; while for the Ch'un-ts'ew, his own especial composition, he must have been largely indebted •to the state archives. It is natural to think that these may have undergone modification in the course of transmission to succeeding ages; and the Le-Jce, the perseded by Heen-yuen, who traced the writing with a knife; and this lasted till the time of the sage Shun, who invented the ' pencil,' to paint the characters on the bamboo tablets." A more reliable tradition is found in the Po with che, to the effect that — " The pencil was invented by |H f § Mung Teen," a general under Che-hwang of the Tsin, (B.C. 246—205.) The biography of Mung Teen in the She ke makes no mention of the fact however. We find a paragraph in allusion to this in the Chung hwa koo kin choo, which says: — "New Ting made the following enquiry, — 'Since the time that written contracts came into use, pencils ought to have been known also ; how is it that the invention is commonly as- cribed to Mung Teen V His interlocutor replied,—' The invention of the Tsin pencil dates from Mung Teen, who made the stem of mulberry wood, and the brush of deer's hair covered with goat's hair. This was the azure down, and differed from the one with a bamboo stem and rabbits hair.' " The 1*3 e "t* iPI Shang shoo chung how, says: — "When the black tortoise appeared with the figure on his back, Chow Kung took a ' pencil' and described it." In the first section of theXc he it is said: — "The historian carries the 'pencil.' " Seu Keen, in the ^/J Jp Itl Ts'oo heo ke, remarks on the preceding : — "According to the Shang shoo chung hoiv and the Le ke, we find that 'pencils ' were in use before the Tsin dynasty. It may be that the name was not used in other states but only in the Tsin, and Mung Teen improved the quality of them." The Shwo wan describes the character Sj£ Yuh, as: — "An ar- ticle used for writing. In Tsoo it is called Yuh ■ in Woo it is called Puh leuh; in Yen it is called Fuh; the root of the character being "^p Nee; In Tsin it is calied Peih." The Urhya, says: — "Puh leuh sig- nifies a 'pencil;' " and Kw" P6 the commentator, Without noticing the above remarks of Heu Shin, says: — "The people of Slum call a ' pencil,' puh leuh, which is merely a variation in the pronunciation." Several attempts at etymological identification have been recently applied to Chinese. May we ven- ture to seek a cognate for the terms Fuh, Peih and Puh leuh, which are evidently variants of the same word. In Turkish, a "feather" is pupula; which in Mongol becomes urbalge; Georgian, bumbuli; Per- sian, per; Russian, pero; French, plume. Perhaps the English brush may be traced to the same source. If there be any foundation for such an etymology, then we may infer that a feather was the original writing instrument in China ; and it may be observed that the radical word given by Heu Shin, has not the sign of the "bamboo" annexed as now written ; but is composed of a character which in the archaic form shews "a hand grasping a duster," and "a stroke." The modern form with the " bam- boo" radical appears to have been first used under the Tsin. INTRODUCTION. 1U remaining member of the pentateuch which originally emanated from the great teacher, has been gathered up in such a mu( dated form, that it becomes a ques- tion how far he can be held responsible for its contents. The age of Confucius and several centuries downwards gave birth to a suc- cession of writers, distinguished for the boldness of their theories and the free- dom of their utterance. Laou-tsze, Kwan-yin-tsze, Leih-tsze and Chwang- tsze, the apostles of Taouism ; Mencius and Sun-tsze, who sustained the repu- tation of the orthodox ; Mlh-tsze, Yin-wan-tsze, Shin-tsze, Ho-kwan-tsze, Kung-sun Lung-tsze and Hwae-nan-tsze, who broached philosophical theories at variance with the teachings of the great sage ; Kwan-tsze and Han-fei-tsze, who have put on record their views of legislation ; Sun-tsze and Woo-tsze, two writers on military tactics; besides others who have not attained the same ce- lebrity ; all bear witness to the period being one of mental activity and vigour' Considering the imperfect facilities that then existed for book-making, writers, multiplied to a remarkable extent ; and even the " power of the press " began to be felt, if it be allowable to apply that expression to an age when every copy of a book had to be produced by the tedious routine of individual manipulation. So oppressive indeed did this power become to the despot of Tsin, who as- cended the imperial throne in 221 B. C, that he boldly resolved on the extinc- tion of all the records of the past, excepting only works on Medicine, Divina- tion, and Husbandry, together with the annals of his own house. This na- turally involved many of the literati, who were put to death on the occasion, and the event, which is recorded as the first great " bibliothecal catastrophe," has rendered the memory of the monarch infamous through all succeeding ge- nerations. The short-lived dynasty of Tsin was succeeded by that of Han, the princes of which distinguished themselves by a more liberal policy towards the scholars of the empire. In the year 190 B. C, the law for the suppression of literary works was repealed. Encouragements were held out to the possessors of such, to bring forward their hidden treasures; when the walls of buildings and moun- tain crevices delivered up many relics of the past, which were deposited on the shelves of the imperial book-store ; the durable character of the material hav- ing preserved them from destruction. Towards the close of the first century B. C, many works were still wanting and others incomplete ; so that addition* al efforts were made to secure the missing documents. Lew Heang was ap- pointed to classify the whole and form a library ; but dying while the task was yet unfinished, his son Lew Hin completed the work under imperial commis- sion, and drew up a resume of his labours in seven sections. The substance of six of these forms the Bibliographical section in the History of the Former Han, and we may believe furnishes a very correct view of the extent of the national literature at that period. It is in fact a detailed catalogue with va- luable notes, the following being a general summary of the contents !^* lv INTRODUCTION. Works on the Classics, 3,123 sections,* by 103 authors. Philosophical, 2,705 do. 137 do. Poetical, 1,318 do. 106 do. Military, 790 do. 53 do. Mathemathics, 2,528 do. 190 do. Medical, 868 do. 36 do. This collection, which had been amassed with so much care, was not allowed to remain long undisturbed, for during the insurrection of Wang-mang at the close of the dynasty, the imperial edifice was reduced to ashes, and scarcely a vestige remained of the well-assorted library. This is considered the second great " bibliothecal catastrophe." The practice begun thus early of forming national collections of the native literature, has been imitated in nearly every succeeding dynasty, and has tended much to the advancement of the nation in mental culture. In the reigns of Kwang-woo and Ming-te of the After Han, great efforts were made to restore the library. Many rare works had no doubt jDerished in the confla- gration, but we may presume a great proportion of the books still existed in duplicate among the scholars ; and it is said that when the reinstater of the dynasty returned to the capital at Lo-yang, he had more than two thousand vehicles laden with written records. The impetus having been given, it was followed up in after years with such vitalitj r , that the Han is pointed back to as an era in the history of Chinese literature. Bamboo and wooden tablets had already been to some extent su- perseded by the textile fabric, which last was now supplanted by the more re- cent invention of paper ;f and the new facility thus introduced, had no doubt * The character j| Teen, here translated " Section," meant in ancient times " a slip of bamboo," but whether it bore that sense here, or a bundle of such slips, it is not possible now to determine ; though the latter seems probable. ■f The biography of %fc Tff Ts'ae^ Iain in the History of the After Han, has the following state- ment: — " Anciently written documents were for the chief part on bamboo tablets. When close wove silk came into use it was cal led j||£ c he ' paper.' But the expense of the silk, and the cumbrous char- acter of the tablets, rendered both unsuitable for general use ; when Ts'ae Lun invented the manu- facture of paper from the inner bark of trees, ends of hemp, old rags and fishing nets. In 105 he laid his project before the emperor, who commended his ability ; and from that time it came into universal use, under the name of Marquis Ts'ae's paper." (How han shoo. Book 108, pp. 5, 6.) It was distinguished according to the material used, as " hemp paper," "bark paper" and "net pa- per." (jP! J3K iu? Yufuhche.) The radical of the character che being "silk," is a memento of the anterior use of that material ; while another form of the character, -jf?, being composed with the radical for "a cloth," commemorates the subsequent invention. The expense of the silk in early times, placed it beyond the reach of many of the people, who consequently used a kind of sedge. ( Ts'oo heo Ice) In a biographical notice of the consort of the emperor Heaou-ching of the Forme r Han, in the year B. C. 12, mention is made of an article named jfjp |JJf hih te, which the commenta- tor explains as " small thin paper." (Tseen han shoo. Book 97, 2nd part.) Some have argued from this that Ts'ae Lun's was no original invention, but merely an improvement on what had been done before. (Heo ehae teenpeih.) It is very doubtful however if the article alluded to be the same. Men- tion is made also of a rival contemporary with Ts'ae Lun. One Tso Plh is said to have excelled in the art ; but fame has been less generous in recording his merits. (Shoo twan.) Two different places were pointed out in subsequent ages as the site of Ts'a6's operations. The TO jl'JI p£ Scany chow ke 1NTB0DUCTI0N. V a mighty influence in increasing the number of authors. Expounders of the Classics multiplied; and if their writings were not marked by the boldness and brilliancy of ideas that distinguished later authors, we are struck by their pains- taking endeavours to ascertain and preserve the literal meaning of the text ; their comparative proximity to the age of the latter, placing them at an ad- vantage which must obviously decrease with the lapse of- time. Poetry began to be cultivated, and the lyric strains of those early ages contain precious and interesting memories of the social and domestic life of the people ; while the art kept pace with the secular progress of literature, till its culminating epoch in the Tang. National history was initiated, and the model then executed, has been consecutively followed through various dynasties to the present age. The first dictionary was composed, an etymologicon which is looked upon as a master-piece, and has scarcely yet been surpassed. The spread of Taouism made an impress on the writings of the period, and to that we are indebted for a class of books abounding in the marvellous and supernatural, the remote pro- genitors of the modern romance. Between the years 172 and 177 the classics were revised by a literary com- mission, and engraved on stone tablets, Avhich were placed outside the national college ; and although it is probable that impressions were frequently taken from these slabs, yet it may be a matter of surprise, that the hint thus afford- ed lay dormant for so many ages, before the art of printing properly so called was fully developed. In the disorders that took place about the end of the second century, the palace at Lo-yang was burnt and the greater part of the books again lost. With the remainder, comprising more than seventy cart-loads, the emperor set out on his journey to Chang-gan in Shen-se, the western capital. The length of the way, however, and the dfficulties they encountered from the opposition of arm- ed bands were so formidable, that they only succeeded in bringing about half the amount to their destination ; and even these were nearly all destroyed soon after, in the period of turbulance that ensued. This is reckoned the third great " bibliothecal catastrophe." During the few years that the throne of Lo-yang was occupied by the house of Wei, in the middle of the 3rd century, a disposition was evinced again to advance the cause of literature, and under their successors of the Tsin the work of collecting was actively carried on. Seun Heu, the Keeper of the Archives to the latter, drew up a new catalogue of existing works classed under four divi- sions, which were distinguished by the four first characters of the denary cycle, says : — " To the nortli of the district city of Luy-yang, is the residence of Ts'ae Lun, the Yellow-gate warden of the Han. West of the residence a stone mortar may be seen, in which it is said he used to pound his paper material." {How hem shoo. Book 108, p. 6.) The ^Jj '}\'\ pji King chow he says : — " In the vicinity of the district city of Tsaou-yang is the residence of Ts'ae Lun: by the side of which is a pool, called 'Ts'ae's pool,' and there it is said he first manufactured paper from fishing nets. There is a hereditary occupancy of his art by the people of that district, many of whom are expert in the manufacture of paper." {Kih che king yuen. Book 37, pp. 7, 8.) "VI INTRODUCTION. Kea, Yih, Ping, Ting. The first division contained Works on the Classics and collateral studies ; the second, Works on Philosophy, Military tactics, Ma- thematics and Divination ; the third, History, State documents and Miscella- neous writings ; and the fourth, Poetry, Topographical works, and books found in the old Wei tomb; the whole comprising 29,945 books.* During the reign of the imbecile Hwuy-te, this library went to decay ; and in the time of his successor Hwae-te, the palace was burnt in 311, the destruction or dispersion of the books being thus completed. This was the fourth great " bibliothecal catastrophe." The first emperor of the Eastern Tsin, Yuen-te, who held his court at Nan- king, turned his attention toward the restoration of the library ; and when his minister Le Ch'ung undertook the revision of Seun Heu's catalogue, he found only 3014 books left out of the whole number. In 431, soon after the establishment of the Sung, Seay Ling-yuen the Keep- er of the Archives made a catalogue of the works in his custody, to the number of 4582 books. Another, was drawn up by Wang Keen, an officer of the same board in 473, comprising 5704 books. Buddhist missionaries from India had been for centuries propagating their tenets throughout China, and we now find their writings occupying a department in the national library. The transla- tion of the Hindoo sacred books, commenced in the 1st century, continued to be prosecuted for eight or nine hundred years; during which time a vast amount of Sanscrit lore was transferred into Chinese. From the same source the lan- guage was enriched by the addition of some thousands of new characters ; and a method of analyzing the sounds was introduced about the period in question, which has left a permanent stamp on the national lexicography. This foreign religion gained at times much patronage in influential quarters; and even princes were known openly to submit themselves to its guidance; while the wide-spread dissemination of its dogmas and practices, naturally gave a tinge to the philosophic writings of the day. Besides the translatorial labours of the fraternity, numerous works were written in apology and elucidation of the in- stitution; and these called forth arguments and invectives from the orthodox Confucians. The memorials of these early ages abound in remonstrances against the favours accorded to Buddhism. The above named Wang Keen, in a re- view of the national literature, divides it into seven heads, and devotes an ap- pendix to the consideration of Taouist and Buddhist writings. Under the brie!:' domination of the house of Tse, near the end of the 5th cen- tury, Seay Pei the Keeper of the Archives, and his secondary Wang Leang, compiled a catalogue of their works, which we find amounted to 18,010 books. * The word 35 Keuen, here translated " book," and its equivalent 45 fffl Keuen cKuh, signified originally a roll. They were probably first applied to literature when sheets of silk were used in- stead of bamboo slips, and subsequently to the paper scrolls mounted on rollers. The lcemn in mo- dern books is of various extent, frequently occupying a volume ; though it is quite customary to in- clude two or three, or even more in a volume ; and sometimes a heuen is divided into two volumes. INTRODUCTION. VII But this library was burnt by the troops at the overthrow of the dynasty, and the greater part of the contents was lost. At the beginning of the 6th century, through the efforts of Jin Fang, the offi- cial curator under the Leang, an accumulation was made to the amount of 33,106 books, exclusive of Buddhist works, and a list of the contents was drawn up in five catalogues. In the period Poo-tung (520-526), Yuen Heaou-seu, a private scholar wlio had made very extensive researches on the subject, drew up a kind of catalogue raisonnee of the national literature, digested under the seven. heads: — 1, Classics; 2, History; 3, Philosophy' and Militaiy tactics; 4, Poetry; 5, Arts and Sciences; 6, Buddhism; 7, Taouism. Studies were encouraged, and private libraries were not uncommon through the provinces. Anthologies were first compiled during this century, a class of literature which has been highly popular among the literati ever since. When the emperor Yuen-te defeated the rebel How King, he removed his library numbering more than 70,000 books to King-chow the capital. Being threatened soon after by the troops of Chow, he set fire to the principal building and nothing was saved but a remnant which had been deposited in another part of the city. This was the fifth and last great "bibliothecal catastrophe." When the After Wei held their court at Ping-yang in Shan-se, Taou-woo the founder issued orders to all the pi'ovincial officers, to aid in the formation of a state library; and on the removal of the capital to Lo-yang by Heaou-wan, they made up deficiencies by borrowing from the court of Tse. In the insurrection of 531, this collection got scattered abroad, and the contents mostly fell int private hands. On the establishment of the Ch'in, great efforts were made between the years 560 and 565 to renew the collection; but it was found that many works were gone which could not be replaced. The After Tse having removed their court to Nee in Ho-nan, set about mak- ing a collection; and from 565 to 575, they were occupied incessantly revising and transcribing. The early years of the After Chow at Chang-gan were a time of hostile pres- sure from without, so that they had little leisure to bestow on literary matters. They gradually increased their store however, till it amounted to 10,000 books; and on the overthrow of the Tse, from the mass of manuscripts thus acquired, they obtained 5,000 additional books, besides duplicates. When the Suy became masters of the empire in 581, it was one of their first cares to accumulate a library. The works that had been written out under the Ch'in their immediate predecessors were very unsightly, both paper and ink be- ing bad; and to remedy this, they were now rewritten in duplicate by expert caligraphers. Their whole collection was classified in thirty-one divisions, the library at the eastern capital comprising distinct works to the number of 17,000 books. At Chang-gan also the imperial library contained some 37,000 books, besides numerous duplicates. The catalogue of works in the history of the VUl INTRODUCTION. Suy dynasty is one of the most important documents extant, in reference to the national Bibliography, shewing as it does the state of literature under that and the preceding four dynasties; there being nothing of the kind between it and the memoir of Lew Hin of the Han. The Tang is specially distinguished in the annals of literature, the monarchs of that line delighting to draw around them the most illustrious talents of the age. Poets took a high stand, and the period of Le Tae-pih and Too Foo is looked to as the golden age of Chinese bards. Under the immediate patronage of the reigning princes, the series of dynastic histories up to that time was completed, important works were written in the departments of government and lexicography; and a vast accession was made to the number of Buddhist translations. In the early part of the 8th century, being the most flourishing period, the number of works described in the official record of the library amounted, to 53,915 books; besides which there was a collection of recent authors, numbering 28,469 books. The classification which was first adopted by the Tang, has been followed with slight deviations to the present day; the whole body of the literature being then arranged under the four great divisions of Classics, History, Philosophers and Belles-lettres. The Bibliographical sections of the Old and New Histories of the Tang, although they differ some- what in regard to the amount of works, yet both approximate to the above numbers. In the 10th century, during the rule of the Five short dynasties, the classics "were for the first time engraved on wood, and the printed copies sold; a move- ment which had the effect of greatly increasing the number of authors, and perpetuating works of value. Printing was known in the time of the Suy, and practised to a limited extent during the Tang; but the early efforts at the art do not seem to have been sufficiently successful to supersede the manuscripts. In time however, Hangchow became famous for the specimens turned out, and when the advantages of the invention were manifest, Fung Taou and Le Yu, two ministers of the Later Han, memorialised the throne in 932, to have the Nine Classics revised and printed; a proposal which was favourably received, and the undertaking was completed in 952. One effect of this new art was to discourage the practice of storing up manuscripts, which had hitherto been customary with the wealthy. Works had been copied out with the greatest care, and fine specimens of caligraphy handed down, as precious heir-looms, the the paper, ink and mounting being all objects of the greatest interest to col- lectors. This mechanical department of literature reached the highest degree of perfection in the Tang, when the large collection of manuscript rolls in the national depository were mounted with the utmost care, each of the four divi- sions being distinguished by special colours for the rollers, covers, straps and pins. When printing blocks were introduced, these scrolls were superseded by the long folding sheets, in the form of the rituals now used by the Buddhists and Taouists; and these in their turn gave way to the book composed of double leaves as we now have it. INTBODUCTION. IX The Sung dynasty has heen designated, a " protracted Augustan age of Chinese literature," and the language and style of books may be said to have already attained their highest point. Speculative philosophy suddenly sprung into ex- istence, a remarkable innovation on the ordinary routine. Some slight traces of the same line of thought indeed may be discovered from time to time in the works of earlier ages ; but all that had been done previously was far eclipsed by such authors as Chow Leen-k'e, Chang Ming-taou, the two brothers Ch'ing, and especially the illustrious Choo He. The bold conceptions of the latter and the popularity of his style, have secured for his writings a wonderful influence over the native mind. The classics and histories passed under his revision and expo, sition, and his new theory of the universe was destined henceforth to mould the national belief, and give a determinate turn to many speculators who were grop- ing after truth. The department of history also assumed a new phase. The huge work of Sze-ma Kwang, the labourious productions of Ch'ing Tseaou and Ma Twan-liu, and most of the voluminous compilations that were published under the patronage of the early emperors, have taken their place as standard works of permanent value. Although the libraries of the former dynasties had been dis- persed in the revolutionary disorders consequent on change, yet by dint of re- wards and encouragements a great portion of. the old literature was recovered, and most of it printed before the close of the Sung. The Leaou who ruled contemporary with the latter were very feeble in the matter of literature, and we have nothing of importance that has emanated from them. We find an edict issued by them in 1062 prohibiting the print- ing of books by private parties. As a foreign race, using a different language, it is not surprising that Chinese studies were uncongenial to their nature; and although they invented a character* for reducing their language to writing, we find no record of any books having been translated or written in it; while no- thing but the merest fragments of it now remain. In 1117 the Leaou were succeeded by the Kin, another Tartar race, who im- itating their predecessors, also invented a character after they had attained sovereign power, and made great efforts to establish a national literature. While Chinese scholars were encouraged at their court, they had at the same time the classics, some of the histories and philosophical works translated into their native language, and circulated among their subjects. At the close of the Ming there were fifteen of these works in the imperial library at Peking, and may probably still be found there. A very few specimens are preserved on stone tablets. The Mongols of the Yuen dynasty although liberal in their patronage of li- terature, have cot left to posterity any remarkable monument in the orthodox department. During the short period of their supremacy, the arts and sciences * By imperial edict issued in the early part of 924, this character was ordered to be generally used by the subjects of the dynasty. X INTRODUCTION. began to flourish, and men of talent were invited from the most distant regions. Following the example of the Leaou and Kin, the first emperor of the Yuen resolved upon the construction of a new character for the Mongol language, and Baschpa a Tibetan lama was commissioned to undertake it. The classics and works on history and government were translated into Mongol and written out in this character, some of them having been printed. The new character how- ever never became popular, and before the end of the dynasty it was superseded by a modification of the Ouigour, which has been retained to the present time as the Mongol. There are a number of inscriptions on stone tablets still exist- ing both in the Baschpa and modified Ouigour characters, but no book in the Mongol language has come down to us as a production of the Yuen dynasty. * A tendency towards the introduction of the colloquial dialect is observable in the writings of the Sung, and this characteristic was brought to maturity in the Yuen, when for the first time we find a dictionary of the mandarin pronun- ciation. The plays of the Yuen dynasty have attained a lasting celebrity, and form a useful thesaurus of the dialect. Novels then began to be written, some of which, as the 8 an Java cite and Shiuuy hod chuen, have secured an unrival- led popularity, and given rise to a very prolific class of literature, though dis- owned by the literati par excellence. Science did not flourish during the Ming, and although there were distin- guished authors in most departments of literature, the works of the period shew less of originality, than some of the preceding dynasties. Writers were more intent on bringing to perfection the thoughts originated in former ages, and comprehensive works of great merit issued from the press. In the year 1406 we are told there were printed works in the imperial library to the amount of 300,000 books, and more than double that number in manuscript. Considering the difficulty of lighting upon any required subject in such a pro- miscuous mass, the reigning prince conceived the idea of resolving the whole into a huge cyclopaedia. The highest order of talent being engaged for the ser- vice, the whole of this vast collection was dissected, and all the various parts were placed under their respective heads, categorically arranged, the whole forming one of the most prodigious literary projects on record, under the title of the Yung lo ta teen. Wood engraving under the Ming attained to a high degree of excellence, and the remaining specimens of that dynasty are greatly prized as works of art. Literary studies have been especially encouraged under the present dynasty, and not a few scholars of profound attainments and independent views have enriched the national literature by their contributions. The reigning family, descended from the Kin Tartars, have for several centuries abandoned the writ- ten character which was used by their ancestors, and some years before they * There is still eXtanf a vocabulary of the Mongol language, entitled 'd$k ]$% pip gp Hwa e yih yu, drawn up by an imperial commission in 1382, being fifteen years after the suppression of the Yuen dynasty. INTRODUCTION. XL attained the empire, at) adaptation of the Mongol character was completed, for the Manchu language. Several of the ruling princes have been most munifi- cent patrons of the arts and sciences, and through their instigation a large por- tion of the Chinese literature has been translated into the Manchu language. A number of works have also been translated into the Mongolian language, ex- clusive of the translations of the Buddhist classics into the l-.ongolian and Tib- etan, which are sufficient to occupy a tolerably large apartment in some of the principal monasteries. A great part of these have been printed. Magnificent editions of the native productions of former ages have been issued, and many new works published under imperial patronage. In the latter part of the 17th century, the huge accumulation of books ancient and modern numbering six thousand volumes, under the title Koo kin t'oo shoo tseih citing, was printed in the imperial office, by moveable copper types. After a while the greater part of the font having been purloined, and the remainder melted up, a set of mo- veable wooden type was made under the same direction, for the purpose of printing the immense collection known as the Sze Icoo tseuen shoo, the printed catalogue of which contains about 3,440 separate works, comprising upwards of 78,000 books; besides 6,764 other works in 93,242 books, not included in the reprint. By far the greater part of the books noticed in these pages are to be found in this collection, but they form only a very small fraction of the whole. Such a thesaurus is a library in itself; and with the exception of Buddhist translations, novels and light reading, comprehends the great bulk of the ex- isting Chinese literature. Apart from the works issued by authority, the publications of private au- thors under the Manchu rule have been very considerable, and some of them indicate talent of no mean order. Although we have not the dashing flights of the Sung dynasty celebrities, yet we find a deep vein of thought running through the works of some modern authors; and for critical acumen the present age will stand a very fair comparison with most of its predecessors. The views of bygone ages are being freely canvassed; scholars are less under the mental domination of authority; and expositions of the classics which have long been held infallible, are anew submitted to the test of criticism. History, Geogra- phy and Language have each received important accessions, and. Mathematical works exhibit an evident tendency to advance. , Some are ready to imagine that recent intercourse with foreign nations will speedily revolutionize Chinese modes of thought, and produce a new era in the literature of the people and history of the nation. The stirring events of mo- dern times will doubtless not pass away without leaving an impression on the future of this remarkable nation; but they greatly mistake the character of the jjeople. who looking from our standpoint, expect to see a sudden abandonment of old notions, for the adoption of views and theories, which have been but re- cently acquired by those who now seek their introduction. Here we observe a notable difference of national character between the Chinese and their neigh- bours on the east. While the Japanese have ever shewn themselves ready and Xll INTRODUCTION. eager to imitate foreign nations in their modes of thought and development of civilization, and have accepted and republished the works of Europeans almost without passing them through their own mental crucible; the Chinese on the other hand look with extreme jealousy on anything coming from without, and it is only after the most cautious deliberation and satisfactory evidence, that they are induced to graft any new ideas upon the stock of wisdom that has come down to them through so many ages, with the honoured sanction of those whom they have been accustomed to look upon as the wise and the good of their race. The mind of China has a history, and in order rightly to appre- hend it, we must trace it from its source, and mark its progess for milleniunis of years past; and if we are at times arrested by its imperturbable character and tardiness of movement, yet the thoughtful mind will discover an element of progress, and much to encourage hope for the future. For a despotic empire like China, the press is remarkably free; and although there is a censorate, its action is of the mildest character. The kind of works prohibited are mainly those of a treasonable or licentious tendency. The fol- lowing is a list of such publications at present circulated among the book. stores, by order of the authorities : — g <^» Tseen hung low mung. | »!p How hung low mung. g K'e low chung mung. uric i ftttl &tci 51 ft! ttfcl mmi 5fl fH £J ^* Hung low hwan muo 3t nS, ?$ Kin ping mei. Il # M $1 Suh kin ping mei. ff PI tfi k Suy yang yen she. fl£ M $1 jll Shen chin yih she. W- 9: '$L jfe Shen chin how she. In jfe Ts'ing she. $C #R If Ji Yaou hoc le. $1 In 1& $L Nung ts'ing k'wae" she. fc fiiTj ft J§E Naou hwa ts'ung. $J J(£ ff If Hae te laou chin. 5 !£ £l Shlh teen t'ow. & m. rfo" £*c -w-* e>» fe IK ft f? Kih leen hwa ying. #n &f: San seaou yin yuen. PI Ho hwan t'oo. S it W Woo mei yuen. 'Xj 51 IB Ts'eTh mei t'oo. #H A H Lew pa mei. §1 HE l| Peih yuh sze. ft 3E $3 Peih yuh t'a. vt ft .7-^ T'aou hwa ying. M J^ Mi Shwang choo fung. ^C %? f|S] Foo yiing fling. fH ?& Wei paou. ifes ^X 7T Luh mow tan. tR M ^ Ts'ing fung cha. 3l 4f M Yuh tsing t'ing. 5C JE\ }G Wan woo yuen. S Jll Fan fang. 3^ -^5 W K> n shih yuen. $@ & Yin she. "J 1 'f* to Tsze piih yu. •3c rfc Iff BE Seaou iin kwang ke. Tff tJL PD p^ T'aou wiih keen ping. 3£ i\L $M $1 Yuh fei mei she. m ^i^ Wan go yuln. — ^ $i Yih seih yuen. 0? « il Yuen yang ying. M ■VL IS Tsae hwa ch'uen. m ^» Yaou hwa chuen. /^ ^■? Luh tsae tsze. MW ]$\ Choo p'e se seang. INTRODUCTION. Xlll M =5 96 Yf- 'fg Ylh peen ts'ing. ?£ ||fc Leang keaou hwan. f% Jj T'ung pae yue. ■ffi IS T'ung chin meen. I "ffc 5C Hing liwa t'een. fjjf H J" n P 00 t'wan. j|[ f II 1eJ Tang ts'aou ho shang. If 1llj Kfi Luh yay seen tsung. |H Ya kwan low. 3£ HI Shen go t'oo. M IH T'ing yue low, #B fvl Yuenjoo yo. J| &J£ Sew p'ing yuen, ffi $g Hwan kung seang, W jlfc IS K'e yew tsze le. jel W jfc 31 Kang k'e yew tsze le. I§ If 1&. Sew ta yay she.' ffi. $S 3< Shlh sang tsung yaou. jiS IT f JE ^J* ivu Fuh keen ko chung seaou shwo. ' — * y pB Ylh sieh hwa,. ffl IS IB <5** Hung low yuen mung. V$- j§ f^ jjj Hoo ch'un pad she. it M f^ Yun yu yuen. ^- viy if? San nieaou chuen. «6 * jl Jii» Chin low che. *V § Keen kwan t'aou. In 3H jfe Hwan ts'ing yih she. M. *!s ^ Ch'un tang me she. f£ If ]£ Choo lin yay she. JJJ. Lang she. ftfc H jli Fung lew yen she. #ft M Wi Mung na yin yuen. '•p* ^t Woo mung yuen. •j|| -fpj" Ling ch'e ho. ?£ IS ]£. Taou hwa yen she. fpf Shwuy hoo. >jk W /H Ho peih se seang. Jitt ^ 3i£ flg It 7K 10 /5".^ Woo t'ung ying. in J3 H -t I #C A & M If H !§■ fl^ Joo e keun chuen. $H ¥$ Ch'ang kin ping mei. Yen e peen. Jih yue hwan. Tsze kin hwan. T'een paou t'oo. 7^ Tseen ts'eih kwo che. ig M frl 111 Tsang poo hung low. &L" IS ^il 3** Hung low poo mung. kt jf ¥ Mow tan tin S- $ik Che fun ch'un ts'ew. jjj^ Fung lew yay che. E yaou chuen.. |g Lung t'oo kung gan. Pa mei t'oo. Ch'e p'6 tsze. Tsuy ch'un fung. E ts'ing chin. fll Tseh kin wei paou. P'e poo t'ae. Peen urh ch'ae. 3l Wan jow choo yuh. Kin shang hwa. Pa t'wan kin. Ke t'wan yuen. Po6 loo gan. fjf Sing she ke shoo. Fung teen t'ow. Tsin mung to. ^ St r? P'ih gan king ke. i& ^ 3^ M. Tseh kin shwang choo fung. $i ^C Kin sew e. * Hf M E ch'un heang chih. i£ fe ^ Pih she yen e. Illj ^h $1 Neu seen wae she. %% IS Yay hang ch'uen. $* B. >K Keen ch'ae lee h6. ^5 90 iflc K'eaou yin yuen. ^ ^ >\J Tsae hwa sin. ± He II A Ilj? E i.!r BI fa m m % it •k m. it xiv introduction. translations op chinese works into european languages. Classics. Yih king. p. 1* 1 Y-king antiquissinius sinarum liber quern ex latina interpretatione P. Begis aliorumque ex Soc. Jesu P. P. edidit Julius Mohl. 1834. Stuttgartiae et Tubingae. 2 vols. Shoo Icing, p. 2. 2. Ancient China. f£ $g. The Shoo King, orthe Historical Classic: being tbe most ancient authentic record of the annals of the Chinese empire: illustra- ted by later commentators. Translated by W.H. Medhurst, Sen. Shanghae: 1846. 3. Le Chou-king, un des livres sacres des Chinois, qui renferme les Fonde- ments de leur ancienne Histoire, les Principes de leur Grouvernement & de leur Morale; ouvrage recueilli par Confucius. Traduit & enrichi de Notes, par Feu le P. Gaubil, Missionaire a la Chine. Revu & corrige sur leTexte Chinois, aecom- pagne de nouvelles Notes, de Planches gravees en Taille-douce & d' Additions threes des Historiens Originaux, dans lesquelles on donne l'Histoire des Princes omis dans le Chou-king. Par M. De Guignes. On y a joint un Discours Pre- liminaire, qui contient des Recherches sur les terns anterieurs a ceux dont parle le Chou-king, & une Notice de l'Y-king, autre Livre Sacre des Chinois. Pa- ris, 1770. • She king. p. 3. 4. Confucii Chi-king. sive Liber Carminum. Ex Latina P. Lacharme in- terpretatione edidit Julius Mohl. Stuttgartiae et Tubingae, 1830. Le Ice. p. 5. 5- II IB Li-ki ou Memorial des Eites traduit pour la premiere fois du Chinois, et accompagne de notes, de commentaires et du texte original par J. M. Callery. Turin 1853. Ch'un ts'ew. p. 5. 6. (The first book of the Ch'un ts'eiu in the Chinese text, with a Latin trans- lation by Bayer, appeared in the "Commentaria Academiaj Petropolitanaa," Vol. 7. pp. 398, sqq.) Chow le. p. 4. 7. The Ceremonial Usages op the Chinese, B. C. 1121, as prescribed in the "Institutes of the Chow dynasty strung as pearls;" or Chow le kwan choo. JhJ ll M. Jjc Being an abridgment of the Chow le classic, by £JJ $ fa Hoo Peih- seang, "(designated |£ fi Mung Chew). Translated from the original Chinese, with notes, by William Raymond Gingell, London: 1852. 8. Le Tcheou-li ou Rites des Tcheou, traduit pour la premiere fois du Chinois par Feu Edouard Biot. Paris, 1851. 2 vols, and Table Analytique. Ta heo. p. 6. 9. Translation op Ta-hio; the First of the Four Books. (This forms part of Morrison's "Horse Sinicaa," published in London, in 1812.) The "Horaa Sinicse" was republished by Montucci, in connection with "A Parallel drawn between the two intended Chinese Dictionaries;" which appeared at London in 1817.) * These numbers refer to the pages in the present treatise, where the works are described. INTRODUCTION. XV 10. 3^C 4- Ta-hyoh, with a translation, and a Praxis, explaining each cha- racter as it occurs. (This was published as an appendix to Marshman's "Elements of Chinese Grammar," at Serampore, in 1814.) 11. Translation of the Ta-heo Classic fc |§i "The Great Lesson of Life." By C. B. Hillier. (This appeared in Part 3, of the "Transactions of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society." Hongkong, -1851-52.) 12 jfc J|l Le Ta Hio, ou la Grande Etude, le premier des quatre livres de philosophie morale et politique de la Chine; ouvrage de Khoung-fou-tseu (Con- fucius) et de son disciple Thseng-tseu; traduit en Francois avec une version la- tine et le texte Chinois en regard; accompagne du commentaire complet de Tchou-hi, et de notes tirees de divers autres commentateurs Chinois; Par G. Pauthier. Paris, 1837. 13. Confvcii Ta hio siue Philosophia cum interpretatione et scholiis qui- busdam. (This is the first book of the Ta ted, in Chinese and Latin, publish- ed in Bayer's "Museum Sinicum," in 1730. Vol. 2. Plates 2—4. pp. 237—256.) Chung yung. p. 6. 14. Tchung yung. (This is a Latin translation by Prosper Intorcetta, pub- lished with the Chinese text, at Goa in 1676. It was republished without the Chinese text in Thevenot's "Relations de divers Voyages curieux," in 1672, with the title " Sinarum scientia politico-moralis." Another edition of the same was issued in the " Analecta Vindobonensia." [See Remusat's "L'Invariable Milieu," p. 24, and Bayer's "Museum Sinicum," Praefatio, p. 15.] This ap- pears to be the same translation which was published in Carlieri's " Notizie yarie dell.' Imperio della China," in 1687, with the title "Scientia? Sinicee liber inter Confucii libros secundus.") 15. L'Invariable Milieu, ouvrage moral de Tseu-sse, en Chinois et en Mandchou, avec une Version litterale Latine, une Traduction Francoise, et des Notes, precede d'une notice sur les quatre livres moraux communement attri- bues a Confucius, Par M. Abel-Remusat. A Paris, 1817. Lun yu, p. 6". 16. WERKE DES TSCH1NES1SCHEN WeISEN KuNG-FU-DSU UND SEINER ScHULER. Zum Erstenmal aus des Ursprache ins Deutsche ubersetzt und mit Anmer- kungen begleitet von Wilhelm Schott. Halle, 1826. 2vols. 17. The Works of Confucius; containing the original text, with a trans- lation. Vol. 1. To which is prefixed a Dissertation on the Chinese Language and Character. By J. Marshman. Serampore: 1809. (This only contains the first half*of the Lun yu.) 3Idng tsze. p. 7" 18. Meng tseu vel Mencium inter Sinenses philosophos, ingenio, doctrina, nominisque claritate Confucio proximum, edidit, Latina interpretatione, ad in- terpretationem Tartaricam utramque recensita, instruxit, et perpetuo commen- tario, e Sinicis deprompto, illustravit Stanislaus Julien. Paris, 1824. 2vols. and the Chinese text in 1 vol. « 19. (The Ta-hio, translated into Latin by Ignatius da Costa, was publish- ed with the Chinese text, at Keen-chang foo in Keang-se, in 1662, accompanied by the first part of the Lun-yu, in Chinese and Latin.) 20. Ta-hio and Tchong-yong. (This is a translation by Cibot into French, published in the 1st volume of the " Memoires concernant l'histoire, les sci- XVI INTRODUCTION. ences, les arts, les moeurs, les usages, &c. des Chinois," pp. 432-497.) 21. Confucius Sinarum Philosophus, sive Scientia Sinensis Latine expo- sita. Studio & Opera Prosperi Intorcetta, Christiani Herdtrich, Francisci Eougemont, Philippi Couplet, Patrum Societatis Jesu. Jussu Ludovici Magni Eximio Missionum Orientalium & Litterariae Reipublicaa bono e bibliotheca re- gia in lucem prodit. Adjecta est tabula cbronologica sinicae roonarchias ab hu- jus exordio ad base usque tempora. Paris, 1687. (This is a reprint in folio of tbe Latin translation of tbe Ta-hed, Chung-yung and Lun-yu, being a new edi- tion of tbe works Nos. 19 and 14 supra, witbout the Chinese text, and having the Lun-yu carried through to the end. Appended is a chronology of the em- pire by Couplet.) 22. The Chinese Classical works, commonly called the Four Books, translated and illustrated with notes by the late Rev. David Collie. Malacca, 1828. 23. Confucius et Mencius. Les Quatre Livres de philosophie morale et politique de la Chine, traduits du Chinois par M. Gr. Pauthier. Paris, 1841. 24. Sv chou ghei, to iest' Tchetyre Kriighi. (The Four Books translated into Russian, from the Chinese and Manchu, by Alex. Leontief. St. Peters- burg, Academy of Sciences, 1780.) 25. Sinensis Imperii Libri Classici Sex, nimirum Adultcrum schola, Im- mutabile medium, Liber sententiarum, Memcius, Filialis observantia, Parvu- lorum schola, e Sinico idiomate in Latinam traducti a P. Fr. Eoel, S. J. Prague, 1711. (This contains a Latin translation, besides the Four Books, of the HeaCu king, p. 7, and the Seam he'd, p. 68.) 26. Les Livres Classiques de l'empire de la Chine, recueillis par le pere Noel; precedes d "Observations sur l'origine, la nature & les effets de la philoso- phie morale & politique dans cet empire. Paris, 1784. 7 vols. (This is a French translation of the preceding.) 27. Les Livres Sacres de l'Orient, comprenant le Chou-king ou le Livre par excellence; — les Sse-chou ou.les Quatre Livres moraux de Confucius et de ses disciples; — les Lois de Manou, premier legislateur de l'lnde; — le Koran de Mahomet; traduits ou revus et publies par Gr. Pauthier. Paris, 1841. 28. The Chinese Classics: with a translation, critical and exegetical notes, prolegomena, and copious indexes. By James Legge, D. D. of the London Missionary Society. In seven volumes. Hongkong: 1861 — 1865. (Only three of the seven volumes are yet published; the first contains Confucian Analects, the Great Learning, and the Doctrine of Mean; the second contains the Works of Mencius; and the third in two parts contains the Shoo-king. An abbrevia- ted edition of this work, witbout the Chinese text is being published by Messrs. Triibner, under the title: — "The Life and Teachings of Confucius, with ex- planatory notes.") HeaCu Icing, p. 7. 29. (Besides the translations of this book in 25 and 26 supra, there is one in English by f the Rev. Dr. Bridgman, published in the Chinese Repository. Vol. 4, pp. 345—353.) . 30. Hiao-king, ou Livre Canonique 'sur la Piete Filiale. (This forms part of an article,— pp. 28— 76,— entitled " Doctrine ancienne et nouvelle des Chi- nois, sur la Piete Filiale," in the 4th volume of the " Memoires concernant l'bistoire, les sciences, les arts, les moeurs, les usages, &c. des Chinois " Paris 1779.) ' introduction. xvu History. Chuh shoo Ice neen. p. 19. 31. The Annals of the Bamboo Books. (This is translated by Dr. Legge, and inserted in the 2)rolegornena to his Shoo-king,- pp, 105 — 183. Hongkong, 1865.) 32. Tchou-chou-ki-nien, ou Tablettes Chmnologiqnes du livre ecrit sur bambou; traduit cln Chinois, par M. Edonard Biot. Paris, 1842. (This was first published in the "Journal Asiatique " for December, 1841, and January, 1842.) T'ung keen hang muh. p. 20. 33. Histoire generale de la Chine, ou annales de cet empire, traduit du Tong-kien-kang-mou, par le P. J. A. Marie de Moyriac de Mailla, missionnaire a Pekin. Paris, 1777—1785. 13 vols. Lo yancj he'd Idn Ice. p. 44. 34. Pilgerfahrten Buddhistischer Prif.ster von China nach India. Von C. F. Neumann. Berlin, 1833. (The original of this narrative forms nearly the whole of the 5th book of the Lo y&ng Iced Ian Ice.) Fdh Icioo Ice, p.- 46. 35. f$J i3 !£ Foe koue ki ou Relation des Royaumes Bouddhiques: voyage dans la Tartarie, dans l'Afghanistan et clans lTnde, execute, a la tin du 4e si- ecle, par Chy Fa hian. Traduit du Chinois et commente par M. Abel Remu- sat. Ouvrage posthume revu, complete, et augments d'eclaircissements nou- veaux par MM. Klaproth et Laudresse. Paris. 1836. (This was republished with illustrations, in the 1st volume of Charton's " Voyageurs Anciens et Mo- dernes;" Paris, 1862.) 36. The Pilgrimage of Fa hian; from the French edition of the Foe koue ki of MM. Remusat, Klaproth, and Landresse. With additional notes and illustrations. By J. W. Laidlay, Esq. Calcutta, 1848. Td tsze gdn sze san tsdng fa, sze chnen. 37. Histoire de la Vie de Hiouen-thsang et de ses voyages dans lTnde, depuis Tan 629 jusqu'en 645, par Hoei'-li et Yen-thsong; suivie de documents et d'eclaircissements geographiques tires de la relation originale de Hiouen- thsang; traduite du Chinois par Stanislas Julien. Paris. 1853. Td t'ung se yili Ice. p. 46. 38. Memoires sur les Contrees Occide^tales, traduits du Sanscrit en Chi- nois, en l'an 648, par Hiouen-thsang, et du Chinois en Francois par M. Stan- islas Julien. Paris. 1857. 2 vols. Chin la fung t'oo Ice- p. 47, 39. Description du royaume de Camboge, par un voyageur Chinois qui a visite cette contree a la flu du treizieme siecle; precedee d'une notice chronolo- gique sur le meme pays, extraite des annales de la Chine. Paris, 1819. (This translation by Remusat, was printed previously in the "Nouvelles Annales des Voj-ages," Vol. 3; and afterwards in the " Nouveaux Melanges Asiatiques," Vol. 1, by Remusat, in 1829.) Wei tsdng t'oo shih. p. 52. 40. Opisanie Tibeta v' nynechnem' ego sostoianii. St. Petersburg, 1828. (Translated into Russian by Father Hyakinth.) xvm INTRODUCTION. 41. Description du Tubet, traduite partiellernent du Chinois en Russe, par le P. Hyacinthe Bitchourin, etdu Russe en Francais par M.., soigneusement revue et corrigee sur l'ori^inal Chinois, completee et accompajmee de notes par M. Klaproth. Paris, 1831. * Hae tabu yili chc. p. 53. 42. The Chinaman Abroad : or a desul tory account of the Malayan Archipe- lago, particularly of Java; by Oug-tae-hae. Translated from the original. Shanghae: 1849. (This was translated by Dr. Medhurst, and formed the 2nd number of the Chinese Miscellany.) E yih lull 43. Narrative of the Chinese Embassy to the Khan of the Tourgouth Tartars, in the years 1712, 13, 14, &15; by the Chinese Ambassador, and published, by the Emperor's authority, at Pekin. Translated from the Chinese, and accompanied by an appendix of miscellaneous translations. By Sir George Thomas Staunton, Bart. London: 1821. 44. PoUtechestvie Kitaiskago poslanika Kalmuitshomou Aiouke Khanou se opisaniemm zemell i opuitchaeff Rossiiskikh. Petersburg, 1782. (Translated by Leontief.) Tsing hae fun Ic'e. 45. History of the Pirates who infested the China Sea, from 1807 to 1810. Translated from the Chinese original, with notes and illustrations, by Charles Fried. Neumann. London: 1831. 46. Tsing Hai Fun Ki. $f \% ^ =£ or Record of the Pacification of the Seas. (This translation by John Slade, was published in the Canton Register, Vol. 11, Nos. 8 and following.) Ta ts'ing leuh le. p. 57. 47. Ta Tsing Leu Lee; being the Fundamental Laws, and a selection from the Supplementary Statutes, of the Penal Code of China; originally printed and published in Pekin, in various successive editions, under the sanction, and by the authority, of the several emperors of ilieTa, tsing , or present dynasty. Trans- lated from the Chinese; and accompanied, with an Appeudix, consisting of au- thentic documents, and a few occasional notes, illustrative of the subject of the work; by Sir G-eorge Thomas Staunton, Bart. F.R.S. London, 1810. 48. Ta Tsing Leu Lee, ou les Lois fondamentales du Code penal de la Chine, avec le choix des statuts supplementaires, originairement imprime et publie a Pekin, dans les differentes editions successives, sous la sanction et par l'autori- te de tous les empereurs Ta-tsing, composant la dynastie actuelle, traduit du Chinois, et accompagne d'un appendix contenant les documents authentiques et ouelques notes qui eclaircissent le texte de cet ouvrage, par George Thomas Staunton: mis en Francais, avec des notes, par M. Felix Renouard de Sainte- Croix. Paris, 1812. Philosophers. Seadu lied, p. 68. 49. (Besides the translations of this in Nos. 25 and 26 sUpra, there is an English translation of the first two out of six books, by Dr. Bridgman, given in the^Chinese Repository^ Vol. 5, pp. 81—87, 305—316, Vol. 6, pp. 185—188, 393—396, 562—568.) INTRODUCTION. XIX 8 an tsze king. 50. A Translation of San-tsi-king, H ^ |I the Three Character Classic. (Tin's forms part of Morrison's Horaa Sinicaa. published in 1812, and republished by Montucci in 1817. See. No. 9 supra. The Chinese text is given.) 51. Santsze King, or Trimetrical Classic; its form, size, author, object, and style; a translation with notes; the work ill adapted to the purposes of primary education. (This translation by Dr. Bridgman, is published in the Chinese Re- pository, Vol. 4, pp. 105—118. Part of it was republished in the Chinese Chrestomathy, pp. 9 — 16, by the same author, in 1841.) 52. The San-tsze-king, by Wang-po-keou. (This forms the first part, pp 15—35, of H ^ IS The three-fold San-tsze-king or the Triliteral Classic of China, by the Rev. S. C. Malan, M. A. London, 1856.) 53. San-tsze-king, the three character classic, composed by Wang-pih- how, published in Chinese and English with a. table of the 214 radicals, by Stanislas Julien. Paris, 1864. 54. San-tseu-king, Trium literarum Liber, a Wang-peh-heou sub finem 13 seculi compositus; textum sinicum adjecta 214 clavium tabula edidit et in latinum vertit Stanislas Julien. Paris, 1864. 55. Die EncYclopadie der chinesischen Jugend. ('This forms part, pp. 19— 26, of the 4 1 HI H ^ Lehrsaal des Mittelreiches, by Carl Friederich Neumann, published at Munich, in 1836. The Chinese text is also given in the work.) 56. H ^ H San-tseui-tseeng ele Troeslovie s' letographerovannuim Ke- taeskem tekstom. Perevedeno s'Ketaeskago Monachom Iakenthom. S. Pe- terburg, 1829. (The Chinese text is given, and copious notes in Russian.) Tseen tsze wan. 57. " The Thousand-character Classic." (This translation, by the Rev. S. Kidd, forms an Appendix to the "Report of the Anglo-Chinese College," for 1831. The original text is given at the end.) 58. The 1000 character Classic. ( This literal translation by Dr. Medhurst, forms an appendix to the " Translation ot a Comparative Vocabu- lary of the Chinese, Coreau, and Japanese languages," by the same author, published at Batavia in 1835.) 59. Tseen Tsze Wan, or the Thousand Character Classic: its form, size, object, style, and author; a translation with notes; new books needed for pri- mary education of the Chinese. (This translation by Dr. Bridgman was pub- lished in the Chinese Repository, Vol. 4, pp. 229 — 243.) 60. Tsian dsu wen, si ve mille literal ideographical; opus Sinicum origine cum interpretations Koraiana, in peninsula Koraii impressum. Annexo syste- niate scriptures Koraianss ac versione Japonica, Grermanica, et Auglica, cui ti- tulus inscriptus: Tsian dsti wen oder Bach von tausend Wortern, aus dem Schinesischen, mit Berticksicktigung der koraischen und japanischen Uebersetz- ung, ins Deutsche tibertragen von Dr. J. Hoffmann. Leyden, 1840. (This forms the third volume of the Bibliotheca Japonica, by Siebold and Hoffmann.) 61. Thsien-tseu-wen, le livre des Mille Mots, le plus ancien livre elemen- taire des Chinois, pnblie en Chinois avec une double traduction et des notes par M. Stanislas Julien. Paris, 1864. XX INTRODUCTION. Yew lieb she. 62. Keenyun Yewheo Shetee, or Odes for Children in rhyme, on various subjects, in thirty-four stanzas. (This translation by Dr. Bridgman, is pub- lished in the Chinese Repository, Vol. 4, pp. 287 — 291.) Siring yd Inoang Tieun, p. 71. 63. The Sacred Edict, containing sixteen maxims of the Emperor Kang- he, amplified by his son, the Emperor Yoong-ching; together with a paraphrase on the whole, by a Mandarin. Translated from the Chinese original, and il- lustrated with notes, by the Rev. William Milne. Loudon: 1817. 64. Translation" of a portion of the Emperor Yong-tching's Book of Sa- cred Instructions. (This is a translation made by Sir George Staunton in 1812, of the sixteen Maxims of the Sacred Edict, with the Amplification to the first nine. It is published in the '-Miscellaneous Notices relating to China," pp. 1 — 56, by the same author. London, 1822.) 65. First chapter of the Shf.ng yu kuang hsun; or, Amplification of the Sacred Edict of K'ang-hsi. (This translation, by Thomas Francis Wade, forms part', pp, 45 — 60 of the " Hsin C'liing Lu," by the same author. The Chi- nese text is also given in the work. Hongkong, 1859,) 66. Manjourskago i kitaiskago khana Kan'-siia kniga. Petersburg, 1788. (Translated by Alexis Agafouof.) Sun tsz'S. p. 72. 67. Les Treize Articles sur PArt Militaire, Ouvrage compose en Chinois par Sun-tse, General d'Armee dans le Royaume de On, & mis en Tartare- Mantchou par ordre de 1 Empereur Kang-hi, l'annee 27e du cycle de 60, c'est- a-dire, l'annee 1710. (This translation into French by Amiot, formed part of his work "Art Militaire des Chinois," first published at Paris, in 1772, and republished in 1782, as the 7th volume of the " Memoires concernant l'histoire, les sciences, les arts, les moeurs, les usages, &c. des Chinois.") Wob tsze. p. 72. 68. Les Six Articles sur l'Art Militaire. Ouvrage compose en Chinois sur les Memoires d Ou-tse, General d'Armee dans le Royaume d'Ouei, & mis en Tartare-Mantchou par les ordres de PEmpereur Kang-hi, l'annee Keng-yn, 27e du cycle de 60, c'est-a-dire, Pan 1710. (This translation by Amiot, also forms part of his "Art Militaire des Chinois," noticed in the preceding article.) Sze ma fa. p. 73, 69. Les Cinq Articles du Se-ma-fa, ou Principes de Se-ma sur Part mili- taire, Ouvrage compose en Chinois par Se-ma, General d'Armee, & mis en Tartare-Mantchou par les ordres de PEmpereur Kang-hi, l'annee Keng-yn, 27e du cycle de 60, c'est-a-dire, Pan 1710, (This translation by Amiot, also forms part of the " Art Militaire des Chinois," noticed above.) Se yuen lull. p. 75. 70. Geregteluke Geneeskunde, (This is translated from the Chinese into Dutch, by C. F, M, de Grijs, and inserted in the 30th volume of the " Verhandelingen van Het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weteu- schapen;" Batavia, 1863. There is a lengthy review and partial translation of the /Se yuen lull, in the 4th volume of the " Memoires concernant l'histoire, les sciences, les arts, les rnceurs, les usages, &c. des Chinois," under the title — ''Notice du livre Chinois Si-yuen," pp. 421—440; Paris, 1779, A notice and INTRODUCTION. XXI syllabus of the same work in English appeared in the '-Transactions of the China Branch, of the Royal Asiatic Society," Part 4, pp, 87 — 91; with the title, — " Chinese Medical Jurisprudence. Notice of a Chinese work on Medi- cal Jurisprudence, entitled Se yuen luh (•$!: ^ $•£,) or ''Records of the washing away of Injuries.' — with a collection of cases in illustration, a new edition, with, additional notes and explanations: by W. A. Harland, M.D," Hongkong, 1855.) Nung clang tseuen shoo. p. 76. 71. Dissertation on the Silk-manufacture, and the Cultivation of the Mulberry; translated from the works of Tseu-kwang-k'he, called also Paul Siu, a Colao, or Minister of State in China. Shanghae: 1849. (This is a transla- tion by Dr. Medhurst, of books 31 — 34, of the Nung citing tseuen shoo, and forms the 3rd number of the Chinese Miscellany.) Show she fang Icaou. p. 76. 72. H jf ijijf H Resume des principaux traites Chinois sur la Culture des Muriers et l'education des Vers a Soie traduit par Stanislas Julien, Publie par ordre du Ministre des Travaux Publics de lAgricultiire et du Commerce. Pa- ris, 1837. (This is a translation of books 72 — 76 of the Sh6w she t'ung h'aou. The Baron Leon d'Hervey-Saint-Denys gives a syllabus of the last-named work, as an appendix to his " Reeherches sur l'agriculture et l'horticulture des Chinois," pp. 221—258.) 73. Dell' arte de coltivare i gelsi, e di governare i bachi da seta, secon- do il metodo Chinese; sun to di libri Chinesi, tradotto in Francese de Stanislao Julien, membro dell' Instituto di Francia. Versione Italiana con note e speri- menti del cavalieri Matteo Bonafous, &c. Torino, 1837. (This is an Italian ver- sion of Julien's translation above.) 74. Ueber Maulbeerbaumzucht und Erziehung der Seideraupen, aus dein Chinesischen ins Franzosische iibersetzt von Stanislaus Julien. Auf Befehl Sei- ner Majestat des Konigs von Wiirternberg aus dem Franzosisehen iibersetzt und bearbeitet von Fr. Ludwig Lindner. Sfcuttgard & Tubingen, 1837. (This is a German version of Julien's translation. In 1844, a second edition of this was issued, with the additional inscription. — '-Zweite Auflage vermehrt mit Zusat- zen und Anmerkungen von Theodor Mogling.") 75. Summary of the principal Chinese Treatises upon the Culture of the Mulberry and Rearing of Silkworms. Translated from the Chinese; Washing- ton, 1838. (This is an English version of Julien's translation.) 76. Kitaiskom chelkovodstve izvletchenno iz podlinnikh kita'i'skikh so- tchinenii. Perevedeno na Russkii yasik po prikazaniou Ministra Fiuanscof, i izdano omt Departementa Manufaktur i Vnoutrennei Torgovli. Sankt-Peter- burg, 1840. (This is a Russian version of Julien's translation.) T'ob cho6 mill keuepeen chin. p. 79. 77. Specimen Medicine Sinice, sive Opuscula Medica ad Mentem Sinen- sium, continens — 1. De Pulsibus Libros quatuor e Sinico translates. 2. Trac- tatus de Pulsibus ab erudite Europaao collectos. 3. Fragmentum Operis Me- dici ibidem ab erudito Enropaeo conscripti. 4. Excerpta Literis eruditi Eufo- pa3i in China. 5. Schemata ad meliorem praecedentium Intelligentiam. 6. De Indiciis morborum ex Linguae coloribus & affectionibus. Cum Figuris aeneis & ligneis: Edidit Andreas Clever Has sos-Casselanus, V. M. Licent. Societ. In- dia? in nova Batavia Archiater. Pharmacop. Director & C hiring. Ephorus. Frank- XXll INTRODUCTION. fort, 16S2. (This contains a translation in extenso, by Michael Boym, of the spurious work on the Pulse, erroneously attributed to Wang Sb.uh.-h6.) 78. Secret du Fouls, tracluit du Chinois. (This is a truncated translation of the same as the preceding, made by Hervieu, and inserted in Duhalde's '•Description Geographique, Historique, Chronologique, Politique, et Phy- sique de l'Empire de la Chine et de la Tartarie Chinoise," vol. 3, pp. 384 — 436. Paris, 1735. An English version entitled " The Secret of the Pulse" is found in the English translation of Duhalde's work in Svo., vol. 3, pp. 366 — 465, London, 1736; and in folio, vol. 2, pp. 184 — 207, London, 1741.) Chow pe siotin king. p. 86. 79. Traduction et Examen d'un ancikn ouvrage Chinois intitule: Tcheou-pei, litteralenient: '-'Style ou signal dans une circumference;" par M, Edouard Biot, Paris, 1842. (This was first published in the Journal Asiati- que for June, 1841.) 80. Textes du Livre. ou Fragment du Livre Tcheou-pey. (This is a trans- lation of the first and most ancient part of the work, and is inserted in 'GraubiPs " Histoire de l'Astronomie Chinoise," in the " Lettres Edifiantes et Curieuses." vol. 26. Edition of Paris, 1781, and Toulouse, 1811.) 81. (An English translation of the same as the preceding, by A. Wylie, was published in the "North-China Herald" for 1852, in an article entitled "Jot- tings on the Science of the Chinese." The same was republished in the "Shang- hai Almanac and Miscellany" for 1853. It was again republished at London in the "Chinese and Japanese Repository," for 1864. The substance of the whole article was put into German, by Dr. K. L. Biernatzki, and published at Berlin, under the title "Die Arithmetik der Chinesen," in Crelle's "Journal fur die reine und angewandte Mathematik," in 1856.) Tscen che sin p&en. p. 118. 82. Chinese Coinage. A brief notice of the Chinese work f| ^ % ft fj| (Chronicles of Tsien; a new arrangement,) and a Key to its 329 Wood-cuts of the Coins of China and neighbouring nations. By C. B. Hillier, Esq. (This which forms nearly the whole of the 2nd Part of the "Transactions of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society," gives the whole of the cuts in the Chinese work, but is an exceedingly meagre translation of the descriptive portion.) King tih chin t'aou lull, 83. Histoire et Fabrication de la Porcelaine Chinoise. Ouvrage tracluit du Chinois par M. Stanislas Julien, accompagne de notes et d'additions par M. Alphonse Salvetat, Chimiste de la Manufacture imperiale de Porcelaine de Sevres; et augmente d'un memoire sur la Porcelaine du Japon, tracluit du Ja- ponais par. M. le Docteur J. Hoffmann. Paris, 1856. T'iien choo shih e. p. 138. 84. Entretiens, d'un Lettre Chinois et d'un Docteur Europeen, sur la vraie idee de Dieu. (This translation made by Father Jacques, is inserted in the 25th volume of the "Lettres edifiantes et curieuses," pp. 143 — 3S5. Toulouse, 1811.) San hioo che yen e. p. 161. 85. San-koue-tchy. Han houroun-i pithe. Historic des Trois Royaumcs Roman historique tracluit sur les textes Chinois etMandchou de la Bibliotheque royale par Theodore Pavie Paris 1845. 2 vols. (These two volumes only ex- tend to the 44th chapter, the remaining portion having never been published.) INTRODUCTION. XX111 Clang tilt Invung yho Ic&ang n&n chuen. p. 163. 86. The Rambles oe the Emperor Ching tih in Keang nan. A Chinese tale. Translated by Tkin shen, student of the Anglo-Chinese College, Malacca, With a preface by James Legge, D. D. President of the College. London, 1846. 2 vols. (This was republished in New York.) Habit, Ic'eiv chuen. p. 163. 87. Hau kiotj choaan or The Pleasing History. A translation from the •Chinese language. To which are added, 1. The Argument or Story of a Chi- nese Play, 2. A Collection of Chinese Proverbs, and 3. Fragments of Chi- nese Poetry. In four volumes with notes. London, 1761. (The author of this translation is not certainly known. The manuscript was found among the papers of a gentleman named Wilkinson, who occasionally resided much at Canton, and Avas a student of Chinese. The date of the papers, 1719, was the last year he spent in China; and he died in 1736. The three first volumes were in English and the fourth in Portuguese. Dr. Percy, Bishop of Dromore translated the last volume into English, and edited the work.) 8S. Hau Kiou Choaan, Histoire Chinoise, traduit de l'Anglois, par M... Lyon, 1766. 4 vols. 89. (A German translation of the same work, by De Murr, was published at Leipzig, in 1766.) • 90. Chineesche Geschiedenis, behelzende de gevallen van den heer Tieh- chung-u en de jongvrouw Shuey-ping-sin. Nevens het Kort Begrip van een Chineesch Tooneelspel, eenige Chineesche Dichtstukjes, en eene Verzameling van Spreekwoorden der Chineezen. Oorspronglyk in de Chineesche Taale be- schreeven. Daar uit in 't Eno-elsch overo-ezet, en met breed voerisre Aanteken- n.gcn, vervattende zeer veele Byzonderheden wegens de Zeden en Gewoonten der Chineezen, verrykt. Nu in't Nederduitsch vertaald en met koperen Plaaten ver- sierd. Amsterdam, 1767. 91. The Fortunate Union, a Romance, translated from the Chinese Ori- ginal, with Notes and Illustrations, to which is added, a Chinese Tragedy. By John Francis Davis, F. R. S. London, 1829. 2 vols. 92. Hao-Khieou-Tchouan, ou la Femme Accomplie; Roman Chinois, tra- duit sur le texte original, per Guillard D'Arcy. Paris, 1S42. Tuh Iccaotc le. p. 163. 93. Iu-kiao-li, ou les Deux Cousines; Roman Chinois, traduit par M. Abel-Remusat; precede d'une Preface ou se trouve un parallele cles Romans de la Chine et de ceux de l'Europe. Paris, 1826. 4 vols. (In the " Narrative of the Chinese Embassy to the Khan of the Tourgouth Tartars," the first Ap- pendix, pp. 227 — 242, is an " Abstract of the four first chapters of the Chinese novel, entitled Yu-kiao-lee," translated by Sir George Thomas Staunton, Bart.) 94. The Two Fair Cousins.- A Chinese novel. London, 1827. 2 vols. 95. Yu-Kiao-li, les Deux Cousines, Roman Chinois; traduction nouvelle accompagnee d'un commentaire historique et philologique par Stanislas Julieu. •Paris, 1864. 2 vols. Ping slum ling yen. p. 163. 96. ££ ll] \§ 3p2 P'ing-chan-ling-yen. Les Deux Jeunes Filles Lefetrees.. Roman Chinois traduit par Stanislas Julien. Paris. 1860. 2 vols. 3TX1V INTRODUCTION. Pih shay tsing Ice. 97- JE3 4£ i% l£ Blanche et Bleue, ou les Deux Couleuvres-fees; Roman Obinois, traduit par Stanislas Julien. Paris. 1834. Wang Iceaou lwan pih tieen ch'ang lian. 98. BE Wi 9 15" $P Jl T& Wang keaou lwan put neen changhan or the Lasting Resentment of Miss Keaou lwan Wang, a Chinese tale: Founded on Fact. Translated from the Original by Sloth. Canton, 1839. (This transla- tion is by Robert Thorn.) 99. 3E i% ft If ^ j| tH Wang Keaou Lwan Pih Neen Chang Han oder pp. 116 — 155.) Pe pa he. 138. Le Pi-pa-ki ou L'histoire du Luth drame Chinois de Kao-tong-kia represents a Peking, en 1404 avec les changements de Mao-tseu traduit sur le texte original par M. Bazin Aine. Paris, 1841. Tsedy heue. 139. Tseay-heue {§ fft The Borrowed Boots. (This is a translation by the Bev. J. Edkins, of one of tlie pieces in the Collection Ghuy plh k'ew, p, 206, and is the first piece in his "Chinese Conversations," pp. 1 — 56; Shanghae, 1852.) XXV1I1 INTRODUCTION. Ts'ing wan Jc'e mung. 140. Translation of the Ts'ing wan k'e mung, a Chinese Grammar of the Maiichu Tartar language; with introductory notes on Manchu literature, Shang- hae: 185,5. (Translated hy A. Wylie.) San lib pern Ian. 141, Mandschu-mongolische Grammatik aus dem San-ho-pian-lan, uber- setzt von H. 0. v. d. Gabelentz. (This is a translation of the 2nd book, excepting the first three leaves, of the Sanlw pten Ian, being a short Mongolian grammar; and is published in the "Zeitschrift fur dieKunde des Morgenlandes," vol. 1, pp. 255 — 286; Gottingen, 1837. A review and partial translation of the 1st book of the same Chinese work, which treats of Manchu Grammar, was pub- lished hy this author, in the same serial, with the title ""Mandschu-sinesische Grammatik nach dem San-ho-pian-lan;" vol. 3, pp. 88 — 104; Gottingen, 1840.) List of Play Books given by Davis in the Preface to his "Han koong tsew." til r£ WL Cli'ang sang teen . .... .... $K ^ §| Chuy pih k'ew ^ $£ S3i Ch'un tang me .... Mi 7$: )3l Fung k'ew hwaug §§ § *f=» Han heang t'ing. . .... .... .... K U S; ^ Hoo kow yu sang $1 fig k^> y$ pf Hung low mung cliuen k'e 3C %% f§ Hwang ho low .... f:f IE §£ Hwuy chin ke * J H [HI Keaou t'wan yuen. ... . . JL |fc Kew too ; . . sU fit ufl Kew chung 'k'euli . . .■ ^ 4k W- Mung le yuen 2j? "(pJ 5C Nae ho t'een /\ ff| HI Pa mei t'oo .... ■& @ .% Pe miih yu II 31 fl Pelh ytih sze W jtC |5t $| Se keang chilli kea W M t £ Se seang ke |ffl M ik Shan hoo keue p* m SS She shen ke .... 5 ^ f B Shlhlewke 82 ■2*£ KI Shwang tsuy yuen Wt I§? i|| Shwang chung meaou Jill I HU T'angwangkSh $fc ?£ H T'aou hwa shen ~^ B'J Wt- Yih tseen yuen gt iff &I Jfffl Y6 foo hung shan k% ?K $l« Yu shwuy yuen , 7C Si jOfc Yuen paou mei 5 ^ ^ Yuh saou t'ow ~Kt J\ P fj| |I3 Yuen jin pih chung k'euh 4 vols. 24 „ 4 „ 10 „ 4 „ 4 „ 6 „ 2 „ 6 „ 2 ,, 2 9 „ 2 „ 10 „ 10 „ 2 „ 6 „ 4 „ e „ 2 „ 2 „ 2 „ 4 „ 2 „ 2 „ 4 :, 4 „ 6 „ 4 „ 2 „ 2 „ 40 „ GENERAL NOTES ON CHINESE LITEEATUKE. The Chinese are accustomed to arrange their literary productions under four divisions : viz. 1. Classics. 2. Histories. 3. Philosophy, and the Arts. 4. Poetry, and Polite Literature. I. As the first of these divisions, the Classical, forms the stem from which the others are said to spring, a few remarks are given here on the several works included under this head; which will be followed by some general notices on each of the other divisions. 1. The J§f fftjt Yih king "Book of Changes" is regarded with almost universal reverence, both on account of its antiquity, and also the unfathomable wisdom which is supposed to lie concealed under its mysterious symbols. The authorship of these symbols (3^P krva), which form the nucleus of the work, is with great confidence attributed to the ancient sage "f/C iS Fuh-he.* These consisted originally of 8 trigrams, but they were subsequently, by combining them in pairs, augmented to the number of 64 hexagrams. This second process has also been attributed to Fuh-he by some, while others ascribe it to a later hand. These form the only portion of the now existing work, which claims to be older than the Chow. 3v A Wan Wang, the ancestor of that dynasty made a study of these symbols, while in prison for a state offence, and appended a short text to each, indicative of the character of the hexagram, which text is termed ^$; Twan. This is followed by observations in detail on the several strokes in the figure, termed ^<. Seang, which are said to be from the hand of F&i ^ Chow Kung, the son of Wan Wang. The remaining portions of the work, com- prising ten sections, termed ~| 0& Shth yih " Ten wings," are said to have been added by Confucius. The first named J|y* i# Twan chuen, consists of a paragraph to each of the texts of Wan Wang, in which he further dilates on the hidden meaning. After this, the texts of Chow Kung are expanded under the name of |fl "fly Seang chuen. A section annexed to the two first diagrams !p£ Keen "Heaven," and J^ Kwan "Earth," entitled ~$C ^ Wan yen, " Sense of the Text," enlarges on the preceding observations. * Also written >ffl ^ Paou-he. 2 £00K OF HISTORY. The !lp^ ^p \^f E )>ze chuen is a "Memoir on the Philosophy of the Text," in two sections, fp£ 3h* |® Shwb kwa chuen is a "Discussion of the Diagrams." /J» 3^|* t^ Seu kwa chuen is " The Order of the Diagrams ;" and $ft 3^* i^ Tsa kwa chuen, " Promiscuous Discourses on the Diagrams." Such is the structure of the book as it has been handed down to the present time, known as the /j5J <§g Chow yih "Chow Changes," a name applied to it in reference to the texts by Wan Wang and Chow Kung. There are traces of the same doctrine having been promulgated prior to the Chow dy- nasty, on some modifications of system, however, now unknown. It appears from the Chow Ritual, that during that dynasty, there were still three systems of Changes in use by the jfc, F» T'ae pb, "Chief Diviner." One was designated the jH |JL| Leen shan, " United Hills ;" which was the system employed during the Hea, the name being a-^ dopted from the first hexagram in that scheme Sj=, formed by a reduplication of the Kan diagram == , which is the symbol for a hill. The other termed jgjj pP( Kwei chwang "Reverting Deposit," was that in use during the Shang, in which the first symbol was EE Kwdn "Earth," representing the depository of all things. There is no evidence of the existence of these two systems so late as the Han dynasty. The Chow Book of Changes is said to have escaped destruction at the time of the Burning of the Books, b. c. 220, by Che-hwang Te, in consequence of its application to purposes of di- vination ; books of that class having been exempted. Tradition relates, however, that the three last sections by Confucius were lost about that time, and were afterwards found by a girl at the Yellow River. A long list of scholars are recorded as having distin- guished themselves as expounders of the Yth king, some by oral instruction, and others by their writings. 2. The second of the Classics is the ^ ^ Shoo king "Book of History," originally compiled by Confucius, from the historical remains of the Yu,* Hea, Shang, and Chow dynasties, and consisted of 100 chapters, the period it embraced being from the middle of the 24th century b. c. down to ^ 3l Ping Wang of the Chow, B. c. 721. At the time of the,bibliothecal conflagration, the existing copies of this work were diligently sought for and committed to the flames. When the revival of literature took place in the Han, b. c. 178, a careful search was made for any copies that might have escaped destruc- tion, but not one being found, the only means by which it could be recovered, was by taking it down from the mouth of an old blind man named yt ±E Fuh-sang, an inha- bitant of J^ f$f Tsie-nan in Shan-tung, who repeated from memory 28 chapters. Tradition adds, that the chapter ^ ^jf T'ae-she "The address at Tae" was recovered from a girl in Honan. During the reign of jj£ *0* Woo Te, about b. c. 1 40, the dwelling- house of Confucius being pulled down by order of ^ 3E Kung Wang prince of Loo, a copy of the Shoo king was found, with several other books, all written in the seal character, enclosed in the wall, said to have been deposited there by one of the late * The Yu dynasty of Chinese books, is the period generally denominated that of Yaou and Shun in foreign books. BOOK OF ODES. descendants of the sage. A member of the same family «j|j faf |?§| Kung Gan-hwo, set about decyphering this document with the aid of Fuh-sang's text, and thus managed to get 25 complete chapters out of it. The Tae-she chapter was different from the one of the same name discovered by the Honan girl. Five of the chapters only agreed with those repeated by Fuh-sang. Gan-kwo arranged the whole work in accordance with the ancient text he had found, and wrote it out in the ^5f£ Le, or character used during the Han dynasty, making altogether 58 chapters; the remaining portions of the ancient book were so confused and obliterated that he could make nothing of them. The com- pilation of Gan-kwo was received with various degrees of consideration for several hun- dred years, till about the 4th century, when all traces of its existence disappear. Dur- ing the Eastern Tsin, a work was brought to light by one ^% jSff Mei Tsih, professing to be that of Gan-kwo. This seems, after a time, to have been received with confidence by the literati, and was adopted in the National College at the end of the 5th century; down to the end of the Tang, we do not find suspicions raised as to its genuineness. During the Sung, however, ~%Z -^ Choo He, in his severely critical investigation of the Classics, was first led to doubt the authority, but did not live to write a commentary on the work ; that being afterwards executed by his pupil ^j| f/k T'sae Ch'in. Dur- ing the Ming, and more especially the present dynasty, the work has passed through tests of the most searching character, the result of which shews that the portion now termed the "|!j ~%, Koo-wan "Ancient text," is not the, work of Gan-kwo, but the fa- brication of Mei Tsih, while the evidence tends to confirm the genuineness of that of Fuh-sang, known as the •"^ 3v Kin-wan " Modern text," which had been handed down as a separate work till the Tang. The two texts however are now generally published in one work, numbering 58 chapters in all, only 33 of which belong to the Modern text. 3. The third Classic is the p^f 1^ She king " Book of Odes," consisting of a collection of ballads used by the people of the various petty states of China iii ancient times, se- lected and arranged by Confucius, to the number of 311. This work suffered the gen- eral fate of literary productions, at the hands of Che-hwang Te, but from the character of its contents, it was more likely to retain a place in the memory than the Shoo king. Four different versions, by as many hands, were afterwards published in the early part of the Han ; one by ^ S& Shin Kung of Loo, termed the Loo Odes ; ano- ther by i|j| Up Yuen Koo of Tsie, called the Tsie Odes ; another by IjBpi Ig^- Han Ying of Yen, named the Han Odes ; and one by -^ jj Maou Chang of Chaou, who profes- sed to give the work as it had been handed down by "jf" Jl, Tsze Hea, the disciple of Confucius. Only the latter work has survived to the present time. The Tsie Odes were already lost during the Wei dynasty ; the Loo Odes were lost during the Western Tsin ; and although the Han Odes were preserved to a much later period, no one cared to apply himself to the study of the work. Maou's version, as it has reached us, numbers in all 311 odes; 6 of which have only the name preserved, the odes being lost. The work is divided into four parts; 1st, |ll| Jjlv, Kroofung "Characteristics of the States," containing ballads to the number of 159, from 15 petty kingdoms; 2nd, sy 7$$. Seaou 4 CHOW RITUAL. ya "Lesser Eulogiums," containing 80 odes; 3rd, ~J\, ^ Ta ya "Greater Eulogiums," containing 31 odes; and 4th, $|[ Sung "Songs of Homage," containing 41 odes, writ- ten to the praise of the Princes of Chow, Loo, and Shang. The three works above noticed hold the highest grade among the Classics. 4. The Rituals occupy the next place among the Classical writings, and these are three in number. The /$$ JlH Chow le " Chow Ritual," is now generally believed to be the work of Chow Kung, and consists of an elaborate detail of the various officers under the Chow, with their respective duties. It seems probable that the same regulations were in force among the majority of the subordinate states during that dynasty. But the state of fff> Tsin, continued to retain the Shang rites to the end ; hence this work was a special object of aversion to Che-hwang Te, who ordered that all the copies should be care- fully sought for and burnt, in order that he might obliterate every trace of the Chow ; a severe prohibition against its concealment being at the same time issued by him. We hear nothing more of this work till nearly a hundred years later, when the reigning em- peror Woo Te repealed the above prohibition, in consequence of which several copies were brought from their hiding places, and presented to the emperor. They were then as much beyond the reach of scholars, as they had previously been during their concealment, till about 40 b. c. when ^IJ |HJ Lew Heang, and his son ^glj §\ Lew Yin, being engaged in comparing and arranging the rare books in the palace, discovered this work, but wanting the last section ; and although a reward was publicly offered for its recovery, it could no where be found. To supply the deficiency, they added the ^PfT ■3- Su Kaou hung he " Artificer's Record," now admitted to be a work of great antiqui- ty, if not as supposed by some, the original sixth section. During the Han\, the work was known as the /j5] |=J Chow hwan " Officers of the Chow." In the time of the Tsin, it received the name of /JJ5J ^ j|j|| Chow Ttwan le " Chow Official Ritual." During the Tang, it was changed to Chow le. In the eleventh century a minister under the Sung, named J^, 5^ *£\ Wang Gan-shth introduced some changes in the system of levying duties, and rested them on the authority of the Chow le. The countenance which this un- popular measure appeared to receive from the Chow le drew forth much opposition, in the way of counter-exposition, and afterwards led to the declaration, on the part of the literati generally, that the work was unworthy of credit ; while one f|g >C 11=1 H°o Gan-kwo, declared that it had been fabricated by Lew Yin, for the purpose of supporting the pretensions of the usurper Wang Mang. These opinions were widely received till the time of Choo He, wh,o investigated anew the claims of the Chow le, the result of his researches being to con- firm the view, that the work was composed by Chow Kung, or some sage during the Chow dynasty. Since that time, the question of genuineness may be considered as set at rest, scholars with slight exception giving in their adherence to the views promulgated by Choo Foo-tsze. In the six sections of the Chow le, may be seen the type of the present six ad- ministrative Boards at Peking. The 'HI jHI E le " Decorum Ritual " bears internal evidence of a very early origin, and BOOK OF R1TE3. 5 is also attributed to Chow Kung. The subjects it treats of are of a more domestic character than those of the Chow le, rules being laid down for the guidance of individual conduct under a great variety of conditions and circumstances. The first notice we have of it after the general conflagration is a work entitled jT J|iH Sze le " The Scholar's Ritual," in seven sections, brought to light by one 0J JjL Kaou-tang a native of Lo6, in the 2nd century before the Christian era. A copy of a ritual is recorded to have been found in the wall of the sage's habitation, along with the Shoo king and other books, divided into fifty six sections, but corresponding substantially with the above work of seven sections. This was termed the jjiff p 'rll': Le kob king, " Ancient Ritual Classic." The name was changed to E le, during the Han ; under which designation, the work has been transmitted from age to age down to the present day. The doctrine of the Rites as contained in the E le, gave rise to several schools of exposition and teaching, in early times. One of the most famed of these was that of jgj ^tj How Ts'ang, who flourished during the 1st century before Christ. A pupil of his named J|£ -j^ Tae Tih, collected together the existing documents on the subject to the number of 214 sections, only a small portion of which were held to have emanated from Confucius, and to have been put on record by his disciples and others. These he revised and reduced to 85, his work being named the yC Hx JRe Ta tae le "Ritual of the Senior Tae." This was further revised by his nephew J|£ He Tae Shing, who re- duced the sections to 49 in number, in which form the compilation was entitled the /p Hfc/JOl Seaou tae le "Ritual of the Junior Tae." Such is the work that has come down to us under the name of the j|jf| jp£ Le ke "Book of Rites," and is now by im- perial authority designated one of the Five Classics. There are 40 out of the 85 sections of the Ta tae le now preserved, the remainder having been lost during the Han. at which period the work was lightly esteemed by the literati. Later scholars have however formed a higher estimate of its value, and it is now looked upon fey many, at least equal to, if not of higher authority than the Le ke. One of the most interesting sections in it is the J^, Tsang Ts'an are merely illustrations of the sayings of the sage. The Pp /Hi Chung yung " Invariable Medium " is ascribed to "jp" /g> Tsze-sze, the grandson of the sage. In this which is the most philosophic of the Four Books, the ruling motives of human conduct are traced from their psychological source. The work consists of thirty three chapters, its history being similar to that of the Td heo. The pfflj ph Lun yu " Miscellaneous Conversations " consists of dialogues between Confucius and his disciples and others, in twenty chapters. ^aE *y5 *lL Ching Ming- taou conceived that the book was written by the disciples of -^ ~j Yew tsze and g "jp* Tsang tsze, themselves disciples of the sage. A copy written in the seal character was afterwards found in the wall of Confucius' house along with the Shoo king. This was decyphered and published by Kung Gan-kwo. About a century later, another edition of the Lun yu appeared; the 6 Ch'ing K'ang-ching investigated the different versions, and taking the Loo lun as the standard, wrote a commentary on the work, since which his edition has been generally BOOK OP FILIAL PIETY. LITERARY EXPOSITOR. 7 received, and has retained the name of Loo lun. The Tsie lun soon after fell into dis- use and was lost. jj££ TT* Mang tsze, which is the largest of the four, is composed of conversations held between the sage of that name and the princes and grandees of his time, the main ob- ject being to enforce the practice of the virtues of Benevolence and Integrity; the in- herent goodness of human nature forming a fundamental principle in the philosopher's instructions. It is divided into fourteen chapters. Mang tsze, or as he is generally called Mencius, was the pupil of a disciple of Tsze-sze, and nourished during the 4th century b. c. His work is said to have escaped the general burning, in consequence of its being considered extra-classical. 7. The J^» /jF£ Heabu king " Book of Filial Piety," claims to be a conversation held between Confucius and his disciple Tsang Ts'an, on the principles of Filial Piety, re- corded by another disciple whose name is not preserved. According to tradition, it was concealed by J|f| j<* Yen Che of fftj faj H6-keen, at the time of the burning of the books, and was brought to light again by his son J=| Ching, when the edict against concealment was revoked. This copy consisted of eighteen chapters; but a copy in the ancient character being afterwards discovered in the wall of Confucius' dwelling, it was found to consist of twenty two chapters. Lew Heang after carefully comparing the two copies, fixed upon eighteen chapters as the original form, in which state it has come down to us ; but it does not by any means share the same degree of confidence as the other classical works, for many scholars of the present day, from studying the text, feel justified in doubting that it originated with Confucius. Neither the style of the com- position they say, nor the doctrine propounded are in keeping with the productions of the sage. 8. The pff 4^ Urhya "Literary Expositor" is a dictionary of terms used in the classical and other writings of the same period, and is of great importance in elucida- ting the meaning of such words. It is divided into 19 sections, each of which treats of a separate class of subjects. The authorship is attributed with considerable probability to Tsze-hea; though there is a tradition that a part of this had also been handed down from the time of Chow Kung. The above-noticed works comprise all those generally denominated the Classics, though the number of such has varied at different periods. y^/fifcLuh king "Six Classics" are said to have left the finishing hand of Confucius, i. e. the Book of Changes, Book of History, Book of Odes, Spring and Autumn Annals, Book of Rites, and Book of Music. The last named of these is now lost, and the only vestiges we have left res- pecting the music of that early period, are a section in the Chow le, which treats of the duties of the ofiicers of music, a section in the Le ke, called the Music Record, and some incidental notices in the Shoo king. It is very uncertain how much of the existing rituals are due to Confucius ; there is reason to believe however, that the subject en- gaged a considerable share of his attention. During the T'ang, a compilation was made under the name of the ~\ m /jig Shih san king " Thirteen Classics," including the Yik king, Shoo king, She king, Chow le, E le, Le ke, Ch'un ts'ew Tso chuen, CKun ts'ew 8 .; • ■! DICTIONARIES. , , , . . , [ Kung-yafig chuen, CKun ts'etv Kuh-leang ehuen, ffeaou king, Lun yu, Mdng tsze and Urh ya. In the time of the Sung, the number of Classics was reduced to nine, by discarding the commentaries of I£ung-yang andjKuh-leang, the E le and Urh ya The Five Classics adopted by authority during the Ming were, the Yth king, Shoo king, She king, Le ke, and Ch'un ts'ew, while the Four Books Td h'eo, Chung yung, Lun yu and Mdng tsze were put in the second grade. The same arrangement has been conti- nued by the present dynasty, the emperors of which have had versions of most of the above works published in Manchu. The whole are sometimes included under the term Six Classics, the Four Books collectively forming the sixth. 9. Another class of works which though not directly termed classical, are yet referred to that division of literature, is that comprising the Dictionaries; in the compilation of which much labour has been bestowed by the Chinese, for the purpose of maintaining the purity of the language to after ages. These may be ranged under three divisions, according to the plan of their construction. First those in which the words are ar- ranged in various categories fixed upon with regard to affinity of subjects. To this division the Urh ya belongs, as also the y^ ^if* tpt Luh shoo kod, a book of note writ- ten about the close of the Sung ; and the same principle of arrangement has been fol- lowed in a great number of works, extending even to some which do not properly come under the denomination of dictionary. It is that also generally adopted in the compi- lation of Chinese dictionaries of foreign languages, such as the Japanese, Mongolian, Manchu and others. The second division includes those arranged according to the radical part of the character. The earliest work of this kind was the jp£ 3C Shwo wan, composed by aT jj|L Heu Shin, and published a. d. 100, which is divided into 540 radical sections. The 35 Jfi Yuhpeen was published a. d. 523 by Hlj P^ jzfcl Koo Yay-wang, and con- tains 542 radicals. The ^ffl j|fj Luypeen by OJ ,^ ~)\^ Sze Ma-kwang, which appeared in the Sung dynasty, is arranged under 544 radicals. The y^ -^ /\±- fj=§ Lull shoo pun e was published during the Ming, by /Of, ^^ fiffi Chaou Hwuy-k'een ; in this the number of radicals are reduced to 360. At a later period during the same dynasty, the -^p 1=j|i Tsze rouy was published, in which the radicals were fixed at 214 ; and the same arrangement has been preserved in the two principal dictionaries that have been compiled during the present dynasty, the _lt -^p aS Ching tsze t'ung and jffi. jfh ~f" yi K'ang- he tsze teen. The third division comprises those works which are arranged in accordance with the tones and final sounds of the characters. One of the earliest of these is the Jfg Epi Tang yun, as the name indicates, a production of the T'ang dynasty, but the nucleus of the work appears to have been composed during the Suy, under the name of t^J tp| Tsee yun, by |£g J2? ^0 Luh Fd-yen. The J|tf Ipt Kwang yun is a work of uncertain date, but generally believed to belong to the T'ang dynasty, and is substantially the same as the T'ang yun. The earliest known edition of it is of the time of the Sung. The ^|f| Ipt Tseth yun, a work of considerable fame appeared during the Sung. The .IZL (^ ^|| Ejp| Woo yin tseih yun DICTIONARIES. 9 is by Ipjs )H, }|q Han Taou-chaou of the Kin dynasty. The ground-work is in sub- stance the same as the Kwang yun, containing the 26,194 characters which compose that work, together with 27.330 more, being just one less than the additional number given in the Tseih yun. But a new arrangement is introduced, the 206 finals of pre- vious works being reduced by combination to 160; under each of which, the characters are referred in order to the 36 initial sounds, these being subdivided according to the i-w tVq -(•& *«» I fail ^ ^ , four classes of finals. The yli bM. \R -^ iSlJ Tsee yun che cluing Coo is a small work on the sounds of the language, illustrated by diagrams, by Sze-ma Kwang mentioned above. All the words are arranged according to the 36 initials and four classes of finals, this being the oldest work extant containing the Hindoo analysis introduced by the Indian Buddhists. There are twenty diagrams containing in all 3130 characters, from with may be derived by rule 760 more, completing the number 3890 contained in the Tsee yun. The Bj=| -f<$J Yun pod by y^ ^§j£ Woo Yih of the Sung dynasty, is chiefly valued as being the earliest attempt to investigate the theory of the ancient sounds; but it is said to be a very faulty production. The jjjj= pji b$3 ^g- Le pod yun led by J Jx. Ting T'oo, the author of the Tseih yun, was published under official pa- tronage about the middle of the 1 1 th century, for the purpose of rectifying the disorders which were creeping into the rhymes at the examinations; from which time this work was to be the standard of appeal. There are only 9590 characters in the original work, but some supplementary matter was afterwards added. An augmentation of the pre- ceding work appeared in the 12th century with the title V^ \v? j^L HX JjlM OP BM. ^§r Tsdng sew hod c/wd le pod yun led. This was the joint production of ^ -^fo Maou Hwang and his son ^ /ft _lt Maou Keu-ching, the former of whom increased the original work by 2655 characters, and the latter 1402 more. In the following century, the f if Bj=J ^tp ^g Yd yun shih e was composed by ||g\. \!§j -j^ |ig Gow-yang Tih- lung, and enlarged by |f$ -*y j£ Ko Shbw-ching, being an exegetical work on the Le pod yun led. The JL ^^ ^ffl gf| Kew king pod yun is a small vocabulary auxiliary to the Le poo yun led, by / \%j jfj ^ Yang Pih-yen, containing 79 characters from the classics, which are omitted in that work; also an appendix of 88 articles concerning the mourning rites. The fa -ef* ^ |jf ^C 4^ Kob kin yun hwuy keit yaou was compiled by |f fa ; g» Heung Chung of the Yuen dynasty. A new arrangement of the initials is adopted, after the method of Han Taou-chaou ; and the number of the finals are reduced to 107, in accordance with the system introduced by ^g)J )/$ Lew Yuen of Ping-shwuy, about the middle of the 13th century, and which has been very generally followed since that time, under the name of the Ping-shwuy finals. The \p?\ Zlf t§^ J Sze shing tang tsze is a small work by an unknown author, which like the Tsee yun che chang t'od, is arranged on the plan of the Hindoo analysis. The "$$ JE£ J£ Ep| Hung woo ching yun as its name implies, was published under the patronage of the first emperor of the Ming dynasty, during the period Hung-woo. In it the number of rhymes are reduced to 76. Although the work is well known, it never came into general use. The g pj$ Yin lun a small work of some merit by fH y^ ^ Koo Yen- c 10 DICTIONARIES. woo of Kwan-shan, published at the commencement of the present dynasty, besides an analysis of three of the old pronouncing dictionaries, gives a number of disquisitions respecting the history of the sounds. The same author, who was a man of deep re- search, published four other works on the same subject, which generally form one col- lection: — the piy 2f\ g She piin yin, a dictionary of the original sounds of the Book of Odes, in which all the rhymes of the odes are taken seriatim, and referred to their respective divisions in the Kwang yiin: — the ■%$ q Yih yin, an analysis of the Book of Changes, on the same principle as the preceding : — the jfg ^^ _Lfc T'ang yun ching, a systematic rectification of the T'ang dynasty finals: — and the pi g ^p£ Kob yin peaou, in which all the ancient sounds are arranged under 10 divisions, in each of which the characters follow the order of the four tones. The ifpJ -f<}{J Jjh Yun poo ching is another small work by the same author, devoted to the correction of errors in the Yun poo. The ?p| g Luy yin by jfff ^fc. P'wan Luy, a pupil of Koo Yen-woo above mentioned, was published towards the close of the 17th century. The author applies himself especially to the more modern changes in pronunciation. He increases the number of initials to 50, under which he tabulates the whole system of sounds, and af- terwards arranges all the characters under 147 divisions distributed among the four tones. The pf ^Y* *S &M Koo kin Cung yun is a work on the ancient and modern sounds by = xi piijf Jgp Maou K'e-ling, written with a view to controvert the principles laid down in the several publications of Koo Yen-woo. It is considered inferior to the latter. The ~pj -^f* fjji iflr Kob kin yun leo by ftp ~jp nl Shaou Tsze-seang, which appeared about the end of the 17th century, follows the classification of the 106 finals. The H) ||gl -^L. y^l H'ee yun ivuy tseih is an imperial work published in 1750, in which the characters are classified under the usual system of finals. An abbreviation of the same system is published in a small volume under the name of prf gj^ She yun, merely containing the meaning of each character in the most concise possible form. Another concise work of modern date is the g bM. it gju Yin yun ching go by t5j» HI Sun Yaou, in which the arrangement is according to 65 finals. The g ^Jl Jjilf ^- Yin yun tseih yaou by 5l %X Wang Seun, published about 1780, is arranged under 21 leading divisions, according to the finals. The p| [fpl 4-rjt ^p.Kob yiin peaou chiui by /T ^C Keang Yung, is a work of the latter part of last century. The |izj 21p "yW ft^ 5^ Sze shing tsee yicn peaou is another small work by the same author, in which all the sounds are tabulated under the 36 initials. The yyx. i^/ -J-* ?Pt Pan ma, tsze luy by jfs|- 1^1 Loo Ke of the Sung dynasty, is an examination of the characters in Sze- ma Tseen's Historical Record and Pan Koo's History of the Han. The arrangement is accordingly to 204 finals. The -^ Ha Tsze keen by 3p jX It Le Wan-chiing, is a dictionary which appeared during the Yuen dynasty, arranged according to the 206 final divisions. The ^ jf^" Ip j& Yun fob k'eun yuh is a small encyclopaedia of about the same period as the preceding, by |ig. B^J- JX. Yin She-foo. This seems to be the oldest work extant with Lew Yuen's system of finals, which are followed DICTIONAEIES. 1 I in the general classification. The 3l Jp. a^ Jffij Woo chay yun suy by /|| j^ $f[ Ling E-tung was published in 1592. It follows the common system of the 106 finals, the principal leading characters being given in the ancient and modern form. The -ft. JpL Bji Jfvp Woo chay yun fob by |P]t |g; jjj| Ch'in Tsin-moo, is divided among 128 finals newly selected, the sounds under each final being arranged according to the 36 initials, which are placed at the head of the page. This work formed the basis of Morrison's Alphabetic Chinese dictionary. The p^j E^. rjp -^p f§? /7 yH T'ang K'ae, which appeared in 1759, is a work on the same principle as the preceding, but in an exceed- ingly abriged form. The prf bJ| /j}|jg -^5 She yun peen e by 3£ TEk Jjjjll Wang K'e- p'ang, published in 1808, is also on the same arrangement, but greatly more epitomized. This is much used as a hand-book by students. There are also several pronouncing dictionaries of the mandarin colloquial dialect, arranged on the above principle. One of the earliest of these is the Fp j§C g tfpl Chung yuen yin yun by jjj|j f^ "/pf" Chow Tih-ts'ing, which appeared in the 13th century, including all the sounds under 19 finals. The JZL jj ~jTCi Woo fang yuen yin by 3jj«£ Jjf|~ /l^ Fan T'ang-fung is a well-known work published in 1710, in which the sounds are all classified under 12 categories of finals. A revision and enlargement of the same was given to the public in 1810. An- other work of this class is the f-p y]^ -qp* ||pj Chung chow tseuen yun by JjSJ j;fj Chow Gang, in which the sounds are arranged according to the several organs of pronuncia- tion. The "£j* l£f| ^Ja 7$ Yin yun seu che by ^p -fjj ^§fk Le Shoo-yun, published in 1690, follows the method of the Chung yuen yin yun. Another on the same plan is the Fp 7| V J g g^lplf ^- Chung chow yin yun tseih yaou. Dictionaries in various local dialects are also published on the same principle. Such is the / V g p pj Pa yin ho ting, compiled by ~gf" 2§f Tsin Gan from two earlier works, being a dictionary of the Fuh-chow dialect in Fuh-keen, dated 1749. The %% f£ M ~h ^ El" Ya suh (ung shih woo yin by jf$J| y§ J|\, Seay Sew-lan gives the dialect of Chang-chow in Fuh-keen. The yj* 0^ $fc ■§£; ^ 3g Fun yun tsb yaou ho chih by Jj^. cp? jmj Tu Heo-poo and Jfiji lljj ^jrj Wan K'e-shih, is a dictionary of the Canton dialect. Dictionaries of the ancient character are found arranged on this plan. The gj| J$t 12 HISTORIES. -}~ Um Han le tszeyuen, is a production of the 12th century, by ^Ir T;*E Loo Ke, giving the various forms of the characters in the Le or Official hand, found on 340 stone ta- blets from the 2nd century b. c. to the 5th century a. d. according to the classification of the Lb poo yun leb. The jjffi ~0fr Le peen by HH |^j pj Koo Gae-kelh, which ap- peared last century, is on the same plan as the preceding. The y^, -gf" jh| Luh shoo (ung was published by pg 7 jp^V%- Min Tsie-keth in 1661, when he was 82 years of age. The characters are given in a variety of ancient forms, and arranged according to the usual system of finals. The w*^p ^M if^ ^ n s ^ n I/^ n foo * s an extensive catalogue of characters in various ancient styles, found in inscriptions; this is also ar- ranged according to the finals, and is printed in red. In 1750, a work was published under imperial authority, termed the |E(J 3C RM W& 'Lung wan yun (ung, containing a syllabic comparison between the Sanscrit and Tibetan vocables, the sounds being ex- pressed in Chinese by means of initials and finals. II. Under the second great division of Chinese literature, termed j£* She "His- tory," is included the various works on History, Geography, and kindred subjects. Historical works are again subdivided into three principal classes. 1. The first of these classes comprises what are termed the Jc _£2 Ching she "Dy- nastic Histories," a name which is first found in the History of the Suy dynasty. These are all framed on a nearly uniform model, the general arrangement being in three sec- tions, as follows. — Tfl 7PC Te ke "Imperial Records," containing a succinct chronicle of the several emperors of the dynasty. Next /^> Che "Memoirs," consisting of a suc- cession of articles on )W. Leih "Mathematical chronology," Jjljf Le "Rites," ^ip§ Yb "Music," 7(1] Hing "Jurisprudence," j£( i=| Shzh ho "Political economy," 5$ WL Keaousze " State sacrifices," yC 3C T'e'en wan "Astronomy," HL. -f^J* Woo hing "Ele- mental influence," i'tfe J§| T'e le " Geography," and JK ^ E ivan "Literature." with the state of these various subjects during the dynasty. The last section is y\] jlf Lee chuen "Narratives," which contains besides Biographies of persons of eminence during the dynasty, a detail of all that is known respecting foreign nations. Such will be found to be a general outline of all these histories from the earliest period downwards ; while there are slight modifications peculiar to the several dynasties, each of which possesses its own history. These exhibit various degrees of merit, but in view of the range of subject embraced in such a work, it may be conceived, that it requires a man of no ordinary attainment to reach the standard in the several sections. Some of the histories have accordingly been written by men of high standing in the literary world. Compilations of these works have been made at different times, and varying in extent. During the Sung dynasty, the " Seventeen Histories" were published in a single work; under the Ming, the "Twenty one Histories" appeared; the "Twenty two Histories," and the "Twenty four Histories" have severally appeared during the present dynasty, as comprising the annals of the empire. The following is a catalogue of the "Twenty four Histories," which includes the contents of the other collections also; each collection commencing with the JE. gQ She ke by Rj Mg ^ Sze-ma Ts'een, who has been termed the Herodotus of China. DYNASTIC HI8T0EIES. 13 n o PS S 3 « 3 p o IN 1 CD O 1 'O 1 CI 1 OS *~ CN | W5 1 co CM 1 CO co I SO | 1 o 0>000 OOOXOOWSCOCO^OOCM CO©©H0V0*»O5>-i CO ■— i CO ■-< CN (N rl * H h « 8) pM Ph bo a 03 o o pq hn § c« o H >1 C+4 o o +^ w 44 O w n pq 2 frg fe o £ w s o P 3 o CO Si ■"3 w bo B 3 CO HH C Eh Ssj 05 fee CQ K] W a be a {5 S CO °5 a fee CO OS O rH 14 DYNASTIC HISTOKIES. A part of the materials for the She ke were collected by tlj My pjfc Sze-ma T'an the father of Sze-ma Ts'een, to whom he transferred the work when on his death bed. Commencing from the time of the ancient monarch J§T 7p Hwang-te, it reaches down to the reign of ~jx\ 'fjl 1 Woo-te of the Han dynasty, embracing a period of more than three thousand years. It is divided into 5 sections : — 1, ^ff? ?j>L ^ ke "Imperial re- cords ;" — 2, ^ ^$Z Neen peaou "Chronological tables;" — 3, /\ ^ Pa shoo "Eight treatises," regarding Rites, Music, Harmony, Chronology, Astrology, Sacrificial service, Water-courses, and Weights and measures; — 4, XEL ^C She kea " Genealogical history " of the princes and grandees; — 5, j?\) jlj- Lee chuen "Narratives." This work has always been looked up to by subsequent authors as a model composition. Much of the original is now lost, and has been supplied by ffi% ^y -J5ji Choo Shaou-sun. The Ts'een Han shoo was compiled by Pan Koo, who like Sze-ma, T'an and Sze-ma Ts'een held the official appointment of National Historiographer. It is divided into 4 sections : — 1, Te ke which commences at the first year of — . |±L Urh-she of the £ft "Tsin" dynasty (b. c. 209), and closes at the 5th year of ^ T|l* Ping-te of the Han (a. d. 5); — 2, Neen peaou ; — 3, Che "Memoirs," corresponding to the Pa shoo of the She he, containing separate chapters on Harmony and Chronology, Rites and Music, Jurisprudence, Political economy, State sacrifices, Astronomy, Elemental influence, Geo- graphy, Water- courses, and Literature; — 4, Lee chuen. Part of this history was com- posed by the father of Pan Koo, and the Tables and Astronomy were completed by his sister Pan Chaou after his death. A commentary was written on the work by Jp| pfP pf Yen Sze-koo during the Tang dynasty; part of the comments however, on the chapters on Geography and Literature, are by Pan Koo himself. The How Han shoo is divided into 3 sections: — 1, 7^ /E? 7J»L Te how he "Records of the emperors and empresses;" — 2, Che, which includes Harmony and Chronology, Rites and Ceremonies, Sacrifices, Astronomy, Elemental influence, Geography, Government offices, and Vehicles and Costume; — 3, L,ee chuen. It is only the first and last of these sections that are from the hand of Fan Ye, who entrusted the composition of the Che to !?$}' xj|§ Seay Chen; but Fan having been put to death for a state offence, before the completion of the Che, Seay suppressed his work, in order to conceal his connexion with the historian. Pj Aft) J^i Szc-ma Pew of the g Tsin dynasty having written a supplementary history of the After Han, the section Che was taken from the same and incorporated in Fan's history, in the early part of the 11th century, thus completing the work as it has come down to us. The San kwo che is a history of the period immediately succeeding the After Han dynasty, when China was divided into the three kingdoms of J6^| Wei, v>} Shuh, and y^- Woo. The respective histories of these three states are succintly given in the above order, each containing the Records of the reigning family and a Biographical section, that of the Wei having a short chapter at the end on foreign nations. The author Ch'in Show being a subject of the Tsin dynasty, which succeeded the Wei, it was a ne- cessity with him to assign the rightful supremacy to that house; but since the time of Choo He of the Sung dynasty, the Shuh which more directly succeeded the Han, has DYNASTIC HISTORIES. 15 been admitted to be the legitimate continuator of the imperial power, in accordance with the views of that scholar. Previous to the Tang dynasty, the history of the Tsin was only to be found in an imperfect state, when the emperor ^/C 35> T'ae-tsung of that house organized a literary commission, consisting of Fang K'eaou and others, who compiled the present Tsin shoo from the works of eighteen preceding authors. The emperor himself composed the Re- cords of two of the earliest monarchs, and also two of the Biographies; from which cir- cumstance, the authorship of the work is generally ascribed to that prince. It consists of 4 sections: — 1, Te ke ; — 2, Che, which contains Astronomy, Geography, Chronology, Rites, Music, Government offices, Vehicles and Costume, Political economy, and Ele- mental influence; — 3, Lee chuen, including short notices of foreign countries ; — 4, !§)( ffjj Tsae ke "Contemporary Register," giving biographical sketches of the princes of the various contemporaneous dynasties. The Sung shoo was the work of Ch'in Yo, who flourished under the Leang dynasty. It is divided into 3 sections: — 1, Te ke ; — 2, Che, embracing Chronology, Rites, Music, Astronomy, Elemental influence, Felicitous influences, Geography, and Government offices ; — 3, Lee chuen. It is thought that this book originally contained another sec- tion of Tables, when it left the hand of Ch'in Yo ; but if so, it was lost at a very early date. The chapter on Felicitous influences is an unwarranted innovation upon prees- tablished usage ; and the Geographical portion is executed in an exceedingly careless style. These are the chief defects in the work, which in other respects is a very com- mendable production. The Nan Tsie shoo being composed under the Leang dynasty, bears marks of the prevailing influence of Buddhism at that period. It is divided into 3 sections: — 1, AfH 7f5£ Ptin ke "National Records;" — 2, Che, which includes Rites, Music, Astronomy, Geography, Government offices, Vehicles and Costume, Felicitous influences, and Ele- mental influence; — 3, Lee chuen. Some small portions of the work have been lost, since it left the hand of Seaou Tsze-heen. A great part of the materials for the L,i'ang shoo, were drawn up by iyfi ^^ Yaou Ch'a a minister of the Chin dynasty, but the work having been left incomplete by him, in the year a. d. 629, the emperor T'ae-tsung of the Tang commissioned his son Yaou Sze-leen, together with Wei Ching to complete the undertaking. As the share taken by the latter merely consisted in some inconsiderable corrections, the authorship has been rightly attributed to Yaou Sze-leen. The arrangement is in 2 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Lee chuen. With the exception of some slight discrepancies which criticism has discovered, the work is generally esteemed for its merits. Yaou Ch'a. mentioned above, having collected the historical notices of the Chin dy- nasty by three preceding authors, commenced a history from these materials, but very little had been accomplished towards the execution .of his plan at his death. The work was completed by his son Yaou Sze-leen under imperial commission, nearly contem- poraneous with the Leang shoo, being denominated the Ch'in shoo. It is divided into 2 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, L/ee chuen. There is more uniformity throughout than is found in the Leang shoo. 16 DYNASTIC HISTORIES. When the Wei shoo was originally published by Wei Show during the Northern Tsie dynasty, it excited a good deal of clamour and disapprobation, in consequence of the freedom with which it dealt with the conduct of public men of the time. It was pro- bably a kindred impulse that induced the emperor jX» Ml* Wan-te to patronize fpg $|f Wei T'an, in his attempt to compose a more popular record of that northern Tartar dynasty. Wei Show's work was revised and amended during the Sung dynasty, sev- eral additions being made to it from that of Wei T'an and other sources ; in which shape it has come down to us, and is now esteemed a sterling work, while none of the compositions that were intended to supplant it have survived the lapse of time. It contains 3 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Lee chuen; — 3, Che, comprising Uranography, Geography, Harmony and Chronology, Rites, Music, Political economy, Jurisprudence, Supernatural indications, Government offices, and Buddhism and Taouism. ^P fi© Tr Le Tih-lin, a subject of the Northern Tsie, having collected an amount of documentary matter for a national history of that dynasty, his son Le Pih-yo received the imperial command at the beginning of the Tang to complete the work, which lie accomplished in a very indifferent style. The plan of the How Han shoo is adopted, but there is a slovenliness and want of uniformity throughout, the whole being com- prised under 2 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Lee chuen. This being the only history of that particular period extant, it has been adopted as the Pih Tsie shoo in the chro- nological series. The task of writing the History of the Chow dynasty, was imposed upon Ling-hoo Tih-fun by the emperor T'ae-tsung of the Tang. The documents necessary for the accomplishment of this work, which had been handed down from the Chow and Suy dynasties, were modelled after the style of the Shoo king, which seems to have been an influencing motive with Ling-hoo to complete the history in the same spirit; the con- sequence being a marked paucity of substantial narrative, which has given place to elegance of empty diction. Large portions of his work have been lost in after time, and the lacunas somewhat clumsily supplied from the Pih she. It is composed of 2 sections: — -1, Pun he ; — 2, Lee chuen. This and the Pih Tsie shoo are the most mutilated of all the twenty four. The Suy shoo like the respective histories of the Leang, Chin, Northern Tsie, and Chow dynasties, was also compiled in compliance with a commission from T'ae-tsung of the Tang. The work was executed under the superintendence of Wef Ching, Duke of Jf|) Ch'ing, who wrote part of the prefatory and critical portions. There are in all 3 sections: — 1, Te ke ; — 2, Che, embracing Rites and Ceremonies, Music, Harmony and Chronology, Astronomy, Elemental influence, Political economy, Jurisprudence, Government offices, Geography, and Bibliography; — 3, Lee chuen. The authorship of the Te ke and Lee chuen is attributed to Yen Sze-koo and «jL j${ 3I& K'ung Yins- ta. The Che seems to have been the joint work of several hands, chiefly "J" /\& J f L Yu Che-ning and ^p jpp- Jlx, Le Chun-fung. This and the four dynastic histories just named, which were compiled at the same time, were originally published in one work, and the Che "Memoirs" for the whole were included in one, and published separately, under the title of "Memoirs of the Five dynasties." Afterwards the five histories DYNASTIC HISTORIES. 17 being separated into so many distinct works, the Memoirs were attached to that of the Suy as being the last in the series ; which accounts for these documents so much exceeding the period of that single dynasty. The chapter on Bibliography, although exceedingly faulty, is of considerable value, in consequence of the paucity of informa- tion oi a kindred character elsewhere, about the time in question. The Suy shoo has deservedly a better reputation than the other four histories. The Nan she having been compiled by Le Yen-show, was submitted to the revision of Ling-hoo Tih-fun. It contains the abbreviated history of the Sung, Southern Tsie, Leang, and Chin dynasties. A negligence of execution is observable throughout the work, frequent repetitions of events, and some unaccountable omissions. But although the work stands low as a literary production, it possesses a certain value, as supplying some information which is omitted in the separate histories of these four dynasties. It contains 2 sections : — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Lee chuen. The Pih she is from the same hand as the preceding, but the author being a native of the north, was moi - e familiar with the current of events, and took much greater pains in the execution of the work. It includes the histories of the Northern Wei, the Nor- thern Tsie, the Chow and the Suy dynasties, and supplies most of the deficiencies that occur in the separate histories of those dynasties. It is divided into 2 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Lee chuen. The nucleus of the Tang history was composed by ^ ?P[ Woo King, a subject of that dynasty, who brought his account down to the commencement of the 8th century. This was revised and remodelled by JfL J^lf Wei Shuh, and within half a century af- terwards "j "jSfC ?fR Tu Hew-lee the official historiographer added something further. Some slight additions were made by later hands, in which state it was found at the close of the Tang ; when 3jpJ aa] Lew Heu of the After Tsin took the work in hand, and from the preexisting materials, together with some contemporary aid, composed the K'ew T'ang shoo nearly in the form we now have it. Criticism has been severe upon its defects, which consist chiefly of prolixity in some parts, and excess of generality in others. Want of discrimination is also apparent, in repetition of facts, and some omis- sions and misplacements. But with all its faults, its merits are considered sufficient to entitle it to be retained in the national collection of histories. It contains 3 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Che, including Rites and Ceremonies, Music, Chronology, Astronomy, Elemental influence, Geography, Government offices, Vehicles and Costume, Bibliogra- phy, Political economy, and Jurisprudence; — 3, Lee chuen. The many defects in the K'ew T'ang shoo having rendered it desirable to have a more perfect history of the period, an imperial commission was conferred on g* ■$£■ ^jfc Tsang Kung-leang about the middle of the 11th century, to superintend the remo- delling of the work. This was executed by Gow-yang Sew and Sung K'e, and named the Sin T'ang shoo. It contains a greater accumulation of facts than the older history, while it is compressed into less bulk ; the facts introduced however, are considered by the Chinese as frequently irrelevant, and the style rugged, though the first of these qua- lities would probably commend it in the judgment of Europeans. On the whole it is considered much in advance of the K'ew T'ang shoo. There are 4 sections in all : — E 18 DYNASTIC HISTORIES. 1, Pun he ; — 2, Che, comprising Rites and Music, Body-guard, Vehicles and Costume, Chronology, Astronomy, Elemental influence, Geography, Examinations, Government, Military, Political economy, Jurisprudence, and Literature; — 3, Peaou; — 4, Lee chuen. The three first sections are ascribed to Gbw-yang Sew, and the last to Sung K'e. In the year 973, the reigning monarch of the Sung dynasty, commanded ||p ffi j£ See Keu-ching and others to compile a history of the five short dynasties. Leang, Tang, Tsin, Han, and Chow, which immediately succeeded the Great Tang. The work was executed in little more than a year, and received the name K'ew woo tae she; although the style of the composition is exceedingly unpolished, the statements embodied are deemed worthy of the utmost confidence. In the year 1207, it was discarded from the educational institutions of the country in favour of the new history, from which time it seems to have fallen into disuse among the people, and when it was restored to its place among the national histories, by the emperor of the Keen-lung period, there was only one copy to be found in the empire. It is divided into 3 sections : — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Che ; — 3, Lee chuen. The Sin woo tae she forms a solitary instance since the time of the Tang, of one of the dynastic histories having been written by private enterprise. There is a striking boldness in the conception of the author Gow-yang Sew, in his departure from the beaten track of his predecessors. Setting before himself the CICun ts'ew and She he as his mo- dels, he aimed at the lofty style of those ancient works, but he has laid himself open to the charge of sacrificing narrative of facts to elegance of diction. He has omitted the Che altogether, and divided his work into the following 5 sections: — \,Pun he ; — 2, Lee chuen ; — 3, -^ K^abu "Researches;" — 4, "|tr s^. 4p ^^ Shi k'e'a neen pod "Genea- logical registers;" — 5, |»J»J fg|c Foo luh "Appendix." After the death of the author, the manuscript was presented to the emperor, by whose orders it was printed and put in circulation, when it ultimately supplanted the K'ew woo tae she for several centuries. T'o-t'o the principal author of the Sung she, who was a Mongol by nation, has not gained much renown by that work. His chief aim seems to have been to illustrate the principles of metaphysics; apart from which the voluminous details abound with errors of so grave a character, as to lay the work peculiarly open to the critical censure of subsequent writers. There are in all 4 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Che, including Astronomy, Elemental influence, Chronology, Geography, Water-courses, Rites, Music, Body-guard, Vehicles and Costume, Examinations, Government offices, Political econo- my, Military, Jurisprudence, and Literature; — 3, Peaou; — 4, Lee chuen. Although the faults of the Sung she are generally acknowledged, no history has been yet found fit to supplant it. The Leaou she is by the same author as the Sung she ; but a peculiar difficulty in compiling a History of the K'e-tan Tartars, arose from the fact, that the annals of the nation were prohibited on pain of death, being communicated to any but subjects of the dynasty ; so that at the overthrow of their kingdom, when their cities were given up to the flames, nearly all vestiges of their earlier records were destroyed. T'o-t'6's statements therefore must be received with caution ; for many errors have been dis- covered in it, by means of existing contemporaneous notices. The plan of the work is ANNALS. 19 in 4 sections: — 1, Pun he; — 2, Che, containing Military defences, Army, Chronology and Uranography, Government offices, Rites, Music, Body-guard, Political economy, and Jurisprudence; — 3, Peaou ; — 4, Lee chuen. T'o-t'o has succeeded much better in the Kin she than in the other two works of which he was principal author. Having been more careful in the examination of his authorities, the History of the Kin has secured a degree of confidence which that of the Sung and Leaou fail to obtain, while the style of the composition is worthy of the subject. There are in all 4 sections: — 1, Pun he ; — 2, Che, containing Astronomy, Chronology, Elemental influence, Geography, Water-courses, Rites, Music, Body-guard, Vehicles and Costume, Military, Jurisprudence, Political economy, Examinations, and Government offices ; — 3, Peaou ; — 4, Lee chuen. The Yuen she having been compiled with undue haste, is marked by numerous and glaring imperfections, both in the style of the composition and the selection of materials. There are several omissions, and the established forms of the historians are in some cases overlooked, but there are good points about the chapters on Chronology, and Geo- graphy. The work on the whole does not rank high according to the scale of merit. It contains 4 sections: — 1, Pun ke ; — 2, Che, consisting of Astronomy, Elemental in- fluence, Chronology, Geography, Water-courses, Rites and Music, State sacrifices, Ve- hicles and Costume, Examinations, Government offices, Political economy, Military, and Jurisprudence ; — 3, Peaou ; — 4, Lee chuen. The imperial order for the compilation of the history of the Ming dynasty was first issued in 1679, when fifty eight scholars were appointed to engage in the work, and by continued accretions it was brought to a conclusion in 1724. The Ming she as we now have it was ultimately laid before the emperor in 1742, by Chang T'ing-yuh and his colleagues. It conforms in plan to the former histories, but does not rank high as a literary production. It consists of 4 sections: — 1, Pun he ; — 2, Che, including As- tronomy, Elemental influence, Chronology, Geography, Rites, Music, Body-guard, Vehi- cles and Costume, Examinations, Government offices, Political economy, Water-courses, Military, Jurisprudence, and Literature; — 3, Peaou; — 4, Lee chuen. '2. The second class of Histories are termed /j^g ^ Pe'en n'een "Annals," the model for which order of writing may be found in the Ch'un ts'ew Classic by Confucius. This consists in a consecutive chronicle of events, each year having a detailed account of the various occurrences in each department of history, ranged in chronological order. After the Ch'un ts'ew, the work of this class claiming the greatest antiquity is the •fj ^pjjf JjtfJ 5p Chuh shoo he n'een "Bamboo Record," said to have been found in the tomb of the f»^ Wei princes, in the year A. D. 284. This commences with-- the reign of jl^ ^ft* Hwang-te and extends to b. c. 299. The original work however with a commentary on it by Ch'in Yo the historian of the Sung, is considered to have been long lost, and the one now known by that name, there is good ground for believing to be a fabrication. It is recorded of Heen te of the After Han dynasty, who was given to literary pur- suits, that being dissatisfied with the prolix character of Pan Koo's history of the Former Han, he engaged / 5lj 'l^ Seun Yue to recompose the annals of that house ; the result of which was the {§^ ^t£ Han he in 30 heuen or books, after the plan of the Tso chuen, 20 ANJNALS, feeing a concise narrative year by year of all events of importance throughout the dy- nasty. The -%£ /J% ^ti How Han ke by Jfc ^^ Yuen Hung, is a history of the Af- ter Han, published under the Tsin, in the same form as the preceding, and about the same in extent. The |Z3 (H ^^ ^>Q Se Han neen ke is another history of the Former Han, by J£ fgfc s£ Wang Yih-che an author of the Sung dynasty. Other works of this class appeared during the Suy and Tang dynasties, but the most celebrated production is the great work of OJ jRJ; j\^ Sze-ma Kwang, the "y£ /p j$|| ;£]§; Tsze che t'ung keen on which he was engaged for nineteen years, during the reigns of Ying tsung and Shin tsung of the Sung. This history which comprises 294 books, embraces a period from the commencement of the fourth century b. c. down to the end of the Woo tae or "Five dynasties" that succeeded the Tang. Supplementary to the above, another part was published by the same author, called y£ /p 3ig| i|§; ^" ,j^. Tsze che t'ung keen k'abu e, being a discussion of doubtful questions affecting the work. He afterwards wrote the 5|?| $g; 3j>ijl \ffi\ T'ung keen shth le, being a small volume on the general principles of the great work. Another work by the same is termed the i^ / P iS Wan. N 3£fJ Tsze che t'ung keen muh luh, consisting of 30 books of tables to accompany his great history. The ^g pf Hf! Ke kob luh in 20 books, is also by Sze- ma Kwang, and forms a complement to his other history, beginning with the semifabu- lous period of Fuh-he, and ending with the year a. d. 1067. The ^H §]§; yty $[J T'ung keen wae ke, in 10 books, is attributed to %IJ ^£> Lew Shoo, the associate of Sze-ma Kwang in compiling his T'ung keen. It begins with the time of Fuh-he, and ends where the T'ung keen begins. There are also 5 books of tables, after the style of Sze- ma's work. Lew is said to have dictated this history to his son 1|| Tr He-chung when he was laid up with his last sickness. The ^ /p iS jEjgl T^jz %, Wf npk Tsze che t'ung keen shih wan p'een woo, is an exegetical work on Sze-ma's T'ung keen, written by Fp^ ZZL -g Hoo San-sing during the Yuen. A voluminous production in extension of the T'ung keen was written by ^p |PP Le T'aou of the Sung, entitled /jpf J^ /p jig §^ -^ 1$$ Suh tsze che t'ung keen ch'ang peen, in 520 books. Some portions of the original are now lost. About a century after the time of Sze-ma Kwang the all WL Wl R T'ung keen kang muh, which is a reconstruction and condensation of the T'ung keen, was drawn up under the direction of the celebrated syZ ^|^ Choo He. It is only the introductory book, on the general principles, that was written by Choo himself, the body of the work being compiled by his pupils under his direction. It is reduced to 59 books, containing the text and amplification. An elucidation of the same was afterwards published by |3* jJS 5p Yin K'e-sin, with the title TpT Vp xl It $! U |jt ^ Tsze che t'ung keen kang muh fa ming, in 59 books. The if! §]§£ jfPj P § ffi T'ung keen kang muh shoo fa is a treatise in 50 books on the principles adopted in the composition of the T'ung keen kang muh, by ^IJ ^x Lew Yew, who was engaged on it for thirty years, about the time of the overthrow of the Sung dynasty. '/ft _^L» M* Wang K'lh- k'wan, who flourished during the first half of the 14th century, wrote the JHU fj ^f ANNALS. 21 .J3L Kang muh k'aou e, being an examination of the discrepancies connected with Choo's work. A scholar of the Yuen dynasty, named jx. -W ^P Wang Yew-he'6, published his researches on Choo's T'ung keen kang muh, under the title jfpj pEj ^f| j^ Kang muh tseih Ian. In 1359, a critical examination of the Kang muh was completed by 1?k $« %, ^eu Chaou-wan, under the title ^f" pg K'aou ching. Early in the Ming dynasty, JtfC iM Ch'in Tsie, who was known at the time as the jxf*j jyy Hf JEt Leang heo shoo ch'oo or " Walking book-case," on account of his extensive acquirements, went into a minnte investigation of Wang Yew-heo's work above-mentioned, and published his researches under the title iH fH /jtpj P ^|| Jpf»j it u?k T'ung keen kang muh tseth Van ching woo, being a correction of the errors in the same. In 1465, a work consisting of quotations from other authorities, in illustration of the Kang muh, was completed by fj nT Fung Che-shoo, who entitled it the J=| J=|" Chih sluh. About the close of the 15th century, ^ff flfl Hwang Chung-chaou took these last-men- tioned seven works, dissected them, and placed each paragraph under the corresponding portion of the original T'ung keen kang muh ; the additional matter being headed by the respective titles, Fa, ming, Shoo fa, K'aou e, Tseth Ian, K'aou ching, Ching woo, and Chih shih. The work thus assumed the form which it has retained to the present day. In accordance with an imperial rescript issued in 1476. a supplement to Choo's history was written at the close of the 15th century, by y&i] !jl§ Shang Loo and others, fifteen in all. The text is accompanied by two series of notes, the Fa ming by )?tj Jjfj= Chow Le, and the Jpf -=|§ Kwang a "Development," by jrft Bvf ^^ Chang She-t'ae. An additional section had been previously written by gg jfjCjI^r Kin Le-tseang, of the Sung dynasty, carrying it back to the early time of the prince Yaou, and filling up the details from that period to the year 431 B.C. when Choo's history commences. This was afterwards extended still farther back to the era of Fuh-he, by jJjft f^ Ch'in King of the Ming, who availed himself of the aid of Lew Shoo's T'ung keen -wae he, and a book on the period of legendary antiquity by oj ftftj J=^ Sze-ma Ching of ihe Tang. These two last compositions were amended and combined together, by 5¥§ fjlf Nan Heen of the Ming. Near the close of the Ming dynasty, these several sections were revised and published as a single work by the national historiographer |j$f|. \2. a^f Ch'in Jin-seih, with the title J^ /p iffl iEg£ •$$§ |E| Tsze che t'ung keen kang muh, divided into the ||l} I^M Tseen peen "Introductory section," _Llh /j^flj Ching peen "Prin- cipal section," and /fpf/^lij Sick peen "Supplementary section." This work having been again revised, was duly submitted for inspection, and received the imperial impri- matur in 1708, when a new edition of the whole was issued in 91 books, with the title ?«P t$L iS y& wtl M Yu p'& t'ung keen kang muh. The J=^ yf\ jfpj jjjjg; 3£ $|g. Fung chow kang keen tseuen peen is a much more ab- breviated history in 32 books, by 3E M$> (711 Wang Fung-chow, extending from the time of Fuh-he down to the end of the Ming dynasty. Another compendium on the same plan is the $|j f|| J^ $U H Kang keen e che Mh by % ^ ft Wo ° Suin g" F 22 COMPLETE BECOP.DS. keuen, published in 1711; being an abbreviation of the T'ung keen hang muh, from the commencement of history to the close of the Ming dynasty. Several works of this class have appeared, on the history of the Ming. Among these the PpJ 7f>L >v 4P» Ming he fang moo is a convenient record, by j^ Q /p Seu Ch'ang- che, of public events during that dynasty, commencing from 1 352, being sixteen years before the accession of the first monarch. The ^Jr) ^Z =P^ IlSsT Ming she Ian yaou is I if a g - — -. \ t .. — <• i — * | > 1 ft an epitomized manual, by %)& yjf* gfjf Yaou Pei-k'een and yf% ^ f$^ Chang King- sing, commencing with 1368, the 1st year of the period j^> JE£ Hung-woo, and ending at the accession of the present dynasty in the year 1644. The j§^ ^p 3gfi! Tung hioa luh is a summary of events from the origin of the present dynasty down to the year 1735, written by ^f- js|. Kp£ Tseang Leang-k'e, in 32 books. This work was well-known, and numerous copies of it circulated in manuscript, many years before it was printed ; but a considerable portion has been expunged as deroga- tory to the low reigning family. 3. The third method of writing history is called Tpfj -IfS- 2jX y^ Ke sze pun mo "Complete Records." This includes a great variety of works, in'which the writers do not feel themselves bound by the methodical restraints of "Dynastic history," nor do they limit themselves to a succession of annual memoranda; but selecting the matters of which they intend to treat, they take a general view of the subject, embracing such collateral incidents as bear upon the question, and thus pursue the consequences to their ultimate issue. The Shoo king is pointed to as an authority for this arrangement. The first work which appeared of this class, was the 3® $m Wu ^l* ^P 7JC T'ung keen kd sze pun mo, in 47 books, by J$. fJEH Yuen Ch'oo of the Sung dynasty, who venturing to deviate from the beaten track, dissected Sze-ma Kwang's T'ung keen, arranging all the details under a given number of heads, each head containing a separ- ate subject complete in itself. When presented to the emperor 2p- jjc Heaou tsung, it is said he highly commended the work, and caused it to be distributed among the educational officers. This brings the history down to the end of the Five short dynas- ties succeeding the Tang. Following out the same idea, 'ju| Jpj Fung Ke of the Ming commenced a rearrangement of the materials of the Sung history, but died when the work was incomplete. (<|t f\\ tjff Ch'in Pang-chen having got possession of the un- finished manuscript, entered into Fung's labours, and produced the y|c J2. ^»L ^P" ^P J7J^ Sling she he sze pun mo, seventh tenths of which is the work of Ch'in. It contains altogether 109 separate articles; and although somewhat inferior to Yuen's work, yet the difficulty of the subject is considered adequate to counterbalance any defects it may contain. The ~JQ Jc $£, -^I- 2}£ 75^ Yuen she ke sze pun mo, in 4 books, is by the same author, but the materials being drawn from the Yuen she and Shang Loo's sup- plement to the Kang muh, it does not exhibit that amount of research that is seen in the previous work on the Sung. There are 27 articles in all. The Ef/j Ijpj /$,£ -Ip- 7pl ;^ Ming cKaou ke sze pun mo by -ffr- ^ ^§S Kuh Ying-t'ae, was published in 1648. It contains 80 books, each book forming a separate article. The substance of SEPARATE HISTORIES. 23 the work is taken from the ^ R^ W Shth kwei tsang shoo by j/Uf f§ Chang T'ae, being rearranged according to the form in question. At the end of each article there is a disquisition by the author, after the style of the Tsin shoo. The /f£p 3C Yz!t site is another work of this class in 160 books, by fiirf jfff Ma Suh of the present dynasty, extending from the creation down to the end of the Tsin dy- nasty b. c. 206. Prefaced with extended genealogical and chronological tables, the first section treats of the period of legendary and remote antiquity, which is followed by a history of the Hea, Shsing, and Chow dynasties; the next section is a history of the period embraced in the Ck'un ts'ew classic, after which follows a record of the time of the contending states, and a concluding section of memoirs corresponding to the Che of the dynastic histories. The body of the work consists of quotations from old authors, arranged chronologically under the several heads, with disquisitions by Ma at the end of each book. The ^^^ /&W$ ±k )W ^f M~ K'in th g ping ting leang kin ch'uen fang leo, in 152 books, which was written by pPj tf±. A-kwei and others, in the year 1781, contains a record of the pacification of the Kin-ch'uen region on the west of China, by the Chinese forces, from the year 1755 to 1779. The j|K /E. ^H£ |f| i /PL ^tr K'in ting tae wan ke leo, in 70 books, is an account of the subjugation of the island of Formosa, drawn up in compliance with an imperial re- script issued in the vear 1778. The 3^\. /£, ^^ /£. IfX g£. ?PL § K'in ting ping ting keaoitfei he leo is another imperial work of the same class, in 42 books, giving a detailed account of the subjuga- tion of the rebel confederacy in the south-west provinces of China from the year 1813 to 1816. The =ir. jfv rfu Shing woo ke is a descriptive account of the various military opera- tions of the present dynasty, by %$$ yfii, Wei Yuen. The first edition in 14 books was published in 1842; since which it has passed through several editions with additions. 4. The three preceding classes form the principal Chinese historical works, but there are still a great many other books not directly included in these, and yet rightly be- long to the great division of history. Besides the Dynastic Histories properly so called, which have already been noticed, there are a considerable number of others occupying the same ground, but departing to a greater or less extent from the established model of the former. Such form another division under the head of ^Ij J|* Pee she " Sepa- rate Histories." The first onj "Hf Keih c/iung chow shoo, tra- dition stating that it was found in the tomb of the Wei princes, along with the Chiik shoo ke ue'en, but this proves to be destitute of any credible foundation. A great por- tion of it seems to have been lost at an early date; 11 of the 71 original articles are now deficient, and there are important lacuna? in the remaining parts. The "jfj JS Koo she "Ancient history" in 60 books, was written by j^ f^[ Soo 24 SEPARATE HISTORIES. Che of the Sung, as an improvement upon Sze-ma, Ts'een's history. It begins with Fuh-he and extends to the time of Che-hwang of the Tsin, the division being into Pun ke, She hea, and Lee chuen. Although of greater extent than the She ke, the style is coarse, and it is considered inferior in several respects. The iS, /j»i> T'ung che is a history of China from Fuh-he down to the Tang dynasty, in 200 books, written by P|) 4 kI Ch'ing Tseaou of the Sung. It is arranged in sec- tions : — Te ke "Imperial records," Hwang how lee chuen "Biographies of empresses," JVeen pod "Registers," Leo "Compendiums," and Lee chuen "Narratives." The merit of the work consists mainly in the Compendium section, which contains several matters of much interest. The other sections are for the chief part borrowed from preceding works. In compliance with an imperial rescript issued in the year 1767, a supplement to the above work was compiled in 527 books, with the title ^X aE- 7lPl affl /Ui* ^' JW ting suh t'ung che. Following the method of the T'ung che, it embraces the annals of the Sung, Leaou, Kin, Yuen, and Ming dynasties, as also the Te he for the Tang, which is not contained in Ch'ing Tseaou's work. The |pg JsJ Lob she in 47 books, is by ^^ $&* L6 Pe of the Sung. Commencing with an extravagantly mythological era, it reaches down to the close of the Hea dynas- ty, about the end of the 18th century B.C. and is arranged somewhat after the plan of the dynastic histories, being divided into "j|Jf ^C Tseen he "Former records," -^g 7jt[_, How he "Later records," ||icj ^j ?[Sq Kwo mtng he "Geographical records," ££ lifC Fa hwuy "Disquisitions," and g^ pjjj) Yu lun "Extra discourses." The historical por- tion is considered of little value, and the author seems to have been led astray by an undue attachment to Taouist legends, but there is a good deal of learning shown in the geographical and critical parts. The fpj* Jc Shdng she "Archaic history," in 107 books, by^ ^j Le K'eae, appeared about the middle of last century. The plan of the work is similar to the preceding, but it commences at the more moderate period of Hwang-te. and concludes with the Tsin in the 3rd century b. c. The division is into \W "sf$ SMl She he t'oo "Genealogical ta- bles," Pun he "National records," She hea "Genealogies," Lee chuen "Narratives," |p^ He "Private biographies," JVeen peaou "Chronological tables," Che "Memoirs," and f-j* jJfj' Seu chuen "Details." The only existing historical record of the Leaou dynasty written prior to the Tseaou she, is the §^ 77 j|5c] /^> K'e tan kwo che, which is a history of the K'e-tan or Leaou dynasty, by ^ j^g jjlg Ye Lung-le, in 27 books. This is divided into three sections, on Te ke, Lee chuen, and ^|| gjj tJ IpP Tsa he k'ew sze "Miscellaneous records and Antiquities." As it is drawn up chiefly on the evidence of traditional reports, there is little indication of research, while there are numerous errors and omissions. The in- consistencies in the work shew it to have been derived from different sources, a fault which is particularly apparent in the chronology. Its testimony however in some cases is authentic, and valuable in view of the paucity of works on the subject. The J% ^ H! ^ Td Kin kwo che "History of the Kin nation," in 40 books, is of doubtful authorship. As the style and form of the work bear a strong resemblance to Miscellaneous histories. 25 the K'e tan kwo che, it has been surmised that they are from the same hand. The same class of imperfections are also found in both. The whole is divided into Te ke, Chuen, fs$L $k Tsa luh "Miscellaneous notices," $$i ||| 1{HJ ^ Tsa tsae che £06 "Miscel- laneous treatises and laws," and -f^f %E 3?qK Hing cKing luh "Itinerary." A supplement to the history of the After Han was written during the Yuen dynasty, in 90 books, by yffi 7^ Ho King, with the title /flft ^ /Ji| flj Suh How Han shoo. This work which has a commentary by ^j 53V }§[ Seun Tsung-tabu contains the an- nals of the two last emperors of the Han, which are not included in Fan Ye's work. It is divided into 4 sections: — 1, Neen peaou; — 2, Te ke ; — 3, Lee chuen ; — 4, L&k "Notices." A book with the same title was published during the Sung, but of much less extent by jpf 7j? Seaou Ch'ang, whose object was to assert the rightful supremacy of the house of Han, during the time of the three contending states, in opposition to the views of Ch'in Show the historian of the Three Kingdoms. Ho King's work fol- lows out the same idea, putting the Han princes in the Imperial record section, and those of Woo and Wei among the Biographies. The fourth section is equivalent to the Memoirs generally found in the dynastic histories, but which are omitted in the San kwo che. The Neen peaou is now lost, as also the chapter on Jurisprudence in the last section. The pj d§? /^ Woo heo peen, in 69 books, is a history of the Ming dynasty down to the early part of the 16th century, by H$ ||| Ch'ing Heaou. It is divided into 14 sections, as follows: — y^ jfl^ gjj Ta ching he "Government records," ^ (HI jfti Sun kwo ke "Abdication records," [64 ^± f?7f 5l ^< T'ung sing ch'oo wang peaou " Tables of the princes of the blood," j^J jj{± f^ 3£ "f^ T'ung sing choo wang chuen "Memoirs of the princes of the blood," J^. $£ tfj ^ J# E sing choo how chuen "Memoirs of extra-family princes," [|£ ^C Jjjjfl pgj fff f^f ^t Ch'th wan yuen ko choo chin peaou "Table of the Inner council ministers," pjiij Jjj^ ^ j|£ fpj' ||f ^ Leang king teen tseuen shdng shoo peaou " Table of the Presidents of Boards in the two Capi- tals," ^ £2. g[J Ming chin ke "Memoirs of famous ministers," j§| ||| [5 HE Sun kwo chin ke " Memoirs of abdication ministers," ^C %. SS T'een wan shuh " Astro- nomical memoirs," i"tfe 3^ >7JL T'e le shuh "Geographical memoirs," El /fit Mk San le shuh "Ritual records," ^ j35 P*h kwan shuh "Government office records," and y*\ ^1 ^ Sze e k'abu "Researches on foreign nations." This work is generally esteemed by scholars, but in the account of the Neu-chih tribes, whence the ancestors of the present dynasty sprung, the freedom used by the author is calculated to produce an unfavourable impression regarding the Manchus, and several other parts exhibiting the same tone, the name of the book has been inserted in the Index expurgatorius pub- lished by the present dynasty, as objectionable only in the parts indicated. 5. The next class of the historical writings is termed $$; jj* Tsa she "Miscellane- ous histories," a name first adopted in the Suy shoo, and includes narratives of a more limited character than the preceding classes. One of the earliest and best known is the ¥* }M iR Chen kwo ts'ih "Story of the contending states," being a history of the G 26 MISCELLANEOUS HJSTOKIES. times immediately preceding the Tsin and Han dynasties. The author of this is not known now, but it was revised and rearranged by Lew Heang of the Han. It is gen- erally published with a commentary, of which there are several. The oldest one is by fpj ij^y Kaou Yew of the Han, but a part of his comments are now lost, and the edi- tion published with his name has the missing parts supplied by 3^E 2£» Yaou Hung of the Sung. An edition much esteemed is the ^4 |||] ^ 7$£ /ft Chen kwo ts'ih keaou ctioo, in 10 books, by y^ pf]J ^H. Woo Sze-taou of the Yuen dynasty, who enters into a critical examination of preceding commentaries, and supplies parts that were missing, from other sources, taking Lew Heang's arrangement as his guide. The J3 -fl^Igst ^c Ching kwan ching yaou, in 10 books, is a treatise on the princi- ples of government, illustrated by the history of the period Ching-kwan a. d. 627 — 649, by y^. 5pj[, Woo King, a subject of the Tang dynasty. It is divided into 40 chapters, each treating of a different subject, and consists for the main part of conversations with the emperor T'ae tsung and his ministers. The $% (J^ /pQ p^J Sung mo he wan is a small work consisting of historical memo- randa regarding the Kin dynasty, written by ^^v 0p Hung Habu of the Sung, who was sent on an embassy to the Kin, where he remained 15 years. During his residence in the neighbourhood of their capital, he had jotted down a large collection of notes, but these were committed to the flames by the authorities, when he was about to return to his country. The present work consists of a portion of his more extensive manu- script, written from memory after his return, and is of value as a record of the time. The -^ [Jj 'jg_ )j\j ^|p§ Yen shan fang pee tseih, in 100 books, is a work on the antiquities of the Ming, by jE t]£ Jn Wang She-ching. Although there are numer- ous errors and irregularities, yet it may be consulted with advantage on many points. The Ijpj ™£ /}t{j -Ip- Ch'aou seen ke sze is a short narrative of Corean affairs, by "|7& Hfjt E K'een, an ambassador of the Ming dynasty to the Corean capital, in the year 1450. The y$? 7j$Q Tsob ke in 60 books, was written by J^v ^a, pff Leaou Tabu-nan in the 16th century, being an investigation of historical antiquities pertaining to the state Loo, or the modern H06 kwang, in which he endeavours to shew, that T'ae tsob of the Ming laid the foundation of the dynasty in that region; that being the same place from which She tsung the then reigning emperor was called to occupy the throne. The -rf* Yy H ^ Show peenjih che is a journal, by ^p j\l ^S. Le Kwang-t'een, an officer of the garrison in defence of the city of Peen-leang or K'ae-fung in Honan, while it was besieged by the insurgent ^2 pj Jfa Le Tsze-ching at the close of the Ming dynasty. The inhabitants within the walls were reduced to the utmost extremity, when the siege was raised by an eruption of the Yellow river, on which occasion many who had still survived the famine, found a watery grave. The f|f Hi |p j£t Nan k'eang yth she in 30 books, is an account of the unsuc- cessful efforts of the three last descendants of the Ming imperial family, Fuh wang, T'ang wang, and Yiing-ming wang, to reestablish the falling dynasty. The work was drawn up under imperial patronage about the end of last century, and was revised and OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS. 27 published in 1830 by ?p Jf^ Le Yaou. It consists of Ke leo "Records of the princes," and Lee ehiien "Biographies." The fj'j ^F ^M j£ ■?& $M Ming ke pae she wuy pe'en is another work of about the same extent, and treating of the same events as the preceding, though the arrangement is somewhat different. It is divided into 16 parts, each forming a complete narrative in itself, and written by separate authors. The Zl ^ ^f 1 if? Urh shin yay luh, in 8 books, by -fj$ ^ ,f;j{ Sun Che-luh, is a record of natural phenomena, in the annal form, beginning with mow shin the first year of the Ming (1368), and ending with kea shin the closing year of that dynasty (1644); hence the term "Two shins" employed in the title. The ^J ^ EJ \l\ §Q Fung cKang pih shan he is a narrative of a journey under- taken by imperial command, by Urn una, a Manchu high officer, to Ch'ang pih shan "Long white mountain," the ancient locality of the ancestors of the present reigning family. The jj\^ ^ yi\ 7j>jj Woo tsung wae ke, is a short narrative of the life and conduct of the emperor Woo tsung of the Ming dynasty, written by Maou K'e-ling. being sup- plementary to the record of that prince, contained in the dynastic history. 6. The next class of works belonging to the History division, is called gQ fr 5$. p§£ Chabu ling tsbw e "Official documents." The Chabu ling "Mandates" were first recognized as a class, in the History of the Tang dynasty; and the 3^ jgj£ Tsbw e "Me- morials" are put in a distinct category for the first time in the Wan keen t'ung Kabu. Works of this class are not so numerous comparatively as most of the others, but those that have survived the lapse of time are of considerable importance in a historical point of view. One of the principal of these is the jf§f* J\ fftj fr ^H T'ang td chabu ling tseih, being a collection of Tang dynasty state papers in 130 books, arranged by ~fcwC ^J*» Sling Min-k'ew of the Sung. The compilation having been transmitted from age to age by means of manuscript copies, 23 of the books have become lost beyond the means of recovery. The jlfj ji ^f* l3§t Choo chin tsbw e, in 150 books, is a collection of memorials to the throne, by ministers of the Sung dynasty, between the years 960 and 1126, selected and arranged by ^g, £5C 4s Chaou Joo-yu of the Sung, from a much larger mass of material, consisting of upwards of a thousand books. The whole are divided into 12 subjects. The ilt t\j-^ fciL 3^ Bgo Leih tav ming chin tsbw e, in 350 books, arranged by 4^gl 3T ~j5T Yang Sze-k'e and others of the Ming, in compliance with an order from the emperor, is a series of memorials by eminent ministers of every age, from the Shang dynasty down to the Yuen. They are divided among 64 subjects. The — *. Tft. St}l\j ^(hJ San yuen soo kabu is a collection of memorials presented to the emperor, from the Boards of Office, War, and Works, by oT^'yF? Heu. Yu-k'ing, near the end of the Ming dynasty. 28 BIOGRAPHIES. Under this head is classed an extensive collection of homilies by the five first em- perors of the present dynasty, entitled yv ]pf =f=. rff ^s pji\ Td ts'ing hwdng te shing heun. ill 112 books. These were arranged during the preceding reigns in succes- sion, and revised and published under the imperial superintendence in the years 1739 and 1740. The discourses touch upon all the fundamental themes relating to the government, and are amply illustrated by precedents drawn from the national history. 7. Another class which is properly referred to the department of history, is that of ji^ hC Chuen he "Biographies." Such writings appear to be as old as the Christian era ; and one at least now extant, entitled gj ~y ^i ^\ Gdn tsze ch'un ts'ew, there is good ground to believe existed even some centuries earlier. This is a personal nar- rative regarding ^ §£• Gan Ying, a reputed disciple of ^ ~jp Mih tsze, the opponent of Mencius; the author is unknown. The p yl] j£> jly Kob lee neu chuen is a bio- graphy of famous women, written by Lew Heang in the 1st century b. c. It has a sup- plement by a later and unknown hand. Works of this class are very numerous, and for the most part of moderate size. The «jL j /$fii] n^ K'ung tsze peen ne'en is a memoir of Confucius, by f$ yj" Hoo Tsze of the Sung dynasty, collected from the several classical and canonical works, the author having fixed the years for the various events in the sage's life, which are at least somewhat problematical in some instances. The pljf jT "jl? Kaou sze chuen, by Ijl f$ jiM Hwang Poo-meTh of the Tsin dy- nasty, contains biographies of 96 scholars. The original is said to have had only 72 names, and the others have been added subsequently. The gll y$ yG j^ tH JC Tseen t'ang seen keen chuen tsdn, by Jp^ f$fi Yuen Shaou of the Sung, contains biographies of 39 men of renown, natives of the Hang-chow re- gion, from the earliest period of Chinese history down to the Sung dynasty. The J|§ JXj. t§£ ^gr K'ing yuen tang kin, written in 1241, by an anonymous author, is a series of biographical sketches of 59 scholars, who were made the victims of an im- perial rescript against literary associations, issued in 1197, and which was in force for seven years. The J|f ~/f j i# T'ang tsae tsze chuen, is a collection of 397 biographies of authors and authoresses, during the Tang and succeeding Five dynasties, written by ^ %. -Jfj Sin Wan-fang, a foreigner from the west, during the Yuen dynasty. The original work was long lost in China, and has been recovered from Japan. The ^C^^^I-^-Kl/iS^W K ' m ti n 9 tsun 9 sh * h w & n 9 kung hung tsezh peaou chuen, in 12 books, is a series of biographies of the most distinguished mem- bers of the present reigning family of China, preceded by tables of the succession of the several hereditary titles. This was drawn up by imperial authority and published in 1765 ( The T£ 5p] : -pt pL ^p" z§r YuSn ch'aou ming chin sze leo, in 15 books, consists of biographical notices of 47 famous ministers during the Yuen, written by ^ y\ |vj Soo T'een-tseo of that dynasty. The f IE f|f ^ Ching nan luh, by |]ij£ JC $M Tang Yuen-fa of the Sung, is a me- moir of %% ^j Sun Meen, an officer who was engaged in quelling an insurrection BIOGRA.PHTJ53. 29 among the Meaou tribes in the year 1053, and whose merits are overlooked in the Sung history. The |§> *Mj W$L Ts'an Iwan luh is a three months journal of ^gj fjjd y^C Fan Ching- ta, during his journey from the capital to pgr JlL Tsing-keang the present ^f±. Tffi Kwei-lin in Kwang-se, on his appointment to that perfecture at the beginning of the year 1172. The t^: jKj fg? Woo ch'uen luh is also a journal by the same as the preceding, dur- ing a five months journey from Sze-ch'uen to Hang-chow, in the year 1177. This contains the notes of a mission of 300 priests to India in search of Buddhist relics, be- ing one of the few works of that class still extant. The /v jgj g^ J?h s huh ke is a seven months journal of |§? 7/j§^ Luh Yew, in the year 1170, made during a journey from Che-keang province to j||& jj\ Kwei-chow in Sze-ch'uen, on occasion of his promotion to office in that region. The ]5j ]$^ gtJ Se she ke is a journal of an embassy to the regions on the west of China, written by ^\ 7j|) Lew Yuh of the Yuen, who gathered the account from the envoy /^ -0jg Ch'ang Tih. The Chinese or Mongolian troops having reduced to sub- jection some refractory Mohammedan tribes in that direction in 1258, Ch'ang Tih was charged with a commission to the camp in the following year, his adventures on the occasion forming the subject of the Se she ke. The j^ 7g£ ^ Pabu yue luh is a narrative of the siege of •$& J^. Shadu-hing in 1359, by the troops of the nascent Ming dynasty under fj)j J^ Jflf: Hoo Ta-hae, the city being at that time in the possession of yj% ~jH pfffi, Chang Sze-ching. This little work enters with some minuteness into a detail of the attrocities committed by the Ming troops, facts of that kind having been carefully excluded from all the authorized his- tories of the Ming. The 3§C >$i ^ jfff Tungp'o neen pod is a biography of Soo Tung-p'o, the renowned poet of the Sung, written by zfc 7f» 4l£ Wang Tsung-tseib of the same dynasty. The ^$C ^M .K ^ Sung e min luh, in 15 books, by ^ i$t $t Ch'ing Min-ching of the Ming, is a series of biographical notices regarding subjects of the Sung dynasty, who to the end of their days refused allegiance to the Yuen. The ^ (JLj y\. 4/J t^r Kwdn shan jin with chuen, in 10 books with an appendix, by |jj| J^. "fH Chang Ta-fuh of the Ming, consists of biographical notices of upwards of 300 men of note, natives of Kwan-shan during the Ming dynasty. The ~j5f ff| $%{. Kob hwan luh, in 8 books, by 3: it Jtlt Wang Sze-ching, publish- ed at the commencement of the present dynasty, is a biographical series of renowned characters from ancient times down to the Ming. The J$^ ijpj f{/ }S, va *H BU Shing cKaou t'ung she shth e ke, in 6 books, by Maou K'e-ling, is a series of biographical notices 65 in all, of the imperial consorts during the Ming dynasty. The ^ M ilR 'fF ^ Wo ° y™ shun ts ' un m b y % y£ iR Wo ° Yun-kea, is a biographical miscellany regarding gg| 3^- Tseen Leaou, the prince of Woo-yue in the 10th century, and his descendants, down to the end of the Ming. 30 BIOGBAPHIES. The 1§fl 7fk Shuh peih by Jg? ^§ V0J P'ang Tsun-sze, is a connected series of no- tices regarding the victims of the insurrectionary troubles in Sze-ch'uen from the year 1628 to 1663. The ^r ^L m bu K'th hang j'th ke, is a journal of a 5 months residence in Hang- chow, in the years 1308 and 1309, by f $ -fr Ko Pe. The 4L "f^T W ffH Pih hwg jih pod is the journal of yjt |j[§. jC, Choo Tsoo-wan, who followed his friend /jafj JI|P ^ Chow Shun- ch'ang to the capital, and ministered to his wants during an imprisonment for extortion, in the year 1626. The [^ fJH 3v|< gjj She lew k'ew ke is a journal of the ambassador 5f| sf? Jjjjs Chang Heo-le, who was sent to Loo-choo in the year 1662, being the first occasion of an em- bassy to that island during the present dynasty. A more recent narrative bearing the same title gives the journal of ^^ ^pj- y£ Le Ting-yuen, who was sent to confirm the accession of a new king to the throne of Loo-choo, in the year 1800. The 4y- E9 fp| fllj Yue se gbw ke consists of the memoranda of [*g jjfp ^§ Luh Tsoo-fan, a literary officer, while engaged in superintending the literary examinations in Kwang-se, during the K'ang-he period. The Jlji -f~J /p\j %£ Teen king ke clCing is the journal of g^ Jfpi gj Heu Tswan- tsang, during his journey from the district city of Jg^ )lp P'ang-tsih on the Yang-tsze keang, to Yun-nan, where he was appointed Criminal judge. The journal he kept on his return is also published with the title j§C *M 7l>L ^E Tung hwan ke cKing. The Jjig, fjy] 4^ ^ Luh chow hung gdn is a series of memoranda by g£ Tirr 7C Lan Ting-yuen, regarding his official duties as district magistrate of g J§*« P'oo-ning, towards the close of last century. The flJX ^J* $B 7JC Shay sze eke mo by ^fc ^£ ^jv Too Tang-ch'un, is an account of the literary associations at the close of the Ming dynasty. The JCL _L IK ?JF Neih chin chuen, being a biography of 24 Ming ministers who submitted to the present dynasty, and afterwards rebelled. The (fpp) )')\\ ^£j JJL T^ Mwan chow ming chin chuen, in 48 books, is also an imperial work, published in the Keen-lung period, containing biographies of all the Manchu mi- nisters of note up to that time. A counterpart work, under the title fp| ^j {2L |4? Han ming chin chuen, contains a similar record of the Chinese ministers of the present dynasty. The -£> "f* Zl j^ ff| jl^ Ts'ezh shih urh keen s'eang tsdn is a pictorial represen- tation of Confucius and his 72 disciples, with a brief historical note and poetical eulo- gium to each. The Pff yv f|| Ch'bw jin chuen, in 46 books, was published in 1799 with the well known name of $7t 7C Yuen Yuen as the author, though it is generally understood that he was merely the patron by whose liberality the work came before the public. This is a series of biographical memoirs of the mathematicians of China, from the com- mencement of history down to the end of last century. The last 3 books form an ap- pendix regarding European astronomers, beginning with Meton and Aristarchus; among them we find the names of Euclid, Clavius, Newton and Cassini, and the Jesuit mis- sionaries Ricci, Ursis, Aleni, Longobardi, Diaz, Terrence, Rho, Schaal, Verbiest, Stump, Smogolenski, Kegler, Pereyra, &c. A supplement to the work was published in 1840, in 6 books, bringing the memoirs down to very recent times. In the original and sup- plement, there are altogether 312 memoirs. The above notices will give some idea of the variety and character of the works in- cluded in this class; besides these there are a great many Buddhist biographies, such as the ^ J% Isf? Che yue luh, ^ ff|" ^ Kaou sang chuen, |ff 0} \ m l# Suh kaou sang chuen, &c; and when it is remembered that these are supplemented by a very large part, generally exceeding the half of each of the dynastic histories, it will be seen that this forms a very important section in Chinese literature. 8. The next class belonging to History is termed j& "3^ She ch'aou "Historical excerpta," and is of much more limited extent than the preceding. The name as that of a class is first found in the History of the early Sung, and the example of Confucius is quoted, who it is said compiled the Shoo king in 100 chapters, from a much larger and earlier production containing 3240 chapters. The ~\~ A& j£ f?^ i$ Shih ts'eih she tse&ng tsee, in 273 books, is a collection of extracts made by £j !§. fflt Leii Tsoo-k'een of the Sung, during his readings in the Seventeen histories. These were originally intended for his private use, but were after- 32 CONTEMPOKAHT BECOEDS. wards given to the public as a bookseller's speculation; which may account for the want of care and judgment observable in many parts of the selection. The "j!* -^ p| |^f Kob kin e yu, in 12 books, by '/;£ fH ^ Wang Ying-keaou of the Ming, is a selection of elegant extracts from the national history, commencing with the time of Yaou, and extending to the Yuen dynasty. The j£ #JL She wei, in 330 books, by $f[ jti ijsf Ch'in Yun-seth, was published at the commencement of the present dynasty. The general plan of the work is the same as that ot the Shih ts'eih she tseang tsee, but the author has introduced several modi- fications. The — . "| ' Jc 3C v$ Urh sluh yih she wan ch'aou, is an extensive collection of choice pieces of literature, selected from the Twenty one histories by J|£ it 3=T Tae Ching-yay, and published near the end of the Ming dynasty. Another work named the — » ~i — J5 3C *? U rn s h*h u r h s ^ wan ch'aou "Literary extracts from the Twenty two histories," published during the present dynasty, by fift §5^ Ch'ang Gan, is of a similar character to the preceding, but of much less extent, each extract having a note by the author appended. The Ming history is included in this, being extra from the former. The "jgf *f§» Tsin leo is a selection from the History of the Tsin, which appeared in 1834, in 10 books, by /bJ J^if Chow Tsie, with an occasional commentary by the compiler. 9. The next class of History is termed jf^ g Q Tsae he " Contemporary Records," and consists of the annals of various independent states existing in proximity with the imperial dynasty of China. The first use of this designation appears as the title of a work by Pan Kod, which is now lost; and the earliest application extant is the title of the last section of the Tsin shoo, which contains the records of the sixteen nations existing at that period, which did not acknowledge the central authority. The oldest work of this class is the ^ tH :^|v ^ Woo yue ch'un ts'ew, in 10 books, by /oi lip Chaou Ye of the Han, and contains the history of the small states of Woo and Yue, extending from the 12th to the 5th centuries b. c. The ~\ ^»> |l6j ^p i% Shih luh kwo ch'un ts'ew, is a history of sixteen dynasties which existed independent of the central imperial government, contemporaneously with the Tsin and Sung. The names of these states are the Former Chaou, After Chaou, Former Yen, Former Tsin, After Yen, After Tsin, Southern Yen, He'a, Former Leang, Shiih, After Leang, Western Tsin, Southern Leang, Western Leang, Northern Leang, and Northern Yen. The original work of this name in 102 books, was written by iH ftslj Ts'uy Hung of the Northern Wei. This was lost for several centuries, when sud- denly a work of the same name made its appearance during the Ming, professing to be that of Hung. The authorship was afterwards traced to /f| -fflf •#}* T'oo K'eaou-sun, but the execution shews one of the most ingenious cases of literary fraud on record. There is internal evidence however of the deception, which critical acumen has disco- vered; and this shews the extreme difficulty if not impossibility of passing successfully with any forgery of the kind. Previous to this an attempt hade been made by some unknown hand to impose a similar work on the public, but the discrepancies are so nu- CONTEMEOKAEY KECOBDS. 33 merous and conspicuous that few if any were led astray by it. It is still extant, but less known than the other. The §§J/«k shoo, in 10 books, is a historical and descriptive account of >r\ h$ Luh-chadu, a region in the present Yun-nan province, inhabited by wild mountain tribes, written by ^ jffi Fan Ch'o of the Tang, while he was in the service of a high military officer in the south-west part of the empire. The }jly $3j _il ivK Teaou he lezh Van, an anonymous production which appeared early in the Sung, is a collection of traditional details regarding the Southern Tang, and is supposed to have been written by a scholar named JjJ She, formerly a subject of that dynasty. The YX. Hf Pf JB K'eang nan yay she, in 10 books, by "^f ^£ Lung Kwan of the Sung, contains a record of affairs during the Southern Tang, written after the manner of the dynastic histories. There were originally 20 books, but the greater part has been long lost. The YL 4%. ^ Keang peabu che is a small work by ff|) j>C j¥ Ch'ing Wan-paou of the Sung, intended to supply historical details omitted in other works, regarding the Southern Tang dynasty. The fJL ^ ff^ 1|3( Keang nan yu tsae is an anonymous work on the history of the Southern Tang, published during the Sung, supplementary to the works of six preced- ing authors. The EE $& ^ $$l San tsod sin luh by JS ^f fj| Chow Yu-ch'ung of the Sung, is a narrative of three chieftains who set themselves up in succession as princes of Tsoo, during the 10th century. These were $& fix Ma Yin, who established himself at j|* yy Ch'ang-sha, the present capital of H6-nan; /jftj -fj ^fg Chow Hing-fung at Jf\ (|s£ Woo-ling; and 0$ ^p ^ Kaou Ke-hing at JGC [|s£ Keang-ling. The IB. IHI fpt -^ Woo kwo hob sze, by an anonymous author at the commence- ment of the Sung, is a narrative regarding the five small states of Woo, Southern Tang, Shuh, Southern Han, and Min, after the close of the Tang. The f3 /If ^If Nan Vang shoo, in 18 books, by Luh Yew of the Sung, is a history of the Southern Tang dynasty. A supplementary volume by Jffl, yfc Ts'eih Kwang of the Yuen, gives the pronunciation and elucidation of uncommon terms in the original work. A history of this dynasty in 30 books had been written at an earlier period with the same title, by Mft 7^ Ma, Ling, but it is less known, and is considered inferior to that of Luh Yew. The 5^ ^ ^ sgr Gan nan che leo, in 19 books, is a narrative account of Annam, by 3jj& J|lJ Le Tsih, a native of that country, who sought refuge in China, after having been party to the surrender of a city to the Chinese troops, during the reign of Kubla khan the first Mongolian emperor of China. The "f* H ^ ^ Shih kwo ck'un ts'ew, in 114 books, by ^ Hi E Woo Jin- chin, a scholar of the 17th century, is a history of ten small states which existed be- tween the time of the Tang and Sung dynasties; i. e. the Woo, Southern Tang, Former 34 CHBONOQEAPHT. Shuh, After Shuh, Southern Han, Tsoo, Woo-yue, Min, King, and Northern Han. The Tils Jti =4§» Yue she leo, a short historical account of Annam, by a native of that country, written in the early part of the Ming dynasty, gives an outline of the Annamese annals from about the commencement of the Christian era down to the 14th century. The Ijpj Wf- _§tl =4!ir CKaou seen she leo, in 6 books, is a historical record of Corea in the annal form, written by a native of Corea towards the close of the Ming. The "g* Jc ^jij Tsin she shing is a short historical record of the Tsin state in the ?th century b. c. ; and the ^g J2. $j§p pfc Tsoo she t'aou wuh is a collection of memo- randa regarding the Tsoo state at a little later date. The author of these two is not certainly known, but it is generally believed to be g-J J*J5 itfj Woo-k'ew Yen, a writer of the 14th century. The "J" y^ (H ££ Iff Shih lull kwo neen peabu by jjrjf 'jfj jf* Chang Yu-tsang of the present dynasty, is a chronological table of the sixteen states contemporary with the Tsin dynasty, and is intended to supply a deficiency in the Shih luh kwo cKun ts'ew. The Iji IjpJ i^C 5v WU %a£ Hwang ch'aou woo hung Ice shing by /|j3, §1^. Chaon Yih, is a narrative of the contests of the present dynasty with the neighbouring insub^ ordinate states, including the several insurgent chiefs who raised the standard of revoff at the commencement of the Manchu rule; and extending also to the regions of Kash- gar, Kinchuen, Burmah, &c. 10. Books on periodical seasons form another class in the History division, under the designation H^ tT She ling "Chronography." The importance of carefully noting the seasons, is a subject which would naturally press itself upon any people at a very early stage of their history. We are not surprised therefore to find several distinct no- tices of such topics in the oldest historical work the Chinese possess, the Shoo king ; and in another of the classics, the Le he, there is a chapter entirely devoted to the sub- ject, entitled jy j^ Yue ling. The Hea seabu ching noticed above in the 4th class under the Classic division, is a fragment of the same character. Books of this kind however are not numerous. The m m B IB Suy she hwang U is a work of the Sung, by U 7t S Ch'in Yuen- tsing, in which the natural indications of the months throughout the year, and the peculiar duties attendant on each, are detailed from ancient authorities. The |Zij B^ Mi Wc -H Wt Sze she k'e how tseih keae, written by ^ ^ Le T'ae, in the year 1425, is on the same principle as the preceding, being also a collection of notes from old and standard works. The "fa ~h — Wc % Tieih sh * h u rh h ° w k " abw h 7 W fc )H Tsaou Jin-h°° ° f last century, is an investigation and comparison of natural observations as found in an- cient records, for every 5 days throughout the year. The )% T^^lll Yue ling sny p'een, in 21 books, is a compilation of historical memoranda for every day in the year, by fp£ ^pjfjgJl Tsin Kea-moo of the present century. GEOGBAPHT. 35 11. The general term ^fi 9? T'e Ze includes works on Geography and Topogra- phy, but the latter term is the more applicable to the great majority of the treatises included in this class. The principal geographical indications in the Shoo king are found in the pig J^ Yu hung chapter, which is doubtless the earliest existing record of the kind; although the J_Lf '/^^ Shan hae king "Hill and river classic," claims nearly an equal antiquity. This latter geographical compilation has long been looked upon with distrust ; but some scholars of great ability have recently investigated its contents, and come to the conclusion that it is at least as old as the Chow dynasty, and probably of a date even anterior to that period. It professes to give a descriptive ac- count of charts engraved on nine vases belonging to the Great Yu, who caused them to be executed after he had drained off the waters of the flood. According to the Chow Ritual, a staff of two hundred and twenty four officers was maintained in the geogra- phical department of the public service, under the title type ~/J f\ C/uh fang she, during that dynasty; which would imply at least that some considerable share of atten- tion was paid to the work at that time. Some works included under this head are confined to topographical particulars re- garding the immediate precincts of the imperial residence. Such is the m $0 jH[ lilj Sanfod hwdng foo, which gives a description of the public buildings in jif; 35^ Ch'ang-gan, the ancient metropolis during the Han. Another of the same character Is the ^^ 4JJJ Kin p'een by 3E it jf|-J Wang Sze-teen of the Yuen, containing a de- tail of the imperial residences, during the preceding succession of dynasties. The series of topographical writings in China are probably unrivalled in any nation, for extent, and systematic comprehensiveness. Leaving out of question the section de- voted to Geography in the several dynastic histories, separate works are found regard- ing every part of the empire. At the head of these may be placed the JX, )pj — " J0& ^r^ Td ts'ing yth Hung che, in 500 books, which is a Geography of the whole empire, first published about the middle of last century, under direct imperial patronage. This takes up the various provinces seriatim, giving under each, an account of the astrologi- cal division, limits, configuration of the country, officers, population, taxes, and re- nowned statesmen. Under each prefecture and department is a more detailed descrip- tion of the various districts ; giving in addition to the above, the cities, educational in- stitutes, hills and rivers, antiquities, passes, bridges, defences, tombs, temples, men of note, travellers, female worthies, religious devotees, and productions of the soil. At the end, a large portion is devoted to a description of the extra-frontier dependencies and tributary states. Besides the above general compilation, there are separate topogra- phical accounts under the name of ^» che, for each -g| sang "province," every Jyj'fod "prefecture," and yy\ chow "department," almost every Jfj| heen "district," and in many cases, of small towns included in the district. For instance, we have the JCC pp| im ^ Keang nan i'ung che, for the province of Keang-nan, "^k )Q2 jfj ^ Sung k'eang fob che for the prefecture of Sung-keang in that province, Jl. iffi^ %%, /\*p Shdng hae heen che for the district of Shanghae in Sung-keang prefecture, and |jg ±p ^^ Lung hwa che for the small town of Lung-hwa, about 5 miles from the city of Shang- hae, and included in the same district. 36 GEOGBAPHT. One of the earliest of this class of topographical works is the j£ *x* Sp£ ^P pB T'ae ping hwan yu he, in 193 books, by ||§ JS Lo She, published during the period T'ae-ping hing-kwo (976 — 983), giving a general statistical and descriptive view of the empire. The Iff H| ^ Nan Ke che, in 64 books, compiled under the superintendence of plj J\. IfcE Wan-jin Tseuen, about the early part of the 16th century, is a topography of the present Keang-nan region, being at that time the immediate domain of Nanking the imperial capital. The p» J^ pH Jih hed Kite wan, in 40 books, by ^^pJ||L Choo E-tsun, published in the latter part of the 17th century, is an archaeological and historical des- cription of the imperial precincts in Peking and the immediate dependancies. An ex- tensive investigation of the various matters in the work was undertaken, in compliance with an imperial order in 1774, and published with the title s§ft /£. J* ^ pQ ^* K'in ting jih hed Kew wan Kabu, in 120 books. The i|fc /£, fti) tffl iiK mt ^7 K'in ting mwan chow yuen leio Kabu, in 20 books, consists of researches into the history, antiquities, and general geographical details re- garding the Manchu nation, drawn up in compliance with an imperial mandate about the year 1777. The 2§i yjj{ jfjl ^jj» Shing king fung che is a topographical account of the metropo- litan province of Shing-king in Manchuria, the ancestral burying place of the reigning impei'ial family. The original edition was in 32 books. A later publication in 48 books by 3t P9 Wang Ho, was issued in 1736. A much enlarged edition in 120 books was published by imperial authority in 1779. The ]§?f JTL HI ^ Che Jeeang fung che " Topography of Che-keang," is one of the best of the class as to its plan of arrangement and general treatment of subjects. The original work of this name, in 72 books, was written by j^p £(j§j j($f See Ying-k'e, in the first part of the 16th century. A revision of this by /H[ jT JIPI Chaou Sze-lin, in 50 books, appeared in 1684. This was again revised and augmented by 4H a ^f Ke Tsang-yun and others, whose work was completed in 1736. The -fH '/If: |ifl Up Ling hah yu fob by J0& jp£ Yaou Yu, published about the mid- dle of the 16th century, is a descriptive account of Kwang-tung province, illustrated by separate maps of the whole province and each of the 10 prefectures, with an additional one giving the author's idea of the position of the various nations, which held commer- cial relations with the city of Canton in former times, where the several maritime king- doms of western Asia are represented as occupying a very insignificant amount of the earth's surface in comparison with one province of the celestial empire. Arabia, Ben- gal, Siam, and several other continental countries appear as small islands, and trans- posed without regard to their true geographical positions. The first edition of the Iff jft 3iH 4*£> Kwang tung fung che " Topography of Kwang-tung," was completed in 1683, and the later work of the same name was compiled in 1731, by ^|?35Jw H6 Yuh-lin and others; having accomplished the work in less than a year, it is conse- quently marked by many imperfections, which less haste would probably have enabled them to avoid, It has a short description of foreign nations at the end. GEOGBAPHY. 37 The y^ jpf siH ^» Hod kwang tung che, in 120 books, is a topographical description of the two provinces of Hoo-pth and Ho6-nan, under the general name of Hoo-kwang, compiled by jg| £E Mae-ch'oo and others in 1733. A topography of this province, under the same title was written in the Ming dynasty, by ^^ ^ Wei Shang. Another compilation was issued in 1684. The present is fuller than the earlier works; but being written at Woo-ch'ang the capital of Ho6-pih, the attention of the compilers has been confined chiefly to that province, and the details regarding Hoo-nan are less complete. The ^S pH Jg| ^^ Yun nan t'ung che "Topography of Yun-nan," first made its appearance in 1691, in 17 books ; a more recent and improved edition in 30 books, by fR5 MW ^P^ Go-iirh-t'ae and others, was concluded in 1729. A considerable section is occupied with the foreign tribes formerly inhabiting that region. The 3tL _Lc ~3£ [He Wf ^^ ^^ ching kin ling sin che, in 15 books, written by 5$| fS Chang Heuen during the Che-chfng period (1341 — 1367), is a description of Nan- king, compiled from the works of two preceding authors of the time of the Sung. Later topographies were published during the Ming. In 1667, a revision was com- pleted by l^ft pj H5 Ch'in K'ae-yu; and the latest edition that has appeared is the /X -*J** jf^ /}*& K'eang ning fob che in 56 books, from the hand of ~}0b t^I Yaou Nae in 1811. The ^ ^|) j^ Woo k'eun che, in 50 books, by Fan Ching-ta of the Sung, is a to- pographical account of the present Soo-chow region in Keang-nan, and one of the ear- liest types of the present/oo che. It was not published till several years after the au- thor's death, and has got inextricably mixed up with the notes of subsequent editors. The next topography of this region was the ^^ J\\ JflJ ^£. Soo chow fob che by j§^ Jf ft Loo Heung, written during the Ming, and a later work of the same dynasty by ~F. ^=iC A -1*4* ~£rr f • gg Wang Gaou, in 60 books, was entitled the 3*0 Ifffi ^ Koo soo che. Revisions of the same appeared in 1691 and 1748; and the most modern edition was published in 1824, with the signature of yfrc 5fR W Sung Joo-lin, in 150 books, under the title Soo-chow Job che. The Jfij Jfl /fjj' /j»^ Yang chow fob che "Topography of Yang-chow prefecture," in 40 books, by j* "fjf — ' Yin Hwuy-yih, was completed in 1733, having been preceded by an earlier edition in 1685, which was also a revision of a still earlier work, which had passed through more than one edition during the Ming dynasty. It is illustrated by 22 plates, which now assume a new interest since the city has been laid in ruins by the insurgents. The J|k \§y jfij* ^ Fung yang fob che "Topography of Fung-yang prefecture," in 40 books, was drawn up by Jjj/C |g| ^ Kang Ke-che, and completed in the year 1685. It enters with a good deal of minuteness into the antiquities of that region. The >§JI. JlL Jflj* /i»j> Chin k'eang fob che "Topography of Chin-keang prefecture," in 55 books, compiled by ^ ^pfc Choo Lin, in 1750. There were four or five topogra- phies of this region anterior to the present, the earliest of which is dated as far back as the 13 th century. 38 GEOGRAPHY. The fj|& ^j v | jfj j^, Hwuy chow fob che "Topography of Hwuy-chow prefecture," in 18 books, was compiled by JJH 7=f it Chaou Keih-sze, in 1699. Topographies of the same region under the name of yffl j&f' Sin-gan, had already been written during the Sung, Yuen and Ming dynasties. The yjw; /r| jfsj" j\Yp CKe choiv fob che "Topography of Ch'e-chow prefecture," in 58 books, was compiled by 5H it pfl Chang Sze-fan, in 1779. The first topography of this region appeared in the Sung ; three revisions took place at different periods during the Ming; a later edition was issued in 1673, and another in 1711, which was followed by the present. The ^ W P9 ^ ^ Yen y& w sz & m ™9 °he, in 1? books, written by j& $| Yuen Keo, in the year 1320, is a topography of Sze-ming an old name for the neigh- bourhood of Ningpo. Three books of the original are now lost. The nucleus of the work is to be found in the !p£i %&, |rgij /$£ Keen tabu fob king and jpf Jg| |Z~| fjg igp Pabu King sze ming che, both written during the Sung dynasty. After a series of re- visions and augmentations during the Ming, and one in 1673, the work expanded to the present -"J*- i)% jf^ /^ Ning p'o fob che in 36 books, which was drawn up by Hf ;ffi; %H Tsaou Ping-jin, in the year 1730. The .3E 7C j§i* aZ ^rJS Che yuen kea ho che, in 32 books, by yfr fl|f Seu Shib, published during the period Che-yuen (1264 — 1294), is a topography of the present prefecture of Kea-hing in Che-keang, which then included the district of Hwa-ting, now pertaining to Sung-keang. It is commended by scholars as a work of research. The fljjj j\\ Jffi ]y£. Hod chow fob che "Topography of Hod-chow prefecture," in 48 books, is the work of fpj 7fi f|£ Hoo Ch'ing-mow, who completed it in 1739; but it was revised and enlarged 19 years later by 3p £& Le T'ang. Previous editions had been published during the Ming, and at the commencement of the present dynasty. The jUj ^ jf^~ J^ Tae wan fob che is a topography of the portion of the island of Formosa belonging to the Chinese empire. The first edition by 0] «^ ¥ti Kaou Kiing-keen was finished in 1694, not many years after the territory had been subjected; a second appeared in 1741, by -0) J^. ^ Lew Leang-peih, in 20 books. The most recent edition is by y^ \ -Q Luh-sbih-ts'eih a Manchu, and ■y'g^ ^ Fan Heen, in 25 books, having been completed in 1747. Besides the usual statistical details, it con- tains an account of the various races who have inhabited the island from ancient times up to the present day. The Hi ift ^C^t" f\\ j& Chth U Vae ts'ang chow che "Topography of T'ae- ts'ang department," in 65 books, was compiled by 3l ^l Wang Ch'ang and others, in the year 1803. A topography of this region was completed in 1642, which seems to have been the immediate precursor of the present one. Many of the district topographies began to be written at an early date, and we fre- quently find a succession of editions, gradually enlarging till they become several-fold the size of the first issue. Thus the earliest edition of the ^%J?^/Ui> Woo seih heen che " Topography of Woo-seih," is in 4 books, and dated 1296. Another edition GEOGBAPHY. 39 during the Yuen is in 28 books. Three successive enlarged revisions took place during the Ming; and the edition of 1689, by ffit ?\i ^ Seu Yung-yen, is increased to the size of 42 books. The JlL |£gi ip| ^ Keang yin Men che "Topography of Keang-yin district," in the prefecture of Chang-chow, in its present form one of the most recent, also possesses one of the most extensive pedigrees of its class. The earliest topographical description of this locality, which lies on the southern bank of the Yang-tsze keang, is dated 1194. Another appeared in 1230, and a revision of the same in 1286. This was again re- vised in 1376. The place was first designated a Men, at the commencement of the Ming dynasty, when the first keen che was published in 1391. This was republished with additions in 1408. A new compilation appeared in 1498. This was reedited in 1510, and again revised and published in 1548. The next issue was in 1619. This last was revised in 1640. The first revision during the present dynasty appeared in 1683. We find another edition in 1744; and this was followed by one in 1789. Parts of nearly all these several editions are still extant, though the greater portions of some of them are lost. The most recent issue is a compilation in 28 books, by ^p ^(S ro" Le Chaou-lo, drawn up in the year 1840. The ^ l 7§\ j*J*} ?^ /^ Kwdn sin leang Men che, in 41 books, is a topography of the two districts of Kwan-shan and Sin-yang, in the prefecture of Soo-chow. These originally constituted one district under the name of Kwan-shan, but were divided in 1725. A joint topography of the two cities was published in 1750, and the present revision was completed in 1825, by -^1 Ipsa 35 Shih Wan-yuh. The j|i ypfc j\*p Loo keen che, in 30 books, is a topography of the district of Loo, in the prefecture of Sung-keang, drawn up by jfjjj J{£ J§T Seay T'ing-tung in 1788, up- on the nucleus of an earlier work written in the middle of the 17th century, not many years after the district was established. The f^ ',([£§ Jfjfi /^ Nan hwuy h'een che " Topography of Nan-hwuy district," in the prefecture of Sung-keang, was first written in 1730, being four years after the first establishment of the district. The last revision, by y^ -fij i&k Woo Sang-k'in and others, appeared in 1793, in 15 books. The 3p j^ jfpp ^ Fung keen Men che " Topography of Fung-heen district," in the prefecture of Sung-keang, was written in 1758, in 10 books, by $|C jllfl. \fj?i Ch'in Tsoo-fan, about 32 years after the district was first established. The pj 7m Hv^ ^ Ts'ing pod Men che "Topography of Ts'ing-po6 district," in the prefecture of Sung-keang, was first written about the commencement of the present dynasty, and was revised and republished in 40 books, by Wang Ch'ang, in 1788. The f$| f$j 11 ^ Woo hod Men che "Topography of Woo-hoo district," in the prefecture of T'ae-ping, and province of Gan-hwuy, dates back as far as the Sung; from which down to the present dynasty, there were probably several successive edi- tions, which have now disappeared. The earliest one extant was published in 1673; the next revision was completed in 1754. The present edition was published in 1807, in 24 books, having been revised by ^ ^ j|§§ Leang K'e-jang and others. A future 40 GEOGRAPHY. edition will have a sad tale to tell of the devastation caused by the T'ae-ping insurgents. The $£ f|| ^ ^ Tsi'w^ tfA Aeera che "Topography of Tsing-tih district," in the prefecture of Ning-kwo, is a work that has passed through a goodly number of editions. The earliest topography of this region, though under a different name, was published during the Sung dynasty; other editions appeared successively at the beginning and during the latter part of the 15th century. The next was dated 1598; the earliest edi- tion now extant is that of 1656; and the succeeding one is 1754. The latest edition, in 10 books, was compiled by j|r JsL js^ Chaou Leang-shoo, in 1808. The y^ -^ ^ [||J ff\ |HJ ^ Td tih ch'ang kwb chow too che, in 7 books, writ- ten by 'iR; 'fH Jij* Fung Fuh-king and others, and completed in the year 1298, is a topographical description of the present Ting-hae on the island of Chusan near Ningpo. The work originally had three maps ; hence the name of too che "Maps and descrip- tion," this being the first work to which that designation was applied. The maps are now lost. This chow was changed into a h'een in the year 1369, and nearly a century and a half later, the Q [flj ffifc j^£. Ch'ang hwo hem che was published; a revision of which appeared in 1569. The name was changed to Ting-hae in 1686, and the first /E, '/fiP JPft ^ Ting hae h'een che was published in 1694. A more recent issue was compiled in 1715, by ]§P j^ Mew Suy, in 8 books. The ^ j§| f| j§> Ping hod hem che " Topography of Ping-hoo district," in the prefecture ofKea-hing, was first published in 1563; another edition was issued in 1627. The next revision appeared in 1 688 ; and a later publication from the hand of 0] \W\ JjifiL Kaou Kwo-ying was completed in 1745, in 10 books. The Up ^ ^ Yin keen che " Topography of Yin district," in Ningpo prefecture, was written first in 1686; and a new edition by ^ ~fc. ^ff Tseen Ta-hin, appeared ia 1788, in 30 books. The ?J< Jft JH ^ Yung Kang heen che "Topography of Yung-k'ang district," in the prefecture of Kin-hwa, has had a great deal of labour bestowed on it, to bring it to its present state of perfection. The records of the immediate locality date back as far as the Sung and Yuen dynasties; but the first work with the above title is dated 1524, a part only of which is now extant; the next issue was in 1581; a revision took place in 1672; the next edition appeared in 1698, the blocks of the previous issue having been burnt in the interim. The latest revision, in 12 books, was completed in 1837, by J|s. Iff reg Leaou Chung- ke. The ff| fj| ff ^ Tsin yun Keen che "Topography of Tsin-yun district," in the prefecture of Ch'ob-chow, was written in the year 1767, but the original blocks were destroyed by a flood in 1800, and the next edition, in 18 books, was drawn up by $§# ^JC M T'ang Ching-lee, in 1849. The earliest editions of the 3S PJ ^ ^ Yuh shan h'een che "Topography of Yuh- shan district," in Kwang-sin prefecture, appear to have been published during 15th, 16th and 17th centuries. Very little of these has survived to the present time, the oldest edition extant having been compiled, in the year 1670; a supplement to the same GEOGRAPHY. 41 was written in 1783; since which the only edition issued, was in 1823, by 5£ y^.Q^ Woo Tsze-shaou, in 32 books. Since this last was written, the district has been griev- ously distressed by the present insurrectionary struggle. The original ^ Jpp ^ Woo heen che "Topography of Woo district," in the pre- fecture of Soo-chow, appears to have been written about the year 1529. A later edi- tion, in 54 books, was completed in 1642, by ^p ^iftfaq. New Jo-lin. The earliest edition of the Pj ^^ y|$ /\*p Keu yung heen che "Topography of Keu- yiing district," in the prefecture of Keang-ning, appeared about the end of the 15th century. The next was published in 1603. This was revised and augmented in 1656; from which time there does not appear to have been any revision, till the middle of the 18th century, when a new edition was issued by If ^Q y|Q Tsaou Shih-seen, in 10 books. The ff£ f=§X /pfl ^> E ch'ing heen che " Topography of E- ching district," in the pre- fecture of Yang-chow, is a history of considerable antiquity. There is a topography of the region dating from the end of the 12th century, under the name of the IM. jj v | ^ji» Chin chow che. Another with the same title was published about the middle of the 13th century. The name was changed to ")f£ J& E-chin in 1369, and the first record under this title appeared soon after. The name was given as jjjS /T. Lwan-keang, in the next topography, which was published at the beginning of the 16th century. The name E-chin was again resumed in the following issue, in 1539. A revision of this took place in 1567. The next was in 1639. A reconstruction of the work was com- pleted in 1668; and a further revision in 1693. A more recent edition was issued in 1718, by pjg (jjjj Luh Sze, in 22 books. A supplement was published in 1723, by %Q ^fj jjiff, Yen He-yuen, entitled jf^ fjp( Wfc /£Pl >llk» E ch'ing heen suh che, in 10 books, the character J& chin being changed to ■fp( ch'ing, in consequence of the former being part of the emperor's private name. The ffj |fJ7 )fy^ j^> Lo yang heen che "Topography of Lo-yang district," in the prefecture of H6-nan, is a record of high historical interest, this having been the capi- tal of the empire in several preceding dynasties. The latest edition, in 60 books, was completed in 1813, by |*£ f[£g Ppj Luh Ke-loo and f$j| ^g Wei Seang. The 3=^- ffv Tsie slung, in 6 books, by "4 s^K Yu K'in of the Yuen, is a description of the region of Tsie-nan in Shan-tung, and is the most complete of any of the topo- graphies written during the Yuen dynasty. The pv( 50i /p^ ^ Jvy ching heen che "Topography of Juy-ching district," in the department of Keae, passed through two editions during the 15th and 16th centuries; another was published in 1672; and a later in 1763, by ^f JfP" V03 Yen Joo-sze, in 16 books. The gj] H§ ^ ^ Tseih nuh heen che " Topography of Tseih-mih district," in the prefecture ot Lae-chow, appears to have been first written in 1579 ; a later and much enlarged edition was published in 1763, by ~/Q i$\^$^ Yew Shuh-heaou, in 12 books. The jit Jy Jil^ls Woo hung Keen che, "Topography of Woo-kung district," in 42 GEOGRAPHY. the department of Keen, by Jfj^ '/Ip K'ang Hae, published in 1519, though extremely concise, the whole forming only one moderate sized volume, is yet considered a model work of the class, and one of the very few that has escaped critical censure. The |j^ tyj j^yfi j\*p Ts'ung ming keen che "Topography of Ts'ung-ming district," in the department of T'ae-ts'ang, is a record of the delta at the mouth of the Yang-tsze keang, which has had a very chequered history since its first establishment as a ma- gistracy, during the Yuen dynasty. Since that period, the city has been five times removed to different sites, in consequence of the inroads effected by the sea. Topogra- phies were published during the Yuen and Ming dynasties, but these are now lost. The oldest extant was compiled in the 17th century; another edition appeared in 1728. A later revision was published in 1760, by ^R $£, $|| Chaou T'ing-keen, in 20 books. The (fjj j\\ wfr K'ae chow che "Topography of the inferior department of K'ae," in the prefecture of Ta-ming in Chih-le, possesses an antiquarian interest, as being a record the place where the ancient imperial sage jfjjfl ~y)\ Ch'uen-heuh had his residence. The first edition was compiled in 1534; the next was in 1594; the last revision during the Ming is dated 1639. The work was rearranged in 1673; and in 1806 the last edi- tion, in 8 books, was completed by 1/yL p?c Hf Ch'in Lo-shen and others. The 0j Jfi yy] /^ Kaou tang chow che "Topography of the inferior department of Kaou-t'ang," in the prefecture of Tung-ch'ang, was first published in 1553, but that work is now lost ; a new compilation was finished in 1673; and a later revision of the same appeared in 1713, in 12 books, by ^|| |MJ Jpfl Lung T'oo-yo. The )\\ *|j? H| J§ HI ^ Ch'nen sha fob min t'ing che "Topography of the bo- rough of Ch'uen-sha," in the prefecture of Sung-keang, is a descriptive and statistical account of one of the inferior order of cities with its dependancy, which was first wall- ed in 1553. In 1810, it was first placed under a separate government. The topogra- phy was compiled by 'pj jt -f - !) Ho Sze-k'e in 1836, in 12 books. Besides the various walled city topographies, celebrated hills and islands frequently have their particular histories. One of the most famous of these is the g |ifc [JJ /\*p P'oo (o shan che, being a descriptive account of the island of P'oo-t'o, a renowned seat of Buddhism, lying a few miles east of the island of Chusan. Accounts of this place began to be written as early as the Yuen dynasty, and in 1589 the first regular che ap- peared; this was revised in 1607. In 1698, a new and augmented edition was pub- lished. In 1740, another issue in 20 books was completed by gy x^ Heu Yen. There are some curious facts recorded in it, regarding the progress of Buddhism, and inter- course with Japan. The «f£j Jlf PJ j\*p Chaou paou shan che is a small topography of Chaou-pabu hill at the mouth of the Ningpo river, in the district of Chin-hae, which has passed through a good many adventures from first to last. The work was written by [iljC ^ ftp? Ch'in King-p'ei and published in 1845, so that it contains several notices of the proceedings during the English war, in which it shared a prominent position. The ^l=*f |_Lf s\r^ Tseaou shan che is a topographical account of a small rocky island in the Yang-tsze keang nearly opposite Chin-keang, known to foreigners as Silver island. GEOGRAPHY. 43 Until the arrival of the rebels within the last few years, the greatest object of interest there was a bronze vase 2,000 years old ; but since the insurrection it has been con- cealed for safety. The work contains a lengthy detail regarding this vase. The first edition was published in 1762, in 12 books; and the later revision and enlargement by Hi j^2 Ko ° Yuen in 1840 ' in 20 books - The gx W ^ Kob shan eke is a topography of Koo-shan, a celebrated hill in the neighbourhood of the provincial city of Fuh-chow published in 1761, in 14 books, by jjt( fit Hwang Jin, the same being an enlargement of an earlier edition. The ^ |*| yL Hfl ^ Woo e kcw Keuk eke is a descriptive topography of the Woo- e (Bohea) hills in Fuh-keen province, famous by name in Europe, on account of the teas which they produce. It is also a locality of much interest to the Chinese, in res- pect to the antiquities in that neighbourhood. Various editions of this topography have been written from the time of the Sung downwards. One of the best was published in 1718, by zL ~}$l IjiM Wang Fuh-le, in 16 books, illustrated by a number of plates of the scenery. There is a later work by ^^ ^ IC Tung T'een-kung called the jt\j[ 1^ M4 >u^ Woo e shan eke, in 24 books, dated 1751. This is prefaced by a series of 32 portraits of sages, scholars and genii, who have inhabited that region. Works on the water-courses of China are also included in this section. The earliest of these is the ^JC /$§£ Shwuy king " Water classic." A work of this name by ^f? W^ Sang K'in, is known to have been written at the commencement of the Christian era, being quoted by Pan Koo, the historian of the Former Han ; but the one now extant with the same signature, there is good reason to believe to be spurious, being the pro- duction of some unknown hand during the time of the Three kingdoms. This however gives it a very respectable antiquity, and the original commentary on it, is by /g[|* 5s. TTj Le Taou-yuen of the Northern Wei. Some scholars of the present dynasty have applied themselves vigorously to the elucidation of this venerable record, identifying the ancient names with the present sites, and in consequence of their labours, the work is highly esteemed as a description of the waters of the empire in former times. Towards the close of the 11th century, ^jjj| |p[ Ts'e'e Kwan, who had spent more than thirty years traversing the lakes, rivers, and canals in the region of Soo-chow, Ch'ang-chow and Hoo-chow, for the purpose of investigating their various peculiarities, published the result of his experience, in the y^ Fp ^[C ^IJ i|j Woo chung skwuy IS shoo, a small treatise illustrated by charts; which has been preserved as an important contribution to the national topography. The |Zy y] 'JCk U4 >?K ^'J m M* ^ z ^ m ' m 9 *' Se hob eke (swan is a topography of the West lake at Hang- chow. In the early part of the 18th century, a descriptive account was written of this locality, with its numerous natural and artificial beauties. An epitome of this was drawn up on occasion of the emptor's visit to the south. This was again enlarged by »y~/7 Si — ST" *^ ■?& psj ML Leang She-ching, in compliance with an imperial mandate, and published in 1762, in 15 books, with the above title. The flT W v$ Hai wB Lb yang k'ed Ian Tie, is a descriptive detail of the various Buddhist establishments in Lo-yang, the metropolis during the Northern Wei; written by %7 iiy ^ Yang Heen-che, an officer of that dynasty. The 5th and last book con- tains an interesting narrative of the mission of Jgl ijr. Hwuy-sang, a Buddhist priest, to Central Asia, in search of the Buddhist canonical works. The PM ^ I'T pB Leang king sin Jce is a small work by J^. Qfe Wei Shuh, GEOGRAPHY. 45 written during the 8th century, descriptive of the two metropolitan cities of that period; only one out five books is now extant, and that imperfect, being part of the record res- pecting Ch'ang-gan, the western metropolis. The work has been largely quoted by Sung Mln-k'ew, in the js| 3§f j\£> Ch'ang gan che " Topography of Ch'ang-gan," written during the Sung: This latter production, in 20 books, gives a most elaborate detail of the public buildings, city boundaries, and other local matters, forming a his- torical and antiquarian record of much interest. In later reprints of this book, it has been customary to add a volume originally from the hand of ^p Jlj 3^C ^ Haou-wan of the Yuen dynasty, entitled -p^ ~££ Jin| /^ Chiang gan t'oo che, consisting of plans and description of that city and the adjoining region, which is not without a certain interest in itself, but there is frequently a discrepancy between the illustrations and the earlier topographical record. AIZ^B i ^BZ* |^j | T . The /|p] ^" [Hi] fi^> T'ung se.aou too che, is a description of the T'ung-seaou kung, a Taouist monastery and its precincts in the vicinity of Hang-chow, written by fo.| T'ang Muh, a lay resident in the establishment, in the time of the Yuen dynasty. This is one of 72 renowned seats of Taouism throughout the empire. The g£ g[|£ ig? j^ lf£ §2 Kin gaou fiiy stuh peih lie is a series of miscellaneous records regarding the imperial palace in Peking, written in the 17th century by 0] ~TT rJ' Kaou Sze-k'e, one of the officers of the establishment. The |^| J] Jp. 7|C tJt^ Nan fang ts'abu muh chwdng is a small treatise on the bo- tanical productions of the Kwang-tung and Kwang-se region, written by ^g f*f Ke Han, an author of the Tsin dynasty. He divides the vegetable kingdom into the four classes of herbs, forest trees, fruit trees, and bamboos, including in all 80 species. The JflJ /|5 JjH (J5p gjJ King tsob suy she he is a calendar of popular customs through- out the year, in the region now known as Hoo-kwang, written by >jt '[fpl Tsung Lin, a subject of the Leang dynasty, with a commentary by tfSL -x^ ^@ Too Kung-chen of the Suy. . The sl§L Tpf jj^L ^|j /^> Kivei hae yu hang che is a treatise on the geographical fea- tures, natural history, and other matters regarding the southern provinces of the empire., by Fan Ching-ta. A great part of the original is now lost. The H| %\ i\ ^ Ling wae tae ta, in 10 books, by Jj|j ^ ^ Chow K'eu-fei, an officer at Kwei-lin in the 12th century, professes to be supplementary to the work of Fan Ching-ta above-mentioned, and intended as a reply to numerous questions proposed relative to the matters treated of. It contains a- large amount of detail respecting the geography and inhabitants of the two Kwang provinces, and also the regions beyond, summary outlines being given regarding many Asiatic kingdoms, extending even to the far west. The j^t W W "?■ ^ " l* n Hew sze, in 10 books, is a record of institutions and customs at Hang-chow, during the Southern Sung dynasty, when it was the capital of the empire ; written by /jSj ^jj^ Chow Meih, an officer of that period. The ^ Ffl "fj Ip Woo chung k'ew sze, by (§| ^ \H Luh Yew-jin of the Yuen, L 46 GEOGRAPHY. is a collection of traditions regarding Soo-chow, supplementary to the regular topogra- phies, in which the author although somewhat credulous on some points, shews good judgment on the whole, in the arrangement of the work. The Tr /JC jpu -^p* Ping keang he sze is a short record of antiquities regarding the Soo-chow region, written by 0] -f® as Kaou Tth-ke, about the middle of the 14th century. There are some items of topographical information in this, which are not to be found in the regular histories of the period, but the excessive credulity of the author has allowed him to disfigure his narrative by marvellous traditions utterly unworthy of credit. The fjjjj /y* 7j>tj Min seabu ke is a small record of notabilia in the province of Fuh- keen, by /#j ^l! JL Chow Leang-kung, an author of the present dynasty. The jfl. 5§5c $f£ ru Tung cfting tsa ke is a descriptive account of the antiquities in the eastern quarter of the city of Hang-chow, written by ffgj §1| Le Go, in 1728. The Jkj jjjq H# m bu Ho so fang hod ke is a geographical and antiquarian record of the portion of the empire lying north of the Yellow river. A great part of the original is lost ; and the portion still extant treats of the Shan-se and H6-nan region. The author is Jpjft) 7$T Na-sin a Mongolian, and wrote during the Yuen dynasty. The ffi; §g_ j£j» 5££ bu Seu h'ea k'zh yew he, in 1 1 parts, is a narrative of the travels of Seu Hea-k'ih through the whole empire for twenty eight years, during which he vi- sited every place of interest, and made an extensive journal of observations, geographi- cal and historical. The account ends with the year 1640, but it was not published till 1776. A second edition appeared in 1808. The "j^J HU gtj Fuh kwb he is a narrative of the travels of £zf |p| Fa-heen, a Bud- dhist priest, who spent 15 years at the commencement of the 5th century, wandering through the several kingdoms of Middle Asia, in order to obtain information and docu- ments regarding the Buddhist religion. The work is well known in Europe, in conse- quence of Remusat's translation into French. The jX. jo E9 ^% pu Ta (ang se yih ke, in 12 books, is an account of a hundred and thirty eight countries of Asia, chiefly translated from Sanscrit works by jTQ §1=3 Yuen-chwang, a Buddhist priest. A great part consists of a description of the king- doms through which this zealous monk had himself passed, in the course of a sixteen years journey in pursuit of Buddhist books and antiquities. On his return to his na- tive land, loaded with stores of Sanscrit literature, he was received with great honour by the emperor, under whose immediate patronage this work was written by fpf fx% Peen-ke, from the dictation of Yuen-chwang, and completed in the year 646. A trans- lation of the whole, by Professor Julien of Paris, has recently been published, and forms a most important document regarding the territorial divisions of India in former times. The JJ. /f>u ;qS ]3Q (pj Jjpg |ijg| 7p2E Seuen hofung she kaou le t'oo king is a descrip- tion of the country, customs, and institutions of Corea, in 40 books, by fSjt iH$L Seu King, an officer in the train of jig /& j$L Boo Yun-t'eih, who went on a commission from the Chinese court to the capital of that state, on occasion of the accession of a new king, in the year 1125. The manuscript was originally illustrated by maps, but GEOGRAPHY. 47 they were lost before the book was printed for the first time, in the year 1167. The J^ Klf, H(( jl gE Chin Id fun g fob ke is a description of the country, people, and customs of Cambodja, by /ft} ^ H^ Chow Ta-kwan, a follower in the suite of an envoy from China to that country, in the years 1295 — 1297. It has been translated into French by Remusat. The -^ ^ /j»j£ s§r Tabu e eke led is an account of the various nations in the Ma- layan Archipelago, by '/£ "/V <£fin Wang Ta-yuen, who took passage in a merchant ship, in the middle of the 14th century, and visited most of the countries he describes. The book was written about the year 1350. The '/^ 0q Hae yu is a short description of a number of countries that had com- mercial intercourse with China, written by jji| J§5i Hwang Chung, who gained his in- formation from the mariners at the ports visited by the sea-going vessels. The work which was finished in 1537, contains general details on the geography, people, and pro- ducts, but the narration is marred by an account of some monstrosities. The J§C Uy T^p ^T Tung se yang k'aou is a geographical treatise, in 12 books, giv- ing a short description of 38 kingdoms, chiefly islands in the southern and eastern seas, which had commercial intercourse with China during the Ming dynasty. There is an account of the Japanese and Dutch at the end, the latter denominated Hung mabu fan "Red-hairy foreigners." The work was completed about the year 1618, by 7H 'C/c Chang See, who gathered his information chiefly from the seafaring people he met with at the ports. The qjf£ ~/J P?p^C Chthfang wae ke is a concise geography of the world. The nucleus of the work was written by Pantoja an Italian Jesuit, in compliance with an imperial order, as an accompaniment to the map of the world, which had been present- ed by Ricci. After the death of Pantoja, a great deal of matter was added to it by Jules Aleni, under whose name it was published in 1623. In this we find the globe divided into the five continents of Asia, Europe, Lybia (Africa), America, and Ma- gellanica, under which last name was included an extensive tract of land supposed to extend from close contiguity with South America, to several degrees beyond the south pole. About half a century later, Ferdinand Verbiest published another small geogra- phical work, entitled X^ .jpfj. Jbj gft K'wan yu Vob shwd, agreeing in the main with Aleni's, but containing further information on some points. An abstract of Verbiest's work has been frequently published, under the title jfif J^ ?ty 7p{j K'wan yu wae ke, in which the principal part of the geographical matter is omitted, and everything of a strange and marvellous character retained. The /)\^ 4f£ CKth ya is a descriptive account of the country inhabited by the Meaou tribes in the south-west of China, with details of the customs, antiquities, &c. of that people, written by J|§j} 1§! Kwang Loo, from information gathered during several years that he was in the service of one of the female chiefs, about the close of the Ming dynasty. The ?|jj fif ^ Ch'aou seen eke is an account of Corea, including geography and customs, by a native of that country, whose name has not been preserved ; but it ap- pears to have been written in the latter part of the Ming dynasty. • 48 GEOGRAPHY. The Ifpp [SI f^J Mj &fc Hae lewo wan keen luh is a small geographical treatise, chiefly relating to the islands in the eastern and southern ocean, by $jC TH9 fv*} Ch'in Lun-keung, whose father being engaged in the subjugation of Formosa, Ch'in collected his information among the mariners into whose company he was thrown on the occa- sion. His book which was finished in 1730, is illustrated by six maps of the coasts and islands. It was published in 1744. The yXi FpC t*3 *H J§^ Yuen hod kung e luh is a description of the imperial palaces of the Yuen princes, by )H" \r) Seaou Seun. In the year of the accession of the first Ming emperor, orders were given for the demolition of these buildings, when Seaou Seun the author of this tract, beirg engaged on the commission, embraced the oppor- tunity of preserving this memento of the Mongolian monarchs. It was revised and published in 1616. The substance of it is included also in the Jih he'd Kew ivdn. ^TJie Jp| ^- pttj Kwang yu he is a geography of the empire, in 24 books, written by pj? jrjjl (^ Luh Ying-yang, about the commencement of the 17th century. It is di- vided according to the 18 provinces, with two sections at the end on border lands and foreigners. This is a convenient manual for ascertaining the ancient names of places, which are given under the respective modern appellations. A revised and enlarged edition was published during the present dynasty, by ^^ ~/J ')$ Ts'ae Fang-ping. The 'r£t v£t M n* IBs! ^y & n ^ n 9 & 00 ^ n ?°<> k'aou is a series of 16 plans of the city and neighbourhood of Nanking, from 1000 years before the Christian era, down to the Ming dynasty, with a description to each, by $§t fjX Ch'in E, dated 1516. A companion volume entitled gg |£g? j|lj jpj( Kin ling t'oo yung, gives 40 plates of re- markable spots in Nanking, with a short topographical notice, and a few lines of poetry accompanying each. This was published in 1623. The *H£ |f|^ $Q ^H" T 11 ^ wan ^ te° 1S a brief description of the institutions, customs and geography of the island of Formosa, written by /J5jC g|t yfc Lin K'een-kwang, af- ter the subjugation of the famous Koxinga, in 1684. The )p§ r^ 7fJQ =g. Yuh mun ke leo is a description of the Portuguese settlement of Macao, by pfj yfc 1i ^in Kwang-jin and jrj| JjSf j$z Chang Joo-lin, two Chinese officers who succeeded each other in that sub-prefecture, in the latter part of last cen- tury. The first part contains details regarding the topography and government; and the second is entirely occupied with the customs, institutions, language and other mat- ters respecting the foreign residents. The jfftj 7J^ /PL 41" ^ k? Tllf Ho yuen ke leo chHng sew kabu is a small work, in which the course of the Yellow river is traced from its three sources in Kashgar, Yar- kand, and Khoten, as far as the border of Kan-suh, where it enters China. The author or rather compiler y^ -g [p!j Woo Sang-lan, who wrote during the latter part of last century, collected his materials from an extensive investigation of all previous works. The proper names throughout have the explanations, according to the languages of the countries to which they belong ; generally Mongolian, Tibetan, or a variety of the Persian called the Mohammedan dialect. GEOGRAPHY. 49 The V^ J^ ^?§r Woo k'e. k'aou is an account of the antiquities and remarkable objects in the neighbourhood of Woo k'e a celebrated stream in the district of Seang-heang, in Hod-nan, written by Wang Sze-chin, in 1711. The 3/C WW DM ^7 T'ae hod pe k'aou, in 16 books, is an account of the various topics of interest and utility connected with the T'ae hod or "Great lake," lying be- tween the three prefectures of Soo-chow, Hoo-chow, and Ch'ang-chow. The work was written by -gg £j£ 3k£ Kin Yew-le, in 1750, and contains matters of information not to be found in the regular topographies. The ffjg Ijfg T^ft g{J Hod juen tsa ke is a miscellaneous record of remarkable objects H-fr». -*jt-i fjflk in the neighbourhood of the Western lake at Hang-chow, written by |Sg y\ ^. Luh Tsze-yun, in the middle of the 17th century. It is chiefly occupied with matters omit- ted in the larger topographies. The : pp Jfjlf: |1U 7$|lj Ch'oiv hae t'oo peen, in 16 books, by ff|) ;£j* g Ch'ing J6- tsang, is a minute detail of the sea-board districts of China, illustrated by an extensive series of maps, in the rudest style of art. The main object of the work is the discussion of plans of defence against the sea-faring marauders from Japan, who proved a for- midable scourge to the inhabitants on the coast, during the Ming dynasty. There is a lengthy description of military weapons and tactics at the end, illustrated by figures. This appeared in 1562. Thirty years later, on occasion of an irruption of the .Japanese on the Corean coast, ii|$ Jig T'ang Chung was commissioned by the governor-general of Keang-nan, to make an abstract of the above work, which he published with the ti- tie : pp )fBJ: ija. /gifflj Ch'ow hae chung peen, in 10 books. The jUf f# pjf ^t $| ^| M ^ Ch'zh sew leang die hae t'ang t'ung che is a to- pographical description, in 20 books, of the sea coast along the province of Che-keang, with minute details regarding the various plans adopted for withstanding the aggres- sive advances of the ocean, and a record of the changes that have taken place in the outline, during successive dynasties. The work was completed by Jj IgjJ, .2pC Fang Kwan-ch'ing, in 1751. The '/IP ftp] Jplf jfjt Hae chaou tseih shwd is a treatise on the tides, which subject is also referred to the geographical section of literature. The author 'jjfl Jtjv ffjft Yu Sze- k'een, a native of Hae-ning on the Bay of Hang-chow, seems to have been led to the study of the tidal theory, from his close proximity to one of the most remarkable phy- sical phenomena on the globe, the bore which attains to an extraordinary height twice every year in that inlet. This work which was finished in 1781, takes a review of the various theories that had been broached previously, the author himself holding- the opinion that the tides are maintained by the influence of the moon, but in what parti- cular manner, he does not venture to affirm. The ^ PJ rW l¥c bu Ming shan shing kae ke is a description, in 48 books, of all the hills of note throughout the empire. The accounts are extracted from the works of previous authors ancient and modern, which is the cause of a great want of uniformity in the style throughout. The compiler "fif §8^ Ho T'ang, who finished the work about the year 1633, has prefaced it with a volume of illustrative engravings, and M 50 GEOGRAPHY. appended an extra book at the end, regarding the marvellous narratives of antiquity. The J|f pj /\vp =f§r Hwang shan che leo is a topographical notice of Hwang-shan, one of the most famous hills in Gan-hwuy province; written by ^§T *j y\^ Hwang Shin-seen, in 1691. The jfj EJ J±I W&. CKang plh shan luh is an account of Ch'ang-pih hill, in the district of Tsow-ping in Shan-tung, by the same author as the preceding. The ori- ginal has a section of addenda, which is sometimes omitted in the reprints. The jffl fcp JJLj y\£» Lofow shan che is a topography of the L6-fow hills, in Kwang- tung province. This work which is in 12 volumes, was written by [^ V$C fn£ T'aou King-yth, about the middle of last century. The ^^ |_L| |§L JH. §S T'ae shan tabu le he is an itinerary of the vicinity of the celebrated mountain T'ae-shan in Shan-tung, written during last century. The author -J3T 2bJL. JIS &y£ •Nee Wan, gives a record of the antiquities, and corrects the works of his pre- decessors. The |3| JH? /pQ $§£ K'wang leu ke yew is a manual of objects worth visiting at Leu- shan in Keang-se, written in the 17th century, by ^; |I|] ^g}> Woo Chen-sze. The Q JjB ilfp lyii /\ii» Pih ^h shoo yum che is a topographical account of an in- stitution established by the famous Choo-foo-tsze for the encouragement of literature, at Leu-shan in Keang-se, where he held office. The work, which is in 16 books, was written by |p. jX» ^fk Leaou Wan-ying, in 1673. This was revised and enlarged to 19 books, by % f^ lit Maou Tih-ke, in 1714. The J$rf -g| ^zf Jj|r Jft* *x* JmJ rJL Che sang ming shing king ting foo shwo is a series of engravings of remarkable spots in the province of Che-keang, with a short descriptive note to each. The [Xj ]f[ -^ ~jp] $£R. Shan tung Jc'aou koo luh is a record of the antiquities of Shan-tung, by Koo Yen-woo, and was written about the year 1661. The Jfjjl jf^ ^ fa §§${ Xing tung k'aou koo luh is a record of antiquities regard- ing the eastern part of the province of Chih-le, extracted from other works of the above author, and published under this title by ^fc ^. /3 Woo Chin-fang. The lUi /X 3«2E ^ G° w heang yih che is, a small collection of historical and topo- graphical facts regarding Wan-chow prefecture in Che-keang, supplementary to the in- formation contained in the regular topographies. It was written about the middle of the 17th century, by *%ff jX. ^n La,6u Ta-yu. The ^p- QC Yue shuh is a description of the topography, customs and other matters in Kwang-se, written by f^r] %£, Min Seu, an officer of high rank in that province, about the year 1655. It contains a good many notes regarding the Meaou tribes. The 'jjp|' p^J jfcfi b2 Ling nan tsd he is a miscellaneous record of the geography, na- tural productions, &c. of Kwang-tung, written by Woo Chin-fang, in the 17th century, from information collected during a personal tour in that region. This contains some notes on the Macao Portuguese, under the designation hwei "devils." The Ji)i!ltt $C Wr Teen Kin he yew is a collection of memoranda regarding men GEOGRAPHY. 51 and things in Yun-nan and Kwei-chow, formed during a residence in those parts, by |>|§C Jifr Ch'in Ting, in the 17th century. There are some notes on the Meaou tribes, but the book is marked by numerous marvellous narrations, utterly unworthy of credit. The JjaJ IfpJ /j||£ fi&, T'ung We seen che is an account of the various tribes of Meaou, with an investigation of the statements given regarding them in previous publications. It is by the same author as the preceding. The IJEL |^f Tglf pq Teen nan sin yu is a miscellaneous account of the natural pro- ductions and phenomena of Yun-nan, written by 5$| % 5^ Chang Hung, in the 17th century. The jj| jf* ~}] ^ |2 l? T'&h she fang yu he yaou, by Hf ffi H Ko » Tsoo-yii, in 9 books, is a record of geographical changes which have taken place in China from the earliest times down to the 17th century, intended as a guide to the perusal of the native histories. It was published in 1667. The i@! TVi -^0! S? y-p JEp, ;p^ Leih tae (e le yuen kzh peabu is another work in 47 books, exhibiting in a tabular form the topographical changes in the divisions of the empire for more than three thousand years, down to the end of the Ming dynasty. The manuscript was completed in 1667, by $§{ ~^f $3^ Ch'in Fang-tseih, but it was not published till 1833. The /ft] -f^T vffi Ms Chow king pe Ian is an itinerary of the empire, in 6 books, giv- ing the distances from place to place, in the number of le. This was compiled in 1738, by 3$t # Hi w °o Lin-yih. The ^J* /_H W$ pjA Sung k'eang Weu ko is a collection of short odes, descriptive of notable places and objects in the prefecture of Sung-keang, by jpjt ^^ J@ Ch'in Kin- haou of last century. The y/jS |pj ^ jfj Sung nan lb fob is a book of stanzas descriptive of Shanghae and vicinity, by $%} 3fe ff Yang Kwang-fod of last century. The jl^^^li pp( Hoo Ming suy sze k'eu ko is also a collection of odes regarding the popular cus- toms of the city of Shanghae throughout the year, with explanatory notes, by yj% ^p §p£ Chang Ch'un-hwa, published in 1839. The ^f |jf| pif Ip. Sin k'eang she ts'abu is a poetical description of the newly ac- quired Mohammedan territories on the west of China. It is in 12 chapters, with a run- ning geographical commentary, and was written by :^OS> \2. Sung Sze-jiu, in 1792. The 5^. ftjfc 'YS 4X PHI E yih chuh che tsze is a collection of stanzas, with extended details, regarding the various Asiatic nations west of China, by Hi JH Fuh K'ing, a recent author. The p?|* |i|| / y$ >1X pRl Wae kwb chuh che tsze is a similar collection to the preced- ing, with reference the various foreign nations known to the Chinese during the 17th century, when this was written by /C ||i?J Yew T'ung. The JBJ Ha pto Hwuy k'eang che is a descriptive and geographical account of Mo- hammedan Tartary, with its peculiar customs; drawn up about the year 1772, by J5|a 52 GEOGRAPHY. jpfc 'fTJ Fuh-san-poo and ^ ||j f^ Soo-hrh-tih, two Manchu officers, who held a commission in that country soon after its subjugation by the Chinese. The |Z3 y%% §tl Se tsang ke is a record of the country and customs of Tibet, with an itinerary at the end. The flpjpl^ |m| ^fe Wei tsang foo sh?h is an itinerary of Tibet, with an account of the inhabitants, their customs and institutions, illustrated by maps of the country, and representations of the people of the several tribes. The last book is a vocabulary of the language. The work was drawn up about the year 1792, by ^^^ Ma Shaou-yun and ^ Jpjfc ^ Shing Mei-k'e, two Chinese officers. The E§ ij$C f^j Ju ^ Set yih wan keen luh, in 8 books, was written in 1777, by -"£* ~\ — ' Ts'eih-shih-yih, a Manchu officer. It is a record principally of Eastern Turkestan, Mohammedan Tartary, and the various Chinese dependancies on the west, but it has also geographical notices of the principal nations of Central Asia. The EH /J j&T 7rL Sefang yaou ke is a brief notice of European customs and insti- tutions by Louis Bugli, Gabriel Magallhanes, and Ferdinand Verbiest, three Jesuit missionaries. They also divide the surface of the globe into five continents, the same as in Aleni's work. The /v ■$£, f&ip ji; Pa hung yih she is a series of short accounts of foreign nations in all quarters of the globe, giving brief notices of their customs, and specimens of the languages of many of them. It is chiefly taken from books previously published, with additional matters gathered from report. There is a supplement entitled g?fS j£i ^!Q H^ Yih she ke yu by the same author Luh Tsze-yun, treating of the remarkable pro- ductions, poetry, coins, and written characters of various foreign nations. Another volume by the same author is the /v $fc )lC ££, P& hung hwang she, which is almost entirely a fabulous traditional record of nations which never existed beyond the fanci- ful brains of the inventors. The ^" ppj jfi^ Q£ Gan nan he yew is a very brief account of Annam, written by no tIFt^E P'wan Ting-kwei, in 1688; having been driven ashore on that country by a hurricane, while on his voyage home. The ffl |JL| f^ / fpi gtfj Chung shan chuen sin luh is a descriptive account of the Loo-choo islands, with the customs and condition of the inhabitants, written by f^ "t^K Ju Seu Paou-kwang, a Chinese imperial commissioner, who was sent to confirm the accession of a new king, in the year 1718. There are a number of plates in the work, giving representations of the route, and various objects of interest on the main island. These are much better executed than the generality of Chinese illustrations. Specimens of the language axe also given, with the syllabary of the written character, which is the same as the Japanese. The ^g* Jjtfc 5fv HI ISj -*? iPJ =§ Fan shay ts'aefung t'oo k'aou t'eih lev is a short account of the customs of the aborigines on the island of Formosa, by Luh-shih-ts'eih. The Q -fc 7jt£j Leu sung ke is a short account of Manila, by jlC Rj 5& Hwang K'6-ch'uy. GKOGKAPHT. 53 The Jr^: -jig yrL pS Sae tabu yth che is an account of foreign nations in 6 books, by EE yC Jv^ Wang Ta-hae, who having made a voyage to Batavia in a Chinese junk, describes many of the channel islands from personal observation, and other countries from the information he gathered from various sources during his travels. It was pub- lished about 1791. The yfj£ 3?^ Hae luh is a general record of foreign nations, by ^f ffi§ ff0 Yang Ping-nan, who drew up his account from information received through a friend who had spent 15 years voyaging to different parts of the world. As he had no guidance for writing the names of many of the countries that he describes, but the pronunciation of his friend, a native of Kwang-tung province, it is frequently difficult to recognize the places intended. It was published in 1842. The ^1 ^ -fy* PiJL Ppf 5f'J ^y zgr Hung mabu Jan ying kezh le k'aou led, a des- cription of England and the English, collected from native works ancient and modern, by '/BE %, W? Wang Wan-t'ae, was published in 1841. The remarkable events which took place in the intercourse of the Chinese with foreign nations, commencing about the year 1840, would doubtless render desirable some more complete account of other countries, than the Chinese yet possessed. Such a work seems to have been contemplated by the famous Commissioner Lin, who amass- ed a fund of materials for this object, collected in great part from the writings of for- eigners in Chinese, and translations made from English news-papers and other works. These being transferred to %g& yjfr Wei Yuen, a member of the government in the capital, and a man deeply versed in the native literature, but a bitter enemy to foreign intercourse, the latter adding from his own ample stores, arranged and edited the whole in 50 books, under the title ypj: |^J |M| fi&> Hae kwo t'oo che, which was given to the public in 1844. The work is a valuable one, not only to the natives, informing them regarding outside nations, but also to the foreign student as furnishing within a conve- nient compass, the knowledge possessed by the Chinese, from remote ages down to modern times, extracts being given on this head from many rare and curious works. Unfortunately the compilation is tinged throughout with the author's particular views regarding foreigners, which often leads him into extravagancies, in his zeal for their depreciation. An enlarged edition appeared in 1849, in 60 books, and another has recently been published in 100 books. Four years after the publication of the above work, another geographical treatise appeared, from the hand of yf; ifjg fg Seu Ke-yu, the governor of Fuh-keen, under the title Jj}^ J§| j\*p § Ying hwan che leo. Although this is a less bulky production, it is much more impartial, and gives a very fair account of the various portions of the globe. The author availed himself of the opportunities he had for consulting foreign- ers, regarding foreign affairs, and he has not disdained to acknowledge the assistance thus received. The maps though little more than outlines of the several countries, and very rude in their execution, yet give a tolerably good notion of the relative position and magnitude of the nations indicated. The above selection from the geographical works of the Chinese, will shew that this N 54 OITICrAL REPERTORIES. department of knowledge has not been neglected by them. As regards the geography of the empire, their authority is in general unimpeachable. The information they have preserved regarding bordering kingdoms, and many large and important countries of Asia, although requiring to be read with discrimination, yet contains a mass of valua- ble material, which is not to be found elsewhere; and although it must be admitted that their accounts of foreign states are often marked by extravagancies, it is only what might be excepted in consideration of their isolated condition; and it is at least ques- tionable, whether they exhibit a larger proportion of fable than our western literature. Recent treatises written by foreigners in China, will no doubt do something towards improving the state of the native science. Among the most important of these may be named the $& M j$ H T'e le pe Ian, by Marques, and tifaM^M T'e le tseuen che, by Rev. W. Muirhead. 12. A limited class of works included in the History division is entitled JJiffc ^ Chih kwan ''Official Repertories," containing details of the duties devolving on the va- rious members of the government. The oldest of this class is the Choio le classic; from the date of which, anterior to the Christian era, down to the time of the Tang dynasty, there is nothing of the kind extant. The earliest and in some respects most important is the jj§f y> ^r T'ang luh teen " Six canons of Tang," in 30 books, drawn up by the emperor 7U ^V Yuen tsung in the early part of the 8th century, with a commentary by ^J- ^)^ f$ Le Lin-foo, written by imperial order. The sixfold division of the trea- tise is according to the heads of — Principles, Instruction, Rites, Government, Jurispru- dence, and Military enterprizes; the duties of the several members of the government being classed respectively under the tribunals of the — ' pj]J San sze "Three Tutors," zn $t San kung " Three Dukes," ZTL -g| San sang " Three Inspectors," /L ^ Kew sze "Nine Principals," ,3l g^ Woo keen "Five Superintendents," and the \ — . •f^J Shth urh wel "Twelve Guardians." The 5L Ht II IE Y&h fang tsa U by J$ $ ~fc Chow Peih-ta, a high officer during the 12th century, consists chiefly of memoranda of his official experience, dwell- ing at length on the duties of the members of the Han lin or National Institute. The j[($ |lf ^ Pe shoo che, in 1 1 books, is a collection of official records regarding the Private document office, including a summary of details respecting the Astronomi- cal Board, during the Yuen dynasty. This was drawn up in the middle of the 14th century, by 3l ^t rrfj Wang Sze-teen and ji§J ^j£ %% Shang K'e-ung. The jjljg ifj) /^^|ij Le poo che kaou, in 110 books, is a compendious digest of the official business connected with the Board of Rites, published in the year 1450, as the production of the officers of that board; but the real author is said to be 'ffft £sC >^ Yu Joo-ylh, a Shanghae graduate. The whole is divided into sections on — Imperial counsels, Institutes, Official control, Tables of officers, Memorials, Biographies, and Re- gulations. The j§\ /£, fl|i f\| IHfe {e* ^t K'in ting lezh tae chih kwan peabu, in 63 books, was drawn up by imperial order in the year 1780. It consists of a series of tables of TREATISES ON THE CONSTITUTION. 55 the officers in the several departments of government; exhibiting also the changes that have taken place in the names and duties of the respective offices, from the earliest times down to the present dynasty. The |zj f|f ;g£ jig; Pih leaou kin keen, in 12 books, is a general review of the go- vernment offices throughout the empire, with notices of the secular changes that have taken place during each succeeding dynasty. The work is loosely drawn up, and is disfigured by the egotistic statements of the author ^-p yC fg New T'een-siih, who wrote during the latter part of the 17th century. 13. Another class in the History division termed Ig£ ^§f Ching shoo "Treatises on the Constitution," comprises a highly important and interesting series of works. It has long been customary in bibliographies to place books of this character in a separate section ; but the first application of the term Ching shoo to a class, is found in the l^jj/j fgj ^3 [e| PS ho shoo muh "Catalogue of books in the private cabinet," by §§| ^Hf Tseen P'oo of the Ming dynasty. The earliest of this class now extant is the 3® :!?>: T'ung teen, in 200 books. The author vpE'pp Too Yew, seems to have taken his idea from a preceding treatise by one §I[J 4515 Lew Yih, entitled the j§v >P% Ching teen, in 35 books; but finding that very incomplete in details, he constructed the large work in question, dividing it into 8 sections, on — Political economy, Literary graduation, Government offices, Rites, Music, Military discipline, Geography, and National defences. Commencing with the earliest period of history, it reaches down to the middle of the 8th century, being one of the most complete and masterly works of the kind ever published. It having appeared de- sirable that a continuation should be drawn up, bringing the historical details down to modern times, a mandate was issued by the emperor in 1767, in accordance with which a supplement was compiled, under the title w)\, /£. /j$j=( *[§, ^r K'in ting suh t'ung teen, in 144 books. The arrangement is the same as the original portion, except that the last section is divided into two, under the respective titles of Military and Jurispru- dence. Down to the beginning of the 13th century, the details are drawn from the T'ung che and Wan h'een t'ung k'aou, and the remaining portion is collected from the supplement to the latter work. A third part was added about the same time in 100 books, under the title 5§\/£, JH. I§)j jM >> K'in ting hwdng ch'aou t'ung teen, also compiled by order of the emperor, giving the details for the present dynasty, down to about the year 1736, on the same plan as Too Yew's original work. The great work of J?| ujjjj J2fijj Ma, Twan-lin, entitled %, UK aII ^v" Wan hem t'ung k'aou, in 348 books, is well known to Europeans, from the notices that have been made regarding it in the writings of sinologues. The compilation is a valuable one to the foreign student, and exhibits a large amount of research on the part of the author. There are however many lacunae, which have to be supplied from other authorities. Having taken the T'ung teen as the basis, he has expanded T06 Yew's 8 sections into 19, and added 5 more, on — Bibliography, Imperial lineage, Appointments, Uranography, and Phenomena. The period embraced in the details extends from the commencement of history to the early part of the 13th century, being almost up to the time he wrote. 56 TREATISES ON THE CONSTITUTION. A supplement to this was compiled by 3E JyX Wang K'e in 1586, in 254 books, with the title ;£f| 3C )mK 5S "^ Suh wan hecn t'ung Kabu, in which is a continuation of details from the period when Ma Twan-lin's work closes in the Sung, through the Leaou, Kin, Yuen, and Ming dynasties. An imperial order was issued for the thorough revision of this part in 1747, which was completed 25 years later, and published with the imperial imprimatur K'in ting in 252 books. The plan of Ma's work is followed, but there are four additional sections on — Chronological terms, Water-courses, the Writ, ten character, and G-enealogy. A further extension of the work was added under the patronage of the same emperor, bringing it down to the 18th century. This was pub- lished under title a^A aE, JH. 5pJ ^C mA *ffl ^jr KHn ting hwdng ch'aou wan keen t'ung k'aou, in 266 books, and contains a fund of curious information regarding the pre- sent dynasty. The plan is the same as that of Ma, except an additional section on the Temple services. Another series under this class is termed Hwuy yaou, and consists of a classified de- tail of all state matters during the respective dynasties. The first of these embraced the period from 618 to 804, written by ^^ jq, Soo Meen. By an imperial order in 853, ^f $f| -"fH Yang Chaou-fuh and others added a supplement embracing the in- tervening period. These were combined by 3E w Wang P'oo, a scholar at the com- mencement of the Sung, who supplied deficiencies, and brought the account down to the end of the Tang, forming a work in 100 books, embracing 514 different subjects. Some portions of the original are lost, and have been supplied by a later hand; but the more recent additions are indicated in the work. The same author also wrote the 3L T\t W ^C Woo ta ? hwuy yaou, in 30 books, which embraces the five short dynasties following the Tang, and contains many important matters which are not mentioned in the official histories of the time. At a later period of the same dynasty, the |Z5J VH "Hi j§C Se hdn hwuy yaou, in 70 books, was written by j^t J^i JbPP Seu T'een-lin. This is a summary of matters during the Western or Former Han, after the model of the T'&ng hwuy yaou, the material being taken from Pan Koo's history. It is divided £p| W ~^K Tung hdn hwuy yaou, in 40 books, is a similar work to the preceding, regarding the Eastern or After Han, by the same author, and much the same in plan; except that the Western Han is confined to a detail of facts, while this record enters into a discussion of the questions in hand. The subjects are 384 in number. The tj£J "fj^ Jpl Ming hwuy teen is a comprehensive description of the Chinese go- vernment during the Ming dynasty, in 180 books. It was drawn up by fsjt {%& ^ eu P'oo, in compliance with an imperial order issued in 1497, ard published in 1509. The first book is devoted to the Imperial kindred, after which up to the 163rd book, is an extended detail of the machinery of the Six supreme Boards, Fifteen books more are occupied with the various civil offices, and the last two with the military grades. A supplement in 53 books was added by imperial order in 1529, and a further continua- tion appeared in 1576; but neither of these additions have survived to the present time. TREATISES ON THE CONSTITUTION. 57 In 1694, a work similar to the above, was compiled for the present dynasty, which was revised and augmented in 1727, and again revised by imperial order in 1771, being published in 100 books, under the title s^K /£■ J\ Tp3 ej >>T K'in ting td ts'ing hwuy teen. This contained a development of the great principles of the government, while another section which was published contemporaneously in 180 books, under the title 3^/1^. y^ 7pf W >ft JvJ 1/U K'in ting td ts'ing hwuy teen tsih le, gave a detail of the modifications which had taken place in the various departments of the state. A later arrangement of the work was published in 1818, in 80 books, with an accom- panying section of plates in 132 books, entitled sizh /£ y'C TP3 ti ^Q ImJ K'in ting td ts'ing hwuy teen t'oo, the previous editions having had the plalss attached to the text throughout. The chief portion however is contained in the w}\ /£, ~J\, Ypf |!f ^Mr -=P* jyfj K'in ting td ts'ing hwuy teen sze le in 920 books, published in 1818, which gives a historical summary of the events that have taken place under the respective govern- ment offices, since the commencement of the dynasty. Altogether, this unique collec- tion presents such a body of official experience, as must render it a valuable treasure to the practical politician. Allied to the above, is a series of works giving a view of the internal arrangements of the Six supreme Boards in the capital. These are termed a|\. /£. §* h|» J|!j fylj K'in ting le poo tsih le "Regulations of the Board of Office," ^ /£ J^ n$ Jt'J |$j K'in ting ping poo tsih le "Regulations of the Board of War," &k /£, Hi o|> M'J ffll K'in ting hung poo tsih le "Regulations of the Board of Works," &c. and contain a mass of curious information relative to the functions and responsibilities of these tri- bunals. Soon after the establishment of the now reigning dynasty, the laws of the empire were published and circulated for general information. A revision of the same took place in 1670; and an addition was made in 1723. A new and revised edition of the J% ^pf &L jylj Td ts'ing leuh le, in 47 books, appeared in 1740, and a more recent re- vision was issued in 1829, in 40 books. This work as its name indicates, consists of two parts, — the leuh or fundamental laws, and the le or subordinate statutes; the former of these remains unchanged, and it is only the latter that is altered in the various editions, the le being subject to modifications from year to year, according to circumstances. The / V fj^L ifi| /v£» W 5ll Pa k'e t'ang che ch'oo tseih, in 250 books, is an elabor- ate statistical compilation regarding the Manchus, classed under the eight banners. It was commenced by imperial order in 1727 and completed in 1739. This treats at great length on the eight-fold division of the nation, the lands, camps, military status, official duties, instruction, rites, and literature; with tables of nobility, hereditary rank, high ministers, members of the imperial house, ministers of the cabinet council, ministers of the supreme boards, ministers of the metropolitan province, and periodical examinations. These are followed by biographies of the imperial princes, high ministers, early sup- porters of the dynasty, the loyal slain in battle, faithful officers, literary men, examples of filial piety, and distinguished females. It has been customary with some of the emperors of the present dynasty to make oe- o 58, TREATISES ON THE CONSTITUTION. casional tours through the midland provinces, partly by way of recreation, and partly with other views as a matter of state policy. In 1766, an account of four such trips, between the years 1751 and 1765, was drawn up by 0] ~j=J" Kaou Tsin, in 120 books, with the title |^J )[»», ^ Jp^ A an seun siting teen. This gives a minute description of the whole route, with plans, and views of all the interesting objects on the way; a chief aim of the work being to exhibit in detail the established rites observed during the progress of the imperial cortege. There is a great amount of interesting matter regarding the Yellow river, Grand canal, Hangchow bay, and various tributary waters; and although the imperial essays which are plentifully interlarded, form a part but lit- tle attractive to the general reader, yet on the whole, the work is worthy of a place in a choice library of Chinese literature. The 3= Iglj /]ig[ J5jj {ja} j\ Hwang ch'aou le Kc t'oo shzh, in 28 books, is an illus- trated description of the various instruments, utensils and parapharnalia of the present dynasty, according to the established rites, drawn up by imperial order in 1759, and revised in 1766. It is divided into 6 sections, on — Sacrificial utensils, Astronomical instruments, Apparel, Musical instruments, Imperial chariots, and Military implements. The engravings are on wood, in the first style of art, and every plate is accompanied with one or two pages of letter-press description. The £fg? j \^ 5=11 jj^ -^ Leih tae keen yuen Kabu is a treatise on the national de- signations adopted by the successive emperors of China, from the earliest time, to the end of the Ming, in 10 books, by jgf ^fl 0/fc Chung Yuen-ying. Previous to the year is. o. 140, the emperor's title was the only designation used; but from that period, it has been the practice to select a name for each successive term of years, a custom which has been continued without interruption to the present day. Besides a chronological catalogue of these terms,' together with a similar list for bordering nations, and the designations adopted by usurpers, there is also a separate list of the whole, arranged according to the final sounds. The TflQ 7£ -££ sg, Ke yuen yaou leo, by |>jjC ipfH^ Ch'in King-yun, a writer of last century, is a concise detail of the reigns of the successive sovereigns of the several dynasties of China, from the Former Han down to the end of the Ming, with the time and occasion of the changes of the national designation all carefully registered. A sup- plement by (^ ]|j Fp Ch'in Hwang-chung, the son of the above, gives the designa- tions adopted by the various usurpers, who have at different times raised the standard of revolt; together with the national designations of several bordering kingdoms. This is a useful manual for readers of Chinese history. The t^j£ 7H ^7 r*J Kae yuen Kabu t'ung is a classification of the various terms of years, which have had the same national designation, throughout the entire range of Chinese chronology. We find a great number that have been twice used, a smaller number three times, others four, and some five times. The author ^: £$ {& Woo Seaou-kung lived at the beginning of the present dynasty. The M f ^ *rjl* 3l $2 ^ Leih tad te wang ke neen is a convenient manual of re- cent date, by Jff jjfjg Aj) T'ang Le-sin, giving the succession of the princes of China TREATISES ON THE CONSTITUTION. 59 from the earliest record, down to the present emperor, with short historical notes ex- planatory of the various changes and revolutions of dynasties that have occurred. The several national designations adopted under each emperor are given, as also those em- ployed by usurpers; together with the inscriptions on the national coinage. The £jff ffi|l -^ Poo hwang k'aou is a treatise on the methods of guarding against locusts, which prove a not infrequent scourge in China. It was written last century by PJC 3? £ Chin Fang-sang. The 3|X /£. IEv -^h %v> JK ^x rP+ %E ?\ Kin ting woo ying t'een tseu chin pan cKing slnh, is a proposal for reprinting the imperial library with moveable wooden- type, with a particular description of the process, illustrated by 16 plates. This was drawn up by 5j£ f|=fj Kin Keen in 1776, three years after the imperial order that had been given for the entire reproduction of the books. The plan was afterwards adopted. The i^fL S^ /v ~fc. ^ J£p TjC I-ew k'ew jih t'ae heb che mb, by Wang Sze-chin, is a succinct account of the several deputations of Loo-chooans who came to be educat- ed in the national collegiate institute of China; a practise which dates from the year 1392, and was continued at intervals during the Ming, permission having been first granted by the present dynasty in 1684. There appears to be several omissions in the author's statement respecting the arrivals during the Ming dynasty. The HI ]§JJ f^ft J5? 'v Kwb cKaou she fa k'abu, by the same author as the preced- ing, is a list of the posthumous designations bestowed on the princes and high minis- ters, from the commencement of the dynasty, down to. the year 1595. There are 407 names in all, of those who had received this honour. The /X $j»^ )vfc ^ll 3£ ^ Keang soo hah yun tseuen gdn, in 12 books, by ppjj j[gj T'aou Choo, is a discussion of the plan of transporting the imperial impost grain from the province of Keang-soo to the metropolis. This is a matter of much importance in the national commissariat, and the accumulating difficulties in the inland navigation, arising from the gradual filling up of the Yellow river, and other obstructions, in the early part of the century, rendered it desirable that some other channel should be found. In 1826, the grain was transported by sea; but other difficulties seem to have met them in this scheme, for the practice was discontinued up to a very recent period, when the sea-going vessels have again been employed. The present work which was issued in 1826, gives an outline of the route, and particulars of the various requisites at great length. A treatise of recent date, entitled Fj-J f|y — ' ^j Chung Keu yih chb, by / Q "tj£ £j2. Paou She-chin, enters with a good deal of minuteness into the discussion of the inland navigation, chiefly respecting the Grand Canal and Yellow River, as they affect the transport of grain to the capital. The original portion with four addenda that accom- pany it, give a series of historical notices on this head from the beginning of the pre- sent century down to 1830. Books relative to the relief of the poor in times of famine and distress are also refer- red to this class. These are numerous and some date as far back as the Sung dynastv. One that has been largely circulated in the vicinity of Shanghae bears the title >Jc ^ J%. s7 K'ew hwang Viang fang. This was first compiled by 0] |p 'fH Kaoa 60 CATALOGUES. Pih-yang, a native of Hang-chow, in 1785, and was republished in 1813, and again in 1840. 14. JEj gf$J Muh luh "Catalogues," also form a class under this division, a style of writings which refer to the commencement of the Christian era for their origin. One of the oldest extant is the [g_ 7 ^ -flf ±p%l ffyf Tjg Cluh ohae shoo luh keae te, in 22 books, by yM» ^jjfR •$$ Ch'in Chin-sun, an author of the time of the Sung; this being a classified catalogue of the books in his family library, with annotations. The 3C ym r«J ^3 pj Wan yuen ko shoo muh is a catalogue of the books in the imperial library during the Ming, drawn up by ^7 jT "pQf Yang Sze-k'e in 1441, in 4 books, the works being arranged in 20 divisions, headed by the first 20 characters in the Ts'een tsze wan or "Thousand character classic " It was republished in 20 books in 1800, by $£} /£§. |( Paou T'ing-po. The ~\ VQ .§1. ^^ |E| Ts'een King tang shoo muh is a catalogue of the private library of the Ts'een-k'ing Hall, in 32 books, compiled by jpf /p^ ^| Hwang Yu-tseth, at the commencement of the present dynasty. The works which are all Ming editions, are arranged in four divisions, — the Classic division embraces 11 classes, — the History division has 18 classes, — the Philosophy division contains 12, — and the Belles-lettres division includes 8 classes. The iff w S. P^v 13" Fl *§^ Sh* s ^ n t^ng (sang shoo muh luh by Jffli 5^7 Ch'ia Te, is a catalogue of his own family library, published in 1616. The classification adopted is into six divisions. — Classics, Canonical works, Philosophy, History, Belles- lettres, and Arts and sciences. The |§|cj J/*, >kc ^a Aii^ Kwo she king tseih che is a catalogue of books compiled by v*nf y]S\ Iseaou Hung, towards the end of the Ming, from the various national histori- cal works. The first division consists of imperial publications; the following four are devoted to the four divisions of Classics, History, Philosophy, and Belles-lettres; and the last is a short section on the rectification of errors in previous catalogues. The author however, has not been careful to ascertain the existence of the works which he records. The 0[ p" pgj 33C ^' 1=J R Keih hob ko keaou k'zh shoo muh is a catalogue of the books issued by ^ y^ ^fc. Maou Tseen-tsae, a celebrated publisher during the Ming dynasty, by whom the list was originally drawn up. Besides the name and num- ber of books in each work, the number of leaves is also carefully noted, shewing a vast amount of private enterprize. The catalogue was first published in 1841, with au appendix stating the fate of the blocks of the various works, many of which had been used by his descendants for firewood, while those that remain some perfect and others imperfect, are distributed about various cities in the neighbourhood of Ch'ang-shuh, where is the residence of the Maou family. The vj] 4g*- Hi ^ Wt Wuh grin leih sxoan shoo muh is a catalogue of the ma- thematical works written by ^§ ^7j ^g Mei Wuh-gan, compiled by himself, giving a description of each of his productions, which number 88 in all; 33 of which had been published, the remainder being still in manuscript in 1702, the date of the preface. There is a biography of the author at the end by another hand. CATALOGUES. 61 One of the finest specimens of Bibliography possessed by this, or perhaps any other nation is the s|fc /E. IBf] Ip ^ W $Ji PI ^' tw '^ S;2e ' ^°^ tse ^ en sno ° tsung milk, being a descriptive catalogue of the imperial library of the present dynasty, drawn up by imperial command. The plan was first put in operation in 1772, and completed in 1790. Great efforts were used in the interim to procure rare works, which existed in private libraries throughout the empire; and rewards were conferred on those who could add a certain number of volumes to the library. The whole are arranged in sze k'oo or "four divisions," i. e. Classics, History, Philosophy, and Belles-lettres, in 200 books. The history of every work is given with a degree of minuteness, and also a critique, in which the excellencies and defects are pointed out. An abridgment of this catalogue containing less than a tenth of the original matter, is published under the title $fc /E V-i *¥ ^E W Hfl W PI **k K'in ting sze k'oo tseuen shoo keen ming muh luh. Besides the works actually preserved in the library, the larger catalogue contains a list of nearly as many more, which is entirely omitted in the abridged edition. Besides the works that are published separately in China, there is a prevalent custom of printing collections of choice productions, uniform in style, under the name of jig; ^^ Ts'ung shoo or "Repositories." These vary in number and extent, some merely con- taining about 5 or 6, while others include several hundreds. Many ancient and curious writings are only to be found in these repositories. A catalogue of the greater part of such works was drawn up by |§r \% Koo Sew in 1799, under the title ^^ %}] ^p Pi Tj $ffl Wuy k'lh shoo muh ho peen, in 10 volumes, which will be found a useful manual for the student of Chinese. In this class also should be placed the "Index expurgatorius" of China, containing the list of works prohibited by the present dynasty, under the title ^jj^ ^s^ fEJ 3|jJ Kin shoo muh luh. This consists of two parts, — the first ^fffj !a§£ ^pf* Jrj Ch'ow hwuy shoo muh, being works of which parts only are objectionable and forbidden; the second 3i WgSC ^3 FI Tseuen hwuy shoo muh, being such as are utterly condemned and disal- lowed. There are several ten thousands of volumes in all, chiefly written about the close of the Ming dynasty. The investigation of inscriptions on ancient stone tablets, has long been a favourite study among a portion of the Chinese; and there is no doubt that many of these form exceedingly important and interesting documents, as contemporary historical records. The interest attaching to these records, and the skill with which the natives are able to produce fac-similes from stone tablets, have given rise to a practice among many men of wealth of keeping a series of these impressions in their cabinets. From this practice again has sprung a series of writings descriptive of such collections, and these are referred to the present class. The earliest example is the ^f| pf 3§|j Tseih koo luh by the historian Gow-yang Sew. Another work entitled the -yp* ^£j iiji! Kin sMh luh, in 30 books, is also a production of the Sung, consisting of a catalogue by HaL ^ lW Chaou Ming-ching, of 2,000 inscriptions in his family hall, the last 20 books consisting of notes and remarks. The fffit 3j*p Le shih by £& aj§ Hung Kwo is a collection, chiefly of Han dynasty p 62 CATALOGUES. inscriptions in the " Official hand" character. The first 19 books is a transcript of 189 fac-similes in his own possession, with explanatory notes. The last 8 contain a list of inscriptions from other sources. The work was completed and published in 1167. Hung Kwo added a supplement of 21 books, under the name ||ft 7j§( Le suh, which appeared at various times between the years 1168 and 1180, consisting of Han tablets omitted in the earlier part. The whole was published in one by the author in 1181, but a great part of the supplement has become lost in the course of time. The Leshih was republished at the close of the Ming; but at the beginning of last century, the Le suh was only to be found in fragmentary manuscript portions. These were collected together and published at Yang-chow; the 9th and 10th books being entirely deficient, the 21st book incomplete, and the 5th to the 9th books consiting of plates of various stone tablets, supposed to be from another work of the same author. The .-frj f£ij g|ff ^C Shih Fih poo sen is a descriptive catalogue by [|g ;£C J>C Tailing Hung-foo, of specimens of caligraphy cut on stone, including two examples of tlie classics also engraved on marble slabs. This little work was completed in 1248. The pij 3f ^7 Lan ting k'aou, in 2 books, by =fp£ jtr Q Sang She-ch'ang of the Sung dynasty, is a critical examination of a set of texts composed by a party of convi- vial poets during the 4th century, who were accustomed to meet together in a building called the Lan ting or ''Epidendrium pavilion," at Kwei-ke in Che-keaDg province. These compositions were written out by .nl lj|| /^ Wang He-che, one of their num- ber, a renowned caligrapher; and in later times have been cut on stone, in many parts of the empire, after the hand-writing of Wang. Sang's work examines at length the vicissitude of the original manuscript, and the merits of the various copies which have been produced; with numerous other particulars in reference to the subject. There is a further investigation by "j§{( ^p* Yu Sung, also a Sung author, who published a sup- plement to the above, under the title pi] ^p» /§=f ^f Lan ting suh Kabu. Impressions from the Lan ting inscriptions are very popular, and to be found in every city. The ^j lH ^ fp Shih mih tseuen hwa, in 6 books, is a catalogue of 253 stone- inscriptions, through the successive dynasties from the Great Yu to the end of the Yuen, published in 1618. The author /Hl 1 ^ Chadu Han, intended originally to have given the inscriptions complete, but want of funds to print, obliged him to confine himself to some critical observations on each. This contains an inscription entirely in the Yuen dynasty Mongolian language and character, being one of the few examples of that character now extant ; also one in the language and character of the Kin dynasty Tar- tars, which is a much greater rarity. There are two books appended, describing the author's adventures in his amateur search for inscriptions, and some of his poetical effusions on the occasion. The gg -tj jjfj Kin shih she is a series of criticisms on 50 lapidary inscriptions, from the Great Yu down to the end to the Tang, including one of the Sung dynasty. The author |*p jjf ^ Ko Tsung-ch'ang, who was a contemporary of the preceding, assumes an unbecoming air of superiority throughout. At the beginning of the present dynasty, Koo Yen-woo wrote the g£ -x\ 3v ^* RU CATALOGUES. 63 Kin shth wan tsze ke, in 6 books, which is a critique on upwards of three hundred in- scriptions, extending from the Shang dynasty to the Yuen. The last book contains a collection of the strange forms of characters used on stone tablets, together with the corresponding forms in ordinary use. The |ffj ^f* Iff TO -Ty Seen chay Keen t'ee Tc'aou is a treatise, by j$t 7$> )lp Sun Ch'ing-tsih, on 38 celebrated ancient specimens of writing engraved on stone. It was completed in 1667. The $£ 5jf g^ ^ ^ ^ Lae chae kin shth k'aou leo, by $|C ^ Lin T'ung an author of the present dynasty, is a review of 220 ancient inscriptions, from the Hea to the end of the Tang. He borrows a good deal from the work of Koo Yen-woo above noticed. The fpj Tty ?ffi $% gg -£j %. 2%. =§* Kwdn meaou chae tsang kin shth wan k'aou leo, in 16 books, is the work of ^p j\^ v$L Le Kwang-ying, who came into possession of a large collection of inscriptions, gathered by yfv jjgft ff. Choo E-tsun, a famous amateur in that department. The present work which was written during last century, is chiefly occupied with the form of the characters employed on ancient inscriptions, the various notices extending from the earliest times down to the Yuen dynasty. By far the greater part is borrowed from previous authors, not less than forty of whom are quoted. There is an elaborate treatise in the Sod nan t'ung che, on ancient inscriptions oa stone and metal, by -gl Fff $^ K'eu Chung-yung. This has been published separately in 20 books, under the title ypjjj |H gg 'jzj ^ Sod nan kin shth che, with the date 1820. The first book is almost entirely occupied with a very lengthy discussion of the Great Yii's inscription. The Pfj Pp g£ xp bE Kwan chung kin shth he, in 8 books, by Ip- "jfU. P e ih Yuen, is a record of the ancient inscriptions in the province of Shen-se, published in 1782. Five years later the same author published the fp */\\ gg ^ ffB Chung chow kin shth ke, being a description of the inscriptions in the province of H6-nan, down to the Yuen dynasty. The P4 £^5 ^ Shan tsb kin shth che, in 24 books, is a list of the inscrip- tions in the province of Shan-tung, down to the end of the Yuen, with a short notice of each, drawn up by Peih Yuen in connection with #C JQ Yuen Yuen. The ^m ffi ^ ^ ^3 ])C \$t J^Q Tseen n'een Vang kin shth wan po wet, in 6 books, is a particular examination of ancient inscriptions throughout the empire, down to the end of the Yuen dynasty, by Hl^IJjf Tseen Ta-hin, a scholar of extensive ac- quirements. He continued to add to this work during the remainder of his life, hav- ing completed four supplements in all, which together with the original part contain a review of upwards of 800 inscriptions. After his death, his son-in-law published a catalogue of all the inscriptions Tseen had collected, with the title j|ff ffli M. 2^ -13 ~3C ^T R »w Tseen n'een Vang kin shth wan tsze muh luh, which contains the titles ef more than 2,000, with the locality, date, style of writing and writer's name attached to each. 64 HISTORICAL CBITIQUES. The "\ £p jpj^ V^- bu Ping tsin fuh pei he, in 8 books with a supplement, is a mi- nute examination of the ancient inscriptions preserved in the Ping-tsin establishment, extending from the Chow to the short dynasties that followed the Tang, written by £?> fM fe. Hung E-heuen, a pupil of the proprietor. The g^ 'jEj ^p /jjflj Kin shih tsuy p'een, in 160 books, is a comprehensive collection of ancient inscriptions from the Hea down to the end of the Kin dynasty, compiled by ~r ^g Wang Ch'ang, and published in 1805. The original text of most of them is given, besides a large amount of critical observations, chiefly collected from other works. The s£] ;]$£ 'ffT 3C vE 2&T Shzh Jang k'aou wan te yaou is a critical examination of the 13 classics, as engraved on stone tablets at various times, during the Han, Tang, Sung, and present dynasties, in 13 books, written by J|2 a^^fjg P'ang Yun-mei of the present century. The $j$ zn fj£| sfcj jjtc 3H 4^ ^7 W^m san tv s hih king e tsze k'aou is an investi- gation of some fragments of the classics. These were originally cut on stone tablets during the early Wei dynasty in three different characters, two ancient at that time and one in general use. These tablets were destroyed during the succeeding troubles, and the remaining characters that could be decyphered 819 in all, were recut during the Sung. These form the subject of the work in question, which was written by -jSji >§=i fit Sun Sing-yen, about the year 1806. The fpj^' •gg 'O AliS Kwae tsang kin shth che, in 12 books, is a transcript of the ancient inscriptions on Kwae-tsang hill, a celebrated mountain in Che-keang province, with extended criticisms on each, compiled by ^> ?et/J^ ^e Yu-sun, and published in 1834. The -g^ 5 ^tL Kin shth yuen is a series of fac-similes of ancient inscriptions of in- terest, in the province of Sze-ch'uen, throughout the several dynasties. A well-known catalogue is that of the library of the Fan family at Ningpo, designa- ted the yC — ' rej ^1^ HfF 7$H> R T'een yth ho tsang shoo tsung muh, which was com- piled about the year 1808. The last volume is a catalogue of impressions from stone tablets, preserved in the establishment, and entitled yC — ' Wi W Pi T'een yth Tco pe muh. 15. The last class included in the History division, is jg fff She ping "Historical critiques." These have been exceedingly numerous as may be supposed, in a country so rich in history as China. The views set forth in such works have been very vari- ous, and many of them have died with the age that gave them birth. There are a good many however still extant, some of which date as early as the Tang. The )ff Jc 0U8 HIT Tang she lun twdn is an examination of the history of the Tang dynasty, written by 1% fQ Sun Foo, during the 11th century. This author recon- structed Lew Heu's history after the annal form, in which the substance of the present work was interspersed as notes; these were published separately after his death, while the complete work remained in manuscript, having been transferred to Sze Ma-kwang, and has been long since lost. PHILOSOPHEBS. 65 The zn [|k| $$: ■Jffr San kwo tsa sze is a review of events during the time of the Three Kingdoms, by /ff JP^ T'ang Kang, written about the beginning of the 12 th century. Some of the author's remarks are good, but he is not to be altogether de- pended on. The 0f Jici IXJJf^fS She she suy peth is a series of animadversions on public men, from the time of the Chow downwards, written by -j^ £?? Ko Hung, about the begin- ning of the 13th century, during a temporary cessation from public duties, on account of family bereavement. The ilE Wl *S ^ Leih ch'aou t'ung leo is a discussion of history, from the time of Fiih-he to the end of the Sung dynasty. The author, $|C $tj| Ch'in Leih finished the work in 1310, fully half of which is occupied with the affairs of the Sung. The ~p -t Jl* Jls p -^ jig. -^ Shih ts'eih she tswan kob kin t'ung yaou, in 17 books, written by fpj — ' /jab Hoo Yih-kwei, nearly contemporaneous with the preced- ing, is a general critical review of the Seventeen dynastic histories, which is the num- ber that had been written at that period. The jl" "ff| ^ |$ Tsili pe yu fan, by ~fj ||| Fang Fang, dated 1526, is a suc- cession of criticisms on the conduct of public men, in which the author points out many falacies in the verdicts of public opinion. The jfc, JJJ. JJJ / fylj T'ae she she le, in 100 books, is a dissection of the She he his- tory, with an attempt to reduce the several parts to certain rules followed in the Ch'un ts'ew classic; to accomplish which however the matter is strained in a manner incon- sistent with the intention of Sze-ma. The author, 5$t ^ Jf<- Chang Che-seang lived in the 16th century. The yV $5 Pfifl Jin wuh lun, in 34 books, is a review of the life and writings of 474 literary men, from the earliest times downward, the greater part of whom lived under the Ming dynasty. The author pj) jlif Ch'ing Heen, completed the work in the year 1608. The £n£ V\ T^ "j ^y Leih tae kea tsze k'aou is a discussion of ancient chronology, by JQ tjV ^H; Hwang Tsung-he, an author of the present dynasty, who defends the system adopted in the Han shoo, in opposition to that of the She he, from which it differs in the earlier part. The -|- -fcj j£ jlfj |Jj Shih ts'eih she shang keo, in 100 books, by 3l Hl§ H Wang Min-shing, is an elaborate criticism on the Seventeen dynastic histories, from the She kS down to the Woo tae shoo. This work which occupied the author 14 years, was published in 1787. III. The third division of Chinese literature, termed "^f* Tsze "Philosophers," in- cludes Philosophy, Religion, Arts, and Sciences. The authors comprehended under this head, have been variously classed in different ages. The following is the most modern classification. — 1, Job kea, who have gener- ally been termed par excellence, the "Literati;" — 2, Ping kea "Writers on Military Affairs;" — 3, Fa kea "Writers on Legislation;" — 4, Nung kea "Writers on Agricul- ture;" — 5, E kea, "Medical Writers;" — 6, T'een wan swan fa "Astronomy and Ma- \ 66 LlfEBATI. thematies ;"- — 7, Shiih sod " Divination ;"— 8, E shuh "Arts;"— 9, Poo luk "Repertories of Science, &c.;" — 10, Tsd Jcea "Miscellaneous Writers;" — 11, Luy shoo "Cyclopae- dias;" — 12, Seabu shwb k'ea "Essayists;" — 13, Tabu k ea "Taouism;" — and 14, Shih Yea "Buddhism." Moral philosophy has long been a favourite theme with the Chinese, and although as a nation they have submitted to the teaching of Confucius, yet they have not wanted original thinkers, who from age to age have handed down their speculations to futurity, and it is not a little remarkable that some modern theories of the west, may find their type in the books of this ancient nation. Some of the oldest of these writers are admired as much for the style of their compositions, as for the sagacity of their systems; and selections of the choicest among them have been published together at different periods. Thus there are separate compilations consisting respectively of the works of the "Six Philosophers," the "Ten Philosophers," and the "Twenty Philosophers," in- cluding authors belonging to several of the classes above notified. 1. The jjjg ^. Job k'ea "Literati," are considered preeminently the conservators of the doctrine taught by Confucius, and although there are different schools, and much diversity of opinion among their leading minds, yet they all hold certain grand essen- tial points, which distinguish them from the heterodox. In deference to the name of the sage, this class is generally headed by the ^L "^p" ^j. ptf K'ung tsze Ma yu "Traditional words of Confucius," in 10 books. Such a book existed prior to the Christian era, but it is generally admitted to have been long lost. The work of the same name which is now extant, with the commentary of jJl JHfJ Wang Suh, there is good reason to believe is the production of that author, who wrote at the beginning of the 3rd century; his object being to oppose the teachings of Ch'ing E'ang-ching; and to give authority to his work, he professed to have received it from a descendant of Confucius of the 22nd generation. Although it is known to be spuri- ous, it is yet valued for the amount of traditional matter, which the author has collected from various sources at that period. A celebrated author of the 4th century, b. c. named ^&} $u Seun Hwang, has left a philosophical work in 20 books, which holds a high reputation among scholars. The most distinctive point in his teaching is the original depravity of human nature, which he maintains by some cogent reasoning, in opposition to Mencius. Formerly these two philosophers were esteemed about a par, till the Sung dynasty, when the tendency of Choo He's writings was to exalt the views of Mencius at the expense of Seun tsze, who has since that time been generally considered in error regarding human nature. The freedom with which Seun criticizes the defects of several of the disciples of Confucius, has also tended to his disparagement; but still his work holds a prominent place among the literary productions of his time. Another of the early writers of the Confucian school, named \ffl Apl Yang Heung, who lived in the time of Christ, has left a work in 13 books, entitled jSf ^ Fa yen, giving a brief development of his philosophical views. On the question of human na- ture, he holds a middle place between Mencius and Seun tsze, maintaining that it is a mixture of good and evil; the respective principles predominating, according to the LITEEATI. 67 disposition of the individual. In the early ages he stood prominent among the philo- sophical writers, but his reputation has suffered since Choo He stigmatized him as a minister of the usurper Wang Mang. He appears to have engaged in that service in order to save his life. There is a small work of this class, entitled *fli §g ~jp* K'iing ts'ung tsze, professing to be the production of a scholar of that name, who was a descendant of Confucius, distant eight generations. The treatise is chiefly a record of the sayings and doings of the sage, and some of his renowned posterity. It is thought however, by competent authority on internal evidence, to have been written at a much later period. The ^M liF Sin shoo in 10 books, by J^ [IB. Kea, E, who lived in the 2nd century B. c. consists of a series of essays on the Confucian doctrine, with little that is distinc- tive. A small part of the original is lost, and has been supplied by a later hand. The 7$»T /5^ Sin seu in 10 books, is the work of §UJ |Hj Lew Heang, an author of much celebrity during the 1st century b. c. It contains a selection of historical inci- dents from the Chow to the Han, supplementary to the regular histories. The |p[ ^(L Shwo yuen, in 20 books, is another work by the same author. These two produc- tions are chiefly occupied with the principles of good government and the relative duties devolving on the several members of the state; Lew borrows largely from other authorities, shewing a want of discrimination, whereby he has been led into several in- consistencies and anachronisms. The ;£f| ]fc ~4 Suk mang tsze, by Tffi 'p£ /§J> Lin Shin-sze, is a supplement to Mencius, in which the author, conceiving that the views of the latter are not completely devoloped in the book that bears his name, has set himself to the further elucidation of the doctrine. To a Chinese of the present day, it implies unwonted assurance to un- dertake to supplement the sayings of such a sage; but it should be borne in mind that this was written during the Tang, before Mencius had attained his present high eleva- tion in general estimation, and when he was considered on a level with Seun tsze and Yang tsze. The fip §§y; ~j" Shin mung tsze, written in 865, by the same hand as the preceding, contains a number of dialogues between the author and some of his friends under ficti- tious and allegorical names, in which various points of moral government and self dis- cipline are discussed. The last book is a plain statement of the author's views on sev- eral questions. The ffi ^ Te heo in 8 books, by ^ jjf§. ^ Fan Tsoo-yii, is a series of lessons drawn from history, for the imperial guidance in state affairs. The period reviewed extends from the mythological era to the latter part of the 11th century, near the time when the author flourished. The 4? :H: 7L 5E Wl ~j^ rE Rung she seen sang te tsze he is the production of *iU Ws I^w Ch'ang, who lived in the latter part of the 11th century. It consists of dialogues and discourses on the main points of the Confucian doctrine, in which he combats the principles which had been recently broached by the innovator Wang Gan- shih. The J& $% "[Mr p§ Yuen she she fan is a small treatise on relative and domestic 68 LITEBATI. duties and responsibilities, written by £% yfc Yuen Ts'ae, in the 12th century. The 11th century holds a marked place as the commencement of a new era in Chi- nese literature. An impetus was given to the study of mental philosophy by the writ- ings of yjSJ Jffi y0*. Chow Leen-k'e, who was followed in the same line of thought by SM ^ 31 Chang Ming-tabu, and the two brothers ^ fjf Ch'ing Haou and ^E Wk Ch'ing E, together with yfi. -^ Choo He, who have given a lustre to the Sung dynas- ty, and exercised an influence over the native mind, second only to that of Confucius. Choo He the most renowned of these, who was the pupil of Ch'ing Haou, has written most extensively and developed his system at the greatest length in his several philo- sophical works. One of the earliest of these, the *|£ 42> *&■ K'tn sze luh, in 14 books, which he compiled in concert with his friend pEj ML pjjft Leu Tsoo-k'een, consists of selections from the four preceding authors, with Choo's annotations, and formed the germ of his subsequent metaphysical productions. It was finished in 1175. A supple- ment in 14 books, was added by ^^ ^p| Ts'ae Moo, a pupil of Choo He, containing a series of discourses delivered by the latter on the subjects of the preceding treatise. Besides the great history of China and his commentaries on the classics and Four books, one of the most popular of Choo's writings is the Sy* c§^ Seabu heo, a small work in- tended for the instruction of youth. This was arranged by his pupil ■§&) "jp* * $?. Lew Tsze-ching, and a commentary was added by yW- i*£ Ch'in Seuen of the Ming dy- nasty. An edition was published in 1697, by j»lj J|ft Kaou Yu, with the essence of the various commentaries that had been previously written on it, entitled /y* *=gi ^gk gx Seabu heo tswdn choo. This is prefaced by a discourse on the principles of the book, and a detailed memoir of Choo He, written by one of his pupils. In 1713, the emperor ordered a collection to be made of the principal of Choo He's philosophical writings, which were revised and published in 66 books under his immediate SHpervi- sion, with the title fflP -Ifl: yfc ~j 3E Us Yu tswdn choo tsze tseuen shoo. During the life of Choo He, his disciples were accustomed to note down the substance of his lectures and conversations. These records were collected and published in 1270, by ||£ Wpj fjs Le Tsing-tih, under the title of ^ -f" |^f ^ Choo tsze yu luy, in 140 books. This is a compilation from several previous publications. In 1215, ^j2 ^[ jl||* Le Taou-chuen published the notes of 32 of Choo's disciples in 43 books, enti- tled the yjji fsjl Ch'e luh, with a supplementary book containing the memoranda of an- other of his scholars. In 1238, the notes of 42 others were published in 46 books, with the title j|| §§fc Jaou luh, by ^ '^ f|| Le Sing-chuen, the brother of the pre- ceding. Eleven years later, the contributions of 23 others were put together in 26 books, with the title ||| -$| HfJ Jaou how luh, by ^%L Ts'ae Hang. In 1265, ^ |§^ Woo Keen issued the $|| 3§f{ Keen luh, in 20 books, containing additional notes of 29 of the disciples included in the preceding collections, and the records of 4 others. In 1219, Tpf jt |g5£ Hwang Sze-e first drew up an arrangement of these notes accor- ding to the subjects treated of, in 140 books, which was known as the ^ty 5}\ Shuh pun or " Sze-chuen edition." This was revised and had 40 books added by i, ]jl£ LITEEATI. 69 Wang Peih in 1252, whose compilation was known as the ^J ^ Hwuy pun or Hwuy- chow edition. Le Tsing-tih taking the above materials, harmonized discrepancies, dis- carded redundancies, corrected errors, and published the result with the title Choo tsze yu luy as above stated. The term '|ffc *3E Sing le as a designation of mental philosophy, was first used by |*!§| Jfip. Ch'in Chun, one of Choo He's disciples, in the ^ pF ^E -f" ^f|| Staff le tsze e; and afterwards by ffft p§]lj y^C Heung Kang-ta, in a work entitled 'jfE JM Ipl ^3 Sing le Keun shoo. From this time, the term became established, and numerous works were issued illustrating and developing the doctrines of the school of Choo. The third emperor of the Ming dynasty had a collection made of all the principal writings of this character, which was published in 1415, with the title i pF 3a? ~fc -gg ^§jp Sing le td tseuen shoo, in 70 books, embracing the writings of 120 scholars. The first book contains Chow Leen-ke's J^ ffifc |ta | gj£ T'ae keih Coo shwo ; next is the same au- thor's 3^H ^gf T'ung shoo, in 2 books; then the |Z*J jE& Se mtng, 1 book, and ill |§^ Ching niung, 2 books, both by Chang Ts'ae; next is the JII'lM'fffc LHI ^3 Hwang heih king she shoo, in 7 books, by Shaou Yung; the s%j r^b ^X H? ^^ n ^ k'e m ung, in 4 books, and ^C jjjjl K'ea le, in 4 books, both by Choo He; the ^ § %J\ ^^ Leih. leu sin shoo, in 2 books, by Ts'ae Yuen-ting; and the ^7^ lp|l JeL aS? F*3 wl Hung fan hwdng keih nuy p'een, in 2 books, by Ts'ae Ch'in. After these the work is divi- ded into 13 heads, which are expounded and elucidated by miscellaneous extracts and quotations from all authors treating on the questions in hand. These sections are en- titled, — Cosmogony, Spiritual powers, Metaphysics, First principles, Sages, Literati, Education, Philosophers, Successive generations, Principle of rule, Principle of govern- ment, Poetry, and Literature. The object of this voluminous compilation, being to embody the views of all the authors who had written on the several subjects embraced, there was necessarily a great deal of repetition, and many discrepancies, one part with another. During the 18th century, when much attention was being devoted to the national literature, this was submitted to a thorough revision, and the 70 books were reduced to the compass of 12, by an imperial commission, and published with the title 'tSU BE ^jf ^3$ Sing le tsing e, in which the above-noticed defects are rectified, and the essence of the doctrine given in a more convenient form. Besides the Fa yen, Yang Heung wrote another work of less repute, entitled the _/iv 52. Jj^E T'ae heuen king, professedly in elucidation of the Yih king, but it is con- sidered almost as obscure as the original classic. Sze-ma Kwang following in the same line of thought, composed the Ag HT Ts'een heu, with a view to throw light on the mystic symbols. jt£L Jfc -f^ Tseaou Yuen-he, a scholar in recent times has written explanations of both these, entitled respectively the ^/C 7C Prf T'ae yuen keae, and u=J ML rrf Ts'een heu keae ; but after all the result is but little satisfactory. The j% ^ f/T JH Td heo yen e, in 43 books, by ~& f^ ^ Chin Tth-sew, is an illustration from historical examples of the doctrines of the Td heo, classified under four leading heads, which are further subdivided according to subjects. This was R 70 LITERATI. completed in 1229. Similar elucidations were afterwards compiled for the Chung yung, the Heaou Icing, and a section of the Le ke. The §f| ^3 pti T'tch shoo ke, in 61 books, by the same author as the preceding, was left in a rough manuscript form at his death, and was arranged for publication by his pupil iffi /Pc T'ang Han, in 1259. It treats chiefly of mental philosophy, and the character and doings of eminent ministers from the Hea down to the time of the Five dynasties. The Td heo yen a originally formed part of the same manuscript. A minor production of the same hand as the preceding, is the Aa)?^ Sin king, which gained a considerable celebrity soon after the author's death. It treats of mental prin- ciples as indicated in the sayings of the ancient sages. This was first published in 1234; but the editions now extant have been altered in later times. The Jq p^ p &j/ Hwang she jih ch'aou, in 95 books, is a collection of notes and disquisitions, made by jp| ^^ Hwang Chin in the course of his readings in the classics, history, and general literature. The author who lived near the close of the Sung dy- nasty, was a warm supporter of Choo He, and as decided an opponent of Wang Gan- shih, whose doctrines he controverts with much zeal. The y^i. "X* iH W ■& Choo tsze tuh shoo fa is a treatise on the method of study, consisting of a code of instructions delivered by Choo He, and recorded originally by iff! Jlf Foo Kwang one of his disciples. The manuscript was supplemented by {flt ffi Chang Hung and ^ E£ Tse. He, and published about the close of the Sung dy- nasty. The §|| f|f ■yf' £fc J^E T'uh shoo fun neen jzh cKing is a work of the same character as the preceding, also grounded on Foo Kwang's original draft. It was written by fe Jlfjj %s. Ch'ing Twan-le, about the beginning of the 14th century. The fjf J^ f|jj Peen hwo peen is a treatise written by &$ H§ ~jj Seay Ying-fang, about the middle of the 14th century, exposing the popular superstitions of the period, which are set forth under the fifteen heads, of — Life and death, Pestilence, Spiritual powers, Sacrifices, Illicit sacrifices, Elfish monstrosities, Witchcraft, Divination, Mour- ning observances, Selection of sepulchres, Physiognomy, Fortune-telling, Positions, Times and days, and Strange doctrines. Another small treatise written about the same time as the preceding, entitled /pj H£ fH im Che she kwei keen, by jH ^C Hf Soo T'een-tseo, is occupied with the essentials of good statesmanship, under the heads, — Practical government, Employment of men, Resident officers, Welfare of the people, Executive administration, and Sup- pression of brigandage. The \^ ti$f\ *H Kih with t'ung, in 100 books, is a work after the model of the Td heo yen e, and was completed by ^ ^ ^JC Chan Jo-shwuy, in 1528. This is divided into six sections, under the heads, — Sincerity of intention, Singleness of aim, Personal cultivation, Family adjustment, State government, and Pacification of the empire. These several points are elaborately illustrated by examples from history, with a dis- cussion of each paragraph by the author. The flL $%L She wei is a small treatise written in the 16th century, by ^ 5^ Yuen XITEEATI. 7 1 Chih, the object being to rectify abuses which had crept into the government of the empire. It is divided into 20 sections, in which are discussed the best means of train- ing and selecting officers, encouraging; talent, suppressing disorders, &c. The original text of the =£ pfl£ lit r/'I Siring yu kiuang heun, consists of sixteen maxims by Shing-tsoo. the second emperor of the present dynasty, written for the in- struction of the people. They consist of seven words each, and treat respectively of, — Duties of children and younger brothers, Respect for kindred, Concord among neigh- bours, Importance of husbandry, Yalue of economy, Promotion of academical objects, Suppression of false religious, Promulgation of the laws, Cultivation of etiquette, At- tention to one's occupation, Instruction of youth, Traducing prohibited, Against har- bouring deserters, Payment of taxes, Defence against robbery, and the Settlement of animosities. A series of short homilies were written on these several texts by the suc- ceeding emperor in 1724, in which the original ideas are expanded, and brought within the comprehension of a much larger class of the community. Orders were issued to have a portion of this read on the 1st and 15th day of each month, in every district throughout the empire ; which order has been complied with, with greater or less re- gularity since then to the present time. Several commentaries have been written on it, and also an amplified paraphrase in the mandarin dialect. The 3C -^ JPx; ^ eu heaou king is a small treatise on female filial piety, by Madam ||j|) Ch'ing of the Tang dynasty. It is divided into 18 sections, and written after the model of the ancient Heaou king. It appears to have been popular during the 10th century, when an illustrated edition was in general circulation. The j&C *rp -^ Te " keo, in 6 books, is a book for female study, consisting of extracts from the classic and historical writings, compiled by ]fg£ ^p- Jt Lan Ting-yuen in the 17th century. It is divided into 4 parts, devoted respectively to the illustration of the virtues, sayings, conduct, and works, of renowned females in past times. The ^C fe H !& fffl T'ai Teeth foo shwb lun, in 14 books, by 3; j§f ^ Wang Tsze-hwae, an author of the 17th century, is an attempt to expose the baseless charac- ter of the doctrines taught by the Sung dynasty philosophers, in connexion with the T'ae keih or "Great extreme," which he maintains to have originated with the Taou- ist writers, and to be alien to the true Confucian principles. The pj" jafjj f§fl Woo sze luh is a small treatise on the cultivation of one's mental and moral character, written by Jl| j§- gH Hwang Chun-yaou in the year 1632. It is divided into 32 sections, — on Guarding the heart, Sincerity of purpose, Cultivating reverence, Watchfulness in solitude, &c. The IJJK pjlj ffif p Ts'ung heun chae yu is a collection of desultory notes, on \ha rules necessary for personal conduct, written by y}% J£J; Chang Ying, in the early part of the 18th century. Another small work by the same author, entitled '|H j§| ^ ^f Han san so yen treats chiefly of rural and domestic economy, in the same style as the preceding. The J]>U» ^ Che yen is a series of memoranda of family conversations, written by j£ Seu Ching-tseth, about the beginning of the 17th century. It consists 72 WBITRKS ON MILITARY AFFAIRS. chiefly of brief dialogues and pithy sayings, regarding one's personal conduct and mental training. The 1§? jfj£ H£ 4M Seiv t'ezh yu peen is a small treatise on personal character and conduct, by \>^ jgg Ch'in Tsin, an author of the present dynasty. 2. The ■£$ ^ Ping Icea "Writers on Military affairs," do not occupy a conspicu- ous place in the national literature; and although there are some few honoured names in this class, yet it is probable their claim to consideration arises more from thair anti- quity, than from any innate excellence in their writings. Some of these are curious records of the state of the military art in early times, but apart from their original quaintness, they are frequently so mixed up with geomantic jargon, as to give a per- plexing obscurity to the subject in question. From the records in the Chow Ritual, we learn that the empire possessed a military organization during that dynasty, not indeed indicating a high degree of refinement in the art of war, although probably in advance of contemporary nations. The j§| "rJ* /p*E TJh k'e king is a small treatise on military tactics, professing to have been written by Jjj^ fa Fung How, a minister of the ancient emperor jl^ 7ji Hwang te. A commentary is annexed under the name of 4V t% ^£* Kun^-sun Hung, a mi- nister during the Han, and a running eulogium, with the name of ^ pig Ma Lung, an officer of the subsequent Tsin dynasty. The name of the book however is not found in any bibliography earlier than the Sung, which is one chief reason why its claim to a high antiquity is rejected, it being generally believed to have been drawn up from details in the /v |«P- [m) Po> ch'in foo a production of the Tang. The text is a short description of the Pa ch'in or "Eight schemes of military arrangement." Another spurious treatise is the y> IpfcJ Luh t'aou, in 6 books. This has the name of Q ae Leu. Wang, a minister of Wan Wang of the Chow, as the author, but the style of the work and many expressions in it shew it to be posterior to the Han. The name is mentioned in Chwang tsze, a Taouist writer before the Christian era, and ha9 been borrowed by the author of the more recent production which has come down to us. It was one of seven treatises used at the military examinations so early as the 11th century, which shews that it was then looked upon as one of the ancient national works. It is divided into 6 sections, in which are discussed the various points in the theory and practice of the military art. The really oldest work of this class which has reached us entire, is a treatise on mi- litary tactics in 13 sections, under the title -^ ~jp" Sun tsze, by -J5^ ^C Sun Woo, an officer in the service of the state Woo, during the 6th century b. c. It is noticed in the She he, which records a remarkable instance of Sun Woo's rigorous discipline in military practice. ^J; ~jp* Woo tsze is the title of another work of this class, written by y^. 7E5 Woo K'e, during the 4th century b. c. The overbearing disciplinarian tendency of his disposition at the expence of more amiable qualities, may be gathered from certain facts recorded in his biography His wife being a native of Tse, which was at war with his own state, he caused her to be put to death, in order that he might be free to serve in the army of his prince. On another occasion, he severely bit his mother, when WRITERS ON MILITABY AFFAIRS. 73 she endeavoured to interfere with the fulfilment of a vow he had made to devote himself to the public service. Woo's book is divided into six sections, on — National resources, Estimate of the hostile force, Control of the military, Discussion regarding military officers, and Rousing the troops. The ffj M& £§" Sze ma fa is a treatise compiled in the 4th century, by order of the prince of Tae, from a number of ancient writings, elucidating the principles acted on by BJ H§ -HL Teen Jang-tsoo, the military director of that state. It is divided into 5 sections, entitled respectively, — The root of benevolence, Theory of autocracy, Fixed titles, Rigorous regard to stations, and Employing the mass. The Jf| ilj Soo shoo is another small work belonging to this category, bearing the name of ^ ^J $$ Hwang Sluh-kung, an author of the 3rd century b. c, with a com- mentary by 5jI JW 5^i Chang Shang-ying of the Sung dynasty. A preface by the last-named states that Hwang Shih-kung gave the book to 5M ~j vJ Chang Tsze- fang, in whose tomb it was discovered at the time of the troubles during the Tsin (3rd and 4th centuries A. d.) It is believed however that this, statement is a fabrication, and that the work is really the production of Chang Shang-ying. It is in 6 sections, treating respectively of, — First principles, Correct doctrine, Searching the intention, Virtue the root and right principle the summit, Following justice, and Resting in pro- priety. The 3^C fe ^c T'ae pzh y™ king, in 8 books, is an illustrated treatise on mili- tary tactics, written by ^p ^ Le Tseuen, about the middle of the 8th century. This author does not detail his own experience, but writes from theory ; his words however carry weight with native authorities. The tJ-* ^ f?^ Show cKmg luh is a record of the tactics employed by $ft 7$| Ch'in Kwei, when he held -the city of Tih-gan in Hoo-pih, against a siege by the Kin Tar- tars, in 1126. It is divided into 3 parts: — the first, by Ch'in Kwei consists of stric- tures on the operations at the capital city, when it was taken by the Kin troops; the second part, also by Ch'in Kwei, is a detail of essentials for the defence of a city against the insurgents; the third part, by iffi ±p|p T'ang Show is a narrative of the defence of Tih-gan against the besiegers, by Ch'in Kwei in 1127 and following years. The |*|L JjijJ Ch'in M is a treatise on military training, written by 'jBf J^ gf H6 Leang-chin, an officer during the 16th century, at a time when the art and practice of warfare had sunk to a very low state in China. It is divided into 66 sections, giving a view of the stratagems employed at that period. The /pjl -^; J=| /nti Leen ping shih ke, in 9 books with 6 supplementary books, is a treatise on military training, written by |p& $g$ ~fc Tseth Ke-kwang, in the year 1568, while he was in charge of the three garrisons of Ke-chow, Chang-ping, and Pabu-ting. The same author wrote another work in 18 books, entitled /f^f&WfWt %■& heaou sin shoo, while engaged in the camp service on the sea-board of Che-keang, at a time when incursions were anticipated from the Japanese. It is divided into 6 parts, in which are discussed the stratagems of war offensive and defensive, with the various weapons and parapharnalia employed; the whole amply illustrated with plates, which S 74 •Wbitkks on legislation. in the modern editions at least, are very indifferent specimens of art. The |=J 7j^j* |=§- Pill ts'eang chuen, in 100 books, by j^ff £H Chang Yu of the Sung, is a series of memoirs of a hundred famous military leaders, from the commencement of the Chow dynasty downwards, shewing the correspondence between the actions of these heroes, and the principles laid down in the ancient authors Sun and Woo. The ^ %& Ping king, in 1 1 books, was written by 5l|i ^ ^ T'ang Ting-16, about the middle of the 17th century. It consists of 3 parts ; the first book is a criticism of the various commentaries on Sun tszti ; in the next two books, the author gives his views in the dialogue form; the last eight books contain a discussion of the essentials of the art of war, illustrated by historical examples. The -yp* X^fj "jg ^f ~\ — . : f0 Kin Vang tsiidy choo shth urh ch'ow, in 12 books, by ^p ife Le Pwan of the Ming dynasty, is a general treatise on training militia and suppressing local risings by military force. The various regulations to be adopted are detailed at length under 12 heads, entitled respectively, — Provision of requisites, Train- ing recruits, Storing provisions, Construction of implements, Clearing the rural districts, Plans of action, Issuing orders, Fortifications, Resisting the enemy, Keeping the na- tural defenses, Naval encounters, and Conducting a victory. There are a good many quotations from history little to the point, and a prolixity of detail in many parts, which is offensive even to the taste of a Chinese critic. The l£ iH ^!& H Woo pepe shoo, by j$L ?fi |SJ She Yung-t'oo, is a type of a common order of modern books, professing to give complete and satisfactory details on the art of war. The first volume treats of firearms and pyrotechnic stratagems, and the remainder is occupied with the devices to be employed under every possible geographi- cal and topographical condition. It is profusely illustrated with maps and plates of the most miserable description, exhibiting a succession of quaintly antique machines and extraordinary manoeuvres, which it is difficult to conceive to have been ever brought into effective service. The text is chiefly quotations from old authors. 3. The J2£ JJi. Fa li'ea "Writers on Legislation," are a less numerous class even than the preceding, nor is there any name of great eminence among them. The theory of Law appears to have been first studied during the Chow dynasty, previous to which the purity of primeval times is held to have been sufficiently incorrupt, to dispense with the necessity of this branch of governmental science. The first writer of this class on record is ^f|* / J^P Kwan Chung, whose work is pre- served under the title g" ~J~* Kwan tsze, in 24 books. This however, although pro- fessedly the production of the above-named author, who lived in the 7th century b. c, shews clear evidence of many additions after his death. There were originally 86 sec- tions, but 10 of these are lost. An ancient commentary bore the name of Jfi yTj fli* Fang Yuen-ling, a renowned minister at the commencement of the Tang dynasty; but this is understood to have been the work of j^ 7JH Ep». Yin Che-chang. Another well-known writer of this class is jppi ^^ Han Fei, who lived in the 3rd century b. c. Some parts of his work are lost; the remaining portion of which in 20 books bears the title JppI "jp* Han tsze. It was revised during the Ming dynasty, by WRITERS ON AGRICTTLTtTEE. 75 nxL yTJ ]IC Chadu Yung-heen, from an edition printed in the time of the Sung. Han Fei was originally a minister of the Han state, but was carried captive by the prince of Tsin (the book-burner), who afterwards employed him in his service. Becoming the victim of jealousy however from a fellow minister, he was induced to put an end to himself by poison. The ^jf ^g/C ||| $M Che yo Jewel keen, in 8 books, is a review of the criminal law, discussed under 20 heads, each of which is illustrated by a great variety of judicial precedents, drawn from historical and traditional records. Many of these causes cele- hres are of much interest, and give a curious insight into the penal institutes of the empire. The author, Jfj) J^£ Ch'ing K'lh lived about the end of the Sung dynasty. The i^>C 7Fi ^M 7&Z Ching hing luy yaou, by j|^ yv $%%} P'ang T'een-seih, an author during the Yuen dynasty, is an epitomized code of the legal forms in use at that period in the courts of justice. The p£ ^L 3^ Se yuen lull is a work on medical jurisprudence, written by z^t ^ Sung Tsze, about the year 1247. It was reprinted in the 15th century, since" which time, it has come into general use in the courts of justice as a guide to the duties of coroner, and has been frequently republished. Within the last half century, it has passed through seven editions, with considerable additions. Apart from the imperfect state of medical science in the empire, this forms an interesting record of the theoreti- cal condition of jurisprudence at that early period. The i^R K^g p -^ Keen n'e'en ho ts'an is another short treatise on the same subject as the preceding, written by |<|) jfjp Sp£ Lang Kin-k'e, in 1829. This is published with a collection of verified instances of deaths from various causes, extracted from the public records, by the same author, with the title *%% 2$p % 5f| pic Keen neen tseih ching. 4. The -jj^ ^. Nung k'e'a "Writers on Agriculture," are not a very precisely defin- ed class; books treating on this art frequently branching out into other departments of literature, and occasionally embracing independent objects of scientific research. There is no author of this class earlier than the 5th century. A fragment has come down to us from the Tang dynasty, on the construction of ploughs, entitled 7ft ^g ^^ Luy sze king, by |2g fH |§5 Luh Kwei-mung, giving a concise description of the several parts of the implement. An illustrated work known as the |pf ■J^ |HJ prf Kang chih (06 she was published in 1210, by ^§| 3|^ L6w Show. This consisted of 45 engravings, representing the several steps in the process of tillage and weaving, with a stanza appended to each. It was recut during the Keen-lung period, and a few lines of poetry added to each plate by the emperor. The engravings are good specimens of art, and accurate repre- sentations of Chinese customs. The j^ ^lf Nung shoo is a small work on husbandry, written by yW- IPt Ch'in Foo, in 1149. The first part treats of Agriculture, the second of Breeding cattle, and the third of Rearing silkworms. A short appendix is usually published along with this, entitled the j|g ^H* Tsan shoo, from the hand of $$+ ^§£ Tsin Chan of the Sung dy- nasty, being entirely devoted to the art of rearing the silkworm. 76 WBITEBS ON AG Bl CULTURE. The 2p| ^^ Ipf ^- iVwM^ saw<7 tseih yaou is a work in 7 books, on agriculture and the rearing of silkworms, drawn up by order of Kubla khan, in the year 1273. It was several times republished by subsequent emperors of the Yuen dynasty, at which period it was considered a treatise of great importance. There are ten divisions on the fol- lowing subjects: — Precepts, Ploughing, Sowing, Planting mulberry trees, Rearing silk- worms, Vegetables, Fruits, Bamboo and wood trees, Medicinal plants, and Breeding cattle. The 2^ jfp£ -jX j^i Vfi. ^C JVung sang e shzh tsuy yaou is another small treatise on the same subject as the preceding, and intended to supply defects in it. It gives % concise summary of agricultural operations for every month in the year. The author ^Hf tyn W I j0 ° Ming-shin, who was a Ouigour by birth, wrote this in the year 1314, and it was printed a second time in 1330. There was another work with the title 2p| ^j Nung shoo, in 22 books, published during the Yuen dynasty, by 3E jM Wang Ching. This treats with great minuteness of the details of husbandry, and is illustrated by plates, each accompanied by a stanza of poetry. The first six books consist of general rules for agriculture, which are fol- lowed by four books on the cereals, and ten books of figures of agricultural implements. The Thesaurus of Agriculture known by the title jp| IJX 3t E3 Nung ching tseuen shoo, in 60 books, was written by ^§£ ~jfc )$£ Seu Kwang-k'e, the celebrated disciple and associate of the Jesuit missionaries in the early part of the 17th century. This work, which gives a most elaborate detail of the state of agricultural science during the Ming, was published by imperial command in 1640, being seven years after the au- thor's death. The first 3 books are occupied with Quotations from the Classics and other works; next are 2 books on the Division of Land; then 6 books on the Processes of Husbandry; 9 books on Hydraulics, the two last of which are a record of the me- thods adopted in Europe; 4 books on Agricultural implements; 6 books on the Art of Planting; 4 books on Rearing silkworms; an extension of the same subject in 2 books; Planting Trees in 4 books; Breeding Animals in 1 book; Manufacture of Food in 1 book; and Provision against a time of scarcity in 18 books. fjjjt ^ "fff[ Ch'in Che- lung, a scholar during the Ming dynasty, conceiving that the work was prolix and ill- arranged, revised the whole, reedited and published it in 46 books; but his edition has not gained the same favour as the original work, which is still in general circulation. The 19th and 20th books contain nearly the whole of a treatise on Hydraulics, which was written by Seu in 1612, from the dictation of Sabatin de Ursis, and published with the title ?%$ U3 7K 32? T'ae se shwuy fa, in 6 books. In the large work he has omitted the 5th and part of the 4th book, the matter of which is chiefly theoretical and speculative, being of little value in a scientific view. A still more comprehensive work than the preceding was drawn up by order of the emperor in 1742, under the title {% ffj ill -*f" Show she t'ung k'aou, in 78 books, embracing the whole range of agriculture and horticulture, with the various collateral branches of industrial science. There is a treatise on the cultivation of cotton, published towards the close of last MEDICAL WEITEBS. 77 century, with the title /\\- /ftp §|f Miih m'een pod, by -j£p} *p? Choo Hwa, a native of Shanghae. The JjIT jfp| pj /jjflj T'saw saw^ ho p'een is a compilation regarding the rearing of silkworms and cultivating the mulberry, drawn up by *$? ;i\ ^gf Sha Shih-gan, and published in 1844. It is illustrated by cuts. 5. The ||f 01 E Ma "Medical Writers" claim consideration as a class, if not for any valuable addition to science, at least for the number of authors, and the historical interest attaching to the state of the practice through 20 centuries or more. The na- tive traditions which ascribe the earliest writings on the medical art to Shin-niing and Hwang-te, are to say the least, wanting in proof; but it appears natural, and even pro- bable, that some advance had been made towards a system several centuries before the Christian era. In the Han shoo we have a catalogue of 36 works on therapeutics, di- vided into four classes; — the first called ||f ^^ E king, are devoted to an examination of the internal stricture of the human frame, with the peculiar functions of the several members, and pronounce upon the causes of symptoms of disorder; the second called 'Fze JJ King fang, take up the question of the suitable remedies to be applied; the third called 7^ fp Fang chung, treat of the due regulation of sexual intercourse; and the fourth called ^|p f§s Sinn seen are occupied with a visionary theory, by which the subject is supposed to soar above the ills of life, in virtue of certain psychological prin- ciples, induced by a properly regulated discipline. These last two branches have in modern times become united, and are now discarded from the class of medical authors. The practice of medicine however has been divided into a number of branches from very remote times, defined with greater or less precision at various epochs. During the Ming, the faculty was definitely fixed by the government, as consisting of thirteen branches. At the commencement of the present dynasty, eleven branches of practice were recognized by the Imperial Medical College, but the number was afterwards re- duced to nine. These are named, — Great blood-vessel and small-pox complaints, Lesser blood-vessel complaints, Fevers, Female complaints, Cutaneous complaints, Cases of a- cupuncture, Eye complaints, Throat mouth and teeth complaints, and Bone complaints. These distinctions however, are not accurately preserved by the generality of writers. There appears to have been little variation in the line of practice adopted by succes- sive practitioners till about the 12th century, when we find several innovations intro- duced into the ancient theory, and the medical art became divided into several schools, presenting some general analogy to the Empirics and Dogmatists of ancient times. From the minutiae given in Chinese medical works regarding the structure of the hu- man frame, it has been thought that dissection must have been practiced by the natives in ancient times; we have no record of the fact however, and if it was so, it has been discontinued for many centuries, while there is little evidence of any improvement hav- ing taken place in recent times. The diseases of the inferior animals have been in- cluded as a subsidiary branch of the medical profession from the earliest times. The oldest medical treatise extant is probably the p^ 'rp* ?f\ |WJ Hwang te sod wan, which, without admitting its claim to be the production of Hwang-te, there is reason to 78 MEDICAL WRITERS. believe to have been written several centuries before Christ, and to contain a summary of the traditional knowledge of medicine handed down from the most remote times. The oldest commentary on this work extant, was written by Jl u}^ Wang Ping in the 8th century, in 24 books. Another work ascribed to Hwang-te is the Jjg f[pp ;p§£ Ling ch'oo king, which treats of internal maladies and the practice of acupuncture. This is not actually known to have appeared earlier than the 11th century, and it is thought to be the production of Wang Ping mentioned above, but it is probable that it contains a great part of a more ancient work of a similar character. It was formerly published in 24 books, but in the later editions they are reduced to 12. The contents of these two treatises were rearranged and classified under nine heads, by '/i yp Wang Gang, in 1689, with the title ^? fn] ||| fjrm $$ ^^ j$ g± Soo wan ling ch'oo lug tswdn go choo. The pj /$£ J$ ;§!£■ Nug king che yaou is a selection of passages from the Sod wan and Ling ch'oo, with a commentary by ^p ^^ ^5 Le Neen-go. This was revised and published by }j$s £fc, EJ See" Sang-pih, in 1764. The obscurity of much of the above works having rendered necessary an elucidation of the difficulties they presented, a small treatise was written for this purpose, in the 3rd century b. c. termed the HI ;^£ Nan king, containing a solution of 81 doubtful questions. Eleven commentaries had been written on this previous to the Ming dy- nasty, the only one of which now extant is the fpt /pj£ 2j£ ^§ Nan king pun e, by fpj* T^§£ Hwa Show, who wrote about the close of the Yuen. In the early part of the 16th century, yj% \W jltr Chang She-heen a physician of note published an edition illustrated by a diagram and annotations to each of the 81 questions, with the title |§| ai l«£ 5jtn T'ob choo nan king. A compilation from the various commentaries was also drawn up during the Ming, by 3l JL J^ Wang Kew-sze, -^j /$£ itS* Shih Yew- leang, jE Wr W* Wang Ting-seang, and 3E ITE — ' Wang Wuy-yih, with the title HI ^§c s^k at Nan king tseih choo. The 3p: '/t^ /fff wi Yin hae tsing we is a small treatise on Eye complaints, which professes to be written by -xgS >S> }§[2 Sun Sze-mo of the Tang dynasty; but the evi- dence seems to indicate that it is a production subsequent to the Sung. It is esteemed however for the method in which it treats the subject. The ffflS f/C J£. ~/j Soo cKin leang fang, in 8 books, is a collection of famous re- ceipts by "ijC «fp Ch'in Kwo of the Sung dynasty, with some additional matter by ]*jfc tyj\ Soo ShTh, known as Soo Tung-p'o the poet; whence the two names are united in the title. Neither of these were practical physicians, but having a general knowledge of the theory of medicine, they were able to investigate the medical properties of vari- ous substances, and have given the result of their experience in a series of prescriptions. Towards the end of the 3rd century, a celebrated treatise on the Pulse, entitled JgJ|v jjp?£ Mih king, in 10 books, was written by 3l ^ ^J Wang Shuh-ho, the Court phy- sician during the Western Tsin dynasty. This contains a summary of the methods and knowledge of the subject which had been handed down previous to that period. The manuscript of this was revised and published in 1068, under the superintendence of JUDICAL WRITERS. 79 JUii Lin E. It was reprinted in 1094, and again in 1164. Two editions were issued during the Ming, and a new issue has appeared at Sung-keang within the last 30 years. A spurious production composed during the Sung, appears to have been long received as the genuine treatise of Wang Shuh-hd. This consists of a series of rhymes on the functions of the pulse, and the simple style in which it is written has insured its popularity. Chang She-he'en of the Ming, who had not sufficient critical penetration, to discover the facts, added a commentary and diagrams, in which state it has been in common circulation down to the present time, with the title |gj gx JjIfC wk txt 9C 7"oo choo mih keue peen chin. The principal part of this was translated by the mis- sionary Hervieu under the impression that it was the work of Wang Shuh-hd. His translation has been published in Duhalde's "Description of China." There is a little work on the pulse, issued by the Medical College in Peking, entitled Jjjjc JH ^b Wk Mih le pe keue. Another small treatise on the same subject, is styled the ||f Up s^ JP^ E lieb chin mth "Physician's Guide to the Pulse." The / f|| 5^; /j$H W$ 5ffl Shang han tsiing ping lun is a treatise on fevers, in 6 books, written by JHH^C $>W ^ >aD o Gan-she, in the 11th century. At the end is a chapter explanatory ot the sounds and meaning of the characters used in the work, and another on the composition of medicines, both drawn up by Pang's pupil IprffiflJ Tung Ping, according to the instructions he had been in the habit of receiving from his teacher. The #ffif A sK. 3El X*i ~7j Fodjin ta tseuen Hang fang, in 24 books, is a treatise on Female complaints, written by |*j§t p| "jr] Ch'in Tsze-ming, about the year 1237. It consists of upwards of 260 articles, distributed under 8 divisions. Each article is followed by prescriptions suitable to the ailment in question. This was revised, a- bridged and commented by jjp Q See Ke of the Ming, who added a number of ac- tual examples, illustrative of the particular cases. The ^if JUH 7C jjU E fay yuenjung, in 12 books, is a treatise on the medical art, by zt Jtj cf Wang Haou-kob, written previous to the year 1241. The arrangement of the work is in accordance with the theory of the twelve larger blood-vessels, commen- cing with Fevers, and having an appendix on miscellaneous diseases. It was repub- lished in 1543, and again in 1593; and has become considerably altered from the ori- ginal in the course of the several editions. The yXt ^P* IPs 7$ Tsze sze nan che, is a minor production of the same author, the object of which is to make known the system of ^p^; Le Kaou for treating fevers; the original work of the last-named writer be- ing now lost, this little treatise of Wang Habu-koo, contains the only vestiges of it that are preserved. It was completed in 1308. A treatise on medicaments by the same hand, is named the ^f ft& 2|£ 3jL T'ang yih pun ts'abu. The first book is on the method of using the several medicines, while the second and third books point out the application of every kind of medicine to the various complaints respectively connected with the twelve blood-vessels, according to an artificial system in which the several a- gents are designated prince, ministers, assistants, &c. The Jffij "fj iji Jjijh .§!£> /J Suy chiih fang king neen fang is a collection of verified prescriptions, written during the Yuen dynasty, by *p? |SJ ; |p JBfr Sha-t'oo-muh-soo, 80 MEDICAL WB1TERS. apparently a Mongolian, though there is no biographical notice of him extant. The original has long been lost, and the editions now in use contain less than half the work as it left the author's hard. The |tr -g| -fa 'xjfcjj She e tih heabu fang, in 20 books, is a collection of pre- scriptions from the hand of )Q >/p /jj^ Wei Yih-lin, being the combined experience of himself and his ancestors including five generations. The author began the work in 1328, and finished it in 1337. It is divided into the following seven heads: — Great blood-vessel complaints, Lesser blood-vessel complaints, Nervous complaints, Child- bearing and general female complaints, Eye complaints, Mouth teeth and throat com- plaints, and Setting bones and cure of arrow wounds. The last book consists of the hygeienic precepts of Sun Sze-mo of the Tang dynasty. The cases in which acu- puncture may be applied are distributed through the several divisions. The $\ ^\ ^ j| Wae Wo tsing 6, by ^ f|| ^ Tse Tih-che of the Yuen, is a small treatise on Cutaneous complaints. In the first part he discusses the cause and character of eruptions, and in the last precribes the requisite remedies, consisting of poisonous compounds to eat out the corrupt matter, and restorative applications to heal the wounds. The H |M VJUJ $\ ^H E & in 9 so ° hwu y tse * h > h J i JS w ang Le, who lived at the close of the Yuen dynasty, is a small treatise on fevers, containing a revision of 397 precepts delivered by yj^ l^g Chang Ke of the Han; a good many of these which are mere repetitions he abandons, and adds others which are wanting in Chang Ke's work, leaving the number 397 as before. He has also a minute discussion of internal and external diseases, apoplexy, and internal heat. The g /j^ yj P'oo tse fang, in 168 books, is a guide to therapeutics, by tJc ||| Choo Suh, one of the imperial princes at the commencement of the Ming, being the most complete work of the kind that has been written. It contains in all 1960 dis- courses on 2175 different subjects, with 778 rules, 21,739 prescriptions, and 239 dia- grams. The pfjr /O "if= 7$0l Ching che chun shing, in 120 books, by 5l PJ JaL Wang K'ang- t'ang, is a collection of medical treatises, written at different times. The treatise on the treatment of miscellaneous complaints, and that on the classified prescriptions were both written during the years 1537 and 1538; that on fevers, and the one on sores were completed in 1544; and those on infantile and female diseases were finished in 1547. He has extracted most extensively from preceding authors, and the work is considered one of the most complete of its kind. It was published in 1602, and again in 1791. The $^ pji. jp| pzj Tse yin hang muh, in 14 books, is a general treatise on the treat- ment of female complaints, written by i$\ ~j 3£ Woo Tsze-wang in 1728, and con- tains the substance of Wang K'ang-t'ang's treatise on Female diseases. The great Materia Medica known as the ^q£ ip. /ftpi) JEj Piin ts'aou hang muh, in 52 books, was compiled by ^p H* 3^ Le She-chin of the Ming, who spent 30 years on the work, having made extracts from upwards of eight hundred preceding authors, from whom he selected 1518 different medicaments, and added 374 new ones, making MEDICAL WBITEBS. 81 in all 1892. These are arranged in 62 classes, under the 16 divisions, — Water, Fire, Earth, Minerals, Herbs, Grain, Vegetables, Fruit, Trees, Garments and utensils, In- sects, Fishes, Crustacea, Birds, Beasts, and Man. Under each substance, the Correct name is first given, which is followed by an Explanation of the name; after this there are Explanatory remarks, Solution of doubts, and Correction of errors; to which is added the Savour, Taste, and Applications, with the Prescriptions in which it is used. There are 3 books of pictorial illustrations at the commencement, with 2 books of pre- fatory directions, and 2 books forming an index to the various medicines, classed accor- ding to the complaints for which they are used. Some idea may be formed of the care the author took with the work, from the fact that he wrote out the manuscript three times, before he was satisfied to give it out as complete. It was first printed in the Wan-leih period, and was presented to the emperor by Le Keen-yuen, the son of the author. It was revised and printed in the time of the first emperor of the present dy- nasty, and several editions have appeared since that time. The nucleus of all the writ- ings on this subject is a small work, which tradition ascribes to the ancient Shin-nung. Since the time of Le She-chin there have been numerous treatises of less pretension, cri- ticising and elucidating his great work, but it still stands unrivalled in that department. The /\± Jp. "jiff -gg Pun ts'abu pe yaou is a brief epitome of the Pun ts'abu hang muh, compiled by Wang Gang mentioned above, in 1694. It is illustrated by rude cuts interspersed with the text. The 2fC .§3. /$§£ ffif ^- Pun ts'abu king keae yaou is an exposition of the most important parts of Le She-chin's work, written in 1724, by 3|^ y^Z JL Ye T'een-sze, a famous physician at Soo-chow. The earliest work specially devoted to the practice of Acupuncture is the 3pJ J\ yjrfo ^^ffc T'ungjin chin kew king, in 7 books. In 1027, by command of the emperor, "F (ft f^ Wang Wuy-tih made two brass anatomical figures of the human frame, by which he illustrated the above art, and wrote a treatise on it, with the title 3pJ J\ jjflj /\ T'ungjin shoo heue, which is thought to be the same as the preceding. The ear- liest editions extant are of the time of the Ming, and illustrated by a number of very rude cuts. The H^j Jj^ ^j"C ^jac Ming t'ang kew king, in 8 books, is of uncertain date, the author being merely designated by the epithet |Z5j JJ ~j Se fang tsze "Western scholar." It treats altogether of Cauterism, and is supplementary to the preceding, which includes this as a branch of the art of acupuncture. The expression Ming t'ang in the title, is the name of an apartment in the palace of the ancient Hwang-te, where he delivered his views on the venous and muscular system; hence it has become a generic designation for acupuncture in all its ramifications. The 9p( $>£ Luy king, in 32 books, is the production of yj%. 7| 5i Chang Keae* pin, a celebrated physician. The theme of the work is the text of the two ancient books Soo wan and Ling cKoo king, which are dissected and rearranged under the 12 heads, — Sanitory considerations, Masculine and feminine principles, Form of the intes- tines, Pulse and appearance, Sinews and nerves, Radical and ultimate conditions, Breath and taste, Medical, treatment, Disease and sickness, Acupuncture, Circulation of air, and Pervading principles. These disquisitions which embody the views of the author, U 82 MEDICAL WRITERS. are followed by 11 books of diagrams, and auxiliary remarks, which with 4 additional books of remarks conclude the work ; this was finished in 1624, being the result of three years labour. One of the best works of modern times for general medical information, is the fllJJ 3J& Hi 0* Int iim Yu tswdn e tsung kin keen, in 90 books, composed in compliance with an imperial order, issued in the year 1739. The first 25 books contain the j|§? 3^; Ptffl Shang han lun and g£ [jf. -^ sgr Kin kwei yaou led, two works by Chang Ke of the Han dynasty, with a commentary. This is the earliest medical writer who gives prescriptions in addition to theory. The following 8 books give a revised edition of the prescriptions of the most celebrated physicians. The next book contains impor- tant rules regarding the Pulse. Another book contains rules regarding the Circulation of the air in the body. After this there are 54 books of rules regarding the several classes of complaints, and 4 books of rules for setting bones. The work is illustrated by diagrams and plates throughout; and parts of it are sometimes published separately. The Hf -^§f J$*£ J|jt;> 3£ t§, Chwang yang king men tseuen shoo, in 13 books, is a work on the treatment of cutaneous complaints, the efficacy of which, it professes to have been proved. It is ascribed to H gj| JppJJ Tow Han-k'ing, the Court physician during the 11th century, while his descendant gf ;§r fjp| Tow Mung-lin is said to have revised and prepared it for publication. It is believed however, that the greater part is the production of the latter, who borrowed his ancestor's celebrity to give cur- rency to the book. It is illustrated by a great number of plates of the human figure, exhibiting varieties of eruptions. A new edition was published in 1717. The f|f 7j? ifci x p|t E tsung peth fuh, in 10 books, is a brief summary of medical practice, by ^p Pfl /ffi Le Chung- tsze, published towards the close of the Ming dy- nasty. The pgf Vo -^ ^jf Ching che wuy pod is a general medical treatise, written by ^F'J^fe^' Le Sing-gan, in 1691, intended to be supplementary to the various works of the same character already published. The Hf cp? JVa* fp|* E heo sin woo is a particular disquisition on the practice of medicine in all its branches, written by %E |^J S^> Ch'ing Kwo-p'ang, in 1723. The ^glf /Pp \R* ^c E hang te yaou, in 8 books, is a general compilation on medi- cine, by ^J- 5^ {)}$ Le Tsung-yuen. It is divided according to the 8 following heads: — Masculine and feminine, Internal and External, Exterior and interior, Cold and hot, Vacant and full, Dry and Moist, Ascending and descending, Free passage and stoppage. It was first published about the year 1831. There is a large work termed the jjjC ||f jgf jjljg; Tung e pabu keen, apparently of Corean origin, which has been several times published in China. This embraces the whole compass of medicine, and differs in some respects from other native publications. The f^f |^ ■vf* ££ Til Shang han tseuen sang tseih is a treatise on Fevers, written by I^U 1=P HE T'aou Tsee-gan, in 1445. This was revised and published by Ye T'een-sze, in 1782. The j|y ?p ffj) J^ Shang han lun yzh is another short work on Fevers, written by ^Pf ^ Ko K'in, in 1674. MEDICAL WRITEBS. 83 The |j[*J? jwt 35 1lrJ j£ HF ^ na chang yuh hang tseuen shoo is a treatise on Cholera, with the method of treatment, and a large collection of prescriptions, written by ^j> i\rp ■ }&£, Ko Che-suy, in 1675. The 'yy jQE ^pj ^^ Sha ching tseuen shoo is another Work on Cholera, written by 3i §)L Wang K'ae, in 1686, who professes to hand down the instructions of his teacher Jffi 7fy(c Lin San, a proficient in the medical profession. This was revised and published in 1798, and again in 1826. The Small-pox has engaged the attention of the Chinese from near the commence- ment of the Christian era, and inoculation has been practised among them for a thou- sand years or more. The f^j J\ y\ ffio |g£ g|flj Wan jin she tow chin lun is a work treating on this complaint, with numerous prescriptions by p^ A 7&L Wan-jin Kwei, which was published in 1323, and republished in 1542. The ^H ^M ^fyT tfa Chung tow sin shoo is another treatise on this subject, in 12 books, published in 1741, by yj% r?C *2£ Chang Ten-sun, giving ample details of the disease in its various forms, the appropriate treatment, and a variety of prescriptions. A small work on the same subject by l|} JQ tH T'eaou Yuen-fuh, bears the title f[l] ^ ^ f|| $| ^\ Jl| g& Seen kea pe chuen tow k'o chin keue, professing to embody supermundane secrets on the subject. This is illustrated by numerous cuts of the disease. The ^C -f-fi ^pf 1? T'een hwa tsing yen is another work on Small-pox, with numerous illustrations. Vaccination was first introduced to the notice of the Chinese, by Dr. Pearson at Can- ton, who wrote a tract on the subject; this was afterwards translated into Chinese by Sir G. Staunton, and published in 1805, with the title |f| Hlj ^H ^& ^ £fe T'ae se chilng tow k'e fa. The ^?p^4* sm ^C Wae k'o tsing yaou is a treatise on the most important points in the character and cure of External maladies, by Ch'in Tsze-ming. The fly %^f ~y* 3@j" Wae k'o shihfa is ten rules for the treatment of External complaints, written by Ch'ing Kwo-p'ang, in 1733. The ??J*^f IE 7f\ Wae k'o ching tsung, in 12 books, which treats at length of all External complaints, was written by $§1 jl| ~p] Ch'in Shlh-kung, in the early part of the present dynasty. It was revised and repub- lished by 5$| Jg ||& Chang Tsuh-yih, in 1 785. The third book is illustrated by rude cuts of eruptions of various kinds. The Y|pJ yC Jpfi |EJ T'ung t'een gabu che, in 16 books, is another work of the same description. This was written by pfC ZJ1 *P Ch'in Sze-to, in 1698, and revised and published again in 1790. It is illustrated by 14 plates of diseases. One of the most recent works on this subject is the yty ^p\ pg /p Wae k'o ching che, written by g^- 3tL E3 Heu K'lh-ch'ang and ip- ^ Peih Fa, and pub- lished in 1831. The 2§§r 7p\ y£*r 7^p Yang k'o seuen suy, in 8 books, is a work on Sores of every description, by $§[ jX /P Ch'in Wan-che, published in 1628. The 35§3 W 7C 3^ Yang e td tseuen, in 20 books, is a treatise on Sores with their remedies and prescriptions, by ^ XS! '^ K06 She-ching, published in 1773. It is profusely illustrated by plates. The J& W{ ^Ex pUU -^ Te " h'° ^ n 9 lun, in 8 books, is a treatise on diseases peculiar 84 MEDICAL WBITEBS. ~Jjf= Seaou Heun, in 1684. The J9| 7f-\ JVj. J2Z San k'o sin fa is a small work on the maladies attendant on Child-bearing, written by Yil flfj Wang Che, in 1780, and published in 1834. The §§| j^ /J^ JtJ, |^ js|£ If^ P7J: Tseen she seaou urh yd ching chin Iceue is a treatise on Infantile complaints, written by ^g Cj Tseen Yih, the Court physician in 1093, and published by his pupil |@J 3^ ;gj Yen Heaou-cbung, in 1119. This was rearranged and a commentary added to it, by ffft yf^ _ll Heung Tsung-leth, in 1440, when it was published with the title ;Jyfl fig gx 3pp 3zl| J^ /p yi ^A7 P7^ ^% cAawgr cAoo sA2% rfseera sAe seaou urh fang keue, in 10 books. The %/] %/J ^f| ffXi Yew yew tseth ching, in 6 books, is an extensive discussion of the maladies to which Children are liable, written by |$^ iE Ch'in Fuh-ching, in 1750. The ig j$J |f| Fuh yew p'een is a short discourse on the diseases of Children, with prescriptions and certified cases, by jj± — ■ §§§ Chwang Yih-kwei, published in 1777. The $)} ^ =(§ ^f ^ !%• 4i& ^a7 ^ M> A'o c/ig nan kea chuen pe fang is a collection of rules and pre- scriptions for the treatment of the Young, written by -p^ ^Hk Wan Tseuen, a modern author, and republished in 1829. There is also a treatise on the same subject, by xol jRJ Mang Ho, a Nanking physician, entitled xj5l j^ $/} 7f\ Mang she yew k'o. The 7k rJu Tso shwo is a small treatise on a form of infantile Eruptions, by -4ft vL Kin Wei, a physician of Hangchow. One of the most popular treatises on the diseases of the Eye, is the :f]§i Jjjjjj, JpJ pftf Shin she yaou han, in 6 books, by / f§ yZ. "^ Foo Jin-yu, published in 1647. An- other essay on the same subject is entitled — ' ^-L ^> |E| 7p\ -H\ Hj Yih ts'abu ting muh k'o tseuen shoo, written by a physician named ^.p <#& T'ang Yuen. A great part of the book is occupied with prescriptions for eye diseases. The j§J 5|g£ JJ|[ / ^F. |j§ Keih hew kwang sang tseth is a collection of plans and pre- scriptions for saving life in cases of extreme peril, such as attempted suicides, unfore- seen calamities, &c. ; also methods of prolonging life under various circumstances of uncommon occurrence. The jX. 5l 3SC H Td sang yaou che is a treatise on Parturition, written by ffi -p &|| T'ang Ts'een-k'ing, in the early part of the present dynasty, and has been several times republished. The ^^ £fcL /j^l) Show she p'een is a short disquisition on Parturition and the rearing of children, with a variety of prescriptions, published about the year 1772. The ~$$i J5fc* -I?- ~£ "H\ ^3 Sung yae tsun sang tseuen shoo, in 15 books, written by Sung Yae, in 1696, professes to be a complete guide to the preservation of health. The author seems to have made a diligent study of the Book of Changes, the misty doctrines of which he endeavours to combine with a series of medical precepts, pertaining to al- most every ailment to which the human frame is exposed. The Hf JJ p^ fyf E fang tseih keae is a collection of medical prescriptions, with elucidations, written by Wang Gang, in the year 1682. The ^| J^ J|r fHi^ PB8 MEDICAL WEITERS. 85 CKing she 6 keen fang lun, in 6 books, is a similar collection by 43E/HI WX Ch'ing Le-sin, which dates about 1693. It has extensive discussions on the properties of the medicines employed. In 1707, another was published by ^p/| ^f^ Yu E, with prescrip- tions for almost every complaint, under the title 3p*£ Jf^ J^. Jj King n'een leang fang. The ^f| JJev j^. ~/J Tseih n'een leang fang is an extensive collection of prescriptions, in 6 books, embracing the whole range of pathology, compiled by ^p ^ ^g Neen He-ya6u, about the year 1724. The /fp£ ,^> jpf ^f| King n'een hwang tseih is another famous collection, made about the year 1754, by ^p %. $$) Le Wan-ping.. The -fHf £j£ 'flsjj jpf ?F7 Che kob sin fang is a treatise on Anthelmintics, written by ^ iHS flS Leabu Fuh-chaou, in 1835. The^lfl^^^Jll^lfiic Z"«* e yum keih kew leang fang t'ezh yaou is a selection of prescriptions employed by the imperial medical college for saving life in cases of extreme peril. The }||; ££ /\ }j|!j Tsun sang pa tseen is a discourse on Hygieina, in 20 books, written by fpj "^ pfc Kaou Leen-shin, in 1591. It is divided into 8 parts, on — Un- divided application, Seasonable regimen, Rest and pleasure, Prevention of disease in the future, Eating drinking and clothing, Amusements in retirement, Efficacious medicines, and Examples of the virtuous. An old treatise on the ailments of the Buffalo, entitled ^fC T~ ^M Shwuy new king, professes to be written by jc* j)£ Tsaou-foo, during the 7th century, but it is probably of much more recent authorship. The 2J§£ fifrf ^f| Leaou ma tseih is a simple treatise on the Veterinary art, composed by Pg£ flT Yu Jin and P§£ ||£ Yu Kee, in 1598. The concluding part is on the treatment of Camels. The ^p 3|ij£ y'C j£ New king td tseuen is a small work on the medical treatment of Oxen and Buffaloes, by the same authors as the preceding. Some few contributions were made to medical science and anatomy, by the European missionaries who came to China during the 17th century, but the books they wrote are merely preserved as literary curiosities, and no not appear to have made any aggression on the native practice. More recently Dr. Hobson has done good service to the cause by his several publications in this department, and there is reason to believe that the true principles of the science as laid down by him, will ultimately supersede much of the groundless theories on which the Chinese trust. His work on Physiology, the -^p_ Ha wf Pffl Tseuen fe sin lun, which was published in 1850, has been very favourably received, and he has more recently issued the jHf |f§f :§ 0(H) Se e leo lun, on the Prin- ciples and Practice of Surgery, the $ni '9c ^T R>£ Fob ying sin shwo, on Midwifery and the diseases of Children, and the p*j ^Pf ^T rJJl Nuy h'o sin shwo, on the practice of Medicine and Materia Medica. These are accompanied by a vocabulary of medical terms in English and Chinese. v 86 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 6. The next class in this division is denominated yC 3C JP^ *& T'e'en wan swan fa "Astronomy and Mathematics." Although we have astronomical notices of much interest in the oldest authentic writings extant, yet separate works on the science are rare during the early ages. The several dynastic histories are a treasure in this respect, and together with the independent works on the same subject, exhibit a view of the progressive changes that have taken place, down to the adoption of the European the- ories at the end of the Ming dynasty. The Chinese appear to have had three methods of representing the starry firmament in ancient times; the first called j^£ yC Kae t'een in which the heavens are represented as a concave sphere; the second called pp. yC Hu-an t'een in which the universe is represented by a globe, with the stars depicted on the outer surface; the third called Je^ -p^ Seuen ydy has not been handed down, but native authors suppose that there is a close connexion between it and the system introduced by Europeans. EEt ,j n*l 'iif &tf n The /w] 'pp ^^ ^t^£ Chow pe swan king is thought to be a relic of the Chow dynasty, and is the only ancient work we have on the Kae t'een system of astronomy. It has a commentary by jQ|, ^f JypjJ Chaou Keun-k'ing of the Han dynasty, which was reedited by ^fjj fsBj Chin Lwan in the 7th century, and further elucidations were given by ^p jr^. j^ Le Chun-fung of the Tang. The first part which is looked upon as the origi- nal work on Trigonometry, consists of a dialogue between the celebrated Chow Kung and Shang Kaou one ot the Chow ministers, on the properties of the right-angled tri- angle. This is followed by another dialogue between Yung Fang and Chin-tsze, on some of the rudimentary facts of astronomy, from which to the end appears to have been added at a later time. The last part treats more in detail of the elements of the Kae t'een astronomy. It has a statement of the rotundity of the earth, and the varia- tion of temperature and length of the day according to the latitude. There is a chap- ter on the pronunciation and meaning of the words in the Chow pe, called /jfj 'fff- Jpl- >nc H ^c§5 Chow pe swan king yin e, by -^p- ^fjf Le Tseih, which it has been custom- ary to publish as an appendix. The 7$f jfi£ ^. 5(3? 3^C Sin $ seeing fa yaou, written by $Ejj^ 4f| Soo Sung, at the close of the 11th century, is the oldest work we have on the Hwan t'een system of as- tronomy. Soo received the imperial command to construct a celestial globe, and other machinery to represent the structure of the heavens, the whole of which was set in motion by water power, and formed an astronomical clock, indicating various periods during the day and year. The above-named work, which is a description of this ap- paratus, is illustrated by 60 plates, consisting of diagrams with minute explanations to each, and maps of the stars for both northern and southern hemispheres. The -Ep- J^. fflf ^3 Kih s'eang sin shoo is an astronomical treatise supposed to be written by /|f| ,/%. %K Chaou Yew-k'in of the Yuen dynasty. There are several pe- culiarities in which this differs from preceding works. It ascribes the length of the day, not to the distance of the sun, but to its altitude, and the heat of the atmosphere to the accumulation of air. It maintains that the planets circulate round the earth in parallels of declination, while they revolve about the pole of the ecliptic in tortuous ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 87 paths from north to south. It gives the distance of the sun being greater in the zenith and less at the horizon, as the cause of the apparent increase in the size of that lumi- nary in the latter condition, and decrease in the former. The zenith is held to be invari- able, and directly over the city of (^ 5$£ Yang-ch'ing in Shan-se. while the ecliptic is said to shift its position from year to year. In many other points it deviates from the previously accredited doctrines. The style of the composition is profuse to excess, and the arrangement is wanting in literary taste. For these reasons 32 ?-*P= Wan? Wei of the Ming undertook to revise, and reduced it to half the bulk, with the title JJJL f||? -Ep- ^p. jffif ^^ Chung sew hih seeing sin shoo ; but in improving the style, he has so materially altered the sense^ that it is scarcely a fair representative of the original. The exceedingly low state into which the science had fallen during the Ming; the inability of the officers to take an observation, or to correct the errors which had ac- cumulated in the course of time from the imperfection of the rules then in use, all tend- ed to prepare the way for the Jesuit missionaries, who entered China early in the 1 7th century; and the mathematical and scientific attainments which these brought with them from the west, were the means of raising them to influence at the imperial court. Most of the treatises on astronomy which they wrote have been handed down as text books among the Chinese. One of the earliest of these is the R|j ~\* jf£ fpt Keen ping e shwo, written by Sabatin de Ursis, in 1611. This is a description of an astro- nomical instrument, giving an orthographic representation of the heavens, which com- bines the uses of a quadrant, meridian zenith and azimuth instruments, sun dial, and other things, all which is minutely explained, the whole being based on a tacit admis- sion of the Ptolemaic theory. There is a preface by Seu Kwang-k'e. The ^/C ftg =§ T'een wan leo is a concise description of the Ptolemaic astronomy, written by Emanuel Diaz, in 1614. It is in the form of a dialogue, and illustrated by numerous diagrams. At the end the author notices the recent discovery of the teles- cope, with Galileo's observations on Saturn, the ring of which he took for two small stars attached to that planet, Jupiter's four moons, and the milky-way strewed with, fixed stars. j^jj- VJU /s2? -Eg- The ?J5/f £2* J^ fit Sin fix swan shoo, in 100 books, is a compilation of details re- garding the newly introduced European astronomy, drawn up about the year 1634, by Seu Kwang-k'e, i?p ^ j^ Le Che-tsaou, ^^ yC $:£ Le T'een-king, Nicolas Longo- bardi, John Terence, James Rho, and John Adam Schaal. The discrepancies in the state calendar having reached an extent too conspicuous to be overlooked, and the fame of the Europeans who visited the capital, having spread abroad, for their skill in as- tronomical science, Longobardi and Terence were called by the Board of Rites to en- gage in the reformation of that all-important periodical; Seu Kwang-k'e, Le Che-tsaou and Le T'een-king, being appointed their coadjutors. A new board was established by the emperor for this work, and Rho and Schaal were engaged on occasion of the death of Terence. Before the death of Seu, which took place in 1633, ten books of as- tronomy written under his superintendence, had been laid before the emperor. These form the nucleus of the work above-named, which increased to its ultimate dimensions under the superintendence of Le T'een-king, who succeeded Seu as assessor of the 88 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. board. It is divided into 1 1 parts, on — The elements of the system, Standard numbers, Calculations, Instruments, General operations, Sun's course, Fixed stars. Moon's path, Nodes and Conjunctions of Sun and Moon, Five Planets, and Nodes and Conjunctions of the five Planets. The whole is preceded by the various memorials and edicts which passed on the subject; and there is an appendix by Schaal in two parts, consisting of biographical notices of Western astronomers, and an elucidation of the difference be- tween the new and the old systems of chronology. The Ptolemaic system is still ad- hered -to throughout; and although Capernicus, Tycho Brahe, and even Kepler are fre- quently mentioned by name in connexion with their labours, there is only slight allu- sions to the systems which have received their designations from these astronomers. Tycho Brahe's discovery of the variation of obliquity of the ecliptic is stated, and his numbers adopted for that and other elements, as also the solar and lunar tables. The work was originally named the ^ jjjf| $£ •§ Ts'ung ching leih shoo, but was after- wards changed to the preceding designation, in consequence of the character leih form- ing part of the emperor's name during the K'ang-he period. It has been also published with the title tUf ffi 3g $% ffi ^j§* Se ydng leih fa sin shoo. Among the minor works of Seu Kwang-k'e, are three relating to practical astrono- my, written near the close of the Wan-leih period, which were suggested by his inti- macy with Ricci in former years. The #i!J jg JSt |j§§ Ts'zh leangfa e is the substance of an oral translation by Ricci, being an explanation of the theory of astronomical mea- surements by means of the right-angled triangle, and treats of, — The construction of instruments, Shadows, and Practical rules in sixteen Propositions, with an appendix on the Rule of three. The W\ jg J^. |^| Ts'zh ledng e Vung is a short treatise on the analogy between the system of angular measurement in the ancient native work Kevo chang, and the recently introduced European method, in which he points out the iden- tity of the theory, while there are some unimportant differences in the practice, which he exemplifies in 6 propositions. The Hj JJjt |g| Keu kob e is a development of the theory of the right-angled triangle, giving an arithmetical illustration of its geometri- cal properties. The ppL jJa. 3® S&\ Im| bJl Hwan kae Vung heen Voo shwo, by Le Che-tsaou, is a treatise on the stereographic projection of the celestial sphere, illustrated by diagrams, and minute description, with tables of the positions of the fixed stars and sun's declina- tion. It was written in 1607. The [ggj ^^ !]J$£ |g| Yuen yung keaou e, written by Le Che-tsaou from the dictation of Ricci, and published in 1614, is a short geometrical treatise, consisting of 18 propo- sitions, on the proportional capacities of various figures and bodies, commencing with the triangle and ascending by degrees to the circle and sphere. Notwithstanding the obvious superiority of the Jesuit methods of calculation over the native system then in use, prejudice was too strong in influential quarters, to admit of the adoption of the new theory during the Ming dynasty, and it was not till the es- tablishment of the Tsing on the imperial throne, that it became the standard of the Astronomical Board. The early Manchu emperors felt less difficulty in receiving it, and foreigners were encouraged to make known at court the arts and sciences of the ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 89 west. The very considerable contributions thus obtained to the science of Astronomy, induced the second monarch of the dynasty to conceive the idea of a new work, embo- dying all the most recent and authentic information on this science, and in 1713 the £§£ Jp. ^" JJXt Leth seeing k'abu ching, in 42 books, received the imperial imprimatur. The first part is theoretical, the following practical, and the last consists of Tables. There are several points in which this differs from the large work of the Ming. The obliquity of the ecliptic is given from native observation as 23d. 29m. 30s. being 2 minutes less than Tycho Brahe. In the old work, for the equation of time, the correc- tion of the sun's velocity and declination is performed by a single operation, while the new separates the two sources of error, making allowance for the minute motion of the perihelion. There are also some differences in the principle of calculating the positions of the heavenly bodies, and the epoch is changed from the year 1628 to 1683; but the Ptolemaic theory is still retained. This work although a decided advance upon its predecessor, was in the course of time found to be inadequate in some particulars; and scarcely a hundred years had elapsed, when in view of the new discoveries and inven- tions in European astronomy, by Cassini, Flamstead and others, and the imperfection of the original tables, an imperial rescript in 1738 ordered an appendix to be added, embodying amended tables and the recent improvements of the west. This was com- posed in 10 books, chiefly by Ignatius Kegler and Andre Pereyra. It gives the sun's parallax as 10 seconds, instead of 3 minutes the old number. The angle of refraction at the horizon is changed from 34 to 32 minutes, and at an altitude of 45 degrees, 59 seconds is given, instead of 5 seconds the former number. The elliptic orbits of the planets are suggested as more conformable with observation than the epicycles, and Kepler's law of equal areas in equal times is stated. The circulation of Venus, Mer- cury, and Mars about the sun is also named, but the whole are still made to revolve about the earth as the centre. The §|q ^g* y§\ 5(3f Heaou gan sin fa, in 6 books, written by :x. aijg [ipy Wang Seih-ch'en, in 1643, professes to give a new system of astronomy. The author who held aloof from the contentions prevailing between the advocates of the rival systems, gives a compromise between the eastern and western theories, together with the result of his own observations; for it was customary with him when the sky was clear, at times to spend whole nights on the top of his house gazing at the stars. He uses the centesimal division of the circle, and fixes the tropical year at 365 - 2421866 days, while he makes the annual precession 1*437326 minute. The first book lays down the principles of trigonometry, and the remainder is occupied with a general outline of the elements of astronomy. The J*C ^x ^; mL T'een poo chin yuen is a small treatise on the calculation of eclipses according to the European method, written about the commencement of the present dynasty, by j^ /J=ft J|fp See Fung-tsoo, who had been initiated into the western theory, by Nicholas Smogolenski, then resident at Nanking. This is the first book in which logarithms are introduced. The ^/Z ^p gj is T'een h'eo hwuy Hung is ano- ther production of the same author, in which he attempts to harmonize the old Chinese 6ystem with the recent European. He reduces all the numbers of the new sexigesimal w 90 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. gradation, to their equivalent in the centesimal calculus. The first part contains the theory of the calculation of eclipses, which is followed by examples of the different methods, native and foreign. The 5gj JpL 3£ -flf Leth swan tseuen shoo, in 60 books, is a collection of astrono- mical and mathematical works by Mei Wuh-gan, an acute student and one of the most voluminous writers on this branch of science during the present dynasty. In 1702, when the emperor visited Keang-nan, he marked Mei with distinguished honour, on. account of his writings, which had been previously presented, and he was called to as- sist in the great imperial work then in progress. Mei's manuscripts to the number of 29 different works were collected and published under the above title, by f|| ^j fty Wei Le-t'ung, in 1723. The contents consist of,— JH ^ |^ jn] Leth heo e wan "Chronological doubts," |fl »§fl j|§ fjj\ |f§ Leth heo e wan pod "Addenda to the preceding," jg? «p ^ ^ Leth heo ta wan "Questions on chronology," P» — * p$ :zp: j$c Hoo san keo keu yaou "Essentials of spherical trigonometry," I§| PfJ %j[f /v Hwan chung shod ch'th "Arithmetic of the circle," J|| jifrj JQj J54 p ^ Suy chow ta t'oo ho Kaon "Investigation of the length of the year and the degree," (* J.L /£. '. 7^ §J£ Ping leth ting san ctia shwo "Planetary variations," ^> 3r. -^ Tung che h'abu "Investigation regarding the winter solstice," jiff ~/J p ]j|fL Choo fang jth hew "The sun's course according to various latitudes," 3L -hf. /^ jy Woo sing ke yaou "Essentials of planetary astronomy," y£ /§= 2pw *^ Ho sing pun fa "The law of the motion of Mars," -|j I^X 5rH J=P- Ts'eth ching se ts'abu " Calculations for the paths of the sun, moon and planets," ^jy^ p -^ /^_ )f>[j -^ Kwei jth how sing ke yaou "Ob- servations of the sun and stars," . jgQ fffl g;£ XJrh mtng poo choo "Supplementary remarks on two astronomical instruments," |j|r 2p fiffi 7$£ Leth heo peen che "Explan- ation of the Ming dynasty chronology," ^£ J^f ie^ JlL Keaou shth kwan keen "Brief remarks on eclipses," -j*, ^ ^. >}C Keaou shth mung h'ew "Inquiry regarding solar eclipses," pf ;Pc 1«T nlr ^ 0< ? wa« yew Zeo "Notes on ancient arithmetic, -^ J^- Ch'ow swan "On the principle of Napier's rods," ^p. -pi- Pe£7i s-icara "On written arithmetic," JsC -p^ /fifS j*ylj T'oo «wa» s/«A Ze "Explanation of trigonometrical calcu- lations," JJ %E Fang ch'ing "Equations," Ttj /Jx )m WL Keu kob ch'en we "Mys- teries of the right-angled triangle revealed," ~1 yQ JS^^r j5C San keo fa keii yaou "Essentials of trigonometry," jy-f fflj pg] ^_ fj% Keae ko yuen che kdn "Elucidation I I ga g *-*+f Jjjj. of the dissection of the circle," JJ |ff| ^jv 4'M Fang yuen meth tseih "Areas of the square and circle," ?H I^I ^jfj 7j>|g Ke ho poo peen "Supplementary treatise on geo- metry," -^y* |pf ftj jff, Shadu kwang shth e "Gleanings on evolution," Hx Jg iM'j ffi Ts'e'en too ts'th liiavg "Mensuration of earthwork." Besides the above collection, Mei left 59 other works on kindred subjects, the greater part of which have been al- lowed to remain in manuscript. A minor essay of this author has been published with the title ^p £[£$ gJJ Heo leth shwo, in which in a dialogue form, he urges the impor- tance of a general knowledge of the principles of astronomy, as a means of overturning ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 91 astrological superstitions. Another published essay by the same, is entitled £j -p|. |jjj ^f Kob swan k'e k'abu "Inquiry regarding ancient calculating instruments," in which he shews that the use of the abacus in China is comparatively recent, probably not earlier than the 12th century. The ||S[ *o5jb Soo he'd, in 8 books, is a series of strictures on Mei Wuh-gan's publi- cations, by JlE ^K Keang Yung, who wrote about the beginning of the 18th century, and adopted the principles laid down in the Lezh sedng Kabu ching. It discusses seriatim, — The Science of chronology, Variation in the length of the year, Length of the 24 solar periods, Elements for determining the winter solstice, i. e. the mean year, motion of the apsides, and variation in the diameter of the sun's cycle and epicycle, Discussion on the motions of the sun, moon and planets, Peculiarities in the motions of Venus and Mercury, Comparison of the native with the European theories, and Con- tributions to trigonometrical computation. The last section is further extended in a supplementary chapter. History and tradition alike warrant the belief that arithmetic has been cultivated as a science among the Chinese for many ages past. There are vague intimations of a work on this subject in 9 sections, having been used officially during the Chow dynasty. This is said to have suffered to some extent the fate of other literary works, at the time of the general burning during the Tsin. Imperfect fragments of the work are stated to have been collected together by 5$| y||* Chang Ts'ang in the early part of the Han, who arranged, corrected and edited them with additions, under the title Jh JfL ^c 'VH Kew chang swan shuh. Some think however from internal evidence, that it was not written earlier than the Christian era. A commentary on this is attributed to %jg\] ff$ Lew Hwuy, with the date a. d. 263; and an exposition was further added by Le Chun- fung of the Tang; in which state it seems to have been well-known during that dynasty. In the Sung it was preserved as a rarity, and was lost entirely during the Ming; the copy now preserved, was extracted piecemeal from the great cyclopedia Yung lo ta teen, but is found to agree very exactly with the quotations from and descriptions given of Le Chun-fung's work. It has been carefully corrected, reedited by able hands, and repeatedly republished in modern times. The names of the 9 sections which give the title to the book may be translated, — Plane mensuration, Proportion, Fellowship, Evolution, Mensuration of solids, Alligation, Surplus and deficit, Equations, and Tri- gonometry. This occupies 9 books, containing in all 246 problems, and there is an ad- ditional book at the end, with the sounds and meaning of the characters, by Le Tseih. It was formerly illustrated by diagrams, but these were already lost during the Sung. Next in order of time is the -jq^ ~j JpL jp$- Sun tsze swan king, which consists of a series of problems in arithmetic, with particular explanations of each proposition. It begins with scales of weights and measures and notation, which are followed by a table of the density of various mineral substances, and two rules for multiplication and divi- sion. Nothing is known of the author Sun tsze, but it is supposed to have been writ- ten about the 3rd century. The work as a whole has been long lost, and the editions now in circulation follow a copy made of extracts from the Yung 16 ta teen. The igSC fjtj" gQ jll, Soo shiih ke e, which professes to be written by fj^? M? Seu Yo 92 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. of the Han dynasty, is a small treatise in a very obscure style, which commencing with some vague Taouist phraseology, gives details on the Buddhist numeration, and parti- cularizes 14 professedly ancient systems of calculation. A commentary, said to be by jjb-$L fili Chin Lwan of the 6th century, enters with more minuteness into the subject. A work of this character and title is known to have been in existence during the Tang, but there is tolerably good evidence that it has been long lost since that time, and that the present is a later fabrication. Although however it is a spurious production, yet it is still an ancient work, and valued as such. The (Vf ^Bj -p^ ^f; Hae tabu swan king, consists of 9 problems in practical trigo- nometry, with minute elucidation, written by Lew Hwuy, and was originally appended as an exposition to the last book of the Keu> chang swan shuh. It was afterwards published as a separate volume with diagrams, under the title Ip. ;H? Chung ch'a, which refers to the method of taking observations by a series of stiles of different lengths. This was changed for the present title during the Tang, when a commentary was add- ed by Le Chun-fung. The ancient copies have all been long lost, and the present edi- tions are extracted from the Yung 16 td teen. The Jl ijlf -^ J$*E Woo tsaou swan king is a treatise by an unknown hand on five different classes of arithmetical problems, i. e. Land measure calculations, Military cal- culations, Calculations on the comparative value of grain, Calculations on the bulk of grain, and Calculations on the circulating medium. As there was a commentary on. this by Chin Lwan, the original is thought to be of earlier date than the 6th century. It was already out of print in the 12th century, since which time it has been handed down by manuscript copies very faulty, in the possession of private hands, until within a recent period, when these have been corrected by the dismembered extracts in the Yung 16 td i'cen, and several times republished. / \fc \}%jf _pL j$?£- Hed how ydng swan king is the most simple and practical of all the ancient arithmetical treatises. The subject matter is confined to the rules of the ancient Kew chang, but the author omits all questions that did not actually bear upon the business of daily life. There are some important notes on weights and mea- sures, especially on the variation in measures of capacity and length. It it not known when the author Hea-how Yang lived, but it is reported to have had a commentary by Chin Lwan, which would make it as early as the beginning of the 6th century at least; circumstances of a later period than Chin Lwan however are mentioned in the text, which has led to the belief that additions have been made by another hand. The work as a separate publication has long been lost sight of, and the copies as now res- tored and published, have been obtained from the Yung 16 td teen. It is so much divided into small sections in that thesaurus however, that it is very doubtful if we now have it in its exact ancient form. The JJL /$£ Jpl; -f/ftr Woo king swan shuh is a mathematical elucidation of various points stated in the Yih king, Shoo king, She king, Le ke, Chow le, E le, Ch'un ts'ew, Heaou king and Lun yu, written by Chin Lwan, and commented by Le Chun-fung. Besides its worth as a mathematical antiquity, it is valued for a number of quotations from ancient historical works, which have accumulated errors in the course of time. ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 93 Like the preceding works, this also was lost long before the present dynasty, and has been restored from the Yung Id td teen, which it is believed contains the complete work distributed in various parts. The 5ff Pp ^g -pL ^^ Chang k'ew keen swan king is an arithmetical treatise of uncertain date, by Chang K'ew-keen. It is only known that it was written posterior to those of Hea-how Yang and Sun tsze, both of which the author quotes, and must be at least as early as Chin Lwan who wrote a commentary on it. There is an elucidation of the problems appended, by ^lj 2p -jtj|» Lew Heaou-sun of the Tang, and notes by Le Chun-fung. It begins with exercises in Fractions, after which are 4 problems in Trigonometry, and these are followed by a variety of questions in Alligation, Mensura- tion of solids, Fellowship, and Plane mensuration. This work has come down to us perfect, from the edition printed in the Sung dynasty. The J0| £f J|L j^L Ts'eth koo swan king, by 3E '^r *S Wang Heaou-t'ung of the Tang dynasty, consists of 20 problems on the principle of Solid mensuration, with a commentary by the author. This treatise is considered somewhat abstruse by the na- tives. It has reached us entire, with the exception of a £ew lines at the end where part of the page in the ancient copy had been torn away. The author in his preface, offers a thousand taels of silver, to any one who will detect a single word of error in the work. An exposition was written on this book by ^H ^5C %^ Chang Tun-jin, in 1801, in which the working out of every problem is shewn at full length, according to the T'een yuen process. Old catalogues mention a book of the stars, with the title /g, ^fjj^ Sing king, written during the Han, by "tT $} Kan Kung and ^£j T^ Shih Shin. An ancient work with the same title is still extant; some have thought this to be the same, but it has been concluded on critical evidence, that it cannot be older than the Tang dynasty. The figures of the several constellations visible from the latitude of China are given, with a short description, and astrological notes to each. The H£ ^^ yh jp. Sod shoo kew chang, in 18 books, written by £!? /L tffi Tsin Kew-shaou in 1247, is almost the only treatise specially on arithmetic, which appeared during the Sung dynasty. Although it is divided into 9 sections, it is an entirely dif- ferent arrangement of subjects from the more ancient work with the same name. The first section contains a new formula for the resolution of indeterminate problems, called yX. VT Td yen, being analogous to the better known Hindoo process Cuttaca, which Colebrooke translates "Pulverizer." This forms the root of the following 8 sections, which treat respectively of,- — Chronological calculations, Land mensuration, Trigono- metrical calculations, State service, Imposts, Fortifications, Military calculations, and Barter. The most notable point however is the introduction of the ^A ~JQ T'een yuen, or Chinese system of Algebra, this being the earliest work in which this process is found. The numeral expressions are all written horizontally. A critical examination and cor- rection of the typographical and other errors in this was published in 1842, by^v^* p| Suns: King-ch'ang, with the title jgfc |l§^ j{j j|P 7§\j jf jj Soo shoo kew chang chd ke. The $$) |H *M lH Ts'ih yuen hae king, in 12 books, by ^ J'p Le Yay, bears x 94 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. date 1248. This is a work on trigonometrical calculation, illustrating at great length the T'een yuen process. The first page has a diagram of a circle contained in a tri- angle, which is dissected into 15 different figures; the definitions and ratios of the several parts are then given, and these are followed by 170 problems, in which the principles of the new science are seen to advantage. There is an exposition and scho- lia throughout by the author. A series of explanatory notes were added by ^p s$/£ Le Juy, when it was republished in 1797. It is said, that the author having collected several hundred books of his own manuscript, when on his death-bed he committed them to the care of his son, with the injunction to burn them all except the work in question, which he valued above the others. The fifc pf Jja j|j£. Yih kob yen t'wan is another production of the same author, written in 1282, and consists of 64 geometri- cal problems, illustrating the principles of Plane mensuration, Evolution, and other rules, the whole being developed by means of the T'een yuen. In 1261, -flji W§- Yang Hwuy wrote a treatise explanatory of the arithmetical for- mulas in the last 5 sections of the ancient Kew chang, with the title fr^p ffyf yL EfT J^- JQ^ Ts'eang keae kew chang swan fa, the last part of which is a classified arrangement of the ancient text. In the course of ages, numerous errors having crept into the exist- ing copies of this work, a critical examination, with a rectification of the defects, was published in 1842, by Sung King-ch'ang, with the title f^ M % Jjl JC S" ft IE Ts'eang keae kew chang swan fa cha ke. In 1275, the same author completed ano- ther work on arithmetic in 6 books, entitled %y W$- -^ J^" Yang hwuy swan fa. This consists of, — Ready methods for calculating land measure, Arithmetical transformations, Thesaurus of multiplicational and divisional transformations, Application of arithmeti- cal formulas, and Problems supplementary to ancient authors, The use of the T'een yuen and horizontal notation are found to a small extent in this treatise. Like the preceding, in the copies that have come down to us, the faults are very numerous, and these have also been corrected by the same author, in a pamphlet entitled ^5gr jtEfc- ^c JS? -TL bD Yang hwuy swan fa cha ke. The -^- &p ^x §Pf Swan h'eo k'e mung is a general treatise on arithmetic, by ~7f. Jm" H£ Choo She-kee, published in 1299, containing 259 problems on the various branches of calculation and mensuration, with ample exposition and notes, in the latter part of which a good deal of use is made of the T'een yuen. The work had been lost in China for several centuries, and was recently recovered from a Corean envoy in the capital, having been reprinted in that country in 1660. A new edition was issued at Yang-chow in 1829. The same author completed the |Z-| fXt Ji vm. Sze yuen yuh keen in 1303, which is a development of an extension of the T'een yuen algebra, by using four symbols of quantity instead of one, or rather using the equivalent of symbols in the peculiar manner of arranging the positions. There are 288 problems in all, many of them of considerable complexity; some containing several unknown quantities, and involving the extraction of roots, sometimes as high as the 13th power, which is per- formed by exactly the same process as that discovered by Horner in 1819, known as his "Rule for solving equations of all orders," forming an essential part of the T'een ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 95 yuen also. This like the other work of Choo was unknown to the public during the Ming dynasty, and has been transmitted in private libraries by manuscript copies, one of which was obtained during the present century, by \>jXi ~JC Yuen Yuen, who published it with a further elucidation by ||1 ^g ^§* L6 Ming-heang, in 1836, under the title P5J j£ 3£ ;Hl ^fH W- Sz ^ P u ^ n V® 1 ^ en se ts ' a ° u - An elaborate develop- ment of the principle of the Sze yuen or "Four monad" process, by L6 Ming-heang, was also published the same year, with the title y}f\ y£ 3jlp j$J See yuen shih le. The J § -^ '/a 1 Ting keu swan fa is a collection of problems in arithmetic, with little apparent order in the arrangement. There are a few rules given, and an exposi- tion to each problem, the horizontal notation being occasionally employed. This was written by Ting Keu. in 1355. The 3H! Hfl Am *P> T'ow Veen se tsabu is a work similar in character to the pre- ceding, but more minute in the expository details. It was probably written about the same period, but the author's name is lost. About the middle of the Ming dynasty, %F yC vL Ch'ing Ta-wei composed the JpL 53? W$i ?jV Swan fa (ung tsung, in 17 books, the main object of which is to elucidate the principle of the abacus, in its application to the rules of arithmetic. It gives a general detail of the formulae of the Kew chang ; but there is little originality, and the style of the composition is rugged and prolix in the extreme. The |S$J 3C JPc "TO T'ung wan swan che, in 10 books, is a treatise on arithmetic, by Le Che-tsaou, published in 1614, being a digest of the science as then known in Europe, which had been communicated to him by Ricci. It is divided into two parts; the first or preliminary portion merely containing the rules for Notation, Addition, Sub- traction, Multiplication, Division, and the various operations of Fractional computation. The second part which comprises four fifths of the whole, treats at great length on the Rule of three in all its phases, Extraction of roots, and Trigonometrical calculations. There is scarcely anything in this work that is not to be found in the ancient native treatise Kew chang, while the latter contains several points actually in advance of the new system. But mathematical studies having been long dormant in China, when the Jesuits arrived, few if any of the native scholars knew what the ancient works con- tained, and the missionaries were left to teach many things as new, which had been well understood in China for ages past. The consequence was the introduction of a new nomenclature in place of the old established terminology, and the latter having been since restored by native mathematicians, there are now two systems of terms, both which being partially or simultaneously adopted in many modern treatises, have intro- duced a looseness and inaccuracy of phraseology, little to the advantage of mathematical studies. There are two prefaces to this treatise, by Le Che-tsaou and Seu Kwang-k'e. Although the Chinese were well versed in trigonometry, both plane and spherical, the latter having been introduced in the 13th century, yet the science of geometry as handed down from the time of Euclid, was altogether new to them. The first 6 books of the "Elements of Geometry," having been orally translated by Ricci, and written out by Seu Kwang-k'e, under the title ^§jg 'fnf Jjj| 2|£ Ke ho yuen pun, were much studied by mathematicians, among which class the work has retained its popularity 96 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. ever since. It has notes throughout translated from Clavius, under whom Ricci stu- died the exact sciences. The last 9 books have been recently translated, and were published at Sung-keang, in 1857. The 3L iH. -f^f B^ rr? Woo sing hing too keae is a short treatise on the planetary system, by Wang Seih-tan mentioned above, in which he abandons the Ptolemaic the- ory, then recognized as the doctrine of Europe, and propounds a system substantially the same as that of Tycho Brahe, placing the earth in the centre, and making the five planets revolve about the sun in its circuit round the earth. This he published as his own theory, in opposition to the astronomy of the west, and there is nothing improba- ble in the opinion that he thought it out for himself; although it is possible he may have got some hints on the subject, from the missionaries then in China, who were quite familiar with the principles of Tycho's system. The yC 7C n=t S :3E ilF T'een yuen leih le tseuen shoo, in 51 books, is a trea- tise on astronomy and chronology, by f^ gjjf Seu Fa, published in 1682. It is divided into 8 parts, on — First principles, Examination of ancient records, Determination of laws, Chronology of ages, Verification of periods, Critical investigation of the classics histories and commentaries, Narrative of celestial observations through successive ages, and Record of celestial observations. The author does not shew much skill in regard to mathematics, but has considerable talent for the critical investigation of antiquity. He adopts without reserve, the chronology of the Chuh shoo ke neen and the Keih chung chow shoo, which he discusses at some length, and gives the result in a tabular form, beginning with the year b. c. 2164 and extending to a. d. 1662. He has some notes on the Buddhist cosmogony, which he seems to think may reconciled with European theory. In 1713, the same year that the Leih sedng k'abu ching was completed, a companion work from the same source also appeared, containing the mathematical processes initia- tory to the astronomical formulae in the above. This gives a comprehensive detail of the science of arithmetic as it then stood, embracing all the recent European introduc- tions, under the title §gS[ Igi /fpj %m. Sod le tsing yun, and is divided into three parts. The first part in 5 books is discursive and theoretical, in which the origin of numera- tion is traced up to the ancient sages of China, and the nucleus of the Chow pe is given with a commentary. Next is a treatise on Geometry, giving the theory of linear mea- surements, which is followed by a demonstration of the theory of numbers. The second part in 40 books is practical being divided into 5 sections, the first of which gives Weights, Measures, Notation, and the initial rules of arithmetic; the second section treats of linear measurement in all its varieties; the third is on surfaces, with their re- lative proportions; the fourth is on solids of every kind plane and curved. The last sec- tion contains the earliest record we have of the process of European Algebra, which had been introduced into China by some of the missionaries, under the title jg $$ J] Tsedy hdnfang. The native algebra T'een yuen does not seem to have been known by the compilers, as it is not even mentioned. This section also gives the earliest complete treatise on Logarithms, which is followed by details on the use of the sector. The third part contains 8 books of tables; — first the 8 lines of the trigonometrical ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 97 canon for every 10 seconds; next is a table of factors of numbers up to 100,000, with a catalogue of prime numbers at the end; then follows a table of logarithms of natural numbers up to 100,000, which appears to be a transcript of Vlacq's table published in Holland in 1628, as it contains the six errors of that table faithfully copied; the last two books are a table of the logarithms of the 8 lines of the trigonometrical canon for every 10 seconds. The above publication with the Leih seeing k'aou ching, and a third work on music, entitled -f^ Q JLc fca Leuh leu ching e, together constitute the grand thesaurus of the exact sciences, known as the f|l Jffi )/jj] i))f s Leuh leih yuenyuen, drawn up under direct imperial superintendence, commenced during the years of K'ang-he, completed in those of Yung-clung, and published early in the Keen-lung period. The treatise on music, which is held to be closely connected with mathematics, is divided into three parts, the first of which is occupied with the theory of music, including the proportional dimensions of wind and stringed instruments; the second part reduces to practice the preceding principles, in their application to the different kinds of instruments in use in China; the third part is a description of the European system of music, drawn up by the aid of Thomas Pereyra, and an Italian missionary called by the Chinese Tih Le-kih. It is illustrated by specimens of European musical notation, and like the other parts of the work, is exceedingly clear and simple in style, the whole being engraved in the highest perfection of art. As a supplement to the preceding, an elaborate work on music was published in 1746, with the title ffl § lE ^g§ -^g /$|g Leuh leu ching e how p'e'en, in 120 books, professing to be from the imperial hand. Under 10 heads, this gives a minute detail of all matters connected with the music for the several depart- ments of the state service, throughout the successive dynasties, with a discussion of the mathematical questions connected with the subject. The f§$t i§: iij Sod foo yen, in 23 books, is a mathematical summary, compiled by JJ T~* iS Fang Chung-t'ung, early in the present dynasty, he having inherited a taste for such studies from his father ~JJ ]^X ^J Fang E-che, who held a high office under the Ming, and was distinguished for his attainments in the science. The attach- ment of the father to the fallen dynasty, drew upon the son the suspicion of the ruling powers, and he was consequently obliged to retire from public notice for a season. From this cause the above-named work remained in manuscript for thirty years, before the author took any steps towards the publication, and it was not till about 1721 that it issued from the press. After some initiatory chapters on the source of numbers and music, it gives a treatise on Geometry, drawn up from Eicci's translation of Euclid; next is given the method of calculation by the abacus, after the Swan fa t'ung tsung, a treatise on the abacus published in the Ming dynasty; next are successive chapters on Written arithmetic, the use of Napier's rods, and calculations by the Sector, all which he seems to have learned from the T'ung wan swan che, and the Sin fa swan shoo; after these the several rules of the Kew chang are expounded at great length, following the same order in which they are given in the Sod le tsing yun. The Fy /jp£. (y| ||^ Keit kob yin mung, an elementary treatise on mathematics, by rJfc or Ch'in Heu, was completed in 1722, being in great part a compilation from T 98 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. previous works. It begins with a rule for Addition from the T'ung wan swan che ; Subtraction is borrowed from Mei Wuh-gan's Peih swan ; Multiplication is from the Swan fa t'ilng tsung ; Division is taken from Mei's Ch'ow swan. Next is a chapter on Notation, in which the author adopts the European horizontal plan. The following chapters are on Evolution, and the use of the Right-angled triangle, but in neither of these is the subject thoroughly expounded. The next chapter, on Trigonometry, is from Mei's San he'd fa keu yaou, with explanatory details. The last chapter is an ab- breviated table of the Lines of trigonometry, as given in the first translated European works. There appears to be little original in the work, but it may be useful to a beginner. The -jfE ^p" 505' irF T'uy poo fa kea.e is a treatise on practical astronomy, by Keang Yung, consisting of a number of arithmetical formulae for calculating the conditions of the sun and planets. The first part is on the calculation of the sun's course; the next is for the moon's path; after which follows the rules for computing lunar eclipses; this is succeeded by corresponding rules for solar eclipses; and the last contains particular directions for the calculation of each of the five planets. The iM J\ p|flj yC Leth tae lun teen, by Ttyj $n ^§ Yang Chaou-kih, is a narra- tive of the progress of astronomical science in China, from the earliest period, down to the present dynasty, with a discussion of the changes that have taken place in the com- putation of the elements, through successive dynasties. The y^ Jp^ Ts'zh swan is a treatise on the use of Napier's rods in calculation, writ- ten by Jg^ ,p| Tae Chin, in 1744. This art was first introduced into China by James Rho, while holding office in the Astronomical board, near the close of the Ming dynas- ty, and is still used by mathematicians. The |Pj ^|f* yj^s yC Shdng shoo shih I'een, in 6 books, is an explanation of the As- tronomy of the Shoo king, by 4§5i r * Shing Pih-urh, written between the years 1749 and 1753. The author seems to have a thorough knowledge of the different pre- vailing astronomical theories, and prefers the Tychonic to the old Ptolemaic system. The yt» §>[ iffl -*y Kew sod t'ung Jc'aou, in 12 books, published in 1773, is merely an epitome of the Sod le tsing yun, by /^ gj $!J< K'euh Tsang-fa, who says he first procured that work when on a visit to the capital in 1745, which led to his application to mathematical pursuits, and laid the foundation for the treatise in question. The |||j yg] 1^§ ^i ^g J(3f Kb yuen meih suh tsee fa is an elucidation of a new method of finding the lines of trigonometry, by means of infinite series. The work was begun by W/J y£ |gj Ming Gan-t'o6, a Manchu and President of the Astronomical board, about the middle of the 18th century, and was completed by his pupil yfR. |^ 7$T Ch'in Tsesin, in 1774. The principle of this method had been introduced by a European missionary, called by the Chinese Too Teih-mei, and is extended by Ming, who adopts a number of arbitrary roots on the algebraic principle. The first part of the work con- tains the rules for finding the several lines of the canon from certain data; the next gives the application of the preceding rules to the resolution of given problems; and the last is an explanation of the theory. ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 99 rp, -tli £& axb ■=£ D , ' - ^ v. 4&H 53? ^fe r^ - t> v .j. , ,. , , . 1 he t ^ 7$%. *j^ -^ re wet so yen, by jJ3| ^ pj bo .raou-ts ing, published in 1800, is a popular little work giving the leading points in arithmetic, trigonometry, geography, and astronomy, in a simple form, illustrated by cuts of the stars and the celestial sphere, and other diagrams. The author shews that he is indebted to European teaching for much of his matter. The ^j£ ^H" J|L "jf? ~/\, 3C j$C King shoo swan h'eo Veen wan k'abu is an elucida- tion of the various mathematical and astronomical problems occurring in the classical and canonical works, written by pjt 7^ Up Ch'in Mow-ling, in 1797. This contains the discussion of a number of questions omitted in the Woo king swan shah, and the operations are carried to a greater degree of refinement, by means of the modern im- provements in the science. The 1*X5j=j* J^ s|^ Hang chae swan shuh, in 6 books, is a treatise on several theo- rems in trigonometry, by Yx, 3K Wang Lae, written in the latter part of last century, and published in 1802. The author is evidently an original thinker, and shews a very clear knowledge of his subject. The >J<. — ' Jp|. -f^ftf K'ew yth swan shuh is a small treatise written by Chang Tun- jin, in 1803, on the K'eio yth, which is the process employed by Tsin Kew-shaou in the operation of the Ta yen formula. The first part gives the rules for the several steps of the process; the second contains the application to a miscellaneous selection of indeterminate problems; and the third shews the main object to which this formula is applied, in calculating the distance of any period of time from the epoch in a given system, which is illustrated at great length in five problems. The fpj )=f. H^ >J<. Kaou how mung k'ew is a collection of articles relating to astro- nomical science, drawn up at various times during the Kea-k'ing period, by f^? !§£j / f^. Seu Ch'aou-seun. It is divided into 5 parts, the first of which is occupied with the elementary facts of astronomy, and includes a very ancient description of the sidereal heavens. The second part contains the elements of geography. The third part con- sists of rules and directions for dialling, plates of 45 constellations, tables and rules for finding the time by the moon and stars, and plates and description of clockwork. The fourth part is on celestial and terrestrial maps and globes, and solar observations with the rules relating thereto. The fifth part is a table of the sun's altitude at various la- titudes, seasons and hours. There are two large planisphere maps of the heavens pub- lished with this work, giving the names of the several constellations north and south, and the numbers of the stars in Chinese and Arabic numerals. The author has evi- dently been under much obligation to the writings of foreigners for his information, but he is far from placing an implicit faith in all that they say, and steadily refuses to admit the earth's motion as a probable fact. ■ Jk; f-y. \t£* ~p - The -^ y\ *H, ilj Le she e shoo is a collection of the posthumous works of Le Juy, published in 1823. This author who died in 1818, is probably the most distinguished writer on mathematics during the present century. There are 11 works in the above collection; — i. e. Examination of the chronology in the 1st section of the 5th book of the Shoo king, Explanation of the zEl 7§t San t'ung chronology, Explanation of the 100 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. |Z"J yj* Sze fun chronology, Explanation of the ipt* |yc Keen seeing chronology, Ex- planation of the j^£ 7C Fung yuen chronology, Explanation of the ffj J\. Chen t'een chronology, On discrepancies in the measure of the day, Exposition of a new system of equations, Minute exposition of trigonometrical formulae, Minute exposition of "Rules for calculating arcs and versed-sines," and Observations on Evolution. The last but one of these is an elucidation of the problems in the y)*S y^ -P; fjtf Hoo she swan shiih, a treatise on the Arc and Versed-sine, written by @| $£ jjfjp Rod Ying-tseang, about the middle of the Ming dynasty. The latter had gathered his ideas on this sub- ject from a work by 5|v Tf* Wt Ko Show-king of the Yuen, entitled fx B^f i8 ^ Show she leih ts'abu, in which by means of the T'een yuen, he developes the applica- tion of arcs and versed-sines in the system of chronology of which he was the author. In Koo's time the T'een yuen having fallen into disuse for more than a hundred years, he failed to catch the spirit of the process, and having pondered over the trigonometri- cal subtleties of Ko Show-king's work, he removed every vestige of the T'een yuen, and published a series of illustrative problems, accompanied by an exposition according to the common rules of arithmetic, with the above-named title, as he had before pub- lished the Ts'ih yuen hae king, subject to the same expurgation. Le Juy reverses the operation, and gives the working out of Koo's problems according to the T'een yuen. The ygj J\. IHJ jfJt Yuen t'een t'oo shwd is a general treatise on astronomy, by ^p *jq 1M)t Le Ming-ch'e, a Taouist priest, published in 1821. The author adopts the Ptolemaic system as given by Diaz in the T'een wan led, giving the modern correc- tions for the various elements. In a supplement however, nearly as large as the origi- nal, he seems to have changed his views, and adopts the Tychonic theory. The work is illustrated throughout with well-cut diagrams. The ^f Jff[ 7&X ilyj Tsang hwang sin shuh is a collection of original problems in astronomy, regarding solar and lunar determinations, written by L6 Ming-heang, in 1821. The hj jjjt 4fr zl -IP' ftj jig, Keu kob yung san sze shih e was written in 1826 by the same hand, and is intended to elucidate the principle of the right-angled triangle, by means of the T'een yuen, regarding particularly the contained circle, square, and perpendicular of the hypotheneuse. In 1827, this author wrote the jj& yC /t* J\ Yen yuen kew shih, consisting of an extended development of the capabilities of the Sze yuen, or Quadriliteral algebra, which is elucidated at considerable length in 9 problems. The ^tj? sBp£ ?£f| JJ^ Tae chuy tseth yen is another production of the same author, written in 1837, being a treatise on the geometrical properties of the cone, the operations in which are all performed by the T'een yuen. The g|J\ yX ^ y\($ ^}f Hoo she swan shuh pod, written by the same author in 1840, is an extension of Le Juy's treatise on the Arc and Versed-sine, containing nearly four times the original number of problems, with a lengthy development of the rules for each, according to the T'een yuen. There is an introductory section by Yuen Yuen. Another small work which L6 Ming-heang completed the same year as the preceding, is entitled zl ^g ^0 ^ JrL ^J San keo ho keaou swan le, consisting of 24 problems, embracing 96 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 101 rules on the calculation of angles, the aim of the author being to shew, that the ancient doctrine of the right-angled triangle contains the principle of the modern trigonometry imported from Europe. The ffi) fffc ^ jrftr S& S£ Chow woo chuen tiny ming k'aou, by the same hand, is a chronological investigation, to ascertain the date of an ancient vase kept at Tseaou shan (Silver island) in the Yang-tsze keang. The only data fur- nished on the inscription are — that it belongs to the Chow dynasty, at a period when the day after full of the 9ch month was the 31st day of the cycle. This he determines to be in the 16th year of _g. ^ Seuen wang, which according to the commonly re- ceived chronology, would be B.C. 812. The yC yi ^M T'een wan luy consists of a collection of extracts from ancient works regarding Astronomy. The ~7fi ^$1 PJ 7^ ip^ c|? Ts'uy wet shan fang swan heo is a mathematical com- pendium published in the earlier part of the Taou-kwang period, by 5j| \y 7ff$ Chang Tso-nan, in 38 books, consisting of 15 parts, on — Solid mensuration, including a chap- ter on European algebra, Additional rules for plane mensuration, Supplementary sec- tion on Solid and plane mensuration, which treats of the T'een yuen algebra, Tables of the eight lines of the canon, Logarithmic tables of the eight lines, Problems on sphe- rical trigonometry, Chief points in spherical trigonometry, Tables of terrestrial longi- tude and latitude, Latitude and solar tables, Tables of altitude throughout the year, Maps and tables of the fixed stars, Maps and tables of the meridian stars, Tables of meridian stars according to the several watches, Tables of meridian stars according to the several hours, and Formulas for calculating eclipses. This appears to be a compila- tion from various sources, with nothing original; there is a want of uniformity also, the numbers in some of the tables being read from right to left, and in others from left to right; it is useful however as a book of reference. The 5U> y^. Jp^ $$ >$EI -=P IS) .finF Hoo she swan shuh se ts'abu Coo keae is an elu- cidation of Le Juy's 5J1> ffc Jfl- y$f jjt|J| Jp. Hoo she swan shuh se ts'aou " Minute ex- position of Rules for calculating arcs and versed-sines," written by 'iiSj ^h £h Fung Kwei-fun, one of his pupils, in 1839, and illustrated by diagrams; the additional mat- ter being chiefly from the mauuscript notes he had made under Le's personal instruc- tion. Another production of the same writer is the )$C jH~ 7G ^nP T"' ^E. ^ Heen fung yuen neen chung sing peabu, being tables of 100 meridian stars for the year 1851. First is a table giving the minute when each passes the meridian, for twelve successive periods throughout the year; next is a table of the right ascension, annual precession and magnitude of each; which is followed by a table for turning degrees of right as- cension into time or vice versa. The Jl; 5® 1 y^C WL Swan fa ta ching, in 21 books, is a compendium of mathematics of recent date, by $jf jfc Ch'in K'ee, in two parts, the first of which was published in 1843, and contains the common rules of Arithmetic, Logarithms, and Plane and sphe- rical trigonometry; the second part, which appears to be still in manuscript, treats of Mathematical chronology, and Practical rules regarding Agriculture and Military ser- vice. The author states it to be his object merely to give simple and useful rules, and z 102 ASTKONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. consequently omits all notice of the T'een yuen and kindred processes, which be re- gards as rather curious than edifying. For the mechanical part of calculation, he pre- fers the abacus as the most convenient, after which he places Napier's rods, and consi- ders pencil calculation as the least advantan£eous of all. The ^^ If? E yew luh, by |j$)jif J|. Lo T'ang-fung, published in 1843, two years after the author's death, consists of a series of articles including problems on the salient points of mathematics, ancient and modern. The European notation is generally adopted, hut that of the T'een yuen is also used occasionally. The latter process is explained, as also the European algebra, the K'ew yih, Trigonometry, and the ancient native system of Equations. Another treatise of the same author was published at the same time, with the title p] Jj ^p jylj K\ie fang shih U, explaining the theory of Evolution in all its ramifications, including an ample detail of the ancient method known as $0 4j| Job tseih. which is identical with Horner's recently discovered method. The y> yL $T z^c W^ Lv.h hew been swan shoo is a collection consisting of 5 ma- thematical treatises written by -0] j^J Lew Hang in the earlier part of the present century, and published in 1851. These consist of. — Dialling by the sector, New me- thod of measurement by the right angled triangle, Ready method of extracting roots by Napier's rods, Simple statement of the rules of algebra, and Simple statement of the rule of Position, with an additional chapter, supplementary to Wang Heaou-t'urg's T-'ei/i kob swan king. The author who held office as Intendent of circuit in Hod-nan province, acknowledges his obligation to Europeans for much of his mathematical know- ledge, and states that he was especially led to the study, by perusing the Leu leih yuen yuen. At the present day, there are not a few native scholars given to mathematical stu- dies, but it is rarely that the result of their labours are given to the public. Some few treatises however that have been published by authors now living, are calculated to give a very favourable impression of native genius. Among these, the 35? .K ^fS 7 pm .01- «p? Woo min e chae swan heo, in 9 books, by J/f; -^ H~* Seu Yew-jin, the pre- sent Governor of Keang-soo, consists of a series of articles on the mensuration of circu- lar and elliptic bodies, trigonometrical formulas, and rules for the calculation of eclipses. The same author published another small treatise in 1856, entitled }§, ^j' -?? Hfl JSC Tsabu ko peubu keen fa, being a new method for calculating tables of the several lines of Trigonometry, both in natural and logarithmic numbers; which is followed by an article on the calculation of sections of spherical and spheroidal bodies. These are full of original thought, and shew the work of a man perfectly at home in his subject. About the year 1845. ^p =jlf |f|j Le Shen-lan a self-taught student issued a small treatise, entitled Jj |gj ||U JasI Fang yuen ch'enyew, in which he shews by a differen- tial process, that the excess of the square over its contained circle, is equal to the aggre- gate of an infinite series of pyramids. In another treatise entitled 5U> y%. ^X ifl!** H°° she k'e pe, he gives new rules for deducing the several lines from each other, espe- cially the arc from the secant and vice versa, which had not been given in any previ- ous native work. A novelty in his method consists in dispensing with division which ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. 103 had been used hitherto, and merely employing multiplication and division. A few years later another work of Le's, the gSj %gH ffiz g§{ Tuy sob Van yuen appeared, be- ing an investigation of the theory of Logarithms, in which by an original train of thought, he has arrived at something like the same result as Gregory St. Vincent, when he discovered the Quadrature of the Hyperbola in the 17th century. The 5fcT fcX ^m Hi Tuy sob keen fa is a Ready method for computing Logarithms, by H£ }${ Tae Heu, in which he discovers as he thinks for the first time an interme- diate table for facilitating the calculation of common logarithms. This intermediate table appears to the same as Napier's system of logarithms, though there is every rea- son to believe that this author was unaware that he had been already forestalled. In a supplement to the same work he gives a further refinement of his process, making great use of the Napierian modulus, which he arrives at in the course of his operations. Besides the preceding works, which are all more or less of scientific pretensions, there are a number of arithmetic books of a much more practical character, intended for instruction in the use of the abacus. One of the most elaborate of these is the |]jOf| ■pE ■%} TO JB: iS? Keen tsee e ming swan fa, compiled by 1^/L it %±. Ch'in Sze- kwei. during the 17th century, after the model of the Swan Jd t'ung tsung. The )$[ 0£< zFc vSr K'e mung swan tsee, drawn up by ^glj #f[jj Lew Lun, and published in 1714, is much simpler in plan. The -pL 0f $& ^ *fB 1W s^ _c- Swan fa t'ung tsung che nan id tseuen, published in 1800, is an epitome of the >wdnfa t'ung tsung. The JpL_ ^ ^x H? *wan heb k'e mung, compiled by jj^ ^u ^ Woo Chaou-chin, in 1818, consists almost entirely of directions for the use of the abacus, giving in a ta- bular form. Another production of the same class is called the *fg *jg -^ $9j Che whig swan fa. But probably the most initiatory one of all, is a little book known merely by the name J?|. Ififc Swan fa. The gjRifjg J^ J|2j $£ tjV ~j\. ^E Yin poo swan fa t'ung tsung td tseuen, written in 1833. is a complete tradesman's manual for money transactions, giving, besides the common rules in arithmetic, a most elaborate code of directions for all that regards the receipt and payment of silver. One of the most popular and widely circulated productions of the imperial Astrono- mical Board, is the a|\ /£. ^ ^p ^fff - K'in ting wan neen shoo, which is a chronolo- gical table of the successive emperors of China, from the year b. c. 2637. For the reigning dynasty, the times of the 24 solar periods throughout the year are given, from the commencement well into the 20th century. This was first issued in the early part of the 18th century. Another publication of the same board is entitled the wK /£. -y i5£ |l=J j|j\ f%) ^T' E5 K'in ting ts'eih ching sze yu wdn neen shoo, being an ephe- meris of the sun, moon, and five planets, with the places of the moon's perigee, apogee and nodes. This seems to have originated during the time Schaal held office, and is published at remote intervals. But the organ by which this board make its influence preeminently felt throughout the empire is the Almanac, which is issued annually, with the title Hvf o?^ ^fff - She keen shoo, compiled as the title page announces, after the 104 DIVINATION. method of the Sod le tsing yun. Besides the astronomical portion of this ephemeris however, there is also an abundance of astrological notes interspersed to make it ac- ceptable to the nation at large. Besides the official volume, almanacs compiled by pri- vate hands are exceedingly numerous. The contributions of foreigners in recent times to works of this class, have not been extensive. In 1849, Dr. Hobson published a popular digest of modern European Astro- nomy, with the title JK. %. ^Ir Plffl T'een wan liio lun. This gives a plain view of the solar system, referring the motions of the orbs to the influence of gravitation, and pointing to God as the author of all the stupendous works of creation. In 1859, a translation of Herschel's "Outlines of Astronomy," in 18 books, was published at Shanghae, with the title p|$. Jt Tan t'een. In 1853, the ||£ ^ MJC He Sod heo k'e mung appeared, which is a compendium of arithmetical rules including logarithms, with a table of the latter up to 10,000. The f\^ §?£ ^p? Tae sod heo, in 13 books, is a translation of De Morgan's Algebra; and the \\i \f$L ^ff f£j ;j$( Tae we tseih shih keik, in 18 books, is a translation of Loomis' "Analytical Geometry and Differential and Integral Calculus." Celestial Charts and Atlases are not at all uncommon, the stars being distin- guished according to their acknowledged magnitudes, and separated into constella- tions, the members of which are connected together by right lines, which seems a more rational, and certainly not less efficient method than the pictorical representa- tions on European charts. A map of the heavens in two hemispheres divided by the ecliptic, executed originally by Ignatius Kegler, has been several times republished under the title ]pf )jf[ jj$||! ^g. |§J Hwang tabu tsung sing t'oo, with a tabulated cata- logue of all the stars, giving their latitude and longitude. One of the best works of this class is that published in 1855, under the direction of ^p ^H 'ffj Le Chaou-lo, and drawn up by his pupils, with the title '|JJ £eL /JY> iM.'4jt $? >K IM| Han sing ch'zh tabu king wei t'oo t'oo. This contains a planisphere map of the whole celestial globe, two maps of the equatorial hemispheres, two maps of the northern and southern cir- cumpolar regions, and twenty four plates of the remaining portion of the heavens, di- vided into so many equal parts. Every degree of right ascension and declination is marked by a red line; and the stars of each constellation are numbered. In 1851, a large chart in two hemispheres was published by y> Jj^ Luh Yen, the principal com- piler of the preceding, and with the same title. This has a catalogue annexed, which is disfigured by the prevailing tendency to astrological indications. A new chart of the heavens in two equatorial hemispheres was published by ^ ^ Ye T'ang, in 1847, entitled l |5| Jg. ^T» *& 3E IMJ Han sing ch'ih tabu tseuen t'oo, with a general list of the constellations, giving the number of stars in each. The same author has published maps of the whole celestial sphere in 24 sections. 7. The singular class of writings included in the denomination fftj" §?& Shuh sod "Divination," claim and apparently with good reason, a hereditary descent from the Yih king, the most ancient of the Classics. The art seems to have been much prac- tised in China like most other nations in former times; but although the historical DIVINATION. 105 works give extensive details on the subject under the term of Woo king, few separate treatises of a very early date are preserved. During the Sung dynasty the practice experienced a vigorous revival, and some books were then written on the subject, which have become standards of appeal. The Yuen dynasty also produced its authors in this class, one of the best known of whose productions is the Jjf |jv |flj gft Ylh sedng too shwo, in 6 books, by J/jf ^t Chang Le. These books treat respectively of, — the Original Ho too and Lo shoo, two figures consisting of a certain arrangement of numbers, and said to have appeared miraculously to the two ancient sages Fuh he and the Great Yu, the Primitive strokes of the diagrams in the Yih king, an Elucidation of the use of the divining straws, the Numbers inherent in forms, the .Strokes of the diagrams, and the Numeration of degrees. The reference of the treatise is to every kind of affair celestial and terrestrial, with special directions for the computation. The pq 7C W >Ke K'ae yuen chen king, in 120 books, appears to have been writ- ten in the former part of the 8th century, by -|jl |l|| j&i 3JH K'eu-t'an-seih-t'a, a Hin- doo who held the office of imperial historiographer. The great bulk of this work con- sists of rules for the divinatory art, and that chiefly astrological, being little prized on this account by the Chinese; but as an antiquity it retains its value, containing as it does the substance of many earlier writings, which are now to be found no where else. The most important part however is the 103rd to the 105th books, which give the only detailed account we have of several ancient systems of chronology. Among these the yti ^Pfc £ot Kew chth leih is a system of Hindoo chronology, translated from an Indian work by the author. This gives the Hindoo decimal notation, and a number of arith- metical rules used by that people. The modern editions have an introductory note by yj% — ' !,ft Chang Yih-he, dated 1617, who states an ancient copy to have been dis- covered inside a Buddhist image, by his brother; since that period it has been several times republished. The practice of G-eomancy is also as old as the Christian era, but although there is a small treatise on this subject, entitled the -^ ;jf}£ Tsih king, attributed to the ancient Hwang-te, which is of course an utterly fabulous ascription, and was doubtless added long atter the book was written, which appears to have been during the Sung dynasty, yet this is thought to contain more of the spirit of the ancient art than any other writing extant. The subject is on the selection of sites for dwelling houses. The yjg> ff'fl /^ Han lung king is a small work on the selection of sites, by means of the indications of nine stars, written by ^j 5g£ J^ Yang Kew-pin of the Tang dy- nasty. This is generally published with a supplementary work by the same author, entitled ^E gg ;^£ E lung king, in which the principles of the art are investigated, and ten questions on the subject answered. The j& ^C 7t ^[C Hing Ke yuen choo, in 8 books, is an elaborate treatise on the geomantic art, by §T ^T ^ eu K'wan, who completed the work in 1786. The |%i (^ =^ §a Yin yang tsth king is a treatise on Geomancy, by [ifC jlp ty$ Ch'in Tsih-t'ae, published in 1795. This is in two parts, the first of which treats a a 106 DIVINATION. the selection of sites for tombs, to which is appended a tract on divination by the ap- pearance of the waters, illustrated by a series of 46 plans and a short description, enti- tled ~ p* T^p f$b Ping yang pe che. The second part is occupied with rules for determining the sites of private dwellings and public buildings of various kinds. The §||| /f^ Kwei king, a production of the Tang dynasty, is a short treatise on the technicalities of divination by the tortoise. The j"» J(3j Ihp -HFjT Po fa ts'eang k'abu is a treatise on divination by the tortoise, written by Fpj Hvl Hoo Heu of the present dynasty. This gives a historical exposition of the practice, wliich appears to have been always resorted to on important occasions in the earliest, period of history, and is frequently noticed in the Shoo king. The ^p IIT !~P PR llj Le heu chung ming shoo is considered the oldest Book of Fate extant. Le Heu-chung the commentator, who lived during the Tang, states in his preface, that the nucleus of the work was originally written by T&, -{$* ~f~ Kwei- kuh tsze, an author who lived before the Christian era. The earlier editions having been long lost, the copies that have come down to us are extracted from the Yung lb ta teen. The first book bears evidence of having been written during tlie Tang, but the after part is very different in style, and is generally believed to have been added during the Sung. Le Heu-chung is reputed to have been eminently successful in the calcula- tion of nativities, the data required by his process being merely the Year, Month and Day. The f^t J^ f|f ^ i ^b /i Seu she lb luh tsze fob chob is of a similar character to the preceding, the original part being from some unknown hand during the Sung. The commentary which forms by far the larger portion is by fq? JT | Seu Tsze- ping, an author of the same dynasty, with whom originated the method of the Pa tsze or "Eight characters," now commonly used. These consist of two cyclical charac- ters each for th« Year, Month, Day and Hour of a person's birth. Three other com- mentaries were written on the text of this work during the Sung. Those of J^ $*• 3fc Wang T'ing-kwang and 3p £ Le T'ung have not been preserved in a separate form, but the Buddhist priest q|r 4g T'an-yung has embodied a considerable part of their remarks in his commentary, which is entitled f-Q i;]C ~j '. HJJ |R ,S> W\ /3E. Lb luh tsze san ming seaou seih fob chob. In this he endeavours to illustrate the principles of the art by the doctrines of the Yih king. The E± "Ofl 'jig S?f! iPt San ming ehe me fob is a similar production to the preced- ing, written during the Sung dynasty, with a commentary which the old copies attri- bute to -jjj" SJ Y6 K'o, the correctness of which however has been doubted. Whoever may have been the writer, he follows the teaching of Seu Tsze-ping, giving special prominence to the selected month in the calculation of nativities. Besides the T'een poo chin yuen, by See Fung-tsoo. previously mentioned, there is another volume extant, with the same title by Nicolas Smogolenski, having the addi- tional words \ £® lift Jin ming pob. This is an astrulogical treatise in three parts, apparently translated from some. European book on the subject. The first part con- tains the general principles of the art; the second is occupied with astronomical formu- DIVINATION. 107 lae. chiefly in spherical trigonometry; and the last part contains drafts of fifteen horos- copes with explanatory details. It is difficult to understand what could have been the missionary's motive in giving this to the Chinese, marked as it is by all the absurdities that characterized the system in the West two centuries ago. The Pp E3 ££ 3$c Chung se sing yaou, in 12 books, by [^ yf£ ^fc Ne Yung-kwei, published in 1802, is a Book of Fate, in which the author endeavours to combine the excellencies of the native and western methods. It is divided into 5 parts, i. e. On the European horoscope, Clue to Celestial science, Limited views of astronomy, Essential views of fate, and Knowledge necessary for the selection of times. A good deal of the book is selections from the publications of Smogolenski and See Fung-tsoo. The WJ ~J^ -?? spJJ IllJ Sze t'een k'aou yen t'oo, by ^^ $f| gpf Woo Wet-go, is a set of plates of the stars with astrological notes appended. The *pti 7C Wb E3 Keen yuen pe che is an astrological compendium, by fSy |jg^ -^R: Shoo Ke-ying, an author of the present dynasty, who seems to have made himself to- lerably well acquainted with the European astronomy introduced at the end of the Ming. The \ffl] 7p[j $f /J -flj^ Hie Ke pi en fang shoo, in 36 books, is the authorized guide to divination, published under imperial patronage, in the year 1741. A less complete work of the same character had been issued from the supreme tribunal in 1683, with idD MOT vfZl "tl- the title j^ -pP iln ^Hf" Seuen tsih fung shoo, but in consequence of the many inac- curacies and defects, it was thought essential to the efficiency of the state ritual, that a new work should be drawn up, more complete in its details, to serve as a standard of appeal. The theory of this occult art, which is based on the permutation of a series of cycies, is elucidated under the heads, — First principles, Recognized laws, Tabulated canons, Suitable and improper occasions, Transaction of affairs, General rules, Year tables, Month tables, Day tables, Advantageous application, with an Appendix and Correction of errors. Besides the astronomical portion of the state calendar, a consi- derable partis occupied with the determination of days and times for the various af- fairs of life, public and private, which are all calculated by the rules laid down in this work, it being also under the control of the Astronomical Board. The imperial edition is printed in a very handsome style in black and red; but there are many smaller and much inferior issues published by private enterprize. The jfc ijyL $5 T'ae we king, in 20 books, by %, JW Jl* ^ n Tseang-fung, pub- lished about 1628, is a strangely unintelligible system of divination, compounded from a fanciful play on the symbols of the Yih king. It is divided into 100 articles, com- posed of — 4 Pervading principles, 12 Auxiliaries, 16 Diagrams. 64 Superimposed stan- dards, and 4 Tables. It is the opinion of native critics that the compiler has extracted a great deal more out of the doctrine of the sages as contained in the above classic, than it was originally intended to embrace. The ^^^W^JPlPI:!!- Teen wan ta cMng kwan k'wei tseih yaou, in 80 books, by j|f ^fr Hwang Ting, published in 1653, is a laborious accumulation of details regarding the art of divination, chiefly in connection with astronomical and me- teorological science. The author who rose to' the rank of a military general near the 108 ARTS. close of the Ming dynasty, compiled this work in his old age, but there is nothing of a scientific character to be found in it. The yU J&C >Ec Yuen neu king is a small work of an astrological character, bearing a superscription which professes it to have been delivered by the ancient Hwang-te. There is no evidence and not the slightest probability of such an antiquity. On the contrary there is much reason to believe that it is a comparatively recent production. The object of the book is the selection of nuptial days and hours, according to the po- sitions of certain stars. The Jfi pf ^jiff -^ 3fil Wt Seeing keih pe yaou fung shoo, in 29 books, by ji^ 33m Wei Keen, published in 1721, is a most elaborate code of rules for the discrimination of lucky and unlucky days, by means of the usual conventional system of cycles and symbols. It was republished in 1797. The EE ?f* IJUkW* San tsae fa pe, in 9 books, by fjfc §£ Ch'in Wan, published in 1697, is a comprehensive digest of the art of divination under three sections; the first or Celestial section treats of the determination of days and hours, the second or Terres- trial is on the selection of sites, and the third or Human is an oracle of fate. The au- thor has diligently accumulated all that he could of a scientific character as a basis for his work, in which he has been most successful in the first section, which contains some interesting notices of ancient Chinese astronomy. The ^* flz Mung shoo is a Book of Dreams, written during the Tang, being a con- cise interpretation of various omens presented to the sleeper. The !§/* p5 JJh Mung chen yih che, in 7 books, written by $ft Ju JC Ch'in Sze-yuen in 1562, is a Book of Dreams, with methods of interpretation. 8. The next class in this division of literature is termed ^|l fjtf E shuh "Arts," embracing a list of works which indicate no mean degree of advancement in the scale of civilization. However the Chinese may differ from western nations in matters of mere convention, the fact, that they have methodical treatises of more than a thousand years standing, on Painting, Writing, Music, Engraving, Archery, Dancing, and kin- dred subjects, ought surely to secure a candid examination of the state of such matters among them, before subjecting them to an indiscriminate condemnation. Painting must have taken root at least early in the Christian era, as we have literary records of the art as old as the 5th century. An elaborate treatise in 10 books appear- ed during the Tang, entitled flS£ f\^ ^j ;jf gQ Leth tae ming hwd'ke, by 5$| J^ jJE, Chang Yen-yuen. The first three books give a variety of details historical and des- criptive regarding the art, with particular reference to a hereditary collection of paint- ings in the family of the author. The remaining portion is occupied with biographical sketches of celebrated painters. The ;|g Yjj^ rffiq Mth ch'e peen, in 6 books, is a treatise on the art of Writing, by sT*- xl: 3>» Choo Ch'ang-wan, an author of the Sung dynasty. This consists chiefly of extracts from preceding authors classified according to the subject matter, with ad- ditional remarks by the compiler. The different sections are on, — the Study of the character, Rules for writing, Miscellaneous disquisitions, Classification of grades, Record ARTS. 109 of excellencies, Accumulation of treasures, Lapidary inscriptions, and the Use of in- struments. The ffj J2f Shoo fa is a guide to the art of writing, by [Eg^ [§|/ oty Gow-yang Seuen of the Tang, who lays down particular directions for the formation of an elegant and symmetrical character. The if= 3^ ^§j ffjc Hiuang sung shoo luh is a series of notices of the Sung dynasty caligraphers, by J§T J5 Tung She, with the date 1242. The present edition was published in 1794, from the only known copy extant, a manuscript volume dated 1367, in which there are a few lacunae. There is a short essay by -§Z \%p i/\\- Le Yang-ping of the Tang dynasty, on the formation of the Seal character, entitled g|{J ^^ Lun chuen. The JtL | y% /fM Hi 39? ^ 7 "°o shth Mh chiing shoo fa, by Jp, /jp| Wei Suh of the Tang, is a record of 56 different kinds of writing which had been used in China, among which we find two foreign systems, the Ouigour and the Sanscrit. The greater part of those named however are unknown at the present day, and as he does not give spe- cimens, it has been thought that there is much of it imaginary. The J3, 7j$\ ^3 g|f Seuen ho shoo pod, in 20 books, consists of specimens of the caligraphy of successive ages, contained in the imperial archives in the early part of the 12th century. The last three specimens are the work of ^^ Jjj^ Ts'ae King, ^^ J* Ts'ae P'een and 7Jv "f{J Me Fuh, who are thought to be the compilers of the work. The whole is classed under the following heads: — Autographs of emperors and princes, Specimens of the Seal and Official hands, Specimens of the Pattern hand, Specimens of the Running hand, Specimens of the Abreviated hand, and Specimens of the interme- diate hand. The mF '^ 7$k ^a: Hwd he'd pe keue is a short essay on painting, with the name of 3l m£ Wang Wei, an author who lived at the beginning of the 8th century. The style of the composition however, is not that of the Tang writers, and it is thought to have been written during the latter part of the Sung dynasty. The delineation of the Bamboo is a favourite and much cultivated art among the Chinese. A standard work on this subject is the 'YS ill PT >S^ Chick poo tseang luh, in 7 books, by -Sp. -ffj Le K'an, published in 1299. The original edition is lost, and the modern copies are taken from the Yung Id td teen. It is divided into 4 sections; viz. Outline drawings of the bamboo, Ink paintings of the bamboo, Drawings of the bamboo under various conditions, and Drawings of various species of bamboo. Besides a minute analysis of the art of drawing this plant, there is an elaborate investigation of the character and properties of the different kinds in existence. The illustrations, which are exceedingly numerous, are very exact representations of nature. The Ha* ;g|j Hwd keen is a small work on the history of painting, from the begin- ning of the 3rd century down to the Yuen dynasty, by v%; IfflliJ JiL Le Tsze-chin, about the end of the 7th century, is little more than a catalogue of 121 painters, divided into 10 classes. That a book with a similar title was written by this author, there is a good reason to believe; but the conclusion reached by criti- cism is that the original has been long lost, and the present is a spurious production drawn up during the Ming. The -fH - ;Jf ipC J§5C Shoo hwd po po consists of a series of strictures by -JjjS fp[ Sun Kwang, a writer of the Ming dynasty, on Wang Sze-ching's criticisms of a collection of specimens of caligraphy and painting ancient and modern. The work remained in manuscript till 1740, when it was arranged and published by •$$ jjV j|t~f Sun Tsung- p'oo and -J)JJ ^jV $fc Sun Tsung-leen, two descendants of the author distant six gener- ations. There is a supplement by the same author, published under a similar arrange- ment. The ^lf £§ 4)E t=j Shoo fa ya yen is a treatise on the art of writing, by Jji| ^jp; Heang Muh of the Ming dynasty, who extols the specimens of the Tsin (4th and 5th centuries), as the most perfect and exemplary. It is divided into 17 sections, on — A review of the art, Ancient and modern peculiarities, Distinction of hands, Form and taste, Order and style, Talent and acquirement, Rules, Invariability and mutability, Correct form and peculiarities, Harmonious medium, Age and youth, Elegant transfor- mations, Spirit, Adoption and rejection, Order of manipulation, Use of instruments, and Intelligent perception. The ^^ ~jp gffj J^ gtJ Kang tsze seaou he'd he, in 8 books, was written by -J^jj 7§C 7=p Sun Ch'ing-tsih, in the 4th, 5th and 6th months of the year 1660 (Kang tsze), as the title implies. This consists chiefly of a critical examination of a collection paintings and specimens of writing in his possession. The author who was 70 years old when ARTS. Ill he wrote this, shews a good share of acuteness in passing judgment on these works of art. The first three books are occupied with specimens of caligraphy and paintings, from the Tsin to the Ming; the four following books are on ancient stone inscriptions; and the last book treats of specimens of these arts in the possession of others, which he had examined. A series of strictures were written on the above in 1713, by / |5f ^!p Ho Cbo, with the title J^£ ~j 3?fJ Jl rE^C Kang tsze seaou hed he heaou, in which he corrects numerous errors and traces the subsequent history of many of the speci- mens, which have now found their way into other hands. The /_X 7$ $fj J^ ^^ Keang tsun seaou he'd luh is a descriptive record of a large number of paintings and specimens of writing, from the Tsin to the Ming dynasty, drawn up by n3j _1_ pjj Kaou Sze-k'e, in the year 1693, after his retirement from office, he having been engaged as confidential secretary to the emperor. The author enters minutely into the merits of the several pieces as works of art, examining also the materials, dimensions, and other particulars, and gives fac-similes of the seals of the various connoisseurs who had passed their judgment on them. The $£j t? J5. HF JlE »u Habu Tcob tang shoo hwd he, by 3y|} j-§| 'JJJ Yaou Tse- han, drawn up in 1699, with a short supplement 8 years later, is a descriptive account of the paintings and writings in his own family establishment, the Haou koo t'ang at Hang-chow. The '(7^ [ij>J ijl jgk, V0i K'wae yu tang te po is a criticism on a collection of spe- cimens of writing and painting, ancient and modern, by 5^ 3C /o Wang Wan-ch'e, a famous caligrapher of last century, and published in 1831. There are a few ancient lapidary inscriptions reviewed in the course of the work. The Ej^j jg f^ Ming hwd luh, in 8 books, is a series of short notices of the painters during the Ming dynasty, classified according to their works, drawn up by yft fl\£ Seu Sin. The jF j§/£ Hwd Iceue is a short treatise on the art of painting, by jOI jpf Kung Heen of the present dynasty, in which the attention of the student is drawn towards the salient points of pictorial representation. The Jg; ||[ £§. j\^ Chaou Hwan-kwang of the Ming, is a treatise on the seal character, with special reference to the engraver's art. The FjJ _^. ^j| |pt Yin chang tseih shwo, by ~£J Rg^ Kan Yang of the Ming, is an elaborate treatise on the characteristics of the seals of the several dynasties and of va- rious materials, with remarks on the peculiarities of the character, and the styles of cutting. The p\l%,^?^ Yin wan k'abu led, by ||ij $J| jp Keue Le-hdw, is a critical and antiquarian examination of the seal literature, published in 1756. Among the minor essays on seals and seal-engraving are — the pjj Q Yin che, by ^EE jf| Ch'ing Yuen; the £[1 $§£ Yin king, by vft |fj Choo Keen; the £P J|l ^ fjjj} Yin chang yaou Win, by the same author; the ^^ ^IJ ~\ — -. =^ Chuen Kih shih san leo, by J$, ZT1 / \x, Yuen San-seuen; the pfj JpL l^f Yin chang k'abu, by ~/J yX ^ ARTS. 1 1 3 Fang E-che; the ^ jft ^ fjffl £P Tun habu fang lun yin, by ^ jt §B Woo Se'en- shing; the jfj£ jffc. Shwb chuen, by §T ^? ^ eu Yung; the p[J J?f Fin peen, by |^| ^fj JijL Kaou Tseih-how; the p[J jTfh F/ra sM^, by the same author; the FjJ ^jf jjfC JFmi teee'w shwb, by f^ Ej? Seu Keen; the y> ^|j j^K At" Luh shoo yuen k'e, by -J5J{ 37TL Jlln. Sun Kwang-tsoo; the pf -^ p[j fljlj Kob kin yin che, by the same author; the WK F|J £J=c ^3* Chuen yin fa we, by the same; the pf pjj -*7 ^flr ^Too yin k'aou Kb, by J — ■ |jpj Hea Yih-keu; the £P f& Few sAm>«5, by |J{R |^ Chin Leen; and the p[J *p? *^ ^^ Yin h'eb kwan keen, by '^ ^PC pp. Fung Ch'ing-hwuy. The ^j| p F|J Vli ^seih kob yin fan, in 10 books, compiled by '/|jf ^§i ^ft- P'wan Yun-kee, in 1607, is a large collection of ancient seals, principally of the Han dynasty, stamped in red with oil, having a concise description to each printed in blue. A num- ber of impressions are given at the end as undecypherable, among which are two in the Yuen dynasty Mongolian character. The |H Ipf pjj igr Kea h'een yin leo, by ^E %. ^S Too Wan-kwan, published last century, is a collection of impressions in red, from private seals bearing selections from the well-known tract |*^ |jl| 3C ^ n cn ^ n wan. The fp| i£jitj p|J ||g; Han fung yin tsung, in 8 books, is a collection of red stamps from brass seals of the time of the Han, compiled by yj JqX npt Wang K'e-shuh. The letter-press portion is printed in green. The — ' yp$ Ijij p|j |j|f Yth yu keen yin pod is a collection of red impressions from seals engraved by ^^fPit;lc Ts'ae Kwan-lovv, and published by him in 1839. Apart from the class of works which are devoted to the theory of music, there is an- other section treating more especially of the manipulation of instruments and other technicalities, works of this character being referred to the present class. Among the earliest of these is the §4g gx 3§ft Kee kob luh, a treatise on beating the drum, written by 1W -^P* Nan Cho, about the middle of the 9th century. The first part recounts the introduction of the drum into China, which it states to have been originally derived from the nations of central Asia; it gives historical notices of the varieties of the in- strument; and concludes with a list of 129 symphonies, a large portion of which are seen by their names to be of Indian origin. The 5p§ jfif ^^^c Yb fob tsa luh is a small work written about the close of the 10th century, by f|£ 5^ p|J T'wan Gan-tsee. This commences with a discourse on music of various kinds, after which follow a series of articles on dancing and dramatic representation, succeeded by remarks on musical instruments and songs, and concluded by an outline description of twenty eight airs. This is an interesting memento of the state of the art during the Tang, by one who was practically familiar with tbe subject of which he wrote. The ^ ^ y^ ^ K'in poo td tseuen, in 10 books, by lH :§?! IE Yang Peaou- ching. first published in 1573, is an extensive collection of airs for the K'in or Chinese lyre, with critical remarks extracted from a great number of preceding writers on the subject. There are some additions to the more modern issues. c c 114 REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. The . -fET -^ ma & rn heang Kin poo is a treatise on the lyre, in 10 books, writ- ten by ^- 3C W) Tseang Wan-heun, and published in 1833. This commences with some necessary instructions for the learner; which are followed by full particulars re- garding the names of musical compositions, a catalogue of works treating on the same subject, and a long list of artizans famous for the manufacture of the instrument; a number of airs are given in the ordinary Chinese notation, and the last four books are occupied with a series of airs written in the peculiar notation employed only for the lyre, every character being a composite of several simpler ones, put together in a way quite foreign to those of common literature, but are so constructed as to speak plainly to the eye of the performer. The 5*^ e|? f\ J|!J JCin heo pa tsih is a series of eight rules for performing on the its -hih lyre, by /j^E «f£ Ch'ing Heung. The 3?jp 5fp ~p y^ J2C K'in shing shih luhfa, by t|± 5|| Chwang Tsin, consists of sixteen rules on the same subject. The *>$ ^H* Shay shoo is a treatise on archery, by fH J Afe Koo Yuh of the Ming, and consists in great part of selections from the works of preceding writers on this art. It commences with a series of official documents relative to the war department, after which the Rules of archery are given, followed by sections on the Method of archery, Equestrian arebery, and the Archery rites. There is a much confusion in the arrange- ment of the quotations. The JIL sv^ 5$*e Woo muh hing, by ?^p pfj Le Gaou of the Tang, is a short treatise on an ancient game performed by throwing up five pieces of wood cut in a certain form. It was originally published with plates and rules, but these are now wanting. This game seems to have been as old as the Christian era, but it is thought the work in question is not a true description of the ancient practice, the author having drawn very much on his imagination. There is a commentary on it, by ylj -=p* Yuen Kih. 9. The next class of works in this division, are comprised under the designation §H 3§K P°° luh "Repertories of Science, &c." a name first used by /C &• Yew Mow, a scholar of the 12th century, in the catalogue of his family library. In the book ca- talogues of previous ages, the productions in question were somewhat unnaturally in- troduced as appendages to other classes; and what appeared as excrescences in the earlier arrangements, are now placed together in a separate category. One of the oldest of this class is the yj ^gij 3i>J( Taou keen luh, written by |)pjj *jja _jj* T'aou Hung-king, about the end of the 5th century, being a historical record of the manufacture of famous swords. These we find to have been mostly of cast metal, either iron, copper, or gold; but some are mentioned as being fabricated of stone, and the inscriptions were sometimes of inlaid gold. The book begins with notices of the swords single and two-edged, of the emperors and princes from the Great Yu down to the Leang dynasty; a section follows on the swords of contemporary petty states; next are the swords of Generals of the Woo dynasty, succeeded by those of Generals of the Wei dynasty. Although the prevailing evidence is in favour of the genuineness of this work, yet there are some things in it that shew it to have been somewhat altered since it left the hand of T'aou Hung-king. REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. 1 1 5 The ^ ft^i Ting luh is an analogous record to the preceding, regarding metal vases, by Hi; ^J Yu Le, who lived in the first half of the 6th century; it is thought however, that some additions have been made to it since the author's death. There are histori- cal notices of a few before the Christian era, but the main part belong to the Han and subsequent dynasties; memoranda being generally preserved of the casting, the di- mensions, and the inscriptions. Even before the time of Confucius, there are indications of some attention being paid to the study of antiques, and almost every century since that period has produced its col- lectors. The many revolutions which have taken place in the empire, and the frequent discovery of hidden relics of the past, have given a zest to such enquiries and called forth much critical ingenuity. The most extensive work on this subject now in circu- lation is the _g. ^U "fly- p j§f| Seuen ho po kob t'oo, in 30 books, compiled by 5E ff$ Wang Foo and others at the commencement of the 12th century. This consists of a large collection of vases, cups, mirrors, &c. belonging to the period from the Chow to the Han both inclusive. Every article is illustrated by a plate, and fac-similes of all the inscriptions are given; the substance of the descriptive portion of the work how- ever is chiefly selections from preceding writers, and betray a want of judgment on the part of the compilers, which detracts much from its value as a critical production. The accurate representations which are given of the vessels however, render it a guide to the antiquary of considerable importance. The jf*| P_J p| ijffr %)C Tseaou shan kob ttng k'abu is an investigation relative to the ancient Chow vase at Silver Island, noticed above (p.p. 43, 101), compiled by yf£ IrPJ Chang Chaou, about the middle of last century, from the notices of j£ jT ]$$: Wang Sze-luh and /j!fk "j^ Lin Keih, two preceding writers. The 7jP| H ?$, £§ JL ou Han lean tseuen hung wa he is an account of an old brick found in a field near the capital of Shen-se, in 1721, by Lin Tung, who converted it into an ink pellat. The attention of antiquaries having been drawn to the article, it was considered a genuine relic of the Han, having formerly occupied a place in an im- perial palace built before the Christian era. The account is drawn up by Lin Keih, the brother of the finder. The 4& 'CJ |?< -S*« shth k'e is a treatise on antiques in metal, stone, and earthen- ware, compiled by jj| ^J$ g Chang Yen-ch'ang, and published in 1778. This work which is got up in a neat style, including an appendix and supplementary section, con- tains engravings and critical descriptions of 81 articles, many of them interesting from historical association. The ~| ./> p^ ^f£ ijjl pf gjj iffi. ifjjjj Shih luh ch'ang lb fang kob K'e k'wan shzh, by gz^ J£J Tseen Teen, published in 1726, is a collection of engravings of 49 ancient metal vases, cups, and other ornaments, from the time of the Chow to the Tang, with a short description annexed to each. The following year, the same author issued by way of appendix to the above, the YtU "fft rv ^M ^pF *M> &u i*k 3§K Hwan lava pae shzh keen king ming tsezh luh, which consists entirely of plates of ancient mirrors with descriptions, embracing the same period as the preceding. 116 REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. The %t "^f |jf H St #| ?h? S^ He Kn* ^oo cAae c#wra£ ^ e k'e k'wdn shih, in 10 books, by Yuen Yuen, published in 1804, is a very extensive collection of fac- similes of inscriptions on bells, vases, ancient vessels and instruments, all critically ex- amined and decyphered. The >|C p ^pf 'g ^£ ^pf Hil K'ew kob tsing shay kin shih t'oo is another collec- tion of a similar character, including also ancient coins, seals, bricks. &c. and giving an engraving of every article described. It was published in 1818, by yM- §M Ch'in King. The pf ^C Op Kob wan p'in is a treatise on objects of vertu, by 0] p(fc Kaou Leen, including notices of ancient porcelain, jade, cornelian, crystal, glass, pearls, am- ber, coral, tortoise-shell, ivory, mother-of-pearl, and other rarities. John Terence the Jesuit missionary of mathematical cerebrity has left a treatise on machinery, with the title "rJ* gjf JjiiJ pp£ K'e, k'e t'oo shwo, which he translated orally from a European work, while it was put into the literary form by 3E. wC Wang Ch'ing a native scholar, and published in 1627. It begins with a short disquisition on the principles of mechanics, which is followed by an illustrated explanation of the mecha- nical powers, after which are a series of plates of machines, exemplifying the principles laid down. These are intended to illustrate, — Raising weights, Drawing weights, Turn- ing weights, Drawing water, Turning mills, Sawing timber, Sawing stone, Pounding, Revolving book-stands, Water dials, Ploughing, and Fire engines, 54 plates in all, each of which is accompanied by a short description. The European alphabet is in- troduced in the preliminary remarks. There is another book by Wang Ch'ing gener- ally published along with Terence's, having the title fif| g§? [sgy gj£ Choo k'e t'oo shwo, which treats of native machinery, and is illustrated by 11 plates with descriptions. The %, Wf VH im Wan fang szc poo is a repository of information regarding the materials of the study, drawn up by j±$s j%) ff|j Soo E-ke'en, in 986. It consists of 4 parts which treat respectively of — Pencils, Ink pallets, Ink and Paper, giving remarks on the various descriptions and characteristics, with historical memoranda, and essays and stanzas appended. From remote times, the quarries of Twan-k'e, in the prefecture of Shaou-king in Kwang-tung province, have been famed for the ink-stones produced there; and several works have been written on the subject. The Jlfjjjj j?% |% ^ ^¥? Twaa k'e yen shih Fabu is a description of the characteristics of the stones found in that vicinity, by 0] 3/lS Kaou Chaou. A much more comprehensive work on the same subject, is the i&fjjj ^ ^% J2 Twan K'e yen she, compiled by y^ IfU |t^ Woo Lan-sew, in 1834. The v}^ ^T Yen lin is a series of historical notices regarding ink pallets, from times anterior to that of Confucius, written by ^jfc 'j-|| Yu Hwae. The Hlf Yen pod, by (/C JL. Ch'in Sze, is a record of the stones applicable to the purpose of ink pallets, found in various parts of the empire; which is followed by the names of a number of different kinds, and engravings of 15 pallets of note. REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. 117 The 2[C JtfL ^ 0^ Shwiiij k'ang shih ke is a notice of the ink stones procured from the Shwiiy-k'ang quarry, in Twan-k'e district, written by ^ l|IJ ^ Tseen Ch'aou- ting of tlie present dynasty. The ^H J2. Mih she is a historical summary regarding the fabrication of ink, writ- ten by PJ£ ^£ Luh Yew of the Yuen, who gives a series of notices of more than a hundred and fifty manufacturers, whose names had been handed down in connexion with their productions, from the Wei dynasty to the end of the Kin. There are also notices regarding the ink of the Coreans, the K'e-tan Tartars, and the inhabitants of the regions on the west of China, with a number of miscellaneous observations res- pecting ink appended. The HI 3g Mih tseen is a short work on ink, written by /f|" fM T'oo Lung during the 16th century. The yj J?\ US j|ff Fang she with pod, in 6 books, is an extensive collection of en- gravings of cakes of ink, published in 1588, by Jj ~J 'gf Fang Yu-loo, a manufac- turer of note, who seems to have been induced to take this means of placing before the public, representations of the articles of which he was the fabricator, in consequence of a rival artist %£ ^j jfif Ch'ing Keun-fang having drawn attention to his own es- tablishment, by the issue of a work in 12 books, entitled %£ fi\ |||| ^7Q, Ch'ing she mih i/uen, containing insinuations against Fang. The work of the latter is a handsome specimen of xylography, containing cuts of 385 cakes of various shapes, exhibiting ela- borate and fanciful designs, in great part mythological, with a considerable number of Buddhist emblems, and fac-similes of ancient mirrors and medals containing inscrip- tions in the old Sanscrit character. The S^ jjl zig rjp Seue t'ang mih p'in is a small treatise on inks, written by yjs£ Y—- !t». Chang Jin-he in 1671, in which he classifies the productions of various manu- facturers, and points out the peculiarities of the different kinds. The ]g£ ij£ gg rjp Mwdn t'ang mih p'in is a similar record, supplementary to the preceding, written fourteen years later, by ^fC '^p Sung Lo, giving notices of 34 spe- cimens of ink of the Ming dynasty, with their respective weights. There have been a goodly number of treatises written on the Coinage, which also belong to this class. We have the titles of such works as early as the 7th century, but the oldest on the subject now extant, is entitled the yfc fi&, Tseuen the, in 15 books, by Z& ?^ Hung Tsun, and was published in 1149, containing cuts and descriptions of the various coins in use from the earliest period, to the middle of the 10th century, both the legitimate currency and those cast by successive usurpers, with a collection of coins of foreign nations, and also medals. A supplement was added in 1788, by JJOpi ysj- Han P'oo, bringing the particulars down to that period, including the Manchu coins of the first four emperors of the present dynasty. There is also an additional section by the same author, called ^j|j j^ Pod e, supplying the omissions in the previous part. An appendix entitled [*pj ^i Fob luh, also by the same, is occupied chiefly with the coins of insurgents, contemporary with those in the supplement. A concluding section Dd 118 REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. from the same hand, with the title 5|= JTC jjS ^ Keen yuen p'een Ian, is a catalogue of the national designations of the various emperors and usurpers, from the Han to the Ming. In compliance with an imperial order issued in 1750, the %K j^^^^L K'in ting tseen luh was compiled in 16 books, containing engravings and descriptions of all the specimens in the numismatic cabinet of the imperial palace at Peking. The first 13 books contain the coins of the several emperors, from the most remote antiquity to the end of the Ming, among the first of which a number of specimens, professing to be the currency of Full he, Shin nung, and the other semifabulous sages, rest upon no adequate authority, and although these names are applied to them by way of distinction as an- tiques of unknown date, yet it is well understood among connoisseurs that they do not indicate the age of their coinage. The earliest period at which a date can be assigned to cash is during the Chow dynasty, but they are rare before the Han. A section fol- lows on the coins of foreign nations, engravings of which are given, but these are all Asiatic specimens. The last part is occupied with medals of various kinds used as charms, containing curious devices, pictorial and written, chiefly emblematical of the Buddhist and Taouist legends. The vjg| rff ^7 Tseen pe k'aou is an anonymous treatise on the coinage, down to the Keen-lung period, including the imperialist and insurgent coins of every descrip- tion, also those of foreign nations, and a disquisition on paper money. There are no pictorial representations given. The Jp£ pjfc Peih (an is a small work of research on ancient coins, written by ^^ ^^ Ts'ae Yun, early in the present century. It contains an elaborate investigation of the antique characters found on early specimens, but there are no figures of the coins. The |g| j^> ffi /j^j Tseen che sin piien, in 20 books, by yfe tJc »& Chang Ts'ung- e, published in 1826, is an illustrated treatise on the currency down to the close of the Ming, concluding with a section on foreign coins, and another on unknown coins. The 0q| J\ |S| Tseen shzh t'oo, by Jjj|| fj^ Seay K'wan, published in 1842, is an- other treatise giving representations of the several coins to the close of the Ming, with a variety of medals not found in other works. The Jft pj Sy* =§g Sarin tsing seabu tseen, in 10 books, by 57- ~JC fM Heu Yuen- k'ae, published in 1844, is of a similar character to the preceding, with careful criti- cisms of several points of numismatical science. The gliflf vE/pPl T se e n P°<> te Jcang is a small descriptive treatise, without cuts of the coins, notices of which are brought down to the time of Taou-kwang, with a section on unknown, illegitimate and foreign coins. The ^p =g H'eang tseen is a small work on natural perfumes, by T'oo Lung above- named. The f|| {I} ^3* ~/J Han kung h'eang fang is a book of receipts for the manufacture of artificial perfumes, written originally by Jg jil* /j!?] Tung Hea-chow, but only the first part of his work having been preserved, the receipts have been readdcd by Kaou Leen. REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. 119 The few works which the Chinese possess, approaching the subject of mineralogy, are scarcely deserving a claim to the designation of science. One of these, the <£j 1^1 Shth p'vn, written by ^ ^ Yuh Seun in 1617, is a collection of notices of stones of every description, found in native authors ancient and modern, thrown together without any regard to classification. The '|§ ^J jl^ K'wae shth tsdn, written by Sung Lo, in 1665, is a short record of 16 remarkable descriptions of stones found at Tse-gan in Hoo-pth, the fame of which had been established of old by the writings of Soo Tung-p'o. The II!?, ^O $$( Kwan shth luh is a descriptive account of an assortment of round stones, used for making seals and vessels of different kinds, found at Show-shan hill near Fuh-chow in Fuh-keen province, written by Kaou Chaou in 1668. A supple- mentary treatise to the preceding afterwards appeared, from the pen of Maou K'e-lin, with the title -^ fffjj, ^£j W$< How kwan shth luh, in which he describes 49 specimens obtained during a visit to Fuli-keen. The 'yfl ^g* ^ fH T'eth gan shth poo, by jiff yh j^fj- Choo Kew-ting, is a des- criptive account of an assortment of stones in the possession of the author. The j!f* ^ffc Ch'a king is a treatise on the tea plant, written by |*E ^f Luh Yu, about the middle of the 8th century, being a earliest work on the subject now extant. It is divided into 10 sections, on — the Origin of the plant, Utensils for gathering, Ma- nufacture of the leaf, Implements for the preparation, Infusion, Drinking, Historical record, Producing districts, General summary, and Memorandum regarding plates. In 1735, a work supplementary to the preceding was published, from the pen of | tjj? $i yfyfc. Luh T'ing-ts'an, with the title ;p| ^j** 1$£ Siih ch'a king. In this, the author fol- lows precisely the arrangement and divisions of Luh Yii's book, giving under each head extracts from all preceding works treating on the matter in question. The last section is illustrated by plates of the utensils employed in the process. There is an appendix describing the changes that have taken place in the preparation, and use of the article during successive ages. Luh Yu's treatise is prefixed to this. A small work by $K M. Ch'in Keen has also been published, with the title fft IlL ^ ft /i^rt Hod k'ew ch'a king choo pod, supplying details regarding the tea grown on Hoo-k'ew hill near Soo-chow. which are omitted in Luh Yu's treatise. The ^J" -%jfc ^z'ffi Keae ch'a wuy ch'aou is a treatise on the teas produced on the Keae hills, near Hoo-chow in Che-keang, written by pf ^g Maou Seang. The )[p] \l\ jy ■%$$ -ffk T'ung shan keae ch'a he, by Jfty 0J fl5 Chow Kaou-k'e, is an account of the teas of T'ung-shan hill, one of the Keae range. The -%j5 j|i ^JfJ Ch'a tung pod is a selection of extracts from ancient authors regard- ing tea, compiled by $}C jfi|fi Ch'in Ke of the Ming. There is a small work on the pre- paration and use of tea, entitled -j!fc S§* Ch'a tseen. The ^jl|^ sfc/J^ bC Tseen ch'a shwuy ke is a short treatise on water for the infu- sion of tea, written by §$| pl^. ^/[ Chang Yew-sin. at the beginning of the 9th century. The author first gives the result of his experience regarding the water from seven dif- ferent sources, of which he considers the water of the Yang-tsze keang as the best, and 120 REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. that of the Hwae river as the most inferior. He next, gives Luh Yii's classification of twenty different waters. There is an article by ^^ jfpf fciL Ye Tsingchin, on the qualities of spring water, and two by Gow-yang Sew on two celebrated springs; but these are thought to have been added during the Sung dynasty. The ^Jv rjp Shwuy p'ln is another treatise on the qualities of different waters used for tea, written by f^ Jfp[ ;{|J Seu Heen-chung of the Ming dynasty. This consists of two parts, the first of which is divided into seven heads, on — Sources of water, Pu- rity, Flow, Taste, Temperature, Quality, and Miscellaneous remarks. The second part notices particularly, the waters from 39 different sources, with their several character- istics. The ~\ y^ $27 rjp Shzh luh fang p'ln, which bears the name of fl^K H§: Soo Yih of the Tang as the author, consists of sixteen short articles on the method of boiling water for tea, i. e. three on Attention to the instant of boiling, three on Care in pour- ing out, five on the Kettles employed, and five on the Fuel used. The y%jf ^ ^ gj£ ?R Yang seen ming hod he is a disquisition on tea-pots, by Chow Kaou-k'e. The distillation of spirits has also given employment to the pens of not a few au- thors in China. Among the works on this subject, we note the ^L U4 VM Jprfc Ptk shan tsew king, as a standard treatise written early in the 12th century, by ^^ ^S Fp Choo Yih-chung. The first part is a general discourse on spirituous liquors, the re- mainder giving ample details on the composition of ferments, and the various methods of distillation. The Y|5J gjg Tsew poo is a short record of miscellaneous observations regarding spi- rituous liquors, written by fl| 3f«* Tow Ping, in the first half of the 11th century. It consists chiefly of brief notices regarding different kinds of liquor, and ceiebrated dis- tillers. The V© JJ|« -roj Tsew teen poo is a repertory of observations on spirituous liquors, collected from previous writers, by Ch'in Ke. The ISnfl. *>£ PP Wan tsabu p'ln is a treatise on the distillation of spirits, by Kaou Leen. The earliest botanical work extant is the p^J ~/J ipL >T^ 7JA Nan fang t&'aou muh chwdng, by fj/j| [fg Tseaou Kwo of the Tsin dynasty, which forms an interesting re- cord of the trees and plants ihen known in China. The JfL 'fS gfj| Ts'aou hwa poo is a treatise on flowers and plants, by Kaou Leen. The -f£ $Si Hwa king, in 6 books, by |^}C 1^ ~j Ch'in Haou-tsze, published in 1688, is one of the best works on flowers which has appeared during the present dy- nasty. The last book treats of rearing animals of various kinds, including some spe- cies of insects. Among the floral records, there are several devoted exclusively to particular plants. The Irtj \i%? ipfc 77" bu Lo y^ n ff niow tan ke is a treatise of such a character on the Mow-tan pceony, which flourished at Lo-yang, by Gow-yang Sew. The first part des- REPERTORIES OE SCIENCE, &C 121 cribes the several varieties of the plant, which it divides into 24 kinds; the origin of the different names are then given; and the concluding portion is a record of popular customs with reference to this flower, including the methods of planting and cultivat- ing it. The ipfc 7T y^ ^ff= wfr Mow tan yung juh che is a classified arrangement of the many varieties of the Mow-tan, divided according to the several distinctions of nobility, written by _Et $fa. K'ew Seuen of the Yuen dynasty. The \97i /I I '^7 ^h§ fig Yang chow cho yo pod is a work on the Pasonia albiflora, for which Yang-chow was renowned in ancient times. This bears the name of Jl US Wang Kwan, who lived in the 11th century, as the author, but the greater part is taken from a previous work by -0} jjx Lew Pan, the matter being somewhat trans- posed. Thirty nine varieties of the flower are described, of which eight are new, and one has the name altered from Lew's book. The ^0} JA^ ^jt] g|f Lew she Tceuh poo is a treatise on the Chrysanthemum, written by 321J jjg£ Lew Mung, early in the 12th century. The first part is descriptive and elucidatory, with remarks on classification, after which the author describes 35 varie- ties of the flower, all which are indigenous to Honan. The }£*, J?^ -^^ qff She she Tceuh poo is another work on the same subject, by J2. JJh j\&> She Ching-che, who wrote during the 12th century, subsequent to Lew Mung, but without having seen his book. He descrbes 27 varieties, which flourished in the more southerly provinces. Another work on the same subject, entitled ^(^ /JVJ ^ jfp Fan tsun keult poo is by Fan Ching-ta, written in 1186. This is a classified record of 35 varieties of the Chry- santhemum cultivated in his own garden. These are arranged according to their co- lours, there being sixteen kinds of the yellow, fifteen of the white, and four of mixed colours. The ^? y^ E Jceuh is a short treatise on the cultivation of the Chrysanthemum, by ■ g Hwang Sang-tsang of the Ming, who divides his subject into the following heads: — Preparation of the soil, Leaving the roots, Dividing the shoots, Placing in pots, Trimming the plants, Nourishing the plants. The pp g^ Lan poo is a treatise on the Epidendrum, by Kaou Leen. The 4HI ifj P7V Chung lan keue, by ^-* "^^ Le K'wei, consists of practical directions for the cultivation of the Epidendrum. The H| ^f Lan yen is a brochure on the same flower, by Maou Seang. The '/fj£ ^ gp line t'ang pod is a work on the Cydonia Japonica, compiled by JifC 42> Ch'in Sze, in 1259. It begins with some historical notices of the plant, which seems to have been most famous in the west of China. There are a few incidental ob- servations on the distinction of varieties and methods of cultivation. But the greater part of the work is occupied with stanzas on the flower, selected from the poets of the Tang and Sung dynasties. I I * V-l~- ^4A ij. 1 "Eft* The jrpj Tjfi^ jj|| Xe che pod, by ^^ j§f| Ts'ae Seang, bearing date 1059, treats of e e 122 REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. the Litehi fruit in 7 sections, on — the Origin of the tree, Remarkable specimens, Trade in the article. Use as a comestible, Cultivation, Time and methods of conservation, and Distinction of species. This is altogether a record of the fruit as it is produced in Full-keen province. There is also another work with the same title, published during the present dynas- ty) by rM- Jm Ch'in Ting, which treats of the different kinds of Litehi produced res- pectively in the provinces of Fuh-ke'en. Sze-ch'uen, Kwang-tung and Kwang-se. The %fo /[% fg" Le che hwa, by 4$ (fljflj I|| Lin Tsze-hwan, consists of miscellane- ous observations on the same fruit. The §|l ~/j pp K'eun fang poo is a herbarium in 30 books, compiled by 3E m Wang Seang-tsin, and published about the close of the Ming dynasty. The chief por- tion of the work consists of extracts from preceding authors ancient and modern, re- garding the various productions of the garden and field, given seriatim, but without much judgment in the arrangement. It, is divided into twelve parts, under the heads: — the Heavens, the Year, Grains, Vegetables, Fruits, Tea and Bamboo, Mulberry Hemp and Grass-cloth plants, Medical plants, Trees, Flowers, Shrubs, and Storks and Fish. The details relate mainly to the medical virtues of the different objects, while the re- marks on cultivation are very superficial. A revision and enlargement of this work was published under imperial patronage in 1708, with the title jf!f 3|§ ~Jj jjff Kivang k'eun fang pod, in 100 books. The -J-jf] 3gf( Keith liih is a treatise on the Orange, written by Ipp J!fcg [j§[ Han San- chih in 1178, in three parts. The first part describes eight kinds of the larger orange, termed kan, and the cooley orange; the second part describes eighteen varieties of the common orange; and the third contains rules for the cultivation of the plant. The author confines himself to those varieties that grew in the neighbourhood of Wan-chow in Che-keang. where he held office at the time lie was collecting materials for his work. The ^fj jjjg Seun pod is a treatise on Bamboo sprouts, which are much used as an ar- tide of diet in China. The authorship is ascribed to a Buddhist priest named jl| -i^ Tsan-ning, who lived about the end of the 10th century. There are five sections, on — the Different names of the vegetable, Production, Use as food, Historical notices, and Miscellaneous observations. There are numerous quotations from books now no longer extant. The |Hj fff K'eun poo is a work on Mushrooms, by $|C h^ 3lA Ch'in Jin-yuh, written in the year 1245. This treats ot eleven species produced at Tae-chow in Che- keang, the author's native place, which was famed at the period in question for this fungous edible. The capabilities of the different soils are examined, and the time of gathering, with form, colour and taste are described. At the end an antidote is given for the poisonous qualities of the plant. An effort has recently been made by the Rev. A. Williamson, to introduce the ele- ments of the European science of Botany into China. Being obliged on sanitary con- siderations to leave the country before the completion of the work, it was carried through by the Rev. J. Edkins, and published in 1859, with the title [H, ffij *p.' Cluh wait heo, in 8 books. REPERTORIES OF SCIENCE, &C. 123 Ornithology cannot be said to have received much attention as a science by the Chi- nese, and there are few separate works on the subject. From ancient quotations we learn that a book of this character, entitled the "pj* /$£_ K'in king, formerly existed, supposed to have been nearly as old, if not older than the Christian era. This has been lost for many centuries, but a spurious production with this title claiming to be the same is still extant. This bears the name of pjjj >)fpf Sze K'wang as the author, and has a commentary with the name of yf% 4^p£ Chang Hwa of the Tsin dynasty; but the internal evidence is sufficiently clear to prove the falsity of both these claims. It appears to have been written about the end of the Sung dynasty, and is not without its value, giving short notices of a great number of birds indigenous to China. The fij| ;^£ K6 king is a treatise on the Dove, by J/j| j%j jj|| Chang Wan-chung of the present dynasty. After a lengthened description of the various species, there is a section of quotations from old works regarding the bird, and a number of stanzas by former poets on the same subject. The Jy|£ pk fH Soo sink pod is a short treatise on diet, containing notices of 20 different vegetable productions used as food. It bears the name of PJl 3H ;§C Ch'in T'a-sow of the Sung dynasty, as the compiler, who is thought merely to have recorded the instructions of his teacher. The %%. j^t -sQ 5^P Yin shth seu che, in 8 books, is another work on diet, by ^ 32tl Kea Ming. On the accession of the first emperor of the Ming, this author having at- tained his hundredth year, was admitted to an audience at court, when he presented a draft of this work in reply to the emperor's question as to his mode of living. The main part consists of selections from the various pharmacopsas, with a chapter on the importance of care in the use of opposing aliments. Minor treatises on food are very numerous. Among these may be named, the vpj lip T'ang p'ln, on Soups; the J|t ^ rlq Mp chuh p'ln, on Gruels; the ^f pfl] rip Fun meen p'ln, on Farinaceous diet; the JjfjJ ™j^ £jp Foo cha p'ln, on Preserved meats; the ^ j§ft rip Che soo p'ln, on Vegetable preserves; the Wf * K PP ^ a, J *"^ p'ln, on Wild herbs; and the tffT J^< IIP T'e'en sluh p'ln, on Confectionary; all by Kaou Leen. The ^!f' jjff Heae pod is a work on Crabs, written by 'j^ jj& Foo Kwang in 1059. This is in two parts, the first of which consists of extracts from ancient works classical and historical, regarding the different species of crabs, Sea, Land, Hermit, &c. The second part is a summary of the facts that had come to the knowledge of the author regarding these crustaceans. The fjjc. J^J |Hf| Jj^ E yu t'oo tsdn is a catalogue of 87 remarkable fish, and 35 other marine species found in the China seas, with descriptive stanzas appended to each, written by -^f '[g^ Yang Shin, in 1544. There are notes throughout by the author; but these being somewhat superficial, a much fuller exposition was drawn up by R$j XEL 3§T ^oo Sze-gan in 1630, with the title Jp| ^ [SJ ji|, 52 E yu t'oo tsdn Ween. The some author afterwards composed a series of stanzas on 154 species of fish, and 38 marine animals not named in Yang's work, giving to his production the title Jr£ jjf[ 124 MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. \m \ 'j^L ^hI -^ ?/u io ° ts & n P°°- Besides this lie also wrote a small brochure on pisca- torial monstrosities, with the designation |Mj -p^ Jim tseih. The pjO Pp '/pf: 3zg i^fo il/ira chung hae ts'o soo is a treatise on the Iethiology of Fuh-keen, written by j|f 2|£ (3^ Too Pun-tseun, with additions by f^? f|fj Seu Po, both of the Ming dynasty. The /jC ppf |$ $!=£ K'eang nan yu seen is a brochure on the fish found in the pro- vince of Keang-nan, by Ch'in Keen. The JI7C 5^M Show king is a disquisition on Quadrupeds, by jtfi /P| -j5j{ Chang Kang- sun. The jl»£ yC /^ Chung t'een che, in 10 books, by K% ~fe ±fc Ch'in Hung-ching of the Ming, is a treatise on Natural history, arranged under the heads of — Birds, Beasts, Insects, Fislies, and Strange objects. The 3^ IkI^ tJ^Ij bh Shabu lin kwan pod is a treatise on Single-stick fencing, as practised by the priests of Shaou-lin monastery in Ho-nan, who have been long cele- brated for their dexterity in the art. This which is largely illustrated by plates, is dated 1611, and bears the name -^ ipl ff. Woo Yn.-cb.ang as the author. The pjjsf ;5fct y§^ $y /T jfij r$u T'eaou k'e Veen wae tan t'oo shwb is an illustrated work on Gymnastics. The jH "rJJ" $T ¥~\ ^M O $Hj Slicing Tie, he'en sze chung ho p'e'en is a collection of four treatises, i. e. the 3HE 1||f =j|| Woo shwang pod, a series of portraits of illustrious ancient worthies, with brief descriptive details; the j§C *$L jig, fij£ Tung p'o e e, fac- similes of autographs of the poet Soo Tung-p'o; the _— "%y Urh meaou, drawings of the bamboo; and the (=3 ~j fjjg Kwan tsze pod, a book of diagrams of the Chinese game of drafts ygj :zjk: Wei He. The ^p* "jf* 1^1 glf J^ iTeae fe^e ?/?/era ^d chuen is a work on drawing in 4 parts, published in 1679, by 3p ^£ .jpj Le Leth-ung, consisting chiefly of pictorial illustra- tions of the art. The first part, in 5 books, is on Landscape drawing; the second part, in 8 books, treats of the Epidendrum, Bamboo, Peach, and Chrysanthemum; the third is on Flowers, Birds, Human figures and Buildings; and the fourth is on Portrait painting and the Human figure. This work has been recently recut, and the execution forms a curious specimen of the art of printing in different colours. Another specimen of polychromatic printing published early in the present dynasty, is entitled the ~\ 'yj ^j=j* ^^ jst fflf Slah chuh chae shoo hiva tsih. This is composed of eight, parts, — i. e. Miscellaneous, the Peach, Epidendrum, Bamboo, Stones, Fruits, Flowers, and Birds. A translation of Whewell's "Treatise on Mechanics," by the Rev. J. Edkins, has been recently published with the title iji c§? Chung heo. in 17 books. 10. The next class in this division, denominated $f| ^C Tsa k'ea "Miscellaneous writers," embraces a number of the old philosophical authors, whose productions are marked by peculiarities which exclude them from a place among the "Literati." Some of these are considered heretical, but in the great majority of cases, it is merely that MISCELLANEOUS "WRITERS. 125 the subject of their discourses are beyond the limits of the Joo keaou. Authors of this stamp were very numerous towards the close of the early Chow dynasty, and the frag- ments of their compositions which have been preserved, are now valued as specimens of ancient literature. A venerable author in this category is ^ j^ia Yuh Heung, who lived at the com- mencement of the Chow dynasty, during the time of Wan wang and Woo wang. His writings are quoted in several very old authors, and the names of two of his productions are given in the Han shoo. The work that has come down to us, professing to be from his pen, bearing the title ^ ~jf" Yiih tsze, has a commentary by y^, 1~J iFg Fung Hing-kwei of the Tang, and the text is supposed by some to have been compiled during that dynasty, in part from the quotations in other works; the original having been long lost previous to that period. It is the opinion of others however that the text is genuine so far as it goes, but has been much multilated during its transmission. The work treats on the principles of government, and from some passages in it, which are known from ancient quotations to have existed also in the early copies, it is thought that additions were made to Yuh tsze's manuscript by a later hand. Few names are better known in the literary world than ?ff| ^; Mih T'eih, a scholar who lived in the 5th century b. c. and taught the doctrine of universal love; for the freedom of his views in which respect, he was impeached by Mencius, since which time he has held a prominent place among the heterodox teachers ot China. The work embodying his views, and known by the title ^JS ~j Mih tsze, in 15 books, is supposed to have been compiled by some of his disciples. It was originally in 71 sections, 18 out of which are now lost. He treats chiefly of moral and political science; but the last 20 sections are on military tactics, in such an abstruse and unintelligible style, that it is the opinion of critics, that the text has not reached us in its original purity. There is a small work, entitled ~j *£? ~J"* Tsze hwa tsze, with the name of %£ 2}\ Ch'ing Pun, a subject of the kingdom of Tsin, appended as the author, whose epithet is said to have been Tsze hwa. Quotations in ancient books shew that a work with the same title existed in early times, but as no notice is taken of it in the Han catalo- gues, it is believed to have been lost anterior to that dynasty. The present volume is shewn to have been written by a member of the imperial family during the later Sung; but though a spurious production, the principles it maintains regarding political science, of which it treats, are considered not inconsistent with orthodox doctrine. Another treatise on moral science, under the title y^ 3C ~J ^ n w ® n tsze, was written by Yin Wan during the 4th century B. c, in which the author's leaning to- wards Taouist views is considered sufficient to exclude him from the class of Literati. The oldest edition extant has a preface written about the year 226, by one "yf -p£ Chung-ch'ang, who edited and rearranged the materials. Nearly about the same time as the preceding, lived the philosopher j |jM. $IJ Shin Taou, some of whose writings have been pseserved in a volume entitled ; |iM. -j" Shin tsze. The aim of his teaching is to shew the inherent fitness of all creatures for their respective parts in the economy of the universe, and that a perfect state of government Ff 126 MISCELLANEOUS WK1TERS. is to be attained by an adaptation to nature in all its various phases. The present work however appears to be only a small fragment of the original. Another philosophical treatise, entitled |§1| 7^; -j' Ho kwan tsze, is nearly coeval with the preceding. The name of the author is not known, but he bore the soubriquet of Ho kwan tsze, in consequence of his wearing a cap made of a wild-fowl's feathers. He treats largely of the principles of jurisprudence, and his views are considered to be a development of the orthodox doctrine of the literati. Another treatise written about the end of the Chow, is preserved under the title ^* *#f Mi J Kung sun lung tsze, being written by Kung-sun Lung, who maintains a theory to the effect that the attributes of material objects, as colour, hardness, &c. are separate existences, and are not to be confounded with the objects which they qua- lify; and further that only one attribute of an object can be said to be perceived by the mind at the same time, for while the eye perceives the colour, the hardness is held in abeyance by the mental faculty; and so also while hardness is perceptible to the touch, the colour ol the object is ignored by the thinking agent. There is a commentary on this by fig* %fi *£J§ Seay He-shin of the Sung. The Q J^ 3|p 45\ Leu she ch'un ts'ew, in 26 books, is a miscellaneous treatise, embodying a great number of historical facts regarding the early history of China, for which this is the only authority; and the chronological details which are found through- out the work, form important data for that science. Although the work is ascribed to Q Jy* J|L Leu Puh-wei, one of the petty princes during the 3rd century b. c, yet it is generally understood to have been written by a number of scholars drawn together by his influence, and enjoying his patronage. Each book commences with the elabor- ation of a different theme, which is followed by several independent disquisitions on other subjects. The first 12 books treat of the Records of the months; after these are 8 Examinations, which are succeeded by 6 Discourses. Although the doctrines embo- died in the treatise approximate closely to those of the literati, yet Lew is repudiated by the latter class, in great part on account of the obliquity of his moral character. There are some slight tendencies towards the doctrines of the Buddhists and Taouists, and also those of Mih T'elh, with a number of misquotations also; but on the whole the work is highly esteemed. There is a commentary on it by |pij ff^j Kaou Yew, written about the year 205 a. d. A descendant of the first emperor of the Han, named |gJj 3§f Lew Gan, holds a dis- tinguished place among the writers of this class. His work in 21 books is entitled ff£ W$ ~J Hwae nan tsze, he having been prince of Hwae-nan. This treats at large of the doctrine of Taou, or the Logos of the Greeks, with its development in the crea- tion and maintenance of the material universe. A second part to the work existed for- merly but is now lost. The oldest and most valued commentary on this treatise is by Kaou Yew. The yV V0} ^ Jin wuh che, written by 3HJ ftp Lew Shaou, during the 3rd century of the Christian era, is divided into 12 sections, in which it treats of the division of mankind into various classes, according to their dispositions, which the author professes MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. 127 to discriminate by means of certain outward characteristics. The composition which is marked by some peculiarities of the period when it was written, is considered to be in keeping with the orthodox principles of the literati. There is a commentary by ^glj Ijpj) Lew Ping of the 5th century. A historical treatise in 6 books, bearing the title g£ \%% ~j Kin low tsze was writ- ten by 7jvp Ylh, the prince of Seang-tung, who afterwards ascended the throne in 552, as the emperor Heaou-yuen of the Leang dynasty. This treats of the government and revolutions of states, with the developments of rectitude and corruption in the history of empires. Some memoranda regarding the national annals are preserved in this, respecting which all former records are now lost. There are also a number of short narratives of foreign nations, among which we find a notice of a practice prevailing in the west, of cutting beef-steaks from a living ox, exactly as stated by Bruce regarding the Worari of Abyssinia. The earlier catalogues mention it as consisting of 20 books. All separate copies were lost during the Ming, and the present edition is taken from the Yung lo ta teen, and corresponds to an edition printed during the Yuen dynasty. The Hf| Ji^v ^. f$/I| Yen she kea heun, in 7 books, one of the earliest of the works on domestic counsel, was written by |p| ^Z, -ft£ Yen Che-t'uy during the 6th century. The author applies himself to enforce the importance of . mental culture; and though the greater part of the book is in accordance with Confucian principles, yet there is a leaning towards Buddhist ethics in his discourses regarding rewards and punishments. The j|; y$i jf§£ CKang twan king, in 9 books, by /|j£ ^E Chaou Juy, bears date 716. The object of this treatise is to illustrate the doctrine of expediency, which is developed by the author in 64 sections, consisting of historical examples, with an am- ple commentary from the same hand. The yh iff Hwd shoo or "Book of Transformation," written by pjjIL y!(ft T'an Seaou in the early part of the 10th century, is an ethical treatise, strongly impregnated with Taouist tendencies. It is divided into 6 sections, which discourse respectively, on — Transformation by doctrine, Transformation by rule, Transformation by virtue, Trans- formation by benevolence, Transformation by nourishment, and Transformation by frugality. The El fftt *S <§ PZh hob t'ung 6 is from the hand of Pan Koo the historian of the Han. The prevalence of heterodox views regarding the doctrine of the sages, which were being promulgated during the eastern Han, induced Heaou Chang te, the third emperor of that dynasty, to hold a convocation of literary men in a chamber of the palace designated the Pzh hod kwdn, for the purpose of definitely expressing their views regarding various points in the classics. After a session of several months, these were laid before the emperor, who commissioned Pan Koo to edit the materials and prepare them for publication. The treatise is divided into 44 sections, on as many dif- ferent subjects, and although it has suffered somewhat in the course of manuscript trans- mission, there is reason to believe that the existing editions correspond substantially with the original. In accordance with the tendency of the period, there is a bias to- wards the interpretation of prophecy, and although the work is much thought of by 128 MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. scholars, this has been considered sufficient ground for excluding it from the orthodox • literature. Some of the old editions are entitled )fL J§L I^SlflJ Pih hob t'ung iih lun, but modern editions generally have merely the title Pih hob t'ung. About the middle of the 4th century, a work entitled p -^f* /i£ Kob kin choo was written by iHi ^J Ts'uy Paou, consisting of an examination of historical antiquities. An amplification and elucidation of this with the title Ff? *J? ~fJ 'r fj3j Jc W: $P MB E h'eo leaou tsa ke was written by ^ jft Choo Yih, about the beginning of the 12th century. The first part consists of an examination of the productions of earlier poets, the after part being occupied with the literary compositions and historical records of preceding authors, with critical remarks and verifications of the various topics alluded to. The ft<£ Bi)£ ^ '^§? fgfj Nang kae chae mwdn luh, in 1 8 books, written towards the middle of the 12th century, by ^ g Woo Tsang, is an extensive series of short notes historical and literary, arranged under 13 heads. The author who was a partizan of the unpopular minister ^jf» %*§ Tsin Kwei, seems on the death of the latter, to have suppressed the first and last books of his work, and these are supplied in the present copies, by a division of the second and seventeenth into two books each. There is thought to be considerable merit shewn in the work, although the author's reputation is not of high standing. The S§ iiH HI pq" Se k'e ts'ung yu, by j$i j=£ Yaou K'wan, written about the middle of the 12th century, is a collection of notes critical and historical, on the works of preceding authors ancient and modern. The ^ ^ |§f| =P rung chae suy peth, by $£ |l| Hung Mae, is an extensive se- lection of extracts from the national literature, with criticisms, published in five parts. The first part, in 16 books, which occupied the author eighteen years, was printed in the latter part of the 12th century; the second, in 16 books, which he designated the MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. 129 • "Supplement," having been thirteen years in hand, was finished in 1 192; the third part, in 16 books, is dated 1196; the fourth part also in 16 books, was completed in the fol- lowing year; and the last part whicb only reaches to 10 books, was left unfinished at his death. This is considered one of the best works of the class, which appeared during the Sung, being marked by depth of research and accuracy of judgment. ^i_a_4 jtx/f i-Tp^fc -ftl""l y t~~t The )(f6 5r* 3& Yen fan loo, in 16 books, was finished in 1175, by 49E yC g| Ch'ing Ta-ch'ang, his object being to develope the idea of the 7£f ^7v %£ §£. Ch'un ts'ewfan lud, a work of the Han, which he erroneously conceived to be spurious; so that this may be looked upon as a series of strictures on the latter; the critical remarks however entitle it to a place among the productions of the period. The author after- wards added a supplement in 6 books. The /fllpi =fjr Wei led, in 12 books, by fwj IfX -JSJ* Kaou Sze-sun, which appeared about the end of the 12th century, is chiefly an investigation into the evidence of facts recorded in ancient authors. The writer has drawn largely, upon cyclopaedias for his quotations from rare works, while he fails to acknowledge the source of his information. The J|£ 7nf =r^ nu L°° P 00 P e *h &&, in 10 books, written towards the end of the 12th century, by |g!J Q pff Lew Ch'ang-she, during the intervals of leisure from offi- cial duties, is a collection of critical notes on the works of preceding and contemporary authors, a great part being occupied with the rectification of statements in the J\Tang kae chae rniodn lull. The Wf ^r HI H^ Yay k'lh ts'ung shoo, in 30 books, written by 3E W* W ^ng Mow about the close of the 12th century, is also a large accumulation of isolated criti- cisms on national antiquities, and is esteemed one of the best works of the class, though not altogether free from errors. The author, who refused to engage in official duties, gave himself entirely to a life of study. There is a book by his father appended, con- sisting chiefly of notes regarding contemporaneous events. The ^[|f| )\\ pp Jy* Ying ch'uen yu seaou is a short treatise by pjjt ri/J Ch'in Fang, written about the middle of the 13th century, after the model of the Yung chae suy pezh. The existing editions of the work are extracted from the Yung 16 to, teen. The ?p? Tjffi jj5 Iffr Heo chae teen peth, by JjtJ /$& JJlrl She Shing-tsoo, about con- temporary with the preceding, treats chiefly of doubtful questions relative to the sub- tilties of the Yz/i king. It only ranks as a work of second-rate standing. The }$n I=jj=j Shod p'o, written by J|)£, 3]£[ Tae Chth, about the end of the Sung dy- nasty, is an examination of various topics of classical and historical criticism, exhi- biting a fair amount of literary talent on the part of the author. He endeavours in a short section, to reconcile the opposing theories of human nature, taught respectively by Mencius and Seun tsze. The Igjj 3=J* 2ff! 3C Ch'aou yay lug yaou, written by /jjfl, J\- Chaou Slung in 1236, is a series of short records of the ancient court rites and customs, arranged under four- teen heads. The style is peculiarly terse, and a close attention is necessary on the part of the reader, to catch the precise meaning of the author. The 03 ^ 7ptj fqj K'loan heo ke wan, by 3E !H $P| Wang Ying-lin, was writ- ten shortly after the commencement of the Yuen dynasty, and contains the result of fig 130 MISCELLANEOUS WKlTERS. the literary investigations of the author, who holds a prominent place among the scho- lars of the period. The work is divided into 4 parts, 8 books being devoted to classical studies, 2 to the principles of the heavens and earth, 3 to criticisms on the poets, and 1 to miscellaneous observations. The Jll^il ioa $|| T'an chae fung peen is a small work of the 13th century, attri- buted to j\\i U)b Hing K'ae, and consists of examinations of a variety of questions, classical, historical and literary, written after the model of the Yen fan loo. The edi- tions now extant are but a fragment of the original, collected from the Yung lo Id teen. The ^C p ^|j III; 1^7 Gad jih chae ts'ung ch'aou, whose author is said to have borne the family name of ^^ Ye, and appears to have lived about the end of the Sung, is an elaborate discussion of. a great number of questions of historical interest, which are minutely examined, a multitude of authorities being quoted on the several subjects under consideration, but the articles generally run into excess of verbiage. The pre- sent editions of this are also extracted from the Yung lo td teen. The p 'PPf ^|pj ifS §jj Jih sun chae peih ke, written by jQ J"p" Hwang Tsin dur- ing the first half of the 14th century, consists of a series of critiques in all the four di- visions of literature, the author's talent being more especially apparent in the histori- cal department. One of the most prominent scholars of the Ming dynasty, named 7\tyj ; uM. Yang Shin, has left an extensive collection of miscellaneous writings, drawn up during his banish- ment to one of the penal colonies in the 16th century. These were in 4 parts, entitled the 7T ^o Hfc 3SK Tan yvin yu luh, in 17 books; yT *n 7§!t Wfc Tan yuen suh luh, in 12 books; jf|p|§ Tan yuen jun luh, in 9 books; and ^ $$ H ^ Tan yuen teih luh, in 13 books. The substance of these was afterwards curtailed and pub- lished in one work in 1554, under the title 77" §n/j®^ Tan yuen tsung luh, in 27 books, by j^ y ff£ Leang Tso, a pupil of the author. This latter was printed by the government officers for gratuitous distribution among the literati, contributions being levied on the people of the district for defraying the expenses; but this practice press- ing heavily on the poorer classes, the blocks were afterwards destroj r ed in order to put a stop to it. The 1st, 2nd and 4th of the original works together with additional mat- ter, were republished about the end of the 16th century, by Jjt 3T j/fl Chang Sze-pei, and an inferior edition of the Tan yuen tsung luh has been published in recent times. The bent of Yang Shin's genius is towards investigations of the abstruse, and he has been charged with drawing on the fabulous in support of his views; but making allow- ance for some peculiarities, he is generally admitted to hold a good standing among the writers of the time. The p 9?fl &$ J*h cne luh, i n 32 books, by K06 Yen-w r oo, is a truly valuable col- lection of notes on a variety of subjects, embracing the whole range of literature, pub- lished about the year 1673. These are the result of thirty years jottings during the daily readings of the author, almost every subject touched upon having been thorough- ly investigated, and all subjected to frequent revisions and corrections at subsequent periods. MISCELLANEOUS "WRITERS. 131 The y|| ^jf /p oU Tseaou h'eang seabu ke, written by |Bj 5y Ho Sew, in the early part of the 18th century, is a small work of medium merit, consisting for the greater part of researches regarding classical subjects, the remainder being occupied with the antiquities of the national literature and history. The M^ \& aS 5§ Fung suh fung e is a treatise written by ||| p/J Ying Shaou, during the latter part of the 2nd century, with a view to rectify the decadence which had taken place in the popular customs. For this purpose he appeals to the authority of the ancient classical and canonical works. When it left the author's hand it appears to have consisted of 30 books and an appendix, but it has been sorely mutilated in the course o( transmission. The present edition is in 10 books, with an appendix extracted from the Yung 16 td teen. The fp«] > ■fj [5x j=| Shang shoo koo shih, by ^p Tplp Le Cho, appears to have been written during the 9th century, the author having recorded the historical information gathered in conversations with his friend, surnamed yf% Chang, who held the office of Shang shoo or "President of Tribunal." The jf[ Jjjf ¥}$L Tung yuen luh, by ji| fift [5 Kung Ting-chin, an author of the 1 lth century, is a short treatise consisting of observations on the subjects of the classics and other standard works of antiquity. The d|r* £*£ =p pJK Mung k'e peih fan, in 26 books, is an interesting repository of antiquities, national and historical, by \J\± 'fp Ch'in Kwo, who wrote about the middle of the 11th century, and stands second to none of this class of authors during the Sung dynasty. The work is divided into seventeen sections, ranging over the field of archas- ological, classical and artistic literature, arts, sciences, and miscellaneous subjects, while the genius of the author is more especially conspicuous in the departments of music and mathematics. There is an appendix of 2 books, entitled ^Jfj =p£ gj£ Poo peih (an, giving additional remarks on the subjects previously treated, and a supplementary book besides, entitled ;pf =fl pi$£ Suh peih fan. The jf| +Jx. /^ >|5fC Tung p'o che lin is a collection of desultory notes, by the poet Soo Tung-p'o, first published by his son, under the title J§C *$L i~ Pp Tung p'o show tsih, which was afterwards changed for the present title. It has been variously divided by different editors, sometimes into 3, sometimes 5, and sometimes 12 books. The Jfj Jp| fflf 0jfl) Hing hwang sin lun, written by ^L ^| vv K'ung Ping-chung, about the end of the 11th century, is a miscellaneous record of historical incidents and investigations, exhibiting a fair amount of research. It was originally named the ^(j f\ m& &L K'ung she tsa shwo, and is sometimes quoted under that title; the present designation having been applied by a subsequent editor, as more expressive of his high opinion of the work. The lain ^X tf/s. Flu Sze yew Van he, by ^p Jjf| Le Che, is a record of conversations held by the author, with Soo Tung-p'o and some other friends of literary reputation. The n& 7 ^ ■{%. |to Lany chae ydy hwd, in 10 books, was written by ^ ^ Hwuy- hung, a Buddhist priest, towards the close of the 11th century, and professes to be a 132 MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. record of the information he was in the habit of acquiring in his intercourse with the scholars of his time. Four fifths of the whole is occupied with poetical subjects, and although his remarks are generally unobjectionable, yet he has been much decried for his dishonest practice of unwarrantably using the names of eminent scholars to enhance his own reputation. The work has been considerably mutilated since its first publication. The $jjp J^- "jp* Lan chin tsze is a collection of miscellaneous jottings, by Aty ^C |pP Ma. Yung-k'ing of the 12th century, who adduces a formidable array of authorities in support of his statements. The 3l Jjilp wfr Woo tsimg che is a small volume of notes on past and current events, by 5t JhJ^l Woo T'ung, including some investigations of ancient works, and remarks on poetry. The preface is dated 1130. The H§ ^x p£3s^ Mzh chwang mwdn luh, in 10 books, by Jl! 71* 2jj£ Chang Pang-ke, appears to have been written about the middle of the 12th century. This contains a large collection of facts, supplementary to the national records; and although some incredible marvels occasionally find a place in the course of the work, there is much to establish the author's reputation for depth of research and penetration. The -^ f[|j Yu keen, in 10 books, from the hand of ^% fp pjpj Ch'in Tso-che, was finished apparently about the year 1 174. This gives the author's views on a multitude of questions touched on in the classical and historical works, with animadversions on public men and events near his own time. His remarks generally indicate sound judg- ment, with the exception of his expositions of the Yih king, which is evidently his weak point. The ^J> JHLwS She urh peen, in 23 books, by -^ ^1 Sun Yih, appears to have been finished about the year 1205, and according to the author's preface, was merely intended for the instruction of his own family. The work is of a miscellaneous charac- ter, consisting of several sections, i. e. General remarks, Observations on the classics, Remarks on composition, Remarks on poetry, Correction of errors, Miscellaneous obser- vations, and Remarks on the characters. There are many inaccuracies throughout the work, and some confusion occasionally in the quotations. The yjf- [5. 7f>Q &) Yew hwan he wan, in 10 books, was written by {#1 "ftr |p| Chang She-nan early in the 13th century, and is a record of information regarding the past, gathered by him in conversation with contemporary scholars; but the author care- fully avoids all allusion to the politics of the time. His work is esteemed as a reliable authority. The ^- j^ £st 'Ui* Leang k'e mwdn che, in 10 books, written by ^=^ ^^. Fei Kwan, about the beginning of the 13th century, is a series of notes on the antiquities of the court of China, and miscellaneous topics, with extended notices of Soo Tung-p'o, re- searches in history, and criticisms of poetical compositions, concluding with some ac- counts of marvels. The y\z sp ^g* Ip g|i Labu heo gan pezh he, in 10 books, is an assemblage of no- tices on historical and literary subjects, collected by Luh Yew, in the course of a long life, among an extensive circle of literary acquaintances. There is also a supplement in 2 books. MISCELLANEOUS WRlTEKS. 133 The ^" JU ~j Sod le tsze. is a short treatise on the doctrines of the literati, by yJi vjf> Chang Hoo, who lived about the end of the Tang dynasty. The J3 ^C fgfc K'ang he luh, by ;£R ^t [HJ Chaou Slmh-heang of the Sung dy- nasty, is chiefly occupied with a discussion of colloquialisms, and the special forms and meaning of particular characters, but the errors into which the author has fallen, shew that his knowledge of the subject was not very profound. The tffi} ££{ 4»0 ilp s\*p Wuh hey seang kan che is a small work ascribed to Soo Tung-p'o, containing a series of memoranda, methodically arranged under the twelve heads of — The body, Garments, Food, Utensils, Medicine, Sickness, Study furniture, Fruit, Vegetables, Flowers, Animals, and Miscellanies. The 'Jf* W$- i$t fi^£ Yung seue ts'ung shwo, written by ^{{ Jf^i Yu Ching, in the year 1200, is a number of short articles on literary subjects, but it does not stand high in the estimation of scholars. The JJ. 70[ ?kt ^rv E chae yay sliing is a small collection of disquisitions on several questions of interest in history and literature, by y^. T[yJ Woo Fang of the 13th century. The '(51, ^ ^ Kwci fan lah, in 15 books, written by -gf ^P[ Yo K'o, about the commencement of the 1 3th century, is a comprehensive record of the governmental affairs of the Sung dynasty, chiefly events that are omitted in the larger histories. The j\\2s; 55r£ h/L -K'eu e shwo, was written by j^ff K)v Choo Yung in the latter part of the Sung dynasty. This author in his younger years was much addicted to the art of divination, but being at length convinced of the folly of the system, he wrote this short treatise to expose its fallacy. In 1243, "fffr ~$C. ^J Yii Wan-paou wrote the Pft jt$J H| CKuy keen luh, consisting chiefly of animadversions on ancient worthies, but his criticisms are lightly esteemed by scholars. Seventeen years later, he completed the I^A*. 1$!) 3Hv ^y ^^ CKuy Jciien luh wae tseih, as a companion to the preceding; having in the interval already written two supplements, which are now lost. This last is considered a great improvement on the previous treatise, exhibiting a much deeper acquaintance with the national litera- ture, and a more liberal spirit in his remarks on public men of that and the preceding dynasty. The $pl J$. T ^ JJ0| ^ Pei wei chae tseih wan, written by ^ f|| $j$ Yu Tih-lin, about the middle of the 13th century, is a collection. of researches relating to classical and historical antiquities, from early times down to the Sung dynasty. The work is passable, but in the last book the author enounces some new explanations of the cano- nical books, which find little favour from the generality of commentators. The ^sf jf| l=j pq Tse tung yay yu, in 20 books, the production of Chow Meih, appears to have been completed in the latter half of the 13th century. This enters largely into the investigation of national antiquities, the greater part however, being occupied with the political changes during the Sung, many details being given which are not to be found in the dynastic histories. The 03 ^F 7 Jm $P= 3§?C K'tvan hiio chae tsa luh is a small work by ^p "J * £5 Seen- yii Ch'oo, written at various times during the latter part of the 13th century. This Hh 134 MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. treats chiefly of the poetical productions of that period, with notes on miscellaneous matters. It is wanting in arrangement, but there are some good remarks found in it. The ffij) ^C f8 iS T'ung t'cen tsing luh, by J| ^ || Chaou He-kuh of the 13th century, a member of the Sung imperial family, is a discussion of the merits and pecu- liarities of antique vessels and instruments, as also the materials requisite for the study. The j3 nB. 3=T 3lf< Fo6 heuen yay luh, consists of the jottings of [>§C $=< Ch'in Yew, towards the close of the Sung dynasty. The' contents are arranged seriatim with re- gard to the several subjects of — Lapidary inscriptions, Caligraphy, Rules for writing, Pencils, Ink, Paper, and Pallets. The 31 jg, ^H" jfJEf Yuh t'ang kea hwa, in 8 books, was completed by 3l 'pp Wang Wan in 1288. This is a record of political affairs, from the year 1261 to 1267, with special notice of the particular business which occupied the attention of the inner coun- cil; and a selection of antiquities from former dynasties, omitted in the regular histories. The itinerary of Ch'ang Tib. in the West, previously noticed (page 29), is given in the second book. The ^ "ffl pjp' jjg* Ch'in yuen tsing yu, by @ ^ Pih T'ing, was finished at the beginning of the 14th century, being miscellaneous notices of the author's literary re- searches, which are in general much to the point, although there are some slight errors occasionally. The existing editions are thought to be only a portion of the original work. The if? |ff ^ $ HI f|J£ Shoo chae labu h'eo ts'ung Van, by H; #P ffi Shing Joo-tsze of the Yuen dynasty, is chiefly a discussion of the classical and historical works, with criticisms on the poets; iccluding also records of a number of events omit- ted in the dynastic histories. The ^(j Ifff f^£ gQ Pih keen peth ke is the only remaining work of |5jt jtr |*g Ch'in She-lung, the author of several literary productions during the Yuen dynasty, who was killed in the insurrectionary contest about the establishment of the Ming. This con- sists principally of historical notes, and strictures on the literature of the time. The p j^j jgfc Jih wan luh is a short record after the model of the Koo kin choo, by ^p Fp Le Chung, an adherent of the Yuen dynasty, although it appears to have been finished about the commencement of the Ming. There is a considerable portion occupied with an attack on Buddhism, the books and customs of which, the author con- tends to have originated in a perversion of native Chinese ideas. The editions now extant are taken from the Yung 16 td teen. The pj HH HH Wfc Tsing yen ts'ung luh, by 5E ^P Wang Wei, written about the commencement of the Ming dynasty, gives a series of bibliographical details regarding the classics and collateral records, with a brief notice of the rise of Buddhism and Taouism, and remarks on geomancy and medicine. The J|L yl^- ~jf* Ts'abu muh tsze is a series of notes embracing nearly every dspart- ment of literature, written by Jr ~J "ty Ye Tsze-k'e during his imprisonment in 1378. It is divided into eight sections, entitled respectively, — Limited views, Observation of things, Original principles, Primordial mysteries, Diligent application, Miscellaneous arrangements, General talk, and Miscellaneous rarities. MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. 135 The ^p f^| -f£i ~/\S Mr} f|/C •& 5^C -^ //wa e Aw>a mw/i neabu show chin ivdn k'abu, by iM- iuS |=t Shin Mow-kwan of the Ming, is a series of researches relative to objects of nature and art, 6 books being devoted to Plants, 1 to Animals, 1 to Rarities, and 2 supplementary. There is a want of care in the compilation, many statements being heaped together indiscriminately, without regard to their authenticity. The $tf #f[ '^ =|l Ho tung mwdn peU, by |$ fj£ T'an Sew of the 16th century, is a series of disquisitions on historical and literary subjects. The ^" Z^ ffsJR -Ip- K'aou pwa?i yu sze, by T'oo Lung of the Ming, is a general examination of the furniture of the study, with historical notes on the several objects. These are — Typography, Impressions from tablets, Caligraphy, Drawings, the Lyre, Paper, Pencils, Pallets, Incense pots, Vases, and other articles. The [ZiJ >X 5j§" H| ff£ Sze yew chae ts'ung shwo, in 38 books, by "fnf J|. ^ Ho Leang-tseun, bearing date 1569, consists of extensive notes on the various subjects treated in the native literature, under the 16 heads, — Classics, History, Miscellaneous records, Philosophy, Buddhism and Taouism, Literary composition, Poetry, Writing, Drawing, Development of the inclination, Lofty counsels, Care of the person, Felicita- tion of old age, Rectification of customs, Examination of literature, and Odes. A sup- plement was added treating of historical subjects. There is a general looseness and want of evidence for the statements of this work, which has been severely criticized by subsequent writers. The ^ jjJfj Yen tsing, written by Q ^H 3i Leu Clmng-yuh early in the present dynasty, is a collection of notes on the meaning of characters, researches concerning the origin of customs, and kindred topics. There are a good many errors throughout the work, which must be cautiously relied on. The ^" 1% ^g jfli Tung yay tseen Ice, by 3£ -^ ft|j Wang Ts'ung-keen, written in 1665, is a miscellaneous collection of memoranda made during the author's reading in history, embracing notes on a variety of subjects ancient and modern; but there is a want of care apparent in many of the quotations. The 3^ jg|J {p^ =P Yun lang gbxo peih is a book of jottings, chiefly of current and recent events, by ~^pl Zf? Sung Lo of the 17th century. The !_L| ^ Shan che, in 6 books, by i. "fc tPt Wang Hung-chuen, about con- temporary with the preceding, is a miscellaneous collection of notes on a variety of subjects ancient and modern, of moderate merit. The author is more famous for rais- ing doubtful questions, than for judgment in their solution. The -"ti ^e| SL PllX ^T* »IJc Ts'ezh sung t'ang shih seabu lull is a record of observa- tions chiefly relating to the fine arts, by §g!J gg \Z. Lew T'e-jin, written early in the present dynasty. The <$£,%, tcTPhH K& w w <* n k*h ten and %$■ H§£ Tsa luh, both from the hand of Koo Yen-woo, consist of notes made during his readings in the national histories, and were originally published separately, but were afterwards incorporated in his Jih che luh. " The yC ^H* lUe |P5 "f^f T'geh heang low gbw iih, written during the latter part of the 17th century, by J-P^^umIs ^ u Chaou-lung, is a collection of memoranda in the 136 MISCELLANEOUS WUITERS. several departments of literature, gathered from a perusal of the recent publications of that period. The yC Tltfc f^x Wfr Teen liih slnh yu, by Kaon Sze-ke, is a large assemblage of notes, chiefly extracts from the books of the Sung and Ming dynasties, but made with- out judgment, and exceedingly open to criticism. The yfjJ; 4L |R pjK Cltepih gow fan, in 26 books, completed by Wang Sze-ching in 1691, is a large collection of memoranda arranged under four divisions, treating res- pectively of, — Court notabilia, Distinguished characters, Literary compositions, and Marvels. The first part contains several notices of the presentation of tribute to Chi- na, by European nations. The jg 1 Eg^ Tjsft gQ Chen puh tsa he, in 6 books, written by jfH, Jpj|, Chaou Yih, about the beginning of the 18th century, consists of a variety of articles relating to matters of passing interest during the present dynasty. Among these we find some curious notices of the Jesuit missionaries and other foreigners in China. The flfi |^§ ffg, ^|| ^t Teen nan yih k'ew liih. is a collection of short articles, by &H f5A Chang Hung, chiefly relating to objects on the eastern midland provinces of China, written during the author's residence in Yun-nfm, early in the 18th century. The ^f|P jJItL sp oE tl'eang tsob peih ke, in 12 books, is a miscellaneous record writ- ten by the same author as the preceding, between the years 1703 and 1705 inclusive. The ~pf 1^ "J" <=^» 7J£ffc 2£$< Koofoo yu ting tsa liih, also from the same hand as the preceding, to which it is supplementary, was written in 1705, after the author's retire- ment from office. Many of the statements contained in it are very open to criticism. The yj* '"[J" pf^ jfjlj Fun kan yu hwa is another miscellaneous work, written by the same author in 1709; but it shews less of research than the others, and bears indica- tions of the feebleness of old age. The St ^3 ^lf ^P |$C fun shih chae peih fan, written by §§ j^p fjf Keang Shaou-shoo, about the commencement of the 18th century, is a collection of remarks on specimens of writing, drawings, and antiques, which the author describes from personal inspection. The ff% F»P Shivo k'ow is a historical note book, written by j|j£ fBL |$J Ye Paou- sung in 1760. The $2 Ife 4^* ^ if til W TIC Kc t'ing sting gan chiih loo che mo, consists of descriptive and narrative details regarding a bamboo stove, which was kept in the T'ing- sung monastery, near Woo-seih, and formed an object of curiosity to the emperor when he visited that neighbourhood. It was written towards the end of the 18th century, by Ulij^j |f| Tsow^Ping-t'ae. The #£ ll JlB If Tun yen che yen, by Hi |f} Tseen K'e. dated 1848, contains the author's views on a number of subjects in science and religion, in which he shews considerable independence of thought, but the conclusions he arrives at are frequently more curious than trustworthy. The §j£i .Jjj Sluvofoo is an extensive work compiled by \wj 55V (PI T'aou Tsung- e, early in the Ming dynasty, in 100 books, consisting entirely of copious extracts from MISCELLANEOUS "WRITERS. 137 works in all the several departments of literature, without any remarks by the compiler. 30 books of the original were afterwards lost, and in 1530 when it was republished, m* 3C t-i?- Yiih Wan-po the editor supplied 30 books from other sources. A new edi- tion appeared in 1647 by |$y J^ T'aou Ting, who enlarged the collection to 120 books, containing in all, extracts from, or complete editions of 1292 separate works. The same editor also published a supplement in 46 books, entitled gj[ «^J5 ;p| Shioo foo suh, in connexion with the original; but this additional part, which consists of selec- tions from the Ming writers, is considered of little value. The p* t §Ju '#? K°° h* n shwo hae, in 142 books, is a work similar in character to the preceding, compiled by |*£ ^Hjl Luh Tse'e, who completed his undertaking in 1544. It is divided into 4 parts, comprising respectively, — Eclectics, Repositories, Digests, and Thesauri, in all 135 works, but the excerpta are very much fuller than in the Shwo foo. The ZJl «Er iS. PjK lis Yuh che t'ang t'an hwuy, in 36 books, is also a collection of excerpts from other works, compiled by f^ $|| ^\ Seu Ying-ts'ew, in the former part of the 17th century. This differs in plan however from those above noticed, the sub- ject matter being arranged under a great number of headings, each of which includes selections from every book bearing on the question. The author's reading must have been extensive, his quotations extending over a vast field of literature; but the work shews a great want of discrimination, and is grievously marred by its tendency to the marvellous and puerile. The -fjB] f$) tfl W Tan ff ho ° tseaou shoo, in 12 books, by ^j£ ^f| ^ Lae Tseth- che of the Ming, is analogous in character to the preceding; being composed mainly of extracts from the books of the Tang, Sung, Yuen, and Ming dynasties, in connexion with brief remarks by the compiler. The "fgf yg] pf rJX "p? && yuen he so he, in 12 books, is a compilation, doctrinal, historical, and literary, formed by selections from preceding writers. Some two or three tenths of the whole relates to matters of antiquity, and the remainder is occupied with events of the Ming dynasty. This was completed by ^§, ^ jT Chaou Keih-sze, in 1659, but he has shewn a great want of discrimination in his extracts. The JfS / fv2 §lt HF Chaou tae ts'ung shoo, in 90 books, consists of reprints of por- tions of as many different works by authors at the commencement of the present dynas- ty, each extract forming a separate book. These sometimes consist of intact sections of the work, but at others detached portions are joined to make up the book. The com- piler 5$! jqp3 Chang Chaou has also occasionally altered the text, so that his edition is not in every instance to be relied on. This is in two parts, the first of which in 50 books, was published in 1697, and the succeeding portion shortly after. The 'HE JU SHilF T'an ke ts'ung shoo, in 100 books, is of a similar character to the preceding, and was also compiled by Chang Chaou in conjunction with 3l R>p Wang Cho. The greater part consists of selections from the literary compendiums of scholars of this dynasty, the remainder being made up from the writings of Ming dy- nasty recluses. This is also in two parts, the first of which appeared in 1659. Both these works are considered most unfortunate efforts at compilation, and stand extreme- ly low in the estimation of scholars. I i 138 MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. The i|j)2 7§| IT aS ^ e s ^ 00 neen ?A n chiing, in 100 books, consists of reprints of twenty one ancient works, compiled by ' fr. "TT £p| Wang Sze-han of the present dynasty. Five of these works are proved to be spurious, and one, the Sick po wah che, a work of the later Sung, is erroneously assigned to the Tsin dynasty. The iff! ^||& iff? T'ttng e luh is a collection of upwards of twenty treatises on ethics, arts, sciences, and other subjects tending to the illustration of the classics. The author of this ^5£ ^w PP Ch'ing Yaou-teen, lived last century, and is highly esteemed for his literary attainments. These treatises exhibit a more than ordinary amount of critical judgment, and form an important contribution towards the subjects in question. The earliest Christian works extant in Chinese, date from the beginning of the 17th century. On the arrival of the Jesuit missionaries, it soon became an object with theni to employ the agency of the press in the dissemination of their views through the em- pire. The books which they have left must ever prove an object of interest to the dis- ciple of Jesus, as containing the oldest existing announcement of the Saviour, to this empire; arid the care with which some of these were composed, have obtained for them a place in the imperial catalogue. These would seem to deserve a separate class in the list; but as the imperial authorities have included them among the "Miscellaneous writers," the same arrangement is followed here. Perhaps the European whose name is best known in China, both on account of his writings and doings is Matteo Ricci. Devoting himself assiduously to the study of the native literature, he is said to have acquired an aptitude for clothing his ideas in a Chinese dress, remarkable for a foreigner. One of his first efforts was while residing at Nan-ch'ang the capital of Keang-se. Having made the acquaintance of the prince of Keen-gan, he was one day interrogated by him as to the laws of Friendship in the west; which conversation gave rise to the short treatise ^£ ^X pftg Keaou yew lun, completed by Ricci in 1595, and embodying his views in a succession of short and pithy paragraphs. In 1601, during his sojourn at Peking, and while enjoying daily inter- course with scholars of high rank, he was enabled to bring out the yC 3l Jl W$ T'e'en chob sink e, a treatise on the character and attributes of God. This deals with the subject under eight heads, i. e. Creation and preservation of the universe, Ignor- ance of mankind regarding God, Man different from dumb animals in having an im-" mortal soul, Difference between the soul of man and the spiritual powers, and diversity of substances in the universe, Doctrines of metempsychosis and prohibition of taking life exposed, with explanation of the theory of fasting and abstinence, Imperishable character of the mind, with the certainty of heaven and hell, Original goodness of hu- man nature and peculiar tenets of Christianity, and an Explanation of European cus- toms, particularly celibacy of the clergy. This work which is in the dialogue form, con- . tains some acute reasoning in support of the propositions laid down, but the doctrine of faith in Christ is very slightly touched upon. The tenets of Buddhism are vigorously attacked, while the author endeavours to draw a parallel between Christianity and the teachings of the literati. In 1604, Ricci completed the ZL. | i§L ff Urh shih wod yen, a series of 25 short articles chiefly of a moral bearing; but having little of the peculiar and essential doctrines of the Christian system. It has prefaces by 4Rjj ||| ^* MISCELLANEOUS WKITEKS. 139 Fung Ying-king and Seu Kwang-k'e, both celebrated in the history of the church. The WpJ- J\^ -|— ^pjjj Kejin shihpeen is another of the same author's productions, com- pleted in 1608, and consists of a record often conversations, which he had held with some of the high native dignitaries at various times. The subjects discussed are — Years past no longer ours, Man a sojourner on earth, Advantage of frequently contem- plating eternity, Preparation for judgment by frequently contemplating eternity, The good man has few words and is not desirous of talking, The meaning of abstinence from flesh is not the prohibition of taking life, Self-examination and self- reproof are incon- sistent with inaction, Future rewards and punishments, Prying into futurity hastens personal calamity, and Wealth with covetousness more miserable than poverty with Contentment. A translation of eight European hymns with elucidatory remarks, writ- ten in 1609, are appended to the Kejin shift peen. The pointed attacks on Buddhism in the preceding works, and the wide circulation of Ricci's doctrines by means of their republication in several parts of the empire, called forth the animadversions and opposition of the priesthood. The force of their arguments however was very feeble. One of the most talented was $fc;£r Choo-hung, a priest of Hang-chow, who had abandoned the literary profession for the Buddhist cloister. Three articles appear in. his published writings, against the doctrine of the Jesuits. These having been brought to the notice of J^l ji^L jfiti Yu Chun-he, one of the metropolitan high functionaries, he wrote to Ricci in a spirit of apparent candour, requesting further light on the subject. This letter with Ricci's reply, the priest's three declamations and the refutation of Ricci, were all published together, under the title j?f ^ jjjH ffg Peen heo e t'uh, with a postcript by Seu Kwang-k'e. The Jg| Z^| }j§| gg gJt Ling hwan tabu t'e shwo is a small psychological treatise by Nicholas Longobardi, who lived in China from 1597 to 1654. Contemporary with Ricci, and closely associated with him in his labours and adven- tures, Didacus Pantoja composed several works of a religious and moral character, which are still extensively read. The -fc J^£ Ts'eih k'ih, in 7 books, issued by him in 1614, is a treatise on the conquest of seven dominant sins of human nature, i. e. Pride, Jeal- ousy. Avarice, Anger, Sensuality, Debauchery, and Indolence. The style of the work is rather high, which has rendered it not distasteful to literary men, but there is very little peculiar to the Christian doctrine in it. The latter however is treated by him at considerable length in a work which appears to have been published after his death, with the title j|g -y j|| f^i Pang tsze e tseuen. This explains minutely the forms and doctrines of the church of Rome, the last part giving an account of the early his- tory and fall of man, as contained in the Old Testament. The ^f sp itfn f^ Peen heo soo kabu is an apology for the Jesuit missionaries ad- dressed to the emperor, by Seu Kwang-k'e, in 1616, when they had been denounced as traitors, by the Board of Rites at Nanking. Seu also wrote a short treatise against Buddhism, entitled p| ^ j^ §|f ^ P' e \h shih she choo wdng, in which he discusses the reasonableness of the various practices connected therewith. Alphonsus Vagnoni, who entered China in 1605, has left the names of sixteen works from his hand, most of which if not all, are still to be found. This father shews 140 S1ISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. none of the scruples of Ricci about announcing the most puerile teachings of his church. His ^ TyT -fj M. Shing mod king shzh is a remarkable specimen of Mariolatry, giv- ing a legendary history, followed by a lengthy record of miraculous interferences of the Virgin on numerous occasions. The ^ l*/jl To Wi K'ung tse lah che by the same, is a treatise on the chemical composition of the universe; containing the author's ideas on the various celestial and terrestrial phenomena. The same year that Ricci died, Emmanuel Diaz reached China, and there are extant nine works written by him during a residence of more than thirty years. His chief production appears to be the =£. ^J£ |f[ j^f Shing king chih keae, in 14 books, consist- ing of the Gospels for the several Sundays and feast days throughout the year, as ap- pointed by the ritual, with extended commentary and reflections on each. This work which was finished in 1636, is written in a chaste and lucid style. To Diaz, we are also indebted for the |y£ \W g^ Tj K'ing she kin yen, a very free translation of Tho- mas a Kempis' "Imitation of Christ" complete, which was issued in 1640. The style of this is unexceptionable to literary taste. More recently another translation of the last-named work has been published, with the title ^^ j£ 3E- Wu L'sun chob shing fan. This has less of literary embellishment than the preceding, but more literal con- formity to the original. The ()u ^§, Hwang e is a modified form of some of iEsop's Fables, by Nicholas Tri- gault, who reached China in 1610, where he remained till his death in 1629. Francis Sambiasi a Neapolitan Jesuit came to China in 1613, and has left two or three works of a psychological character. In 1624, the ^g "pf 1|jg '-$ Ling yen le tsd was written by Seu Kwang-k'e, from his dictation. This is a treatise on the Soul, which he designates anima, and explains under four heads: i. e. Substance, Capabilities, Dignity, and Excellence. The Bgt -g^ . ^g> Shwuy hwd urh id is a short treatise by the same, on Sleep and Pictures allegorized, with a preface by Le Clie-tsaou. Jules Aleni, who commenced his carer in China at the same time as the preceding, has left twenty five different works, most of which are still in common circulation. Among these, the JZ j£ |t*p £fc fy -fT ?f!£ ^cr T"e en cn °b keang sang yen hing lie led, in 8 books, is a Life of Christ, of which an abbreviated edition has been recently published, under the title .tjjj jjj*$ jf -f~J" Tjtjj s||r Yay soo yen hing he led. The 5j*ff T8X ^T» ^§ ^ e s ® ts ^ £ ' s an explanation of the Doctrine of the Mass, with a minute account of the ceremonies of the Church of Rome connected therewith. The \ffi Iffl -it sMi T'eih tsuy eking kwei is a treatise on the Remission of sins. The -pjj tffi) ^L J|ji Wan wuh chin yuen, first printed in 1628, a small treatise on the Origin of all things, has attained a great popularity, and has also been translated and published in Manchu. The H2. [Jj p|fij ^p iflu San shan lun heo ke is a Dialogue between Aleni and a native dignitary, on God as the creator and governor of the universe. The ^ff is Bs 3C ^£ Ling shing t'e yaou le is a discourse on the Sacrament of the Eucharist. The =je> ^r ^V Shing mung k'o is a translation of a Dialogue between a disembodied spirit and its corpse, represented as a dream, said to have been written originally by St. Pih-urh-na, and put into Chinese by Aleni. This has an outline of certain eccle- MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. 141 siastical forms in the church appended. The I^J -^jr J^fe Sze tsze king is a simple statement of the Romish theology, written in lines of four characters each. A memoir of Matteo Ricci was also written by Aleni, with the title y^. 25 ^lj ^Q ^fe, ^ T &jf Td se le seen sang hing t&eih. John Adam Schaal, renowned for his services in the cause of science, has left to pos- terity twenty six works, but most of these are in the department of astronomy; only M-l five or six being of a directly religious character, and of these there is one, the y^* ' £L p jfjj j^ =p£ Ts'ung yih t'ang jih ke suy pezh, which consists of a collection of legendary miracles, little calculated to exalt the doctrine in the minds of intelligent Chinese. The fpj ^ff i$s ?K£ Tsoo shen chung king is a book of prayers for the dying and dead, translated by John Froes, a Portuguese missionary, who lived in China from 1624 to 1640. The ^e pQ Q ^3 Siting ke pih yen is a translation of a hundred moral apothegms, ascribed to the canonized virgin Teresa of Spain, by James Rho. Hieronymus de Gravina came to China in 1637, where he laboured in the mission cause till his death in 1659. He has left a work entitled -fXiE iJh /j^flj Te ching p'een, in 6 books, giving a fair outline of the doctrines of the church of Rome, under 6 heads, i. e. God's excellence, Redemption by God, Recompense by God, God's mercy, What God honours, and God's protection. In 1637, Louis Bugliia Sicilian Jesuit first reached China, where he long lived in the enjoyment of the imperial favour, which continued till his death in 1682. There are twenty small works, the production of his hand, the most noticeable of which is probably the ^> -f=g= 2* $T Puh tih e p'een. This is an answer to a violent attack on the Christian religion, entitled Jy* -f?f ti Puh tih e, written by ^%j j\_, ~JXj Yang Kwang-seen, one of the Mohammedans high in office in the Astronomical Board, who appears to have been moved by jealousy on account of the favours the Jesuits were ob- taining, through the success of their mathematical acquirements. This led to a fierce persecution of Christianity throughout the empire, which commenced in the beginning of 1665, and lasted till 1671. Bugli replies seriatim to the various false statements of Yang Kwang-seen. Another of the same father's publications is the 35- ~Vf Sy* p B^ ra~ Shing mob seabu jih k'6 king, a translation of a book of Prayers to the Virgin Mary. The Ci XT yft" j?H 3f§£ E wang chayjih k'6 king is a book of Prayers for the Dead, another translation from the same hand. . The ^/C \*Q T'een keae is a short treatise spiritualizing the affairs of common life, written by a Sicilian missionary known among the Chinese by the name "$§■ |^J j\2 P'wan Kwo-kwang, having laboured in this empire from 1638 till 1671. There are several other productions of his hand extant. One of these the Ijlf /jig M 3*P Chen le k'bw to, consists of commentaries and expositions of the Gospels appointed in the ritual for the festival days, drawn up in 1642. The fame of Ferdinand Verbiest in China, rests chiefly on his astronomical labours; but while thus occupied in the service of the empire, he was not unmindful of the great 142 MISCELLANEOUS WKlJEKS. object of his mission, in forwarding the cause of his church. The twenty five works which he has left include a few short treatises which are still in common use among the native converts. Of these, the =g Eg -Q* ^H Shing €e tct e is the solution of doubts as to the Sacrament of the host. The Zffc -^ pf* g|]fl Keaou yaou sen lun is a general outline of the doctrines of the church of Rome, including expositions of the Ten commandments, Lord's prayer, and Apostle's creed, published in 1670. A version of this was afterwards printed in Manchu, which was denounced in an imperial edict in 1805. The & J^f |§J (fag Kadu keae yuen e is an explanation of the doctrine of Con- fession. Andrew Lobelli entered China in 1659, where he laboured as a missionary in Kwang-tung, Keang-nan, and Peking. Nine of his literary productions are preserved, all of a religious character. The 1IL jjfpj |f|_ -jg Chin fuh chih die, written in 1673, is a directory to the attainment of true happiness, by seeking it in the Christian reli- gion. The ^|f '^F. /Jf§ i^ lfc jPft Shin sang fuh chung ching loo is a treatise on the rites and precepts of the church ot Rome, proposed as a means of making the most of the present life and also the future. The ji^. 48> slfC Shin sze luh, consists of a series of reflections on matters pertaining to the Christian religion, written at intervals by ^p 3L s^ Le K'e-heang, and ar- ranged by his son 3p Jyf p%. Le S6-leang after his death, in three sections, treating of man's responsibility towards God, towards his neighbour, and towards himself. It is issued with the imprimatur of Antony de Gouvea, who lived in China from 1636 to 1677. The =£■ 39£ 'fpj pg Shing keaou sin ching is an account of the labours of the Jesuit missionaries who came to China, down to the year 1673, drawn up by Jpp[ /jpfc Han Lin and 5jf jjr Chang Kang, two native converts. At the end a catalogue and brief notices of all the missionaries are given, with the several works written by each. The Jtfj 3!j( JpL igr Kih chi gabu led is a historical account of the Christian reli- gion, by $j£ H|j jfg L6 Ming-yaou, a European. The He Zjfc *yj fp£ Shing keaou minq ch'ing, in 8 books, is a treatise on the evi- dences of Christianity, by -p| ^ jl|] Wan Tse-kwo, a European missionary of the Dominican order. This was completed in 1677, and is one of the best works of the kind. The |Z3 ^ % ' jg Sze chung leo i, by £j ^ $% Pih To-ma, a European Augus- tinian, published in 1705, is a discourse on Death, Judgment, Hell, and Heaven. The =£ 1a t* l£C Shing keaou ts'ee yaou, by the same, is a guide to neophites in the ri- tual and ceremonies of the church. The ^C fH Pj J|. 5£ T'een joo fung i Kadu is a comparison of the Christian religion with the doctrines of the literati of China, by fff (*§; ||f Choo Tse-nan a na- tive convert, published in 1715. This is divided into three parts, the first shewing wherein the two systems are identical, the second shews wherein the Christian supplies what is lacking in the other, and the third points out the superiority of the Christian system. MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. 143 The J^ 3JH, pj J3|jh C/m'w <«o« tsze chine/ is a treatise on the evidences of Christian- ity, written in 1718, by '$? "tj* "ff3 Sha Show-sin, a European missionary. The Ig. ^fj fZ! ^?/^M 7$ui!^ Shing Ve jin gae king kwei t'eaou, written by w| Pp£ IE Fung Ping-ching a European Jesuit, in 1719, consists of preparatory exercises for receiving the Sacrament of the eucharist. Another work by the same author, is the Mpl 5^. Jl| -gjj» Shiny neen kwang yih, in 12 sections, a series of legendary narratives of the saints with reflections, for every day in the year, completed in 1738. A revised edition, arranged according to the modern calendar, and otherwise modified, was pub- lished in 1815. A version of this has been circulated in Manchu, it being in the num- ber of those prohibited in an imperial edict in 1805. Similar in character to the pre- ceding, but of much smaller compass, is the =j=- 7^ jjpf infc Shing king kwang yih, by the same, being a series of meditations and exercises corresponding to the Gospels for the several days according to the missal. The 4§fc |U $jf fH; Shing she ts'oo yaou, also from the same hand, is a general discourse on the Christian religion, with a vigor- ous attack on the idolatrous customs of China. The 2£ $;e Bs !M^ Choo king t'e we is an exposition of the Lord's Prayer, by J|^ fyU -fife Yin Hwang-seu. a Jesuit missionary contemporary with the preceding; who also wrote the ^2[ -Ej' /$j% ^ Neih urh chung yen, consisting of moral and familiar counsels for the guidance of converts. The j=| ifcg &${ Shih (seen luh is a treatise of psychology, by "fjg yjjj Tih-p'ei, a member of the imperial family, who had identified himself somewhat with the mission- aries, and become imbued with their doctrine of the Soul. This is dated 1639. The ■%?} fa] fH ^|g? E keen tabu e is the substance of a treatise on Prayer, transla- ted by t/LyfeTiJ^* Ch'in Jo-seih, a native Jesuit, and published in 1758. The jM y gJ v ijg p^J Shin sze che nan, in 6 books, is a Guide to Meditation, the two last books comprising reflections on the Gospels for the several Sundays and festivals throughout the year. The ae ?&C PS JPC Shing keaou tseen shwo is a treatise on the nature and charac- ter of God, human nature, and future rewards and punishments, containing an able dis- cussion of the errors of Chinese theology. The =e ^C jic >KE Shing keaou yaou king is a compilation by an Augustinian named Ignatius, comprising the Ten commandments, Lord's prayer, Apostle's creed, and other prayers and formulae of the church, with an ample commentary to the whole. The pO. ^p 3l B l-J *P Chow neen choo jih k'bw t'o is a series of homilies for every sunday throughout the year, by |*E J&\ ^/CLiih Sze-mlh, a native of Shanghae. The >M nr iff lUlI ^v 'ke Chow neen cken le kung king is a translation of the li- turgy for the several festivals of the church throughout the year. The {iJjj ipL ^fl Kwei chin tseih, by y$ >/J» J^. Seu Yih-leang, is an attack on po- pular superstitions and idolatrous practises. The JlXt J\ ^c ^jl China jin yaou tseih, written by ^IJ 22f /£, Le Gan-ting a Franciscan missionary in 1694, consists of incentives to a religious life. 144 MISCELLANEOUS WRITERS. The : xJ] "f^ Joj -g* Ch'oo hioiiy wan td is a dialogue on some principles of the Christian religion, by -£j a£p ^Jf Slnh T'o-luh a missionary of the Franciscan order, written in 1680. The 'f^g Y^T BB Tih king pod is a narrative of the life and legendary miracles of Ta-ni-laou Ko-sze-kea, a Polish saint of the Jesuit order, written by Cj §p? wf] Pa To-miug a European of the same order, in 1726. The •pft [" jq- f0£j Ching she leo shioo is a treatise on various points of Roman Catholic theology, written by Tj^ ^K 7C Choo Tsung-yuen, in the first half of the 17th century. The -g* ^» jtij Td k'zh wan, by the same author, is a dialogue on Christi- anity, drawing a contrast between it and the several systems established in China. The 3^- q$£ /y* tj\ Shing keaou senbu yin is a short disquisition on the doctrines, prohibitions and rites of the church, by y\J± Pf» Fan Chung, a native of Hang-chow. The fa=. ^ ^c J§? j»j -g» Shing keaou yaou le wan td is an elaborate catechism of the doctrines and practices of the church of Rome. The ^U» ^x ig. gj£ <7arc s/tay leo shzvo is an explanation of the doctrine of Indul- gences, and of several societies in the Papal cnurch, given in the catechetical form. t-*-k ^9 0*-& =A> The ^c hF 6S 5(f8 ^ a ^^ &ec« /«« consists of counsels for the performance of relative family obligations. The ^7C JiL jiL vvi T'e'en t'ang chih loo is a guide for the disciple in his daily con- duct and conversation. The ilp |pi 3£ ^f ^v /^ 5S* 7a 0« r/« c/ioo yew feze seufd is a didactic treatise on the doctrines and rites of the church. The 'jiff} ^ 31k ^e wang luh is a miscellany of scripture narratives, apocryphal mi- racles, anecdotes, &c. The ffyf *2£ PBfl Keae me lun is a discussion of the false doctrines prevalent in Chi- na, written in 1845, by jyfc -p| fj||f Yaou Ho-min, a native of Shanghae. The =§| q(X jiff fjjp Isj/V f|5\ Shing keaou she sze k'o fob is a collection of stanzas, reflections, &c. on various points connected with the Christian religion. The p£s W W "o C/*oo Aiowy wot td is a catechism of the various societies, trans- lated by Hf ^|=J -{Jf Nan Yew-yo a European Jesuit. Besides the preceding, there are a great number of minor books of exercises for daily use among the converts, and in schools. Such are the $p Jg| -Q y\. j|l ^] j|j£ Leen y-n j-«-^: pj^ /*rt<7 ts'eih tsze t'ung hung king, Prayers for souls in Purgatory; the jjjj ^§< ^jA Peen mung k'o, a book of instructions for the young, in heptameter verse; the -=p JJsiL j3^ Tsaouwan k'6, Devotional exercises for the morning and evening; the ^e5ji£:^C *3E. loj o Shing keaou yaou le wan td, Catechism of the sacraments; the fjjj fffiyc HW =3£ iPq W -J-* ^Ay so ° *A-<5w mot s/^'wa loo shen kung, Devotional exercises comme- morative of Christ's passion; the ffjj- J& jjjjf Jflj^ iM ^J] ^ -r- l Q if{ jjS VE /S'^z/i Aeae jo^'tJw ^5 jg%i Seaou ming luh is a small work of a kindred character, by Luh Kwei-mung of the Tang, on the private names of the several emperors and princes, from Che-hwang of the Tsin down to the After Wei dynasty. From the notices of this in other books, there is reason to believe that the existing edition is but a portion of the original; it is marked also by a number of errors. The 4fJ- 2tH $5\ Sze luy fob was drawn up by y^. $$[ Woo Shuh at the commence- ment of the Sung dynasty. The original draft which was laid before the emperor consisted of 20 books, composed in the irregular verse style termed fod; and at the monarch's suggestion, the author added a running commentary, at the same time divid- ing the work into 30 books, as we now have it, embracing in all 100 articles. In 1699 an extension of this work appeared, in 40 books, by lp ^J f^j Hwa He-min, under the title Jpf ^- 2tl! Mtf\ Kwanq sze luy foo. This is on the same plan as Woo Shuh's publication, being divided into 27 sections, embracing 191 articles, with a commentary throughout by the author; but the style is inferior to that of the ancient work. In the year 977, T'ae tsung the second emperor of the Sung issued a mandate for the compilation of a cyclopaedia, on a more extensive scale than any that had preceded. This was undertaken by ^p f!/J Le Fang and others, who brought their work to com- pletion in 983, and designated it the ^/C l* WJ &M T'ae ping peen luy. The manu- script was perused by the emperor, who examined three books a day, thus passing the whole under review in the course of a year. From this circumstance, the name was changed to ~J$l ^p fu^J p^ T'ae ping yu Ian, which it has retained ever since. It is divided into 55 sections, composing 1,000 books in all. At the beginning, a list of 1,690 works are given, from all which quotations are borrowed, besides a number of miscellanies, old poems, and other writings not named. Of these works named, there are scarcely two or three tenths now extant; but it may be presumed that a large num- ber of them were already lost when the T'ae ping yu Ian was compiled, and that the quotations are merely taken from former cyclopaedias. The original edition had be- come almost extinct, and the manuscript copies which had been successively transmit- ted through a period of six hundred years, were faulty and defective in the extreme, when Jj| lE gl Hwang Ching-sih resolved to collate and print anew. Only one print- ed copy was to be found, which belonged to the sfc Choo family in Sung-keang, and CYCLOP jEDIAS. 147 that was more than half deficient. By a careful comparison with a great number of manuscripts, it was revised and put to press in 1568, and an edition of five hundred finished in 1572, the work being done with moveable type. A new collation and re- print was made by Yuen Yuen in 1812, in 1,000 books, and though doubtless marked by very numerous errors, it is on the whole a most important thesaurus. In 1005, a commission was appointed by Chin tsung the third Sung emperor, con- sisting of x 3A 7$3 Wang K'in-jo, *\tyj 'fjg^ Yang Yih and others, fifteen in all, to draw up a historical compendium in the cyclopsedia form, comprehending the details of all state matters from the earliest times, chronologically arranged. The work was completed a.d. 1013, in 1,000 books, and received the imperial imprimatur in the form of a preface, and the title 7JJJ" Jflf jTQ |f| Ts'ih fob yuen kwei. This is divided into 31 sections, with a general preface to each, having also a sub-preface to each of the thousand one hundred and four minor divisions. These prefaces are from the hand of ^J- 3J>[£ Le Wei and five others, having been submitted to the approbation of Yang Yih. Each section was revised by the emperor in person as finished, who also fixed the general plan; causing all works of a light and dubious character to be rejected, and adopting as authorities only the Kwb yu, Chen kwb ts'th, Kwan tsze, Mang tsze, Han fei tsze, Hwae nan tsze, Yen she ch'un ts'ew, Lew she ch'un ts'ew, Han she wae chuen, the Five classics and the Dynastic histories. From these also, matters of insubordina- tion, and other delinquencies were omitted. There was originally 10 books on the pro- nunciation and meaning of the characters, by 1%Z |p|f Sun Shth, but this is now lost, probably through the omission of transcribers. The work was reprinted in 1642. A very contracted epitome of this in 30 books, was drawn up by Jq |[j Hwang Hwuy, with the title ffl jf^ j£ fjj| ^ ^|J Ts'zh fob yuen kwei Vuh che. The ^ %yi ^ |pj Shoo sen che nan, in 20 books, is a selection from the various works classical, historical, scientific and philosophical, drawn up by |i ]p[ Jin Kwang about the beginning of the 12th century, intended mainly for the convenience of letter writers. It was first printed in 1126, soon after which the blocks were burnt in the prevailing disturbances. It has been preserved however, by successive transcripts till the present dynasty, when it was revised and again printed in 1725. The work is carefully compiled, and the author seems to have drawn his materials from original sources. The ~jfT s=f* JpE J^ ^Hp pp pg Xob kin sing she shoo p'een ching, in 40 books, is an elaborate investigation of the origin and history of the several family names of China, methodically arranged according to the tones and rhymes. This was compiled by 5t|» ^ ttt T'ang Ming-she and his son It^H? T'ang Ch'un, and completed in 1134, after about twenty years labour. The edition which was printed about that time has been long extinct, and the modern copies are compiled from the extracts in the Yung lb td teen, these being arranged on the principle of the ancient work, as noticed in several publications of former times; so that although we have the substance, it is not identi- cal with the Sung dynasty original. The 2p flJl Ke Izh is a small work referable to this class, written by /0| ^ ^§J 148 CYCLOPAEDIAS. Chaou Ts'ung-heuen in the 12th century. The subjects embraced however, are very limited in extent, and differ from those of the generality of luy shoo; being such as historical resemblances, contrasts, prodigies, &c. The 3E ^M- Yuh hah, in 200 books, was compiled by 3l Ml HI Wang Ying-lin, in the early part of the 12th century. It is divided into 21 sections, comprising up- wards of: 240 articles, giving the substance of a vast amount of the native literature. This is generally prized by scholars as one of the best works of the class, though it requires to be read with discrimination. It was allowed to lie in manuscript till 1351, when the first edition appeared under imperial patronage. Thirteen other works were originally printed by way ol appendix to it; but only one of these, the |||p c|s *fg f^J Sze heb che nan, in 4 books, is retained to the existing edition. A small work on the private names of female domestics, entitled jvf- y\^ /y* ^j 32^ She urh seaou ming luh, was written by ^> JijPJ jJC Hung Keu-foo of the Sung dy- nasty, but is now lost. An appendix to this however, is still extant, with the title ^tfQ vf 7L Sy* "^ ^K P°o s h& urh seaou ming luh, written by :x. jjth Wang Chth, about the middle of the 12th century. There are a good many irrelevancies in the quotations, and the book is wanting in literary taste. A later author Jtui ~^a Wan Yu finding the subject far from exhausted in the two preceding publications, added a supplement to the latter, with the title 7p| ^jfj \^ y\± /y* ^% >&$ Suh poo she urh seaou ming luh. This also has numerous errors. A further contribution was made towards supplying the deficiencies in the precedins works, by a friend of the last-named author, in a vo- lume entitled ^tJ- JfjJ, Sy* ^^ 3^'fp 3HL She urh seaou ming luh shth e, which was not printed till the Ming dynasty. This is not less free from imperfections than the others. The 7p0 Jj5 g§<^ 5ji Shun ching mung h'ew is a small work for juvenile instruction, consisting of selections from the classics and narrative records, in tetrameter stanzas arranged in accordance with the order of the finals. ^Tbe first part treats of instruc- tion and the mutual relations; the second is on personal conduct; and the third is on intercourse with others. There is a commentary on it by the author fjjj jAJAJ 3v Hod Ping-wan, a subject of the Yuen dynasty. In the annals of bibliography, there are few incidents comparable to the gigantic effort made by Ching tsoo the second emperor of the Ming. Desiring to compile an all- comprehensive cyclopaedia, he issued a commission in 1403 to j^f iftj Keae Tsin to undertake the work, assisted by a hundred and forty seven literary men; these having completed their labours in less than a year ana half, the result was presented to the emperor, and received from him the title 3v H/f yV, wC Wan he en ta ching. This work however falling far short of his majesty's idea, a much more extensive committee of scholars was appointed, with a commission to collect in one body the substance of all the classical, historical, philosophical, and literary works hitherto published, em- bracing astronomy, geography, the occult sciences, medicine, Buddhism, Taouism, and the arls. >£/£ jpf 2p Yaou Kwang-heaou and -0\ -jp Jj§ Lew Ke-che were appoint- ed to co-operate with Keae Tsin,, as presidents of commission. Under these were five CYCLOPAEDIAS. 149 chief directors, and twenty sub-directors, besides two thousand one hundred and sixty nine subordinates. The work was brought to a conclusion near the close of the year 1407, containing in all 22,877 books, besides the table of contents, which occupied 60 books, and received the title ^fC ^ jK. ^> Yung 16 ta teen. The arrangement of the several sections is according to the characters in the dictionary Hung woo ching yun ; but there is an irregularity in the order of quotation; sometimes single ciauses are given containing the heading character; sometimes whole sections of books; and some- times works are given entire, which pertain to the subject. When the first draft was laid before the throne, orders were issued to have it transcribed for printing, and the copy was finished in 1409; but in consideration of the great outlay that would be ne- cessary for the workmanship, the blocks for printing were never cut; and on the re- moval of the court to Peking, the copy was deposited in the imperial apartment named the Wan low. What became of this copy, we have no distinct information, but it is probable that it perished in a fire which occurred in the palace in 1557; for in 1562, we find a hundred transcribers appointed by the Board of Rites to make two new copies. Three leaves a day was considered each man's work, at which rate they completed their task in 1 567. One of these transcripts was placed in the Wan yuen ko > 2Pt pEj Wan teen luy hdn, with the name of $%• 2p jg Tseang Ke-mei as the editor. In the time of the Ming, "fj{J j^ ^Q Yu Gan-k'e took the substance of six of the oldest existing cyclopaedias, by a revisal of which, removing reiterations and redundan- cies, and adding from the poetical compositions and literary essays of the later dynas- ties, he formed the )f*f iHt jH| T'ang luy hem. The second emperor of the present dynasty, taking this as the groundwork, gave orders for the compilation of an exten- sive cyclopaedia, embracing events up to the accession of the reigning family; the mat- ter being procured from every authentic source, both ancient and modern. This was finished in 1710, and received the title jffi Ha Hf jS Yuen Men luy hdn, being in ESSAYISTS. 151 ioO books, and is probably the most complete work of the kind. There is a third part more matter than in the T'ae ping yu Ian. The exceeding multiplicity and varied character of the historical and philosophical writers, suggested to the same emperor the expediency of forming a condensed compen- dium of the more important parts, in order to place them within the reach of a much larger class of readers. A commission having been appointed for this purpose, the work was completed in the following reign, and published in 1727. This gives, under the title "^r Jt ?frf ^P Tsze she tsing hwa, in 160 books, a voluminous collection of quotations from the literature above named, classified according to subjects, under 30 sections, embracing 280 articles. It is convenient as a manual in the composition of literary exercises, but the value of the work is not placed at a high limit. The 'fjj 3*JC IPl J§? Kth che king yuen is a cyclopaedia of arts and sciences in 100 books, compiled by $]§C 7U HH Ch'in Yuen-lung, and published in 1735. It is divided into 30 sections, the origin and history of every subject being traced by a long series of quotations from the native literature, ancient and modern. This is a most useful com- pendium for the student of such matters, but it is well to refer to the original works indicated, when they are procurable, as the quotations are frequently incorrect. The luy shoo principle has been adapted to the Sacred scriptures, by Dr. MacCartee of Ningpo, in a small work entitled the =g J|p£ 5p[ ^jfp Shing king luy shoo, issued in 1856, containing a series of thirty articles on the leading truths of the Christian system. There is an appendix on the harmony of the old and new dispensations. 12. Under the title Sy> jf& ^ Seabu shwo k'ea "Essayists," is included a class of writers, which date back several centuries before the Christian era. These consist of miscellaneous narrations, records of marvels, and detached sayings. The E3 Jj^ ;J{Je gQ Se king tsd ke, in 6 books, is a record of incidents at Ch'ang- gan the metropolis during the Han dynasty, being supplementary to Pan Koo's history. By some, this has been attributed to ^j §£ Lew Hin of the Han, and by others to -H tf£ Ko Hung of the Tsin; but the probability is in favour of ^ J^ Woo Yun of the 6th century being the author. The jtr gj£ ^ff p She shwo sin yu, written by ^jJJ ^g Jfg Lew E-k'ing of the 5th century, is a collection of minor incidents from the Han to the Tsiu dynasty inclusive, divided into 30 heads. The title was originally ftr gj£ ^\ ^ She shwo sin shoo, but was changed to the present form at an early date. There is an extensive commentary, by 3gJJ vjft Lew Seun of the 6th century. An additional part was written by way of appendix to this, by "fctf J|. ^ Ho Leang-tseun, in the middle of the 16th century, with the title ^£ Wt 0T pn % nt She shwo sin yu pod. The !|fj glj* jjg ^J Ch'aou yay ts'een tsae, which consisted originally of 30 books, was written by 5$j| jl^ Chang Tso during the 8th century. An appendix was written to it during the Sung, with the title }p£ Jf|( ^j§ jjj Ts'een tsae pod e. The original work appears to have been afterwards lost, and the Ch'aou yay ts'een tsae now extant in 6 books, is considered to be the old Ts'een tsae pod e, with additional matter an- nexed during the Sung. This treats of marvels, and affairs of secondary import from 152 ESSAYISTS. the beginning till towards the end of the Tang. Sze-ma Kwang made use of it in writing his great historical work. The ~/\, Jj§* ?y[ pq Td (ang sin yu, in 13 books, is a record of national affairs from the commencement of the Tang, down to the latter part of the 8th century, near the time when the author |glj ^( Lew Suh lived. With the exception of the last book, this work seems entitled to a place in the historical division. The y\. -]»ljJ y 1 ^ ||f f^J Tsze lew she k'ew wan is a narrative of events during the reign of Yuen tsung of the Tang, originally related by the minister Kaou Leih-sze to Lew Fang, who first committed the substance of the remarks to paper. The record being afterwards enquired for by the emperor, it was nowhere to be found, and ^p "(^ : fifr Le Tih-yu gathering as much as he could from the son of Lew Fang, wrote this work, which originally bore the title jqji| JtJ Ting she, afterwards changed for the pre- sent designation. The Jzii| off && Yin hwa luh, in 6 books, is a record of matters during the 8th century, divided into 5 parts, treating respectively of — Princes, Ministers, People, Business, and Objects. The author /Hj_ 3p!j! Chaou Lin lived about the beginning of the 9th century. The ^f\ *Jj §jj Keaou fang he is a small work consisting chiefly of miscellaneous matters about the commencement of the 8th century, a great part being occupied with the music of the period. The author ^ jr 3pt Ts'uy Ling-k'in seems to have lived near the same time. The Jgv ^ ^v M3fe Yun We yew e, written by ^gj iW F ^ n Ch'oo in the latter part of the 9th century, is occupied chiefly with disquisitions on poetry. The 35 J*K ~J Yuh tseuen tsze is a small volume of miscellanies, principally relat- ing to the middle and latter part of the Tang dynasty. The author is not known, but it consists in part of selections from other books about that period. The ^ |[lj ^ bE Yun seen tsa ke is a large collection of petty records, ascribed * BE: ^v^ti to one »i^j ^ Fung Che at the commencement of the 10th century, but it is thought to have been actually written by Wang Chili at a somewhat later period. The greater part of these profess to be quotations from other works, but among the titles of books quoted, many are now altogether unknown, and are believed never to have had any existence. The jff f\& fj Tang chvi yen is a record of choice sayings and miscellaneous in- cidents, regarding the literary examinations of the Tang, written by Jq /£ P^v Wang Ting-paou in y54. This is considered superior to most of the class. The w *P J Kin hwa tsze is a miscellany of state and national affairs during the Jftfll U-i \-f. A latter part of the 9th and early part of the iOth century, by ^|ij ^ xS, Lew Ts'ung- yuen, a subject of the Southern Tang. The existing editions are taken from the Yung lo td teen, the original volumes having been long since lost. The ill ffflJi 2§fc Keen keae lah, in 10 books, is a miscellaneous record of remarkable objects and events during the Tang and subsequent Five dynasties, written by "jOj "JQ jM Ho Kwang-juen of the 10th century. ESSAYISTS. 153 The ^J ^ $ty j^ Fei yen wae chuen is a record of the affairs of Chaou Fei-yen, the empress of Ching te of the Han, and bears the name of fjj 51 Ling Heuen of the Han, as the author; but there is little doubt of this being a spurious production, writ- ten at some later period. The ^p; yC j" frf- Muh C'een tsze chuen, in 6 books, is a narrative of the adven- tures of the emperor Muh of the Chow dynasty, in his journey to the west, on a visit to Se wang moo. This is said to have been found in a tomb of one of the Wei princes in 281, and was probably drawn up by some one during the 2nd or 3rd century b. c. There is preface by ^J S)] Seun Heu of the Tsin, and a commentary by Ko Po. This savours too much of the fabulous to be admitted among the authentic records, but it is preserved as a specimen of ancient composition. A small work entitled jjilfl J£|. T^jfc Shin e king, from the hand of j|C ~J] jrjjrj Tung- fang So, was in existence during the Han dynasty, but was subsequently lost; and the work now extant professing to be the same, appears from internal evidence to be a production of the 4th or 5th century. It is admired for its style, and frequently quoted by subsequent scholars in their compositions. But as the subject matter all relates to distant and unknown regions, and the marvellous occupies so large a portion, it has never been received as true narrative. Another small work, bearing the title '/Sp p>) ~| ij)\\ a^ Hae nuy shih chow he is also attributed to Tung-fang So, but there is every reason to believe that it was also written about the same period as the preceding. Professing to be a description of ten insular kingdoms, the statements are fabulous to puerility. The (H JE^ ^* P9 flr H an wo ° ^ nuy chuen has the name of Pan Koo the histo- rian as the author, but this was probably added by a later hand, for the book seems to have been written about the 3rd century. This records the visit of Se wang mod to the emperor Wo6 te of the Han, and is also classed among the apocryphal works. The j0£ jpj 7|pJ Jr* pu Han woo t'ung ming Tie is another spurious production re- lating to the reign of the same emperor. The ancient copies have the name of ^fp ]gjj Ko Heen of the Han as the author, but it is believed to have been written about the 4th or 5th century. It is not looked upon as of any authority, few of the statements being trustworthy. There is a short record entitled g| $p If* ^^ Han tsa sze pc sin, containing an account of the nuptial affairs of the emperor Hwan te of the Han, with the pre- tension to have been written during that dynasty; but the style is altogether inconsis- tent with the supposition, and it is believed to be a spurious production from the hand of Yang Shin of the Ming. The |W $1 ^ Po with che was originally drawn up by jjH lp Chang Hwa, in the latter part of the 3rd century. His production however appears to have been lost dur- ing the Sung, and the present work in 10 books with that title, was probably compiled at a later period from the extracts contained in other publications; but still there are many quotations from it in the ancient literature, which do not appear in the present edition. It is in great part occupied with records of the marvellous. A work in 10 M m 1 54 ESSAYISTS. books, supplementary to this, with the title ^jpf |o| V$f\ j\^ Suh po wuh die, was com- piled by ^p-5 Le Shih about the middle of the 12th century. This is much after the style of Chang Hwa's work, being composed almost entirely of extracts from the ancient literature unaltered. The ^£3 3H, gQ Shift e ke was written by 5E 5§lf Wang Kea of 4th century, origi- nally in 19 books, and professes to be a record of matters omitted in the annals of the empire, from the time of Fuh-he down to the Tsin dynasty. The original manuscript being afterwards disarranged and partially destroyed, j|3 /Ffy Seaou E'e repaired and edited it in 10 books, as it has come down to us. More than nine tenths of the matter is considered fabulous. The •[§£; fflv bu Sow shin ke is a book of marvels, the greater part of which must also be classed among the incredible. The original work, by "| j|f Kan Pabu, who lived in the early part of the 4th century, was in 30 books, and is very much quoted in works written previous to and during the Tang; but during that dynasty, it seems to have been lost, and the work which has been in circulation since, in 10 books, is for the most part a compilation drawn up from the numerous quotations in ancient books, with some additional matter. The ancient style is very skilfully imitated however, and the compiler must have possessed no ordinary acquaintance with the national literature; so that without a very refined critical discrimination, the fraud could not be detected. The 6th and 7th books are extracted verbatim from the Supplement to the Han his- tory, and in some of the modern editions in 8 books, these are omitted. Another work in 10 books, with the title $§£ jjifp -fjc pQ Sow shin how ke, appears to be a continua- tion of the preceding. This has the name of |Jpy ff=f T'aou Tse'en as the author, who died in 427, while some events are mentioned in it which took place ten years later; so that the above name is a forgery, although there is every reason to believe from in- ternal evidence, that it was written prior to the Suy dynasty. There is another pub- lication with the same title as Kan Paou's Sow shin Ice, in 6 books, written about the 16th century, which is entirely different in character from the preceding, being a kind of description of a hundred and eighty one Chinese idols, written in a very common- place style, and illustrated by a series of miserable woodcuts. It would scarcely de- serve to be named as a Chinese book, but that it has been frequently quoted, and translations made from it by foreigners. The j7[k ^t bE Sliuh e he, written by |i \1JJ Jin Fang at the commencement of the 6th century, is a collection of notes on the wonderful, after the style of the Po with che. The work of that name now extant however is not the original, which appears to have been lost early in the Tang; and the present is a compilation of extracts, to- gether with some additional matter. The /jp[ ^^ pjf bE Suh tse heae ke is a short record of marvels, by ^^ j£} Wo6 Keun of the Leang dynasty. In some of the old book catalogues is found the title 5=sr PH bE Tse heae ke, but that work is now entirely lost, and the above was probably supplementary to it. A small work with the title Jf|f /T 4 Yen tan tsze, is known to have been in ex- ESSAYISTS. 15 J istence prior to the Suy dynasty, and is frequently quoted in subsequent ages down to the commencement of the Ming, but the work was afterwards lost. It has been again restored however, from the copious extracts given in the Yung 16 td teen. This treats of historical matters during the 3rd century B.C., when Tan the heir apparent of the Yen state was held as a hostage by the Tsin. No author's name is preserved, and it is thought to be reliable only so far as it is corroborated by the Sze kb. The Q y§y 7|ff£ /j± Yew yang tsd tsod, in 20 books, was written by ijt Jfc 5\ T'wan Ching-shih towards the end of the 8th century. It is divided into 29 sections, which treat largely of the supernatural and strange, but has also its value to the inves- tigator of antiquity, and is esteemed tor its composition. The same author afterwards added a supplement, called 7jp| j^ Suh tseih, in 10 books, consisting of 6 sections, of a similar character to the preceding, the whole containing a variety of information regard- ing the institutions and productions of China and foreign nations. The \44 'I^E *!k Y ew kwae liih is a short record of wonders and monstrosities, writ- ten by '^pt@ iffi New Tsang-jo6 near the end of the 8th century. It is thought to have been much larger when it left the author's hand than the editions now extant, and the original title was 3Z '|3£ alfc Heuen kwae luh, but was changed in deference to the name of one of the ancestors of a subsequent editor. A few years later, ^- ^§| -g - Le Fuh-yen wrote a supplement to the above, which is likewise extant, with the title /j*f| M4 '|3£ ^C Suh yew kwae luh, and also treats of the marvellous. There is another supplement to the same, with the title /j|=| 3Z J |at Wk Suh heuen kwae liih. The ^ J!| fjjj Tseih e ke written by jj$= pA JPj See Yung-jo in the early part of the 9th century, consists of sixteen articles, principally regarding events omitted in the earlier histories, with a slight admixture of the wonderful. This is admired for the style of the composition. The flfL J^. ^rj£ Po e che consists of ten articles, all of the supernatural and marvel- lous character. It bears the designation -^ JPlP "X* Kuh-shin-tsze as the epithet of the author, who lived in the 9th century, and the name jig p Hwan-koo, no surname being given. The work is composed in a style superior to most of the class. The original however seems to have been lost, and what we now have is compiled from the selections which had been made from it in other bool|S. The 43L I!/ t[P /$|jj Too yang tsd p'een, written by jjffifS] Soo Go about the latter part of the 9th century, is chiefly occupied with an account of rare and curious objects brought to China from foreign countries, from 763 to 872. It is written after the style of the Shth e ke. and many of the statements have the appearance of being apocryphal. The )ff §U $1 Tang k'eue she, by 0] J^ $C Kaou Yen-hew of the 10th century, contains 51 articles relative to Tang dynasty matters. Some of these are beyond the range of authentic narrative, but the greater part may form a useful auxiliary to the student of history. The Hu %/* Jf| ^ Pih rnung so yen, in 20 books, is a series of narratives relating principally to official matters, during the Tang and subsequent Five dynasties, written by •$$ jt W> Sun Kwang-heen about the middle of the 10th century. The author 156 ESSAYISTS. generally gives his authority for the several statements, and his book has been used by subsequent writers in drawing up some of the standard works. The /X tftfc ff3| J\ y%i Keang hwae ejin luh, by Woo Shuh of the Sung, is a re- cord of twenty five strange characters during the Tang and Southern Tang dynasties. Much of it is occupied with details regarding magical arts, but some of the biographical notices have been admitted into the History of the Southern Tang. The original work having been long since lost, the existing edition is taken from the Yung Id td teen, but it is believed to correspond very closely with the Sung copies. The JtT ill/ ifrjBj /jMf 'fff r^J pjfi Lo ydng tsin shin k'etv wan he is a collection of twenty one narratives, some historical and some marvellous, from the Leang down to the Five dynasties, being a record of current traditions, written by yj% ^jg? Jjf' Chang Tse-heen in 1005. The y^^K ^K£ PJK >?fc Shing shwily yen (an luh, in 10 books, written by 3l fwj *£, Wang P'eih-che about the end of the 11th century, treats of the early affairs of the Sung down to the author's own time, and consisted originally of more than three hundred and sixty articles, arranged under 15 heads; but the work was mutilated and abridged in the editions published in the Ming dynasty, and the copies now in circula- tion have only 285 articles. The ij|jj pq af|c Kwei teen luh is a small collection of incidents chiefly relating to the imperial court, together with witty sayings of the high statesmen, written by the historian Gow-yang Sew after his retirement from office. Before it was completed he issued the preface in 1067, which having come under the inspection of the emperor Shin tsung, that monarch expressed his desire to see the complete manuscript, but the author feeling that he had used too great freedom in his remarks on the men of his time, withheld a considerable portion of the original, and supplied its place with ma- terial of a light and risible character. The ^f jjppf $f£ Jy£> Kea yew tsd che is a miscellaneous record of incidents chiefly during the early part of the 1 1th century, written by /X Vf* "\$i Keang Hew-fiih im- ,\— tQj^ MA -ttli- mediately before his death in 1062. It is also published under the title /X Ijjif. ^e 7W£ /\*p Keang lin he tsd che. The ^jl ) 1 1 =4§r ^u5 Lung ch'uen leo che, in 10 books, was written by ]aa^ Ipfx Soo Che in the summer of 1099. If consists of 39 articles, 25 of which relate to govern- mental affairs, the remainder being of a miscellaneous character. In the autumn of the of the same year, he also wrote the "}fg )\\ >jlj ^, Lung ch'uen peih che, consisting of a series of traditional records in 48 articles. Nearly the half of this work is quoted by Choo foo tsze, in his Memoirs of eminent ministers, which is a good guarantee for its credibility. The tfl £p THji gjj Ked shin tsd ke was written in the year Iced shin, 1 104, by 3E Ipl Wang Kung, and consists of 22 articles, treating of events from the year 1023 down to the time of writing. Another work by the same author, entitled J^J ^ j|£ gf|c Wan keen k'ln luh, containing 104 articles, embraces the period from 954 to about 1085. Another small work, also from the same hand, entitled Jj|£ "^ tHP: ftl: Suy ESSAYISTS. 157 show tsa luh, contains 33 articles, all of which, with the exception of three relating to the time of the Five dynasties, treat of Sung dynasty matters, down to about 1067. The two latter were written after the Kea shin tsa ke, and the manuscript of the whole lay by till 1163, when they were combined in one by the grandson of the author. Al- though there is a sprinkling of the marvellous throughout, yet the greater part may be employed to supplement the dynastic history. The 33. 5S ?R Wh Yuh hob tsing hivd, in 10 books, is a collection of short notices, narrative and descriptive, completed about the year 1085, by a Buddhist priest named 3C !ee! Wan-ying, treating mainly of incidents of his own time. The name was after- wards changed to 35 j»f£ |&T J£. Yuh hobyay she, under which designation it is some- times quoted in books as early as the Yuen dynasty. Editions are now in circulation, with both these titles. The Yf< fipf 3^ How tsing luh, in 8 books, written by /|{| -fr" w^p Chaou Ling-che near the end of the 11th century, is a record of minor historical events, with remarks on poetry and literary criticisms. The Jf£ pf" =p£ 3|k Tung Men peih luh, in 15 books, written by fpg ?%£ Wei T'ae, an unsuccessful candidate for literary honours, about the close of the 11th century, is a record of current reports prevalent during the early years of the author. Although some parts of it are trustworthy, yet the errors are numerous, and there is much that is doubtful in it. The jpji f$| TJtfE gtj Yen wei tsa ke, consists of a number of notes topographical and historical, made by § fM ei shan tshmg (an, in 6 books, is the work of ^^ jp£ Ts'ae T'eaou, who lived in the first half of the 12th century, and treats mostly of events that occurred in his own time. The work shews a good deal of research, and may be relied on as an authority in investigations regarding that period. The $!H jig, /y* f[f[ Fung chwang seaou t'uh is a small work treating principally of occurrences at Peen-leang, the metropolis during the 12th century, finished early in the thirteenth century, by an author with the surname Jjfe Yuen, but his proper name is not preserved, the first page merely stating that it is written by a centenarian. The p^J j^ pQ pjfc Nan chwang ke fan is a short record of matters during the most flourishing period of the Northern Sung dynasty. The author's name is not given, but it appears to have been written in the early part of the 12th century. The style is good, and it is thought worthy of credit. The ipt jjQ Mih ke, by Wang Chih, consists almost entirely of traditional records regarding the metropolis Peen-leang. N n 158 ESSAYISTS. The [|§ ^ jJJfUS T'aou choo sin luh, written by J§ Si Ma Shun in 1142, is a chronicle of minor matters during the Sung dynasty, seven or eight tenths of which consists of the marvellous and incredible. At the end is an inscription relative to the literary associations during the 11th century. The B^ j\*p K'wei keu che, in 6 books, is a series of statements regarding super- natural occurrences during the 12th century, written by $$3§C Ko T'wan, at the in- stigation of the emperor Kwang tsung, who was much addicted to the marvellous. The plan of the work is the same as the Too ydng tsa p'een, the author's object being to illustrate the doctrine of rewards and retributions in the life to come. ■sVfe _LjJi fe£L „ The fj|= j&@£ §|y< Lung ch'zng luh is a record of incidents during earlier part of the Tang, professing to be written by fjHP ^V JC Lew Tsung-yuen of that dynasty. It is generally understood however that name is not genuine, and that it is a spurious pro- duction of Wang Chth of the 12th century. The ypf ijx. 7ttf£ /^ Tsing po tsa che, in 12 books, is a record of miscellaneous mat- ters during the Sung, written in 1193, by JoJ fsfi. Chow Hwuy, who is charged by some with putting the misdeeds of Wang Gan-shih in too favourable a light, being a distant relative of the latter. The following year he issued the '/p} y% JjlJ /y^ Tsing po peih che, in 3 books, of a uniform character with the preceding. The jfa ^ *%>Wl% 3*^ P*h chwang chth ho luh is a small record chiefly of exem- plary characters about the 11th and 12th centuries, and miscellaneous matters, by #jtt, iH fe° She Tih-ts'aou, who lived near that period. The $3= JU T'ing she, in 15 books, written by -^ iPJ Yo K'o about the beginning of the 13th century, consists of upwards of a hundred and forty articles regarding the Sung dynasty, being matters omitted in the national histories, and considered to be authentic. The ^sjj [Ife TfrfE A*?> T'ich sing tsa che, in 10 books, is a collection of records relative to the Northern and Southern Sung, written about the year 1185, by jg iffi \X Tsang Min-hing. The subject matter is reliable, and may be used to supplement the regular histories. The ^jjlf 'Iff j$=i fey K'e k'ew suh wan, in 10 books, is a collection of traditional re- cords regarding Peen-leang, and the sayings and doings of renowned individuals soon after the establishment of the Southern Sung empire. The author |5jf[ i§J| Ch'in Kuh, who appears to have lived in the former part of the 13th century, has drawn the most of his materials from the family manuscripts of others, and frequently with very little alteration; which accounts for a want of symmetry in the style of the work. The j/y !§IJ f^j Jj^ jk$i Sze cKaou wan keen luh is a series of 207 articles, treating of various matters during the reigns of the four emperors Kaou tsung, Heaou tsung, Kwang tsung, and Ning tsung, arranged under 5 divisions, the fourth of which is en- -.H-. vJtj jr^ u , tirely occupied with the reign of Ning tsung. The author 3p2 jppj $$?$ Ye Shaou-ung, who was an adherent of the teachings of Choo He, appears to have written early in the 13th century. The ^j£ -=£? $f£; p§g Kwei sin tsa shih is a record of miscellaneous and minor inci- dents, written by Chow Meih in the former part of the 14th century, in 4 parts, enti- ESSAYISTS. 159 tied respectively, the "j|f| ^j| Tseen tseih, -^ ^j| How tseih, Tjff ^ 5m// tseih, and J$\\ ^j| Peih tseih. Although the subjects it treats of are generally matters of mere se- condary importance, yet there is a good deal of curious and reliable information for the investigator. t The j|g_ j{=|; ]g| W$. Suy yin mwdn liih, by |>fC [01 ^ Ch'in She-ts'ung, who lived in the latter part of the 13th century, is a record for the most part regarding the poe- tical and literary compositions of the living authors of that period. The J§C ItJ wu P9 Tung nan ke wan is an anonymous record of traditional state- ments, chiefly regarding the Sung dynasty, which is designated in the title by the term Tung nan "South-east." This appears to have been written during the Yuen; the original copies however have long been extinct, and the present edition is extracted and compiled from the Yung lo ta teen. There are many pieces in it available to sup- plement the histories of neighbouring states. The §§ J§| ^ Kivei tseen che, in 14 books, by H) ^-$ Lew K'e, finished in 1295, is a series of historical narratives, biographical notices, and miscellaneous statements regarding the Kin dynasty, the 11th book being occupied entirely with the overthrow of that state. The authors of the History of the Kin have drawn a good deal from this record in the compilation of their work; and some others of the larger histories may be corrected from the notices in Lew K'e's chronicle. The |_Lf jff |x^ =p£ Shan fang suy peih is a short record of occurrences at the close of the Sung and commencement of the Yuen, with particular details regarding the treacherous minister ^ iy }g[ Kea Sze-taou. The author %%£ "jf* J_£ Tseang Tsze- ching was a subject of the Yuen. The |X| Jjjz J|Jt &£ Shan keu sin yii, written by ^ ^| Yang Yu in 1360, treats chiefly of administrative affairs during the Yuen, the general tendency of the work be- ing to the advancement of morals. The IH |§ §i^ Suy ch'ang tsd luh, written by Wh JtiWa Ch'ing Yuen-yew about the middle of the 14th century, is a series of traditional notices regarding the old adherents of the Sung dynasty, and individuals of note during the Yuen. The Jf^ ffiy >i|c Chue kang luh, in 30 books, was written by 1^ ^r jf^ T'aou Tsung-e just at the close of the Yuen dynasty, and contains a good many notices re- garding the overthrow of the Mongols. There is also a considerable amount of infor- mation regarding the poetry, painting and literature of the period, and various memo- randa relative to the Western regions. The /$+ jp, p rQ Shwicy tungjih ke, in 40 books, written by Jj^ ^§ Ye Shing during the 15th century, is chiefly a record of legislative details and current traditions during the Ming. The author who had access to an extensive library, has carried his quotations to excess, and self-glory is a prominent failing throughout. His production nevertheless is valuable as a work of research. The &ffi jf| Jf| gj} Keaou nan so ke is a collection of miscellaneous memoranda re- garding Kwang-se, made by $MfW ^ei Seun in 1612. The 1^1, $jj §|r p^J Lung shuhyu wan is a series of notes on Shen-se and Sze-ch'uen, 160 ESSAYISTS. made by Wang Sze-chin, while executing an imperial commission in that region. These consist of reports gathered by him, relating to the traveller's route through these pro- vinces. The jpj jtv ItF Keen hee chuen is a series of biographical notices of remarkable swordsmen during the Tang dynasty. There is no author's name, but it is thought to have been written during the Ming. There is too much of the supernatural for it to be admitted among the regular historical works. The $g$i Jp|. gQ Luh a ke, in 8 books, is a fabulous record, drawn up by 4SC jfc )$£ Too Kwang-t'ing a Taouist priest, during the 10th century. The productions of this author have forfeited all claim to authenticity. The if|}-X7 piyi.^^ Too kung t'an (swan is a record of incidents omitted in the his- torical works, from the 13th to the 15th century, written by tIp 4§P Too Muh early in the 16th century, which was afterwards arranged and edited by his pupil j§g ^f^ Luh Ts'ae. The work treats largely of the supernatural, and the bulk of it is considered unworthy of credit. The ifjC fit? $fE ffu Pan k'eaou tsa he is a record of reminiscences of the last days /A v limn of the Ming, written by Sj^ jfs| Yu Hwae early in the present dynasty. The %\ n& ^M Wt Yin gan so yu, written by ^p i ?M Le Wang-poo about the end of the 17th century, is chiefly a record of current reports and traditions of events in the neighbourhood of Kea-hing the author's native place, relating to the close of the Ming and establishment of the present dynasty. This also contains much connected with the marvellous. The IpL jjf]F Koo shing, in 8 books, is a collection of traditional memoranda, respect- ing the end of the Ming and commencement of the reigning dynasty, written in 1700, by 3afc 3|> New Sew, who held the office of prefect in Shen-se. It is divided into 5 sections, giving the reports gathered in as many different parts of the empire. In 1714, he issued a supplement, entitled |§ll $ jlf 7§=f $|hJ Koo shing suh peen, treating succes- sively of words, business, men and things, differing in plan somewhat from the preceding. The Qjf |H §f£ ^ K'wdng yuen tsa che, by ^ R Jj| Woo Ch'tn-yen of the 18th century, is a collection of notes from personal observation and current report, seven or eight tenths of which are of a supernatural and fabulous character. Besides the work of Jin Fang, there is also a small publication with the date 1701, having the title JJjL J3=. pQ Shuh e ke. There is no name of author, who is merely designated the Master of the Tung-heen establishment. The subject matter relates chiefly to the latter part of the 17th century, and treats largely of the supernatural, with some notices of curious implements. The t|c ^pj£ J^ f^j 3lf( Kwb paou keen wan luh is a record of supernatural instances of reward and retribution, as if intended to illustrate the Buddhist and Taouist tenets on that head It was written by %^ J\ j|f Yang Sluh-chuen in the 18th century. The jjg jp{ 3S$. Sin cKing luh is another collection of miraculous cases of rewards and punishments, compiled by f;^ Jg§ Seu K'ing in the 18th century. The J^ fly f^ Keen wan luh is a small record of marvels, drawn up by f;J* ,Jf Seu Yo of the 18th century. ESSAYISTS. 161 The ^ if fji H |E Tsan yun loio tsa ke, by VM® i Chin Shang-kob of the 18th century, is a series of notes of minor importance, the greater part of which relate to incredible wonders. The JUJv, J^J Jjl ^flpgk Fung yue (ting tsa shih is a collection of notes, chiefly on poetical compositions, by ^- pfj Keang Nan an author of the Ming dynasty. The ^F is! fift ~J* HHo poo yu leih is a series of short articles on matters of historical in- terest, by the same author as the preceding. The <£> §|| jja^ j£?J- Mih yu tseen po is another small collection of notes literary and historical, by the same author. The ^gJG, ifi ~j' Sp pj/^ Hod le tszb pezh (an, by the same, treats chiefly of poetry and other literary subjects. Another small collection of notes by the same, entitled the SJ/t; -?% 1$JXi0< Se yen sin lick, is also occupied chiefly with hostorical notes. The^^^lg' nu rM Yung (ang ke wan is another short selection of notes on literary and historical subjects, by the same. The PjJ jjj^ ^ ifS^ 3g}^ K'ow keen p'ing shzh luh, from the same hand, contains some remarks on various points connected with history. The ^p] yjx. /J"* /^-» Tsing po seabu che is a series of notes historical and topogra- phical, relating in great part to Hang-chow, drawn up by f^Jt 5^ tf Seu Fung-kern, in 1734. Another part by way of appendix was written by the same author in 1748, similar in character to the preceding, with the title ^pf }$£ /p ^ ^^ Tsing po seabu che pod. >_. Att- fg^. ^tif The /_L /J| |f|; fii/4. Keang hdn ts'ung (an, consists of twenty articles of moderate length on the historical antiquities of China, written by [>Jjf JL Til Ch'in Sze-yuen in 1741. The 3|| Jp. ^fl "^ Tung Jtaou tsa ch'aou is a collection of historical memoranda, ■ if. \H1 by Jg. )(37J Tung Chaou, published in 1753. Works of fiction par excellence are not admitted by the Chinese to form a part of. their national literature. Those who have imbibed European ideas on the subject how- ever, will feel that the novels and romances are too important as a class to be over- looked. The insight they give into the national manners and customs of various ages, the specimens which they furnish of an ever-changing language, the fact of this bein«- the only channel through which a large portion of the people gain their knowledge of history, and the influence which they must consequently exercise in the formation of character, are reasons too weighty to be left out of account, notwithstanding the pre- judices of scholars on the subject. Foremost among these in popular estimation is the d H /Ui> tl^Hc S an kwo che yen e. This is a historical novel, in 120 chapters, peri -{33- . t g written by $|£ ^ Ff L6 Kwan-chung of the Yuen dynasty. The plot which is found- ed on the historical'events immediately succeeding the decadence of the house of Han, is wrought out with a most elaborate complication of details, embracing the period from 168 to 265. Following the course of events, from the imbecile reign of Heaou ling te of the Han, the tale opens with an account of the insurrection of the "Yellow Caps," during which Lew Pe a descendant of the imperial family, enters into a solemn compact with Kwan Yu (now the deified Kwan te "G-od of War,") and Chang Fei to aid each o o / 162 ESSAYISTS. other till death, in their efforts to uphold the falling house. The fortunes of Lew Pe are traced through a series of reverses, till he assumes ihe royal power, (known after- wards as Chaou lee te), and the empire becomes divided into the three states Wei, Shun, and Woo. Tyranny and bloodshed mark the narrative for nearly a century, till the usurper Tsaou Maou of the Wei is deposed by his minister Sze-ma Chaou, whose son became the consolidator of the empire, and founder of the Tsin dynasty, beiug the Woo te of history. The jZH ffifc hQ Se yew ke, in 100 chapters, is a mythological account of the adven- tures of Heuen Chwang, the Buddhist priest in the 7th century, during his expedition to India in search of the sacred books. The reputed author Pp j%^ 5gv K'ew Ch'ang- ch'un was sent to India during the Yuen dynasty with a similar object in view, and on his return wrote a journal of his travels with the same title as the above. It contains much of the miraculous, and seems to have suggested the more elaborate production in question. A later narrative, in imitation of the Se yew ke, equally fabulous, but far inferior in point of art, is the '£34 E9 3/g §£ How se yew he, in 40 chapters, by an unknown author. A tale relating to the period of the pusillanimous Hwuy tsung of the Sung, is the g^ ffJL'fr^ Kin ping mei, in 100 chapters, attributed to Wang She-chin of the Ming. This gives a picture of the dissolute manners of the age in question. As an artistic perfor- mance it is one of the highest ot the class; there is however a double meaning through- out, which attaches to many of the terms as phonetics, but which does not appear on the face of the written characters. This caused it to be prohibited as immoral by the second emperor of the present dynasty; but notwithstanding this denunciation, a bro- ther of the same monarch made an elegant translation of the same into the Manchu language, which was published in 1708. Being a syllabic language, this is peculiarly fitted to preserve the donble-entendres. The yfC '/jf£ "pH- Shwuy hob chuen is a tale of brigandage, in 70 chapters, written by Mil Wi ^S She Nae-gan of the Yuen. The scene is laid in H6-nan and Shan-tung,_ and the period chosen is the same as the preceding. This is of a much less martial character than the San kivo che, and furnishes a greater insight into Chinese life in various phases. The details are excessively diffuse, and the author enriches his work by his lively descriptions, but he has raised his elaborate superstructure upon a very small foundation of fact. A commentary has been added to this and the three preced- ing novels, by g£ =£. >=P| Kin Shing-t'an, a writer of the present dynasty, who lias entitled them the fZlfJ yC ~pj* -fl^ Sze ta Ke shoo or "Four marvellous productions." The j|C yoj y IJ |l*| i\& Tung chow lee kwo che, in 108 chapters, although written in the form of a novel, differs less from authentic history probably than any other in the same category. It embraces the period when China was divided into a great many tributary states, and extends from the 8th to the 3rd century B c. when the Tsin dy- nasty was established. The $1 Iff! ^ Hung low miing, in 120 chapters, is a popular tale containing a pic- ture of Chinese domestic life, generally thought to have been written by |f H|- Jrf' BUDDHISM. 163 Tsaou Seue-k'in, early in the present dynasty. There is said to be a framework of fact running through the narrative, but it is so enveloped in fictious decoration, as to be discernible only to be initiated. The © 7$ fE Se yancj he, in 100 chapters, by H |g ^ L6 Mow-tang, finished in 1597, is an apocryphal account of the expedition of the eunuch Ching Ho, to subdue the refractory nations of the southern ocean, at the commencement of the 15th century. This was a stirring episode in the history of China, and fraught with materiel for the pen of the novelist. But although the author has retained the true names of the prin- cipal persons and places, he has strangely disfigured the narrative by the fables of ima- gination. The |pC -^ ^E W Shwo yo tseuen chuen is a tale in 80 chapters, by ||| 7§£ Tse'en Ts'ae, founded on the history of Yo Fei a famous general in the 12th century, who fought successfully against the Kin Tartars, but was put to death through the treach- ery of Tsin Kwei, a corrupt prime minister. The 3?f %($ )]& H§ Fung shin yen e, in 100 chapters, is a tale regarding the adven- tures of "Wob wang, the founder of the Chow dynasty, in his contest with Ch'ow wane- the last of the house of Shang. The IE fjg JlaM jl. W$ 'M Chin 9 ^ h hwang yew Jceang nan chuen, is a histori- cal novel in 45 chapters, recounting the adventures of the emperor, during a secret ex- pedition in Keang-nan province, in the early part of the 16th century. ' The 5§ ill "rJ~ fikfc Shwangfung k'e yuen, in 80 chapters, is founded on a tragical event during the Han. The plot turns on a demand made by a Tartar chief, on the Chinese emperor, for his favorite wife, with which the emperor reluctantly complies; and the suicide of the fair one during the journey to the residence of her new lord, forms the sequel to the adventure. The ^J"^ f# Habit k'ew chuen, in 18 chapters, a tale of social life, although very lightly esteemed by the Chinese, has been frequently commended by foreigners, and repeatedly translated into several European languages. The 35. *M ^4 ^h Jceaou le is a novel, in 24 chapters, also adapted to give an in- sight into Chinese manners, especially the forms observed in ceremonial visits. The ^p fjL| f^ j^'Fing shan lang yen, in 20 chapters, is a tale with very little plot in it, the author having seemingly exhausted his efforts in description, dialogue, and the figures of rhetoric generally. 13. The 3fi*§ ^C Shzh Yea "Buddhism" as a class, when understood to include the whole corps of Buddhist books, embraces a body of literature, at first sight somewhat appalling to the student, who desires to investigate the character and history of that religion at the fountain head. In their aim to establish that faith in China, the early Hindoo teachers made it an object to translate their standard works into the native language from the Sanscrit; and as a result of their efforts, probably near two thousand works of various kinds have been added to Chinese literature. Four fifths of these translations are divided into the three classes, ;§»£ King "Classic," $si Leuh "Discipli- narian," and pj$ Lun "Metaphysical." This department of labour was commenced in the year a. d. 67, by Kashapmadanga, who translated the |Zy | — . Jp. ?^£ Sze shift 164 BUDDHISM. urh cliang king f Sutra of Forty two sections," and continued with slight interruptions by Hindoo and Chinese priests, till about the 9th or 10th century. These transla- tions are not included in Chinese general book catalogues, and it would be beyond the plan of this work to give any extended notice of them. It will be sufficient to give the names of some of the most prominent. More particular information may be found in the writings of Remusat and Julien, and especially in a series of papers by the Eev. J. Edkins, published in the Shanghae Almanac and Miscellany for 1855 and 1856. Among the Sutra or Classics may be noticed, the j\. )>pt ;£f y% ftfe g| 3> 5f§£ Td ■pan jo po 16 meih to king, in 600 books, a translation of the large Sanscrit work Maha pradjna paramita sutra; the J\ y^ 4jf JpjE Td pabu tseih king, in 120 books; the yC Jj ^f yC ^j| /pj£ T a fang tang td tseih king, in 30 books; the yC J7 )0 Iffi ^p JJCf >§3C. Tdfang kwang fuh hwa yen king, in 60 books; the yC Jfjt £g ZpjS ^?j£ Td pan ■nee pwan king, in 40 books, a translation of the Nirvana sutra; the ;g^ j^|J 7>jx y£f WL frn /jti -faff u u W§L m *P:n Ki n kang pan jo po lo meih king, in Sanscrit Vadjra tckedika, a conden- sation of the Pradjna paramita ; the |wj $$§ jifc, ^^ we t'o Icing, in Sanscrit ^4»?£- tabha sutra; the ^^^^ fToo teaw? show king; the lil ||^ jg itf^ $p >f§£ Kwdn woo ledng show full king ; the TZy "-p% ^g ^f£ i|?E Meaoufa Veen hiva king, in Sanscrit Saddharma pnndarika ; the $£ J|pi ffjpj jp^ ?Fee mo keih king ; the pfc] ^5 /j|fc .fleew 7tfeM king; the g^ ^Q Pjlj ;{lj£ JTm kwang ming king, in Sanscrit Suvarna prabhasa sutra ; the / V i3tr iW Wt J&h lang kea king, in Sanscrit Langkdvatdra ; the JX. HI *§i ru ?£< j >£ bE ^e ^« s « c^a?/ we &eew feze show he king; the yC Vm ^M ^c ^ Awaw ting king ; the jg^ ||] ^2l $:£ Fm ?#« pun king ; the ~gf Jffi JSgfc $M 'S'/'dw K»^ yen king ; the HU §!j5§ 3E 111 _L — - ^ fe- $jc Kwdn yd wdng yd shdng urh poo sa king ; the yV ^MtH'ftl^^'^T^ $M ^ /«".? kwang yuen keo sew to 16 leabu e king; the ~j%. ~/7 1W W ¥$ ^ ^ ^ / fflW .? i 9 ^'" /«/« pao« #c«w fo'??^; the ^ ^ C/iae #m?; the zl jln? -5. ^pC ^ ^ w *>$ 5^ ficS $~n < S fm Aioci woo Acae tsze sin yen le kung iih king ; the y\ yj j|^ ^^ ^^ -^T* '§> lM ^ ^* ^r 4h Tdfang kwang hwa yen puh sze e fuh king keae fun; the AAA^Il P«* *d jin keo king; the # M "S IS ^** e ^eadM A%; the % |^i ^ ^. ^ife |^ ^ ^ ^¥ -Pm/i .f/r«'o yew st«?,9 a WL ffi£. m 7v >H Jit M6 ho pan jo po 16 meih id ming chow; the ~p ^* ~f' (|]a H^ \W # ^ H ft A IH $1 M Wt A ?.£ Aj> |J£ H fiL II ^'e« daw been ye« kwan she yin poo sa hwang td yuen miodn woo gae td pei siti Co 16 ne king ; the =£ 3jlfc 3§) Jp- yC J& ^ 3E ^i? %u iMj #fi Ati Tt-E Shiny woo Cung tsun td wel nod wang pe meih Co 16 ne king; the ^ TJ| -H- W? (££ IH J?i IS ^^ ^ w # m] wfj /V IE ^1 Iffl Yin ming juh ching le lun; the H A ^ Iffi M She td shing lun shih ; the $$ 0Jt j|| JjgME IE 3® fra O pe <'a mo shun ching le lun; and the (Jpf (IjJIj ^| Jpp ^ ^ ^V Ira ° P e *'* wo /5a«<7 Aee?« feww^ lun. Most of the preceding treatises may be recognized by San- scrit scholars, among the Buddhist works which are still preserved in the Indian char- acter; and the great labour that has been spent in rendering them into the Chinese language, may indicate the importance the propagators of that religion attach to them; many of them having been several times translated, corrected and reedited by imperial authority through successive dynasties. pp 1 66 BUDDHISM. Besides the above three classes, there are still a considerable number of translations exclusive, which partake of a biographical and descriptive character, and are classed under the head ^pf |e ^^ Heen shing tseih. A few names may be given by way of specimen; such as the ~| . a^^ic Shik urh yew king; the jWB J y^ JnL jp£ bI 3fJ '3g? >§£. Kea ting pe k'ew shwo tang lae p'een king; the Tpp! ^ji- Fg^ 1$^ Tsa pe yu king {Pe yu is the Sanscrit Avddana); the ^J* ; [f£. -g^ § J^T Sze wuy yaou leofa ; the jZlJ |$Pf ^ y&ffi m -S^e o hdn (Four Agamas) woo ch'aou keae ; and the 31 fj jlllp $j£ ^"/TJ 52? Woo mun shen king yaou yung fa. Although the translations from the Sanscrit formed from the first, and still continue to be, the most important part of the Buddhi&t literature, yet by the 5th and 6th cen- turies, original compositions in the Chinese language, by native adherents of that reli- gion, began to make their appearance. The authors of such works having had frequent intercourse with the Hindoo missionaries, under such influence, they have given clearer expositions of the faith and practice of the several schools of Buddhism, than are found in some of the later productions, and their writings have since become in some respects standards of appeal. A noted work among these is the $K $& Sy^ >fy)v Fa yuen ckoo Iza, in 120 books, by }h[ jtr Taou-she a Buddhist priest, completed in 668. This gives a comprehensive view of the Buddhist system, by means of quotations from the classic and other translations, in 100 sections, each of which is divided into a number of sub- sections, generally having an introductory article at the commencement, and the ex- tracts arranged seriatim in the cyclopaedia form. The prevailing idea throughout is to illustrate the natural sequence of human affairs, in the production of happiness and misery. Another production of the Tang, containing a vast amount of Buddhist bibliographi- cal information, is the \jft\ TIj *$ ?% ^K K'ae yuen shih keaou luh, in 20 books, writ- Jfn E3 ten by the priest sjg jy- Che-shing in 730. This gives a complete list of all the trans- lations of Buddhist books into the Chinese language from the year 67 up to the date of publication, embracing the labours of 176 individuals, the whole amounting to 2,278 separate works, many of which however were at that time already lost. Che-shing's work is divided into two parts, the first of which gives the translations in the order of their completion, according to the successive dynasties, under each of which the names of the several translators are given chronologically, with the works they had executed, and a statement of those which were still extant, and those lost, with a biographical notice of each translator following the catalogue of his works. At the end of the first part is a list of forty one Buddhist catalogues, which had been previously issued. The second part contains the same works under a different classification, divided into seven Sections, stating those of which both the translation and original are extant, those of which only the translation is extant, incomplete portions of works, epitomes, deficien- cies supplied, retranslations, and heterodox innovations. The last two books contain a classification according to the great division of Td shing and Seabn shing or "Greater and Lesser Conveyances," used as subdivisions under the primary tripartite division of Sutra, Vinaya and Abidharma. The latter part includes also a list of works, historical, BUDDHISM. 167 geographical and biographical, in two divisions; the first being translations from the Sanscrit, and the second native Chinese productions. The work is conceived on a comprehensive plan, and contains much valuable information; and it is no slight com- mendation, that the same idea has been followed up in recent times by a scholar of high standing, in a synoptic review of the national literature. There is a summary of the above, by the same author, with the title pj J\^ vj*p ^$C affc =§ (JL| K'aeyuen shih keaou luh led ch'uh, giving the name of each work, and the author, with the index character under which each is to be found in the great imperial collection. Mention has already been made of the fpj fg ||jf- Kaou sang chuen. A work of this name first appeared under the Leang dynasty, from the hand of the priest ^g i^ Hwuy-min, being a biography of famous Buddhist priests, classed under the two heads of Translators and Expounders of the sacred books. This was enlarged by another priest during the Leang, named H=£ 0££ Hwuy-keaou, in 14 books, arranged under ten divisions. In the first half of the 7ih century, a supplement was written to the pre- ceding:, with the title /p| fpj jg J=p Su/i kaou sang chuen, in 40 books, by the priest ijjl[ J9L Taou-seuen, giving the latest information down to his own time. This gives the biographies of 485 celebrated priests, with incidental notices of 225 others. These are classed according to their doings and sayings, under the ten divisions, of — Transla- tion, Exposition, Abstract contemplation, Exemplary discipline, Rigidity of doctrine, Comprehensive intelligence, Self sacrifice, Study, Attainment of happiness, and Miscel- laneous distinctions. In 983, an imperial rescript ordered a continuation of the above work to be written, which was completed by the priest Tsan-ning in 988, with the ti- tle y{^ jpj j|=j j=^ Sung kaou sang chuen, in 30 books. This commences from the period where Taou-seuen's work stops, and gives the biographies of 533 subsequent priests, with incidental notices of 130 others; making the exception of two however of the time of the early Sung and Tartar Wei dynasties. The work is marked by much learning and research. Divisions in regard to the practical working of Buddhism were early exhibited, in the establishment of various schools of teaching, which still retain their votaries to the present day. Apart from the great division of the Buddhists into tjV P*3 Tsung mun and ifX fl Keaou mun, one of the most influential is probably the ^Z p} Teen t'ae school, which was founded by ^P ||f Che-k'ae, in the latter part of the 6th century, at a celebrated mountain of that name in Che-keang, and has made considerable contri- butions to the Buddhist literature. Some of the discourses of the founder are preserved in the -g^ g ±Z> ^g gtl Kwdn gin heuen e he, which is a development of the Kwan- yin theology, recorded by his pupil $|f Tf| Kwan-ting. Another of his didactic re- mains is an exposition of the Kwdn woo leang show fuh Jcing, which was republished with scholia, by $fl H Che-le in 1021, with the title 'Wf&lSMJilj^lS Jtjilt ^ Fuh shwo kwdn woo leang show fuh king soo ch'aou. In the second decade of the 12th century, a historical summary regarding this branch was written by the priest 7£ ^g Yuen-ying, with the title tjV JQ ^ Tsung yuen luh. About the close of the same century, an enlargement oi the work was drawn up 168 BUDDHISM. by y^ yti S Woo K'th-ke, under the title /^I nj IE 70& Shzh rnun ching (ung. A further enlargement was made early in the 13th century, by the priest ^ j^g King- ts'een, who entitled his production -^ JJJ^ ff|c Tsung yuen luh. During the first half of the same century, the Shzh mun 'Cll£ K'eu Joo-tseih, in 1602. It commences with the seven Bud- dhas, including the six predecessors of Shih-kea; this is followed by memoirs of twenty eight Sages; next come the twenty seven Indian Patriarchs; after which are the six Patriarchs of China, all of whom are natives, with the exception of the first, Boddhi- dharma, who was the twenty eighth in the Indian line. The twenty six following books are occupied with memoirs of renowned teachers during sixteen generations after the last of the Patriarchs, and reach down to the middle of the 12th century. The two last books give a detail of the sayings and doings of tjV y& Tsung-kaou, the founder of the Lin-tse school of Buddhism, towards the end of the 11th century. In the latter part of the 16th century, the priest Choo-hung who has been noticed above (page 139), wrote extensively on Buddhism, the chief part of his works having been published by himself in 1602, while he was principal of the Tun-tse monastery at Hang-chow, and an illustrious member of the Lin-tse school, the collection being entitled ^ ilc iS" ^ Yun tse fa wuy. Another edition with additional matter appeared in 1639. This contains, besides a series of commentaries on the classics, a great number of articles on the Buddhist faith and practice, some historical and some polemic, records of the Yun -tse monastery, letters, leisure jottings, and a variety of miscellaneous no- 170 BUDDHISM. tices. The 5th volume, which bears the title 'jf ^ zn ^1 CMA chwang san peih, contains four short controversial articles on the Christian religion, drawn forth by the publications of Ricci. A large thesaurus of Buddhist doctrine in 100 books, was compiled during the Sung, with the title ^ fa i§ Tsung king luh, by the priest ^ J| Che-keo. In this the various points of the system are discussed, and the views of the author supported by numerous quotations from classic and other authorities. In 1640, jlf5}j§N|f§p T'aou Sluh-ling published an abridgment of the same in 24 books, with the title ^fs^ ^v U's. Tsung king luh k'eu t'e, consisting almost entirely of extensive extracts from the original. The ]=f ^C iH 4$ M ^Mi RK %% bE Pih chdng ts'ung lin tsing kwei ching e ke is a summary of Buddhist discipline drawn up by Pih-chang, a famous priest, who lived during the latter part of the 8th century. A modern edition bears the date 1823. Tiie iPp fp£ 3?>o"11k Xh Fuh shwb gan t'a sedng chow, published in 1826, is a collection of dharanis to be recited for the repose of the Buddhist reliquaires. — .pa j ■ A \ t . ■ ■ ■ The Jfi^. tjC iS" ^C Shen tsung fa yaou, published in 1829, is a selection of some of the most important points to be attended to by the adherents of Buddhism. The H* Tsan form a prominent division among the Buddhist rituals. One of the oldest of these is the ;@ %& is, #7) \W(t Tsze pel tubu ch'ang tsan, in 10 books, writ- ten by Woo te, the emperor of the Leang dynasty, at the beginning of the 6th century. The ^ j& %g aiS 1$% Tsze pel tabu ch'ang shwuy tsan, was written by the priest 1 o 311 Woo-t'a., in the latter half of the 9t.h century. The largest work of this class is the ^C ~)j ft # Ijl j[t H *M £j] $Sj fj| Tafang kwang fuh hwa yen king hae yin tsan e, in 37 books, the original of which is attributed to — ' Y~J Yih-hing, the fa- mous Buddhist astronomer of the Tang dynasty. Additions were made to it by p J|Sj P'06-suy, a priest of the Sung. It was further augmented and revised about the close of the Ming, by the Treasurer of Sze-ch'uen, snrnamed >fC Muh; and was published in 1641, with the T'een-t'ae imprimatur. The yv fjj\ T=f iffift Td pei pabu tsan is also an emanation of the T'een-t'ae school. The *(^p- 2L j±§)( Tsing t'ob tsan was published in 1800. The jfg ^B flS, hf «* UU jpf j|/C Tsze pei kwdn yin h'eang shan pabu tsan is an inferior production of the same class; as is also the ^§ fjj \v? }e[ -^glj ^=^ jf ^^ Tsze pei sew tabu lew h'eang pabu keuen. These two last partake of a narra- tive character. A more general class of rituals are the daily liturgies, now in common use, for repe- tition at the morning and evening services; such as the Ijllp p^ p p||j Shen munjih sung. The p fffi j^ H^ Jih k : b p'een mung is on a more enlarged scale, with an elaborate commentary. The [jl? EH Wi f$k Sew se ch'oo k'b consists of elementary exercises for novices. Much of the teachings of famous native Buddhists is preserved in a class of writings termed Yil luh, which record the instructions delivered by them to the neophytes under their training. The j§] f§* ^p J§| pp flfj} j^f %$ Yuen woo fuh kb shen sze yu luh BUDDHISM. 171 is a record of the lectures and other instructions of Fiih-ko, compiled by his pupil ^q HI Shaou-lung in the 12lh century. The p=fj ul$ yv W$ tm§W Kaou fung td sze yu, luh, published in 1599, contains the instructions of the teacher Kaou-fung of the 13th century. The Jg§ ; @. HI M $>! Jfl¥ Bfjj IW 111 A'«'"<7 c^aw? «'p JJf| Clie-yuen. The fff j3x /pfe m£ 4^^ \p] pff %$ Nan yo ke k'e ho shdng yu luh, in 10 books, con- tains the teachings of the priest Ke-k'e, from the hand of his disciple /j^ i4jfc Tse-ke. The yC -*§** |Q -1^ ffa Jl^ pI|J pp. 34^ T'een ning leu sung k'eae shen sze yu luh is a summary of the instructions of Leusung K'eae, compiled by his disciple |^j j|!|| Tse- yuen and others, in 1773. The -f|j J^ J2^ pfjj pp Hfc Sung g an fa sze yu luh con- tains a series of articles by the priest Sang-gan, edited and published by Jg^ |*|j| jfpf Pang Tse-tsing, in 1786. The $$ ^ ^ jjllp p^ f|| ^ C//aow feww^r cAo tsing yaou yay shen sze yu luh contains the instructions of Yaou-yay, recorded by his pupil ifg B§ Chin-se, and published in 1804. The ^ f§- jjilp $ffj pp 3§K CA'e woo sAew sze yu luh is a compilation of the teachings of Ch'e-woo, drawn up by his pupil J *j\^ Leaou-leang and others. Another class of Buddhist writings embracing a more extensive range of subjects is embraced under the general designation Pee luh. This may include such books as the Ejg, If} 1 J^pv 2l 3C Lung shoo tsing fob wan, a hortatory or didactic treatise, written in the 12th century, by J^ p 'pjC Wang Jih-hew, which has been several times re- vised, enlarged and republished. The /^J |l§j JJBfl jaffj j|f ^^ jylj §£>j? Fwe M« shen sze pabu yun pee luh contains the miscellaneous works prose and poetical of Yue-han, compiled by jjfc "jf T'ung-koo and others. The U |f§ f § ^ jju| p*ij? $• Rft ^ /jlj ^j^ Ling yin ho t'dng shen sze ho ming tseth pee luh is a series of letters on Bud- dhism, by the priest Ho-t'ang, published by the students ^)C 'M^ Ching-yue and ^g)J. \ZL Slruh-jin, in 1655. The -^ ^ jtlj ^jj ^| Wan shen fung kwei tseth, in 6 books, is a treatise on the unity of origin of every excellence, all being traced to Buddhism in the heart; this was written by the priest ^C B/j H|£ Yhng-ming Show, and published with a preface by the emperor, in 1733. The |$Pf ||f 3E ^ ^J J^ SI H ^w/t ] 72 TAOTJISM. wdng shay le suy ying luh is a detailed account of the efficacious virtues of the relics of Buddha, preserved by the King Asoka. This is written by the priest /£. j=|£ Ting- hwuy, and has a preface by the emperor She tsung of the present dynasty. The *^p I . jj= _Pf 3f|( Tsing t'od shing heen luh, in 10 books, is a biographical collection of noted adherents ot the Tsing Cod branch of Buddhism, the origin of which is traced to Nepal or Northern India. This was written by Jg^ ^f $j \ Pang He-suh in 1783. There is a supplement by fPJ i^ Hoo T'ing, bringing the record down to 1850, the time at which it was written. The J|t|l '/EJ: ~\ %£ ^^ Shen hah shih chin tseth is a short abstract of the salient points in the history of Chinese Buddhism, by the priest $|f |j|f Taou-p'ei, published in 1818. The jpfl tjV ]§[ ^fg Shen tsung ehih che is a small treatise enforcing the cultivation of spiritual Buddhism, by ^] fix, g£ Shih Ching-kin. The ' -f^T ^5 ^j| Yih hing keu tseih is a literary collection in 8 books, on a great variety of subjects pertaining to the Buddhist creed and practice, by £& Wn ~j\ Pang Shaou-shing. The j^ yfc yfc ^fcT tH Tsing nee jen h'eang tsezh is a series of biographical notices of devotees of the Tsing too religion in recent times, both male and female, written by the priest Hf J|| Woo-ling, in 1823. The ,A jfy fl*j ^ Juh fuh wan td is a development of the first principles of Buddhism, in a series of ques- tions and answers between an adherent of that system, and one of the literati, issued in 1826. The ?p JlH J^" ijrjl JpJ, \\ Hwa yen fa keae kwan mun is a treatise on religious contemplation, by the priest 4IL Jl|ft Too-shun, written about the commencement of the Tang dynasty. There is a commentary on this by the priest tjV 4lU Tsung-meih, which was reprinted in 1789. The Tpfli^p 3C ^ Tsa hwa wan peabu is a large collection of Buddhist forms of address in correspondence, petitions, ritual services, &c. with an appendix of antithetic sentences for mural decoration, drawn up by "faf ^P* K'eaou Sung. Collections of excerpta from the Buddhist works are very numerous, and are conti- nually being reproduced. A good specimen of the kind is the f^ ^jlf ^c ^ Tsing nee yaou yen, published in 1850, intended to suit the convenience of those, who from pecuniary or other causes, are unable to read the complete works. The Erf yj 'Zv Q? Se fang hung keu is a similar collection, made by P'ang Tse-tsing, in 1792. The pil j£ fPj} XEL >flx Kaou wang kwdn she yin king, a small manual in very common use for repetition, is said to have been revealed in a dream, to a scholar named ■B^ WL f^ Sun King-tih, about the middle of the 6th century. Commentaries and expositions of the translations are exceedingly numerous; some being held in much repute. The adherents of the several schools have used this means largely for the dissemination of their respective views. 14. It is somewhat difficult accurately to define the limits, which embrace the class of literature included under the designation ||§[ ^. Tabu hea "Taouism." From the time of Laou keun the reputed founder, downwards, its aspect has changed with almost every age; and while the philosophy taught by that sage is now numbered among the TAOUISM. doctrines of antiquity, the genius of modern Taouism is of that motley character, as al- most to defy any attempt to educe a well-ordered system from the chaos. Commencing with the profound speculations of contemplative recluses, on some of the most abstruse questions of theology and philosophy, other subjects in the course of time were super- added, which at first appear to have little or no connection with the doctrine of Taou. Among these the pursuit of immortality, the conquest of the passions, the search after the philosopher's stone, the use of amulets, the observance of fasts and sacrifices, toge- ther with rituals and charms, and the indefinite multiplication of objects of worship, have now become an integral part of modern Taouism. A volume entitled the \'-£ -fr}" /$*£ 0f Yin foo king keae has been handed down since the time of the Tang, which professes to be an exposition of the oldest Taouist record in existence, bearing the names of the ancient Hwang-te as the author, and y»V -x» T'ae kung, ^gj f|| Fan Le, >& -f^ "7^ Kwei kuh tsze, 5$| J^. Chang Leang, f^ ,|| ^J Choo-ko Leang, and 2p ^| Le Tseuen as commentators. It is only the volume with Le Tseuen's exposition however that is extant, and it is thought that he is also the author of the text. There is indeed a volume with the title |*^. -f*T *JP£ ZH 3= ITi wk. Yin foo king san hwang yuh kene, professing to be the ancient original; but although there is not the shadow of foundation for such a claim, yet there is undoubt- ed evidence of its existence at least as early as the 12th century. This short treatise which is not entirely free from the obscurity of Taouist mysticism, professes to recon- cile the decrees of Heaven with the current of mundane affairs. An investigation of the Yin foo king was published by Choo He of the Sung, with the title |*||. ■frj' 7j$£ y%. ^^ Yin foo king k'abu e. He comes to the conclusion that it is a fabrication of Le Tseuen; but still he thinks there are thoughts in it which entitle the work to a place in the national literature. The only work which is known to be truly the production of Labu keun, is the ^g[ f*§ Wk Tabu tih king, which has maintained its reputation, and secured a popularity to a certain extent among reading men generally of every denomination. Few ages have passed without producing some expositors, and many of the literati still make a study of the mysteries of Taou contained in it. There is an edition with a commen- tary, entitled /£ ~jf* g± Labu tsze chob, bearing the designation of JfiJ Jl ^ Ho shang kung of the Han as the writer, which is evidently spurious, criticism shewing that it cannot be much older than the Tang. The earliest commentary now extant, is that by 3E $$ Wang Peih of the 3rd century, also called the ^yii Labu tsze choo, which is generally esteemed for its depth of thought and chasteness of diction. The poet Soo Tung-p'o has also left an elucidation of Labu tsz£'s work, bearing the title }H -f^ 7j§£ fft Tabu tih king keae, written with the predominating idea of the common origin of Buddhism and Taouism. Another well-known commentary was written by ^ $f£ Wo6 Ching, early in the 14th century, with the title ^[ fffil ^ ^M §i Tabu tih chin king choo, in which he curtails the ordinary text to some extent, reducing it from 81 to 68 sections. In 1760, a commentary appeared from the pen of f^? ^C ^ Seu Ta-ch'un, entitled ^ fj|[ |§£ ffi Tabu tih king chob, in which the k r 174 TAOUISM. author in a concise and lucid style, developes his ideas on the work of Laou tsze, ex- tolling it above the Confucian classics. A very excellent examination of the purity of the text was written by Peih Yuen, in 1781, with the title ^ ~f' ^ ^ |^ Jfc J|> Laou tsze tabu tih king k'abu e. A critical exposition of the work was written by 'pjj 7C JB. E Yuen-t'an, in 1816, entitled the ^ ~f" J|n gl Laou tsze tsan chod. In the bibliographical section of the Han history, mention is made of a wprk in 9 sections, entitled HD y^ ~jf* Kwan yin tsze. Tradition speaks of the author, as having been guardian of one of the entrance passes to the empire in the west, where he met with Laou keun, obtained from him a manuscript of his Tabu tih king, and became initiated into the doctrines taught by the sage. For more than a thousand years, there is no evidence of the existence of such a work. About the 12th century however, a copy was obtained in the family of -fcJJ /£, Sun Ting, professing to have been revised by Lew Heang of the Han, and having a preface by that scholar. The evidence both external and internal refutes the pretension, and it is believed to be the work of some •Taouist during the Tang or subsequent Five dynasties. Although there is an evident discrepancy between the style of the work, and that of the Chow dynasty literature, yet it is the production of a scholar of no mean attainments, and is deemed worthy of a place among the Taouist philosophers. The name was afterwards changed to 3v $0 ^ 'Fie Wan che chin king, under which title, there is a commentary on it by |*i§C 111 — ' Ch'tn Paou-yih of the Sung. After Laou keun, the most ancient of this class, whose teachings are still extant, is probably y\\ ^^ j& Lelh Yu-k'ow, who nourished early in the 4th century b. c, his lectures having been handed down to posterity by some of his pupils, under the desig- nation y\\ ~j Leih tsze. The main portion of the work is no doubt genuine, but it appears to have been subjected to some additions and interpolations by later hands. There is an excellent commentary on it by yj% fife Chang Shin of the 4th century. The name was changed by imperial command to that of /fp J$jl JM. j^ CKung heu chin king, in the year 742; in 1007 this title was extended by supreme authority to /'r >5iL ~P- ffiS P^ 'See Ch'ung heu die tih chin king. Another Taouist writer of celebrity during the 4th century B. c. is |$x /ftj Chwang Chow, having left a work in 10 books, which was originally circulated with the title £J:fc "J - " Chwang tsze. Numerous commentaries were written on this during the early ages, but the best seems to have been by jtj] yy Heang Sew of the 4th century, who died however before its completion, ipp |jc Ko Seang having got possession of the manuscript, supplied what was left incomplete, and with some slight alterations, appro- priated the whole as his work, which now passes under his name, as the 5f£ ~j ffi Chwang tsze chod. In 742, Chwang tsze's work was by authority entitled the fp| *]¥ _^ jg?L Nan hwa chin king. A commmentary on this appeared in 1741, by fyt ^^ Seu T'ing-hwae, with the title j|f if! ^ %i Nan hwa keen ch'aou. This edition, which merely professes to be a compendium of excerpts, contains the text of the first part entire; but there are large excisions in the latter part, and some sections entirely omitted. taouism. 175 An ancient Taouist treatise exists under the title 3C "J Wan tsze, which is also the only designation by which the author is known. He is said to have been a disciple of Laou keun, and the work to be a record of the views of his master. The recension now extant however, appears to be in great part a compilation from other works; but it is certainly older than the Tang. In 742, the title 3iH, 7U ^ 'Kn Tung yuen chin king was imposed on it. The ^ylj |[ll J=f Leih seen chuen is a Taouist biography of seventy one individuals, said to have attained to the state of immortality. The authorship has been ascribed to Lew Heang of the Han, but there is strong reason to believe it to be a later production, and it is thought to have been composed probably by some Taouist of the 3rd or 4th century; for the evidence of its existence reaches nearly as far back as that period. Allusions to the practice of alchemy are found in some of the oldest of the Taouist writings, but the eai'liest work now extant specially on that subject, is the ^^ jtq 5^ Ts'an t'ung k'e, from the hand of j£j|| J0 \f%j Wei Pih-yang, about the middle of the 2nd century. This writer professes to discover the occult science hidden in the mys- terious symbols of the Yih king, but his book and his doctrine have been by common consent discarded by the literati. Many commentaries have been written on this trea- tise, the oldest now in existence being that of Jg^ g=Q P'ang Heaou, entitled the JjfJ ^j 3^ l^j 5^ iffl IR ^&C Chow yih ts'an t'ung k'e t'ung chin e. which dates from about the close of the Tang. Another was published with the title /jjlfj J%j ^^ [pj 3^ ^" J^ Chow yth ts'an t'ung k'e k'abu e, by Choo He of the Sung, who assumes the designation 3$|j f|/T Tsow Hin. Although this merely professes to be an examination of the purity of the text, it is in fact a detailed exposition of the work throughout. One of the clearest commentaries in later times, is that of |*J§C 35{ Jj|_ Ch'in Che-heu of the Yuen dynasty, entitled JftJ 5%} ^S |ty 5^ 7J* f 1 - §S Chow yih ts'an t'ung k'e fun chang choo, which also gives the text in its purest state. Early in the 4th century, Jfgj @% Ko Hung wrote to some considerable extent on the same subject. His work exists under the title fOi -fr ~j Pabu p'o tsze, that beinjr the epithet he selected for himself. It is divided into two parts; the former or |A} j|ff Nuy p'een, in 20 books, treats of the immortals, alchemy, charms, exorcism, &c. ; and the latter part or ?ty J$\ Wae peen, in 50 books, is more especially devoted to matters of government and politics, but viewed from a Taouist stand-point. Another work from the same hand is the jjllp |}1| (^ Shin seen chuen, in 10 books, giving a series of biographical notices of 84 immortals. This was written in reply to a question from one of his disciples, as to the existence of such a class of beings. The if^ p^ Chin kadu, in 20 books, by T'aou Hung-king of the Leang dynasty, is an extended record of the transmission of the doctrine of the immortals from age to age. The fabulous character of the statements are too apparent to admit of criticism, but the scholastic attainments of the author have procured for the work a certain stand- ing, which it would not deserve otherwise. About the middle of the 8th century, 3l i 7U Wang Sze-yuen wrote a small trea- 176 TAOUISM. tise on the cultivation of Taouism. entitled )\j yg ~jp* K'ang ts'ang tsze. This was the name of a work, written by $^ ^p£ ^g Kang Sang-tsoo of the Chow dynasty, but which had been long lost previous to the time of Wang Sze-yuen. The latter however professed merely to edit and supply deficiencies in the ancient volume; but it is evi- dent the greater part is due to himself, a portion consisting of extracts preserved in other works. There is a commentary on it by "jBJ i^; Ho Ts'an, supposed to have been written during the Tang. The yU -ft ~i Yuen chin tsze is a small treatise on the management of the animal spirits, by yfe yy^» ^U Chang Che-ho of the 8th century. The existing editions form but a small part of the original. The diction is concise, but it is inferior in style to Pabu p'b tsze. The '| p^ Jf^ Jpji Woo chin p'e'en, a work on alchemy, esteemed next to the Ts'an (ung k'e, was written by 5j| \[$ JJffii Chang Pih-twan in 1075. Several commentaries have been written on this, the earliest and principal one being from the hand of ^J2J ffl; -jfc Ung Paou-kwang, in the latter part of the 12th century. This is published toge- ther with a paraphrase by Jl£ ££S tjV Tae K'e-tsung written early in the 14th century, th the title f^f ^ Hf gi J^ffc Woo chin peen chob soo. The fpf l|| ]§[ *Rf fr^ ffJt Woo chin chili che tsedng shwb is another short exposition of the same work, also wi £ Woo chin chili che tsedng shwb is another short exposition of the same wc from the hand of Ung Paou-kwang. Besides these there is a commentary by \*^ J§j[ ~jfc See Taou-kwang, about the beginning of the 12th century; one by |^ ==jE Luh Shoo soon after; one by Ch'in Che-heu of the Yuen; and another by fj/3 Vj^ p% Hod Han-chin, a more recent writer. These four commentaries have been published toge- ther within the last half century, with the title fpf ^ JH Y-i §* Woo chin peen sze chob. The .35. ijf$- ~j Che yew tsze is a treatise on the principles of Taouism in its mo- dern form. There is a preface by J0& £££" j)^ Yaou Joo-seun, with the date 1566, in which it is stated that the name of the author is lost; but internal evidence would lead to the conclusion that Yaou is the author himself, and that Che yew tsze, which was the designation of a scholar during the Sung, who occupied himself with Taouist matters, is an assumed title, to give an air of antiquity to the production. The author makes considerable use of the phraseology of the Buddhist classics, in setting forth his views. A treatise on alchemy and the government of the animal propensities, with the title if B i>iL t:e Lung hob king, appears to have existed early in the middle ages, but the date of its origin is unknown. The oldest edition extant however, is that with the commentary and paraphrase of 3l jg[ Wang Taou, written in the latter part of the 12th century, under the designation ~gf %, jjg Jp^ 5j§£ gi ^ Kob wan lung hob king chob soo. This is illustrated by two elaborate plans of the diagrams of Shin-nung, and follows the theory taught by Wei Pih-yang. The S sp UE tjV Heuen heb ching tsung consists chiefly of copious extracts from the national classics and historical works, in illustration of the Taouist doctrine. The author 'f$[ ^ Yu Yuen lived in the former part of the 13th century; and his object TAOUISM. 1 77 seems to be to trace the origin of the system up to the teachings of the sages of the empire. The -gg /J yC ~^C ^ n tan t<* yaou, in 10 books, by Ch'in Che-heu, is a treatise on the elixir of immortality, which the author refers to the right government of the spiri- tual powers of man, in opposition to the materialistic views which had prevailed at an earlier epoch. The {iff ij^ y£ ip| ^f| Choo chin yuen gaou tsezh, in 9 books, is a compilation of articles from various authors on the theory and practice of alchemy, by sft ^^ Spl Choo Tsae-wei of the Ming dynasty. The 5th book is largely illustrated with pictorial illustrations of the various processes in the manipulation of alchemy. The -Jp[ jjlj */f^ Jj. 9H wXt K'eun seen choo yuh tsezh clung is an anonymous collec- tion which finds a place in Taouist libraries, and consists for the greater part of poetical pieces regarding the art of alchemy and relative topics, with some comments on the diagrams of the Ifih king, but there is little to be said in favour of the production. The m ^Z f\ m % Hfc ij? ^ I-Lf jfB Tung t'een fuh te yd tuh ming shan he is a brief record of the principal hills and lakes of the empire, characterized as the retreats of Taouist devotees. This was composed by 41 ^C H§ Too Kwang-t*ing, about the middle of the 10th century. The lp ||ll -^ ppj" K'eun seen yaou yu is a collection of extracts from Taouist wri- ters, ancient and modern, compiled by J|tr v^kWfr Tung Han-shun, at the beginning of the 16th century. The jig Q Zl 1Uj jj§£ iH Hf- !§[ ;H1 Chung leu urh seen sew chin chuen tabu tsezh is a compendium of Taouist principles, professing to have been originally delivered by S?eI Rjfl rffi Chung-le Keuen of the Han dynasty, compiled by (Ej {j3 Leu Yen of the Tang, and handed down to posterity by Jtll, /p§ pi She Keen-wod of the Sung. The 5i ^pf y£ tfj J|f ^i Yuh tsing kin sze pabu luh is a treatise on the control of the animal propensities, written by |#$| ~"P* /pC Chang Ping-shuh about the year 514. The 5 E^. y\ 3C 7%k -^ e ^ chin jin wan tsezh is a collection of literary and poetical compositions, by Leu Yen of the Tang, who is reputed one of the immortals. The 3/C _tl Jh JeS Fj Mi JQ. ^Ie T'ae shdng hwdng t'ing nuy king yuh king is an ancient treatise in rhyme, on the government of the inner man, by an unknown author, with a commentary by -^fe xL ~j Leang k'ew tsze. A series of plates illus- trative of the preceding were made during the Tang, with explanatory details, by "$) fif Ho6 Woo, with the title SSft^iSS^iffHl^ Hwang t'ing nuy king woo tsang luh fob t'ob shwo. The ^TSC _t i§[ JH;$P M\ 31 ^3? T'ae shdng hwdng t'ing wae king yuh king is another treatise on the same subject, which has been ascribed to Laou keun, but there is reason to believe it to be a production of the Tang. There is a short tract on the same subject, professing to have been delivered by Laou keun, entitled the Tg" j gJC -3E. Mfr ^ Laou tsze shwo woo ch'oo king. Evidence is altogether wanting for such a remote origin, but there is a commentary on it by ;r> f§ Yin Yin of the Tang. s s 178 TAOUISM. The ^ -^ /V §f£ %& Ts'uy kungjnh yo king, also on the same subject, is the pro- duction of a Taouist of the Tang dynasty, with the surname Ts'uy. There is an ex- planatory commentary on this by an author who is known by the designation J^ $f§ ~f" Hwan jen tsze of the Ming. The pj yv ^pC Ts'ing t'een Ico is a series of stanzas on the same subject, by K'ew Ch'ang-ch'un of the Yuen. There is a commentary on this also by Hwan jen tsze. The TsJiL fp *J^ fpj Kwei chung che nan is another short work partly in verse, on the same subject, by yM- «T Wi Ch'in Ch'ung-sod of the Yuen, who is numbered among the Taouist immortals. One of the most celebrated treatises on this art is the '(a; off 3=; |E} Sing ming kwei che, by an accomplished Taouist of the Sung dynasty, surnamed 7* Yin. This treats at large on the principles and method of practice, and is amply illustrated by plates in a very respectable style of art. It was first printed in 1615, and another edition was issued about 1670, in a large and handsome style. The jit _L S&. ^f 6>E To '/ft Rr >ke T'ae shdng laou Tceun shwo ch'ang tsing tsing king also treats under very moderate limits, of the subjection of the mental facul- ties. This is attributed to Ko Heueu, an author of about the 3rd or 4th century, and has a commentary by ^p }H J0U Le Taou-shun of the Ming. The "/X _L. Tjft ^C iM m He T'ae shdng chih wan t'ung kob king is another short treatise on the cultivation of mental abstraction. There is a commentary on this text by ^ 4? j* Ch'ang tseuen tsze. The J\. _C J\ *!§, ^M T'ae shdng td t'ung king is a brief expansion of Laou keun's theory of the abstract. There is a commentary on it by Le Taou-shun. The ~J\. _C 3^ S! §Jt 0=J $$, jflf rw W? $:£ T'ae shdng shing heuen shwo seaou tsae hwo ming meabu king is a work on averting calamity, indicating very clearly the influence which the doctrine and the forms of expression of Buddhism were gaining over the Taouists. It has a commentary by Hwan jen tsze. The )fpf J&i Hfe T'ae seih king is an elaboration of the 6th chapter of the Tabu tih king, on the production of the material universe from the feminine principle. The commentator is designated 2Q Jj|L yC z£ Hwan chin seen sang, but neither his sur- name nor date is given, and it is thought that the text and commentary are both from the same hand. The ffpj j5l J|| jpf /£, IPl >pM T'ung heuen ling paou ting kwdn king is a treatise on abstraction, but neither the name of the author, nor that of the commentator is pre- served. The }ft| _t 5E J1L ^Vl* F|J $]& Woo shdng yuh hwang sin yin king also treats of mental abstraction and the subjection of the emotions. There is no author's name, but there is a commentary to it, by a scholar with the surname ^p Le. A Taouist work was published in 1640, with the title Jf)^p 1 M-l 5S fm Shin seen t'ung keen, in 60 books, from the hand of jf^jS J\ q/Ij See Ta-heiin, giving a series of bio- graphical sketches, for the most part legendary and fabulous, of upwards of eight hun- TAOUISM. 179 dred saints, sages, and divinities, selected chiefly from the ranks of Taouism, but some Buddhist characters are also admitted into the number. The blocks of this publication were destroyed at the commencement of the present dynasty, when a new edition was issued with the title ^lj f|lj *|f TjtfJ Leih seen (ting ke. Another work of the same character, by ^ ja ^ eu Tabu was published in 1700, with the title Shin seen (ting keen, in 22 books. Another edition of the same in a small-sized page, revised by yM ^ §|£ Ch'in Hung-mow, appeared in 1787, with the title ffE jE M mi & sh « t'ung keen, in 39 books. Among all the publications of the Taouists, there is not one has attained a greater popularity than the ~jfc _t J|$ 1H Iff T'ae shang kan ying peen. The assumption that it is the work of Laou keun is a fable, which few, if any believe. It appears to have been written during the Sung, but the author is not known. This treatise which is composed in a style easy of comprehension, has for its object to elucidate the doctrine of future retribution. The various editions are innumerable, it having appeared from time to time in almost every conceivable size, shape, and style of execution. Many commen- taries have been written on it, and it is frequently published with a collection of several hundred anecdotes of the marvellous and pictorial representations appended, to illustrate every paragraph seriatim. It is deemed a great act of merit to aid by voluntary con- tribution towards the gratuitous dissemination of this work. The 35 iM )$? W W IE ^wA lezh ch'aou chuen king she is one of the lower class ol Taouist productions of recent times, giving a detailed account of the mysteries and horrors of the invisible world, with a description of the courts of the Ten kings of hades, by a Taouist named ijfi,') 1 ^ T'an-ch'e, who professes to have made an excursion into the regions of darkness, and brought back the account for the benefit of his mun- dane contemporaries. The Buddhist doctrine of purgatory is largely transplanted into this publication. A collection of 53 Taouist treatises were published together in one work during the Ming, with the general title ^g, -flf* *qp ^|f| Tabu shoo tseuen tseih. The j§|| Jiff .2. Tpft xC 3E jql W$( Ling pabu heuen tseih td tseuen muh luh is an extensive catalogue of Taouist works in 49 books, giving elucidatory remarks and a summary of contents of the several articles. The custom of reading the sacred books in the temples is not of the most ancient date, but appears to have been in vigorous practice during the Sung dynasty. One of principal of the works thus employed is the pt| _L EE =£. ^ f'J" ^ft |H Kaou shang yuh hwang pun king tseih king, in 6 books, eulogistic of the deity Yuh hwang shang te. The §§ 21f yC ~7C -IP- 6>£ 3lL flffi ^ 3j§£ Lug shing p'oo hwd t'een tsun shvw yuh ch'oo chin king is another book much used in the ritual services. The Taouists attribute the authorship to Luy shing p'oo hwa t'een tsun, a fabulous personage of re- mote antiquity; but there is little doubt of it having been composed by a Taouist styled j££ jjgp "j* Heuen yang tsze, about the time of the Yuen dynasty. The ~j£ _C Vwl -S! |g| jlf ffi fH 2|£ Jp( ^ |§£ T'ae shang (ung heuen ling pabu tsze t'ung pun yuen chin king, a book of similar character, contains a colloquy between 180 TAOTJISM. Tsze-tung, otherwise known as Wan ch'ang te, and the celestial magnate Yuen che t'een tsun. The ^JvC _t jfft ^^ JXj ^- f=t jf Ht T'ae shdng skwo san yuen san Tiwan pabu king comprises a conversation between Laou keun and the San kwan or Three origi- nal celestial magnates, preceded by a mystical formula used for self-purification. The 375C _L P0L ^~ TU 1^1 |=i Jpf $M T'ae shdng skwo san yuen sze kwan pabu king is another formulary of a similar character to the preceding, but less generally used, embodying laudations of the Sze kwan or Four celestial magnates. Taouism in its slavish imitation of Buddhist forms, has also its Ts'an, which follow closely on the Hindoo model. The ^J JZ • J -f h£ fl^ Fan t'een tow mob ts'an carries plagiarism to the extent of borrowing not merely the conventional phraseology, but even the name of the Buddhist deity Fan t'een, which is the designation of Brahma of the older Hindoo religion, and here used in conjunction the name a female member of the Buddhist pantheon. The ~\ii ~J] iH JtC jpf pyb Pihfang chin woo pabu ts'an is a ritual in honour of Chin woo ta te, a celebrated Taouist deity, known also by the title 52! J^. _L ^* Heuen t'een shaug te. There are also liturgies for the daily service, which replace those of the Buddhists, with merely an alteration of phraseology within certain limits. Such is the ±2* \\ p pftj Heuen mun jih sung. Another ritual of a kindred character, is the %§^ |fj£ £j 7f\ H'eang ying tow k'o, or the liturgy of the deity Tow te. There is a class of publications, which though not properly styled Taouist works, may be placed in the same category, as more nearly allied to such than any other. These are the literature of the deities ordained by the state; such as the |f!j ^^* ■T3 3r l£i{ |mJ pto Kwan shing te keun shing tseih t'06 che, a collection of historic vestiges of Kwan te, the God of War, found in other works. Such also is the ~^/Z J$Ej ^G- nj* nr jp| ||§] g,^ T'een how shing mob shing tseih t'06 che, being a similar record regarding T'een how shing moo, the Sailor's goddess. This deity is much consulted in cases of difficulty or doubt by the Taouists, as Kwan yin is by the Buddhists; and a set of oracular stanzas supposed to emanate from her prescience have been published, with a commentary, under the title yC /Et Ie ~Kj pi F?f ijc Wj? T'een how shing mob choo heae ts'een she. To this place also may be referred the well-known little hor- tative composition 3v S Ml* ^=T rM IHi 3v Wan ch'ang te keun yin tseih wan, being a treatise on secret rewards and retributions, ascribed to Wan ch'ang te keun, the God of Literature. The 7T *± ^h Tan kwei tseih is a collection of several short works of this character, with comments. A great part of the tracts, pamphlets, and minor publications hortative and devo- tional, which are widely distributed among the lower classes of the empire, and hold a prominent place in the literature for the million, may be included among these; embrac- ing as they do the reputed teachings of Wan ch'ang te keun, Tung yo ta te, Yuen ming tow te, Heuen t'een shang te, Kwan shing te keun, Tsaou shin, Wei yuen keun, and a host of other deities of greater or less renown. ELEGIES OF TSOO. 181 IV. The last and largest division of Chinese literature termed jfcTse.ih. may he not inaptly designated Belles-lettres, including the various classes of polite literature, poetry and analytical works. 1. The first subdivision under this head, termed ^ f§}£ Tsod sze, "Ele- gies of Tsoo," is very limited, being chiefly the poetical productions of ^ J^ K'euh Yuen, a minister of the petty kingdom of^qjj? Tsoo, in the 4th century B. c. Degraded by his prince, and apparently disgusted with the world, he put an end to his existence by throwing himself into the ^jij $f£ Meih-lo, a river in the present Hoo-kwang province. The anniversary of that event has been ever since commemorated by the Chinese in the Dragon Boat Festival, which takes place on the fifth day of the fifteenth month. His principal piece, the |p |H Le saou, is a justification of his public character, illustrated by ex- amples from history. Some other poems of the same plaintive character by himself, together with a few additional by zfc 36. Sung Yuh and J|»" ^g King Ch'a, all nearly contemporary and relating to the same subject, make up the collection of elegies known as the Tsod sze. Later writers have commented, annotated and criticized, but the style of composition is unique, and peculiar to the period when it was written. The collection was first made by Lew Heang in the 1st century B. c. In the Bibliographical section of the Suy History it is disposed as a distinct class of literature, and has ever since retained that position. The earliest example of the work now extant is the ^q| f§p t|l hJ Tsod sze chang keii, in 17 books, which in addition to the writings named above, ao contains an appendix of pieces by Kea E, Lew G-an, Tung-fang So ; J|| ,S Yen Ke, 3E H?k Wang Fow, Lew Heang, Pan Koo and 3l $$l Wang Yih. There is a commentary on the whole by the latter, who is the compiler of the work in that form. A good deal of liberty is said to have been taken with the text of editions published in the Sung dynasty, but the commentary has remained uncorrupted; and although very general in its character, is valued as giving the current. views of the literati on these writings at that early period. A much esteemed form of this collection was published by Choo He of the Sung dynasty, under the title ^£ f|£ ^f| gjt Tsod sze tseih chod, in 8 books, in which the author has made a selection from the preceding and another work published in the Sung. The first five^ books contain the writings of K'etih Yuen, the remainder being occupied with those of Sung Yuh, King Ch'a. Kea E, Yen Ke and Lew Can. The compiler gives annotations on the work throughout, and points out the particular class of poetry to which each part belongs. There are also two books of strictures on preceding commen- taries, by the same author, under the title fjf pg Peen ching, and he has given a revision and selection of the supplementary authors, under the title ^ Hf ECio yu, in 6 books. The original collection in 8 books is often pub- 182 INDIVIDUAL COLLECTIONS. lished with the two latter parts. Other modifications of Ohoo's work frequently appear, according to the editor's fancy. Thus, a rather popular abridgment by ^ ^ ill Yaou Ping-shan, was issued in 1741, with the title ^ ^ f |j |i Tsoo sze tsee choo, in 6 books, in which the pieces by Kea E, Yea Ke and Lew Gan are omitted, and a selection made from Choo's commentary; with a short appendix on the sounds of the characters. Separate portions of this collection have also formed the subject of a good many publications. A commentary on the first and principal piece, written during the 4th century, by [g| ^fgf Ling Tseen, has come down to the present day with the title jfjfi |j|[ ^ / ji|L Le saou tseih chuen. One of the best of the modern editions is the $$ ||| IfyfLe saou keae, by^ ffX, ^C Koo Ching-t'een, a free and somewhat original exposition of this noted production, published in 1741. An illustrated edition of the same piece was published early in the present dynasty by fff fjj $t Seaou Yun-tsung, with the title %% !|| {§{ Le saou t'oo. A number of the original plates were lost, the pictorial embellishments preserved being 64 in number. Each plate is followed by the relative portion of the text, and short notes explanatory of the illustration. In 1782, the emperor gave orders to have the deficient illustrations supplied, and 91 ad- ditional plates were inserted, the whole being embodied in 2 books, with the title ^ /£. f? ^ Luh Ch'e-che, and edited by his pupil ^ $§■) Yuen See in the beginning of the 13th century, under the title HI |J_J ^j| Seung shan tseih, in 28 books. An additional portion in 4 books is termed the y\> ^ Wae tseih ; and 4 books more are appen- ded under the designation go* Wk Yu luh. The first 17 books of the col- o lection consist of Letters ; the 18th is Memorials to the throne ; the 19th is Eecords ; the 20th is Prefaces and Dedications ; the 21st to the 24th con- sist of Miscellaneous pieces ; the 25th is Poems; the 26th is Sacrificial do- cuments; the 27th and 28th contain Epitaphs and Sepulchral inscriptions; the 4 books of the Extra collection are all literary models, with a memoir of the author at the end, which seems to have been inserted by ^ y^,> Woo K'eea later editor. The Yu Luh is a record of conversations, which was originally published separately, and was introduced into the collection in 1521, in a new edition published by ^ ^ JQ Le Mow-yuen. The 3£ j^ ^ ffij Woo tae hung tsze is a series of historical rhymes re- garding the five short dynasties, Leang, T'ang, Tsin, Han and Chow, which immediately succeeded the great T'ang, Each stanza is followed by a long expository note. The author's name is ^ -^ Hf Woo Sing-Ian. The -f-* H| Hf I ^ Shih laoo hung tsze, from the same hand, is a corresponding series regarding the petty states of Woo, Southern T'ang, Former Shuh, 186 INDIVIDUAL COLLECTIONS. After Shuli, Southern Han, Tsoo, Woo-yue, Min, King and Northern Han, which existed contemporaneously with the above-named Five dynasties. The 0j jfC Wk rtk Kaou twig h'e tseili is the production of ^j -jf* Kaou Tang, a native of Chang-poo in Fuh-keen province, who bore the de- signation Tung-k'e. The author lost his life in consequence of -his loyalty while holding office, about the time of the troubles in 1148. His work con- sisted originally of 20 books, only a fragment of which now remains in 6 books. These contain a number of memorials to the throne, epigrams, and other short pieces of composition, all which indicate a strong attachment to the ruling dynasty. There is an appendix containing a biographical sketch of the author, and two eulogistic documents by the famous Choo He. The Vpf J$f 3C ?fk Wei nan wan tseili, is a collection of the writings of Luh Yew, in 50 books, arranged by himself on receiving a dignity in connec- tion with the region Wei-nan in Shen-se, in the latter part of the 12th cen- tury. The first two books comprise Official statements; then follow two books of Instructions to inferior officers; one book of Memorials to the throne; seven books of Announcements; one book of Letters; two books of Prefaces; one book of Inscriptions; five books of Records; ten books of Miscellaneous documents; nine books of Epitaphs, Elegies and Pagoda records; two books of Sacrificial documents and mourning recitations; one book of Observations on the Peony; six books of a Journey into Sze-chuen, (see p. 29, supra,) the remainder consisting of Musical pieces. Some of the above parts properly belong to other departments of literature; such are the Journey to Sze-chuen, the remarks on the Peony, and the Musical compositions ; but his son |tjg ji| Luh Ytih, in order to preserve these small works from being lost, followed the precedent of the Loo-ling edition of Grow-yang Sew's collection, and embod- ied them in the edition he was publishing. Two additional books • were ap- pended by ^ ^3 Maou Tsin a later editor, with the title ^5& j^ Yih hadu. They consist of pieces written late in the author's life-time under a fic- titious name, some of which he would rather have suppressed. The IS! ^ Jy it M E 9 an lceu szS tseiJ h hy #J J8 B^f Lew Ying- she, is a short literary collection of medium merit, issued about the com- mencement of the 13th century. In 1210, the ]^J j^fj ^j| Ndn 7wd tseih was completed by jj|§ 4&% Chang Tsze, a statesman who was involved in the political intrigues of the period. Quotations from it are to be found in other books, but the work has long since disappeared, and was reconstructed from the excerpts in the Yung lb td teen. On this basis it has been printed during the present dynasty, contain- ing 9 books of Poems in the various styles of the art, one book of Rhymes and an appendix in three parts, of documents relating to the work. A small collection of poetical effusions was completed by pjj fyf f?f INDIVIDUAL COLLECTIONS. 187 Ch'ing So-nan in 1301, with the title '/fq ^ ^f§ Ts'ing sun-tseih. Anoth- er work from the same source is the — ', y Zl ~f"* jljj ]t?f ^j| Fi7i ^7& wrA shili t'od she tseih, containing 120 heptameter stanzas, originally appended to so many pictures ; followed by 24 pentameter verses of a lively cast. The same author has also left another collection with the title fi)f pf %. ^j| So nan iv an tseih, containing a few pieces of prose composition, some of them of a much more lengthy character. The 33f |JJ ^3{| Tse shan tseih is a poetical collection written by /pft JH" pjiji Lin King-he, who bore the soubriquet of Tse-shan. Being in office at the time of the overthrow of the Sung dynasty, he was warmly attached to the last aspirants of that house, and his writings exhibit numerous indi- cations of that feeling. A commentary on the work was issued by J|l M§. ^ Chang Tsoo-ch'ing in 1334; but there are only some fragments of the original edition extant. The work as it has come down to modern times, is an edition of the text and commentary arranged by (Ej $£ Leu Hung, and published in 1463, in three books, with two additional books of miscellaneous pieces pre- served by Chang Tsoo-ch'ing. In 1528 another edition appeared with the revi- sion of -^ ^y Maou Sew, and a section of criticisms by the same. There was a later issue in 1673, and another in 1810. The J 2^1 -f' ]^j 9J| Ting heaou tsze she tseih is a small collection of poetical compositions written in the various current styles of the ancient and modern art, by ~J" •pi ^ Ting Ho-neen. The author, who was re- nowned for his filial piety, was of foreign descent, his ancestors having come to China from the west. On the downfall of the Yuen dynasty, he retired from the world, and passed his days in seclusion among the hills of Woo- chang, occupying himself in the poetic art. His collection was first entitled w Jrc ^ -Hue ch'aou tseih ; and some editions are now named "J" ||j| sp ^j| Ting ho neen tseih. About the close of the^Yuen dynasty, 3E sll Wang Fung completed a se- ries of poetical effusions in 7 books, with the title ^ ^ ^j| Woo he tseih This treats largely of examples of loyalty, filial piety and patriotism, during the Sung and Yuen dynasties. Six books were already put to press during the author's life time, and the last one was finished under the superintendence of his son, early in the Ming dynasty. In less that a century the work be- came scarce, and the original blocks were very much destroyed, when a new edition was issued in 1456, under the revision and superintendence of |P|C ?§£ J^C Ch'in Min-ching. After a neglect of centuries, by the careful comparison and revision of existing copies and fragments the work has been again restored, and a new edition recently printed. In 1348 g^ ^f=f -3r Heu Yew-jin, a native of Seang-yin in Ho-nan, who held office under the Yuen dynasty, retired from the service, and having pur- 188 INDIVIDUAL COLLECTIONS. chased a piece of ground from a neighbour, he excavated a pond, in outline resembling a ducal sceptre. Daily he was accustomed to sing the praises of this pond at convivial meetings with his friends ; and from among the pieces composed on such occasions, he made a selection of 219 poems, and 66 spe- cimens of minstrelsy, all composed between the years 1350 and 1356. Ten of the latter were said to be by jfi| Eft Ma He, the remainder being by Heu Yew-jin and his brother §£ $f| Heu Ching. The collection was entitled -^ 9|f ^ 7^ ^j| Kioei t'dng gae nae tseih. Ma He afterwards revised the work and placed 78 of the poems and 8 rhymes as an appendix, with the title ^| :J^| f ^ ^c Po Tse-kea, a Corean, with the designation ji |^ Ching-juy, written about the beginning of the present century. The principal piece is a disquisition on the written character, followed by a preface, a eulogium and two epitaphs. INDIVIDUAL COELECTIONS. 191 The fH JH tl[ $g fj?f HJ^w yeng slian lewan she ch'aou is a small collection of poetic effusions, by a select number of amateurs met around the board on various convivial occasions. It is a production of last century, and contains specimens of the art in both the ancient and modern styles. A collection under the title ^J flipf fig f^ $lj ^j| Yue mivan loio she pee tseih, in 8 books, was published in the early part of the present century, by HI tjV ^ Koo Tsung-t'ae. a native of Soo-chow. The first book is a series of historical odes regarding the sixteen petty states that existed during the early ages of the Christian era; the second contains twenty corresponding odes regarding the Northern Tse. These are all in double quatrains of heptameter verse. The next book consists of similar odes regarding Nanking, with numerous notes. The fourth is entirely regarding miscellaneous matters during the Southern Tang- dynasty. The fifth book contains historical odes regarding the five small dynas- ties between the Tang and Sung. This is followed by a book of harem odes; and the two last are memorial verses in honour of friends. A tolerably extensive collection of elegant compositions appeared early in the present century under the title ^ j£ Pfc ^ ■%> ^j| Yew ching lue cliae tseuen tseih, by ^ %%) {|j± Woo Seih-k'e, a native of Hang-chow. This comprises a number of sub-collections; thus there is the "jiff ^ She tseih, "Poetic Col- lection," in 16 books; the fn>J ^ Tsze tseih, "Bhyme Collection," in 8 books; the %Y ||j| Wae tseih, "Extra Collection," in 5 books, consisting of anomalous verse, sonnets, poems, and historical odes; and the Ijpf glf %, ^fi Peen t'e roan tseih, "Terse antithetic prose Collection," in 24 books. The complete work is known also as the -^ H£ y\. ^ Woo kuhjin tseih. The jff ^f jg. 3C ^ Tseen neen t'dng ivdn tseih, a collection by Tseen Ta- llin, published early in the present century, contains a vast amount of thought by a subtle reasoner. The %\\ 'jfej ^|f| K'ih chuh tseih is a small collection of impromptu rhymes, edited by |f \H 1/^ Tsaou Jin-hod, an author of the present dynasty. It con- sists of a number of pieces written in lines of five syllables, composed by small parties of friends, each in his turn making one or two lines, till the piece is com- plete. This kind of composition is called Ifff ^Leen keu, "Connected sentences." Another work of the same character is the |f§ *2£ $ff ^ ^ Lo yew Uen ch'ang tseih. It was composed during the present dynasty, the first part being in the antique style and the second in the modern. The ^ %. ffi. <£V ^ g^ Hlfi it & 00 w ^ n clmng hung sang jih she sze she is a collection of memorial poems, written by various friends on occasion of the birth-day of an ancient worthy named Soo. A Buddhist priest resident at Silver Island in the Yang-tsze keang published a neat little collection of poems about the year 1830, under the title 'fg -fg fij yy Tsedy gan she ch'aou. 192 GENERAL COLLECTIONS. 3. The sixth century gave rise to a new division in the department of letters. During the early ages of the Christian era, as the art of composition continued to be cultivated, the productions of authors accumulated to so great an extent, as to suggest the idea of a selection from various sources, so classified as to in- clude choice specimens, in every department of polite literature, and at the same time leave the compiler free to exercise his judgment in excluding all but pieces of acknowledged merit. This subdivision has been termed $§( ^ Tsung tseih, or "General Collections." For the first specimen of this kind we are indebted to a royal prince of the house of Leang, named Jff 7^ Seaou T'ung, the eldest son of the founder of the dynasty. About the year 530, he completed the jX tH Wan seuen, in 30 books, which is still one of the best-known and most highly prized in the cate- gory. The divisions of the work are — ^ F06, Anomalous verse, — ]f?f She, Poems, — Hi Saou, Elegies, b Ts'eih, Heptalogues, — p^Gh a 6u, Decrees, — flU" Ts'ih, Appointments, — 7?" Ling, Orders, — ^ KeaCu, Instructions, — %. Wan, Essays, — ^ Peadu, Manifestations, — _C ^ Shdng shoo, Statements, — Jj^£ K'e, Declarations, — 5% W" T'an sze, Accusations, — J^ Tseen, Docu- ments, — ;f$ Ts6w, Memorials, — |§f Shoo, Epistles, — |§£ He-ih, Notifications, — ^ f$ T-iiy todn, Keplies, — gx fiffl She ten, Eejoinders, — ^ Sze, Fare- wells, — ff* Sen, Prefaces, — $f| Sung, Eulogiums, — y£Tsdn, Commendations, — 'Pt Rtf F00 whig, Contracts, — jg f^g She bin, Historical relations, — jg. jJJL ^T She shuh tsdn, Commendatory historical narrations, — f^f Lun, Discourses, — )§l ^ Leen choo, Literary gems, — j^ Chin, Admonitions, — M\ Ming, Monumental legends, — f^ Luy, Obituaries, — %%, Gae, Laments, — ^ %, Pe wan, Inscriptions, — ^ ^ Moo che, Epitaphs, — ^"J 7J7C Sing chwang, Me- moirs, — ^ ])C Tea6u ivdn, Dirges, — and ^ ^ Tse wan, Sacrificial orations. About the year 658 ^ ^ Le Shen, a statesman and scholar of the Tang dy- nasty wrote a commentary on the work, which bore the title %. ^ n± Wan seuen cho6, and was extended to 60 books. This contained copious notes on the objects named and the principles embodied, with much information on the pronunciation. The following century commentaries were written by § ^ Hf Leu Yen-tse, ^] ^ Lew Ledng, jj^lf §fo Chang Seen, £q fn] Leu Eeang, and 2p Jjlj ^ Le Chow-han. These were collated and combined into a single work by £) ${£ f p Leu Yen-tsoo, who completed his task about the year 718. In the Sung dynasty this was published with Le Shen's commentary also em- bodied in the work, which was entitled ^-> [§, gj jX ]S Lull chin choo wan seuln. The most authentic editions of Le Shen's Avork now extant, shew evi- dent proofs of being merely extracted from the last-named compilation. A good edition of the text without commentary was publishsd in 1572, in 60 books. Modern editions are numerous. A critique on some of the poetical portion of ^his work was written by ~}j [1] Fang Hwuy in the Yuen dynasty, with the GENERAL COLLECTIONS. 193 title jX *H US ^b iff' psF oP ^« re sew e«< yenpaou sedy she ping, in 4 books; but no traces of the ancient editions are to be found. An example of the work however, was embodied in the Yung Id td teen, which is the source of the exis- ting exemplars. It consists of strictures on the poetical pieces of Jpj $jt a^S Yen Yen-neen, jSQ Jfg Paou Chaou, Hf Hi ^M Seay Ling-yun, §|J ||| Seay Chen, jjf 3g Seay Hwuy and fjf J$)fc Seay T'eaou. The M&M^ Seu ™ choC kivei le consists of strictures on Le Shen's commentary on the Wan seuen, by f^" |§§ JH, Seu P'an-fung, a native of Sung-keang. Another small work by the same author, of a similar character, is the ^ ^h -$\ W Seuen heo hew ho, being an examination of the strictures of a scholar named Ho. There is a valued literary collection with the title fa % r #& Kod wan yuen, in 21 books. The author is unknown, the current tradition being, that the manuscript was found by -^ JEl "}J^ Sun Keu-yuen of the Sung dynasty, in the bookcase of a Buddhist temple where it had been deposited during the Tang. It comprises a selection of more than 260 pieces of poetry, anomalous verse, and the various classes of literature, composed from the Chow dynasty down to the fifth century of the Christian era; none of which are found in the historical or biographical works, or in other literary collections. In 1179 || 7C p Han Yuen-keik arranged the whole in 9 books; in 1232 J|l fit Chang Tseaou com- pleted a commentary on it; and in 1482 >)$§ "ftr J=f§ Chang She-yung had the work printed; but in the mean time the manuscript having become much dam- aged and considerable portions lost, the blanks were supplied anew, and the whole arranged in 20 books, besides an extra book containing 14 pieces of ano- malous verse and 3 eulogiums. In this state it differs considerably from the manuscript found in the temple, and critics have detected many assailable points in the commentary of Chang Tseaou. A new edition has been issued at Sung- keang within the last half century, in the tJ* [_Lj F§] ^ flf Shoio shan kb ts'ung shoo. A book of notes on the text is published at the end, with the title fa %. WL t£ W) f»B Kod wan yumleeaCu k'dn Ice. In his zeal for the cause of literature, Toe tsung the second emperor of the Sung, signalized the short period of his reign, by two of the greatest enterprises in the history of book building. About the same time that Le Fang was enga- ged on the T'ae ping yu Ian, ( see p. 146, supra.) he was also at the head of an imperial commission for an extensive collection of all specimens of polite litera- ture subsequent to the Leang dynasty. The work was formed after the outline of the Wdn-seuhi as regarded its arrangement, but the divisions were vastly more numerous. Nine tenths of the whole was made up of the writings of the Tang scholars, and scarcely a tenth from those of the lesser dynasties prece- ding. The work was completed in 987, with the title jC $L ^ ^$ Wan yuln ■ ying hioa, in 1000 books. Subsequently, however, much seems to have been added from time to time. In the early part of the Sung, when most of the ori- 194 GENERAL COLLECTIONS. ginal works were still in existence, there was little occasion to consult this the- saurus ; hut in the lapse of years, as old authors became obsolete, the value of the work became more apparent ; and towards the close of the Sung, when it was taken from the shelves of the imperial cabinet, with a view to having it printed, it was found to be so faulty and defective, as to render a thorough re- vision necessary. This was undertaken by a number of scholars, and several treatises were written upon the errors of the work. The principal of these was the jX $VL -^ ^f 3/f ms Wan yuen ying liwa p&en ching, in 10 books, pub- lished by $££ $£ JJ Pang Shuh-hea in 1204, which contains a critical exami- nation throughout, digested under 21 divisions. For several centuries more, the great work was still transmitted in manuscript, during which time, as may be supposed, considerable portions were lost. In the latter part of the 16th century, it was again most carefully revised and put to press ; and now forms a standard of appeal with regard to the accuracy of many of the Tang productions. The v /|p] ^ ^ jfc Tung seaou she tseth, in 14 books, is a collection of odes, chiefly by visitors to the T'ung-seaouTaouist temple at Hang-chow, com- posed during the Tang, Sung and Yuen dynasties. The work was arranged by a Taouist priest of the establishment, named ^ ^V ^ Mang Tsung-paou, and published in 1302. It has been recently republished. The jf?f ^t* She Ice is a comprehensive repository of ancient poems, from the remotest times down to the middle of the 6th century. It was compiled by *jli if! W$ Fung Wuy-nuh during the 16th century, consisting of the Former Collection in 10 books, the Principal Collection in 130 books, Extra Collection in 4 books, and Special Collection in 12 books. A critical examination and cor- rection of the work was published by fil| $5* Fung Shoo in 1633, with the title p^t ?f>2 [M f$ Sh e & Jc'wang ?new, in which 112 passages are discussed at con- siderable length. The p|p 25^" /v f[7j( ^f| Tsing gan pd yung tsezh is a series of odes on the eight antiquities of Shanghae, written by a succession of 20 visitors, collected and arranged by '^ ^ Show-ning, the priest of the Buddhist temple pp 35^ ^f Tsing -gan sze } a few miles to the west of the city, who lived about the end of the Yuen dynasty. It was revised and put to press by some of the scholars of the place, about the middle of the 16th century. An excellent work of this class was published by imperial commission in the year 1685, with the title fjfp ]|| "^ ^C Dfti $nn. Yu seuen hod wan yuen heeji, in 64 books. It begins from the time of the Tso-chuen, and gives an uninter- rupted selection of pieces down to the end of the Sung dynasty. Notes are in- terspersed throughout by five scholars of high standing. About the close of the Ming dynasty, ijft JH ^ H06 Chin-heang, a native of Hae-yen in Che-keang made an extensive compilation of the poetry of the' Tang dynasty in 1027 books, with the title jff ^f |£ ii^T'dng yint'ung ts'een, GENERAL COLLECTIONS. 195 and divided into 10 sections marked respectively with the characters of the denary- cycle. But the work was of too ponderous dimensions to put to press. In 1685 how- ever, the fifth section was published by p$J jfc j^Hoo Ching-che the grandson, and p^J fj^l Hoo K'in the great-grandson of the author, with the title )ff g JX i^ T'ang yin moio ts'een, in 201 books. This consists of the productions of the later Tang; and a supplementary portion was afterwards issued in 64 books, with the title p^ f|ft Jiin yu, containing the poems of the Southern Tang. These were merely intended as instalments of the complete work, which it was proposed to issue in succession ; so that they are numbered consecutively from the 553rd to the 817th books. Much of Hoo's work was subsequently lost, and when the emperor appointed a commission to form a similar compilation, the remaining portion was taken as the groundwork. Deficiencies were sup- plied and retrenchments made. Upwards of two thousand two hundred people were employed on the work, who gathered from private histories, miscellaneous works, monumental records, and every available source, making in all more than 48900 pieces, which were issued in 1703, in 900 books, with the title |ff|J AE, ^ Jo p^f ^ ting tseuen t'ang she. It commences with the effusions of princes and their consorts, followed by the collections of the official musical de- partment; and besides the more generally known poetic productions, the works of Buddhist and Taouist priests, of foreigners, and pieces signalized by a variety of other characteristics, all under chronological arrangement. At the end are 6 books of deficiencies supplied, and 12 books of irregular rhymes. Notwithstanding the many acknowledged excellencies of this anthology, it is also marked by some blemishes, as the admission of spurious pieces, authors of other dynasties in- serted among those of the Tang, names of authors erroneously written, titles of pieces mistaken for the names of authors, and some minor defects, but these are few when compared with the bulk of the huge work. The extent of this collection necessarily places it beyond the great mass of students; to make up for which to some extent, many smaller compendiums have been formed in later times. One of the most popular of these is the jg* ]I?F "p^ ¥$■ |g ffj; T'ang she ho heae ts'een choo, a selection of poems by the most celebrated authors of the Tang, compiled by 3l lyC ^» Wang Yuen-ting, with a running commentary, in 12 books, by 3l =P? W? Wang Ylh-yun. It was put to press in 1732. The ~j*j %. JH B^ Ko ° wdn me i tseuen, in 79 books, is a comprehensive se- lection from the general body of native literature, arranged in chronological or- der, with a series of marginal notes throughout. It is issued with the impri- matur of $if[ ^ f^Ch'in Yung-mun a native of Kwang-se, and^ ij% UU Woo Muh-yuen of Che-keang province. The f> !§, ^j| Puh yen tseili is a collection of twenty-eight short pieces writ- ten by eminent scholars during the 18th century, on an ancient ink pellat which had belonged to a statesman of the Sung dynasty named |gj" Seay, in the 13tb 196 CRITIQUES ON POETRY AND LITERATURE. century, and was disinterred in 1416. After being again lost sight of for three hundred years, it was brought to light in the time of Keen-lung of the present dynasty, and the inscribed legends form the theme of these compositions. The ^ j§|; Ijfr qf| King yupeili fuh, in 8 books, was published in 1803, with the imprimatur of U $# Luy Lin,|a| }§} ^ Tseen Shoo-chang and^| tM JUL Tseen Shoo-lelh. It consists of a series of extracts from ancient works exclusive of the classics, embracing only such portions as are distinguished for their poetic oi literary excellence. Two years later a supplemantary collection in 8 books was issued by the same compilers, with the title $£ ^ ijfc pj^ ^ 1$$ King yu peih fuh suh peen. An additional supplement in 2 books, was afterwards an- nexed with the title j|ff >f§£ ^ Ijfc jj|| Suh king yu peQi fuh. The ^ |[>? pTp y^gPung hod she seuen is a small poetic selection of recent date. The poetic art has been cultivated by not a few of the gentler sex in China, a very early precedent for the practice being found in the classical Book of Odes, A compilation of the productions of celebrated poetesses was made in the Ming dynasty, by E0 jj |jf T'een E-hang, with the title. j$ ^C ^ She neu she, in 14 books. This gives a series of poems from the earliest antiquity down to the time of the Ming. There are 2 books of ffj jg, Shih e, "Omissions sup- plied," consisting entirely of authoresses previous to the Sung. The collection is a most elaborate one, but the author has not been careful to authenticate the pieces; and there are a number of blemishes in consequence. The ^ Fp 3C ~t p*t &y Woo chung neu sze she ch'aou is a small collection of the poetical productions of female authors in the prefecture of Soo-chow, com- piled by a poetess named §!§ )|& f|§ Chang Tsze-lan, and published in the year 1789. There is an appendix of instructions for playing the flute, by an authoress named ^/L tft Ch'in Seang. 4. The encouragement given to literature by the princes of the Han, devel- oped to a great extent a tendency of the national mind ; and the abounding labors of authors during that dynasty, had been sufficient to stamp the charac- ter of the Chinese as a literary peoj)le. Poetry and the less elegant efforts at simple prose, which were at first free and natural, gradually shaped themselves according to certain conventional forms, till about the commencement of the third century, when rules began to be reduced to regular order, and the laws of poetry became more rigorous and circumscribed. During the two following- centuries, there is reason to believe that books were written on this subject, and thus originated an order of works which are now classed together as p?f jX» W$ She loan ping, " Critiques on Poetry and Literature." Many of the productions coming under this head partake of a desultory character ; and the want of a pe- riodical press has given permanency to not a few such writings, which in wes- tern nations would find a place in the ephemeral publications, and pass into ob- livion, as the mere productions of the day. Much that has thus come down CRITIQUES OX POETET AND LITEEATUEE. 197 the stream of time, is now appreciated perhaps rather for its antiquarian value, than for any intrinsic property of more sterling stamp. It is no less matter of fact however, that a considerable proportion of these works are extremely useful and important to the correct understanding of the genius of Chinese poetry ; supplying as they do a fund of information on the history, the changes, the in- ternal mechanism and the great aim of this much cultivated branch of art. These works were not recognized as a separate class till the Tang dynasty, since which a section has been assigned them in most bibliographical compilations. The earliest production of the kind now extant is the ~^ ^ Hfl Wll Wan sin teaou lung, in 10 books, written by ^IJ ^ Lew Heg in the 6th century? This is looked upon as a work of considerable merit, but the present editions are very defective and faulty. A commentary was published on it in the Sung, which is now entirely lost. Another appeared during the Ming, by^ J§§ ^ Mei K'inf- sang; and taking this as a groundwork, a more extended and critical exegesis of the ancient work has been issued during the present dynasty, with the title ^ ^ IB Ml W g± Wan sin teaon lung tseih chod, in 10 books, by j|r 7^ 3$. Hwang Shuh-lin. There are only about four or five other works of this class clown to the end of the Tang dynasty, that have survived to the present day ; but the Sung seems to have been much more prolific, and we have a goodly list of writers in the critical department. The ^ [If fj fj£ Hdio slian she hwa is a small work of this class, believed to have been written by $1 ffifi Jtcii'in Sze-ta6u in the lat- ter part of the 11th century. Some facts are mentioned in it posterior to this author's death; but this is explained by supposing them to have been inserted by a later hand, while attempting to restore the tattered manuscript, after it had lain for a long time neglected. Near the close of the same century, Wei T'ae finished a small work entitled whmMJ&W fm Lin hdn ym Jceu she hwa. This is a series of strictures on ancient and modern poets, strongly marked by undue partialities, with a se- cret leaning towards the degraded innovator Wang Gi-an-shlh ; but not without i ndications also of the man of genius. • The m£tJ&Wtt& Yew hod fang she hiva by -^ £f Woo Keen, writ- ten in the early part of the 12th century, consists of 154 articles, chiefly criti- cisms on the poets of the Northern Sung, with a few allusions to authors during the Tang. Scholars of the present day have been unable to verify above a tenth part of the statements. The M MMM ^n choia she hiod, a short critique on the Sung poetry, was completed in 1128, by %\t% Heu E, who bore the soubriquet Yen-chow. The work shews marks of genius, which are counterbalanced however, by the admission of marvellous and incjredible statements. The 3C M Wan luh is a brochure on the characteristics of ancient and mo- 198 CRITIQUES ON POETRY AND LITERATURE. dern poetry, written by )ff j££ T'ang Kang about the year 1138. The pp( '/Ip pjjj ifjy Tsang hae she hwd, a short treatise composed about the middle of the 12th century, by ^ pf Woo K'o, enters minutely into the ab- struse meaning of the Sung authors ; but the work is not clear, from the con- stant occurrence of phrases which need explanation. The existing editions are taken from the Yung 16 td teen. The IPI ffi. fij §5" Kw&n lin she hwd is a small critique contemporary with the preceding, by 5^ ip Woo Yiih, embracing the principal poets within about a century of his own time. Although there are a few misquotations and other defects, the work ranks high in regard to merit, among the writers of this class during the Sung. The JH Up; jg, |fff ffjy Suy hdn t'ang she hwd is another small work of tht same period, by |#| jfc Chang Keae , containing a series of criticisms on poetry ancient and modern, from the Han dynasty downwards. A prominent idea throughout the work is to hold up Le T'ae-pih and Too Foo to popular esti- mation; but the general tone of the remarks indicate the scholar and accomplished critic. The work as a whole was lost for several centuries, and was restored from the Yung lb td teen in 1774. The ^ £f| §^ fn§ Kimg k'e she hiod in 10 books, by ^ ^ Hwang Ch'e, was completed about the year 1168; being a series of criticisms on the national poe- try, in which the author gives more weight to the moral tendency of the pieces, than to mere artistic diction. The jf!^ (tijj $gfc Yu sze luh is an accumulation of critical observations by a series of writers, regarding literary compositions from the 5th to the 12th cen- tury. The work was completed by 3E IE imi Wang Ching-tlh in 1193, but was for a time lost as a separate publication; till it was restored from the extracts in the Yung Id td teen. The |g 3f f$ f^f T ' in 9 cliae she lm > by If* ^5 |j| Tsang Ke-le, a subject of the Sung dynasty, consists of strictures, chiefly on the Tang and Sung poets. The %M: H" ^ f^f §Hr Yu shoo t'ang she hioa is the production of ^£ ||2. j^ Chaou Yu-yen, a scion of the imperial house of Sung; and appears to have been written in the latter part of his life, about the beginning of the 13th century. Its criticisms refer principally to the ordinary conventionalities of the poetic art; in which the author shews an appreciation of good taste and appropriate expres- sion, while some scattered fragments are put on record, and thus preserved to posterity. There is no great display of penetration however throughout the work. In the early part of the same century, j^ 7^ }$j[ Wang Jo-heu a subject of the Kin, composed the pp |ff jfij fjj§ Hoo nan she Jnvd, giving a very fair review of the poets of preceding dynasties. The ])£ ffffc Wan shiob was written by $!f[ $gp |j Ch'in Ylh-tsang, one of the CRITIQUES ON POETRY AND LITERATURE. 199 literary examiners in the earlier part of the 14th century. It consists of eight rules for the guidance of competitors in composing their pieces for the govern- ment examinations. The author holds up the Sung expositors as the guide and model for literary aspirants. The ancient copies having all become extinct, the modern editions are from the Yung lb td teen. * The ^ jjjfl n|> prf fft Woo le p'oo she hwd is a work on the principles of poetry, by ^ |lijj ^ Woo Sze-taou, a scholar of good reputation, who flour- ished about the same period. The jf|£ f§p fH; liy $ ew sz & kUn hang, by 3E fej- Wang Kow, was finished about the year 1333; but the work was transmitted by manuscript copies for some centuries, during which time portions of it were lost. It has been carefully revised, and the lacunas supplied as well as possible from quotations in other works. This is a compilation from preceding authors in two books; the first treating on poetry, and the second on prose compositions. Many choice extracts are given, but a number of the authors quoted are now altogether unknown. The ^ ^j ffi] Kin shift, le, in 10 books, was composed by */|f jj[$ ^ P'wan Maou-seaou about the same time as the preceding. It treats of the origin of monumental inscriptions, models and rules for their composition, with remarks on the different styles employed. The regulations of the imperial historiogra- phers' office are appended. Three editions of the work were printed during the Yuen dynasty, some copies of which are still extant. The §H HJ ff?F fjjlf Kioei t'een she hwd, which was finished by .||§ ^ K'eu Yew in 1425, is a work of very moderate merit, and evinces no great depth in the matter of research; but is chiefly valuable as having preserved some frag- ments of the poetry of the past. It was printed about the end of the 15th cen- tury, with the title ffi ^ ^jf jfj^Ts'zm chae she hwd } Ts'un-chae being the au- thor's soubriquet; but in the modern editions the original name has been restored. The Hi ^gt jfrf ffjlf Luh t'dng she hwd appears to have been written by ^ jfC Wf Le Tung-yang about the latter part of the 15th century. This is a series of strictures on poets past and present, the author testing the various works by their conformity to the established laws of the art, and accuracy in regard to the tones. There was much of private pique in the animadversions of the work in its original form; but r5p -jof Le Ho, a relative of the author gave it a more popular mould, by removing the portions objectionable to modern au- thors, while he has shewn as partial a bias in his censure of the ancients. The ^ |§< JH i pvf ffjf Ndn Jiaou Jceu sze she hwd, by ffft ;|p Too Mflh, is a superficial critique on the national poetry, in which the author's judgment is ' occasionally warped by private views. An edition of the work was published by JlT $S Hwang Hwan in 1513, containing 72 articles. An abridged issue appeared in 1532, comprising only 42 articles. The modern edition compiled from the two preceding contains 79 articles. 200 CRITIQUES ON POETRY AND LITERATURE. The ^ 7^ ^ ffjlf Ytt 2/«?^ s/ie 7w(;E W- Siing she Ice sze in 100 books, by )1| ^§ Le Go, an au- thor of the present dynasty, is an extensive criticism of the Sung poets. While ostensibly a work of historical research, it devotes also a considerable space to strictures on the art; and though marked by frequent repetitions, redundancies, and other slight defects, it is a perfect mine of information regarding collateral topics during the Sung. The 5=f p)$ gff Slang tfeabwpob is an analytical work on the tones, written by ® Wh if3 Chaou Chih-stn, in the latter part of the 17th century. Another work of analysis of some pretension is the g^ ^ |||J f^| yj*f ^ -J^ J2)£ She lied yutn Ice hwbfa td clring in 18 books, drawn up by ^ J^c Yu Seang, and issued in 1697. In this the various objects which form the themes of the poets, are detailed in cyclopaedia order. The theme is first explained, then its various applications, followed by quotations from the poets, the ideas embodied, CRITIQUES ON POETRY AND LITERATURE. 201 and the application in the successive parts of a stanza. This occupies the first twelve books. The succeeding portion is a kind of rhyming dictionary, in which a number of quotations are given under each rhyme, and notes for the artistic management of the same. The $$ Jjjt ^j| f$j Jen die tseth le is a treatise on the principles of harem literature, by Wang Sze-luh, in a series of ten articles. Wang had projected a huge compilation of the writings of female authors in more than 230 books, but never accomplished it. This small work which was intended as an appen- dix is all that was given to the world. It has been published within the last half century. The y|| ^ fffc fj^f Mio&n-t'ang shwo she contains an intelligent summary of observations on the art and history of poetry, by ^C #^ Sung Lo, an author of the present dynasty. The jf$. |j| $g| Tan lung lull is a small work by Chaou Chili-sin, on the prin- ciples of poetry, published in 1709. In 1768, ££ iffr ^ Wang Sze-han completed an analytical work on the Wan seuen, with the title >C $£l ^ ^ HI ^ Wan seuen le lied Iceuen yu, in 8 books with an appendix. Taking Le Shen's commentary as the standard, he divides his work into eight sections, the first containing the names of the au- thors quoted ; after which is a complete list of all the works from which selec- tions are made ; ancient commentators ; correction of errors ; supply of omis- sions ; discussion of evidences ; unfounded statements ; criticisms of preceding writers ; together with exegetical observations by the author. It was edited and put to press in 1798, by -J^ ^ jjt§_ Sun Che-tsoo. Sun Clie-tsoo also published a work on the investigation of discrepancies in the various editions of the Wan seuen, with the title %. t£L ^ fPr Wan seuen k'aou e; in which he discusses and rectifies as far as possible the differences, both literal and doctrinal. The j>C iH ^ '/i ^j| IE Wan seuen le chou pod clung, by the same author, is an elaborate correction of errors and supply of deficiencies, in Le's commen- tary on the Wan seuen. The ^h ]l7f "^ fig gjg fH| §|f ^ J|$L Too she sliwang siting fee yun podhiob led, in 8 books, by j^ ^ Chow Ch'un, published in 1788, is an elaborate analysis of the works of the poet Too Foo of the Tang dynasty, with a view to point out his method of employing alliteration and rhyming in its various and complicated forms. The ^ ^ f|| f^f ^ Pae king Idw she hw&, by ^ H| Woo Keen, consists • of researches and criticisms on the national poetry ancient and modern, published in 1798. The ^ ^ jf?f fj|j Ming heang she lun, a short treatise of a kindred character with the preceding, was published the same year, by ^ ^ ^ Sung Ta-tsun. 202 RHYMES AND SONGS. 5. The concluding category in this division is termed fjjj jirj Tszs h'euh, <■'• Khyrnes and Songs," a department of composition held in light esteem by na- tive scholars, and barely admitted 'within the legitimate range of literature. In tracing the decadence of the poetic art, the classic Book of Odes is assigned the pinnacle of honour, while the ancient poets of later elate are admitted to an infe- rior rank ; far below these in point of style is poetry in its modern phase, and the class under consideration, allied as it is to the drama, is deemed the ulti- mate extreme in the downward course. Genius of the highest order however, has occasionally ventured into this department ; and authors under this head, tracing the lineage of their art up to the ancient office of the Director of Music, have established their claim to admision within the hallowed precincts. Hence they have been placed in the lowest niche, as an appendix to the national liter- ature. The kind of composition here termed Khyrne is generally of a trivial cast, and has no counterpart in European literature. It has been fitly described as some- thing between prose and poetry, in which the rhyme is repeated at the end of lines of indeterminate length, while unfettered by the rigid laws of versification. The first examples are found about the middle of the Tang, but they were generally included in collections of poetry. By the end of the Five subsequent dynasties, the form had become considerably modified ; and early in the Sung, when it had assumed a fixed character, publications began to appear devoted exclusively to rhymes. Under this head there is again a fivefold subdivision, the first being allotted to compositions of individual authors. About the year 1138, y]%. ^ %lMe Yhv-jhi wrote a small volume of rhymes, which was preserved in manuscript down to the present dynasty, and has been recently published with the title H? ^ ^j| Yang ch'untseih. Somewhere about the same date, Chow Meih wrote the JpL (gj ]jfj) Ts'aou clnvang tsze, which contains some choice specimens of the rhyming art. The \j8f ^g ]fjjj Tsewpeen tsze is another work of this class composed by fS) j rM Heang Tsze-yin about the middle of the 12th century. The first part consists of rhymes with commentary, composed while the author held office south of the Yang-tsze river. The second part, first in order of time, was writ- ten previously, when residing on the north of the river. There are some addi- tions to the work however, by a later editor. In the latter part of the 12th century Fan Ching-ta composed a small collec- tion of rhymes, with the title ^j $M 1*0 ^^ l h°° tsz ^, which is considered a good sample of the art. It has been published in modern times with an appen- dix of 17 pieces extra. In imitation of this type $jf[ rE£ Ij^ Ch'in San-p'ing a subsequent writer, adopting Fan's rhymes line by line, composed a counterpart collection, which he entitled ffll ^j $$ jfji) So shili hod tsze, jtff y^ Chang Yen who lived about the time of the overthrow of the Sung, RHYMES AND SONGS. 203 distinguished himself in this department ; and one of his works has come down to us with the title \±\ fp fj|^ p^J Shan chung pih yun tsze, in 8 hooks. It has heen preserved by a manuscript copy which was made at the commencement of the Ming dynasty, and was put to press ahout the middle of the 17th century. Several editions have appeared since that time. There is a small collection in the same style of composition, by 3E VX ^ Wang E-sun, hearing the title 4ft %\ ^H Hwa wae tseili ; prefaced by three complimentary rhymes, from the hands of Chang Yen and Chow Melh. The Hiji fgt ply Shicuy yen tsze is a collection of upwards of 120 rhymes by !#i iH Chang Choo, an author who lived through the greater part of the Yuen dynasty. These are graceful in expression, but partake of a plaintive cast, in keeping with the sad scenes which were taking place in the empire. They were first issued as an appendix to a collection of poetry by the same author; and were afterwards arranged for separate publication, by a Buddhist priest named jX. ■T? Ta-chod, and put to press in 1373. The work was republished in 1723. The earliest specimen extant of a general collection of rhymes is the ^ p] :jf| Hwa Men tseili, published by ^£ -^ jjfp Chaou Ts'ung-tsoo, in 940, in which he has collected together in 10 books, the principal jueces of this class, written during the Tang and succeeding short dynasties. The ^x n$ W® WL Yd fob pod te is a collection of 37 rhymes, by thirtsen known authors and some others anonymous, all about the close of the Sung. There is no compiler's name attached, nor any preface or note to indicate the origin, and it appears to have been handed down in manuscript till the 17th century, when it was first put to press. The rhymes are divided into five series, with the appropriate air for chanting named at the head of each series. In 1594, it ?H JC Tung Fnng-yuen published the fr$ |£ T'dng tsze he in 16 books, which although it professes to be a collection of the Tang rhymes, seven tenths of the work actually consists of compositions of the time of the suc- ceeding five short dynasties. A much more formidable work of the kind is the fjlp /£. JH? f\^ fvf $%. Yu ting leih tae she yu, compiled by an imperial commission, headed by \jfc /tf >M. Kwang Shin-yuen, in 1707. This is a comprehensive collection of all the choicest rhymes from the commencement of the art in the Tang dynasty, down to the end of the Ming, in 100 books, comprising 1540 articles, making upwards of nine thousand verses. A list of rhymers with their titles occupies 10 books more; and there are 10 books of criticisms on the rhymes. Critical works on rhyming are comparatively rare; still there are a few such prod net ions which claim attention. The earliest known treatise is the fpf f|(£ Kit ^ Peih he rawan cue, written by 3E $) Wang Cho of the Sung. He commences by an outline of the history and changes that have taken place in the lyric art; from the classic odes to the ballads of the Han; the gradual trans- 204 KHTMES AND SONGS. mutation to the Tang choruses; and ultimate perfection of rhymes during the Sung. Twenty-eight popular airs are than discussed, the origin of their names and subsequent changes investigated, and a number of curious facts brought to light regarding the matter. The jffij >J^ Tsze yuen is a little work by Chang Yea, the first book of which was lost sight of for centuries. The remaining portion was published in the Ming, together with the ppj g Tsze che hy~Lu\i Yew-jin, under the title ^ jfsj* *fN *3i Ybfod che mS. The missing book however was found during the pre- sent dynasty it is said, among some Yuen dynasty manuscripts, and the work recently printed entire. The first book treats of the ancient musical notation and laws of harmony, aud the second on the mechanism and principles of song writing. The Tsze che is a work of the early part of the Yuen dynasty, consisting of observations and hints for the composition of rhymes, in eight sec- tions, the seventh of which is now deficient and unintelligible, and the eighth altogether wanting. In the latter j>art of the Ming some few works were composed in which the rhymes were registered under their appropriate airs. During the Tang and Sung each rhyme had its special tune, like the popular ballads of the present day; so that tune books were uncalled for. In the time of the Yuen a line of demarcation began to be drawn between the songs of the north and those of the south, the difference in the tones rendering the airs mutually inapplicable. A musical notation was at first employed to guide the amateur, but this became altogether unintelligible in later times; and to remedy the consequent confusion, and form a standard to which every rhyme may be referred is the object of the compositions in question. A work of some pretension, which may be taken as embodying the chief results of the science, is the f^j f|t Tsze huh, in 20 books, published by -|| ^} Wan Shoo in 1687. This is an elaborate collection of ancient and-modern rhymes, from the Tang downwards, each type of rhyme re- ferred to its appropriate air, according to the length of the lines, the mechanical structure, the tones and other characteristics. There are frequent and lengthy critical notes throughout. One of the most important of this kind is the 35K /£, jfp} gff K'in ting tsze pod, in 40 books, published by imperial authority in 1715. This contains more than 2300 types of rhyme, commencing with the earliest specimens, all ranged respectively under upwards of 820 airs. Another kind of work allied to the preceding has to do with the laws of har- mony; but few authors have signalized themselves in this department, and nothing above mediocrity has appeared on the subject. Perhaps the principal is the Jtfj) (pi Tsze yun, a small treatise by 'ftp fjjf Chung Han of the present dynasty. In this the author attempts to define the theory of the musical sounds of rhymes as something between poetry and song; but in departing from the BHYMES AND SONGS. 205 ancient classic sounds, and evading the vulgarities of popular usage he lias fallen into some anomalies ■which render impracticable the adoption of his system. The ffPU ^ 2t W Tsze lied tseuen sltoo, in 14 boohs, is a compilation of the worksof several authors, made by ^ f§t ^ Cha Ke-chaou in 1679, intended to give a comprehensive view of the art of rhyming. It comprises the foil fj»J ^ /9? T'een tsze mmg Iceae, a critical treatise by ^ jtt $f Maou Seen-shoo, a writer of the present dynasty; the "j^F ^ 1*0 Itffl -E"o° &«* tsz£ Un, a kindred essay by 3E ^. ^ Wang Yew-hwa; the ^ f n) H |g T'mz feze t'oojood, a register of ancient rhymes, with the supplementary section, by jfff J^l 3r|5 Lae E-piu; and the Tsze yiin mentioned above. These various productions are combined in one work, without exegetical or elucidatory remarks. Under the term K'euli are included those lyrical compositions, which first came into use about the time of the Yuen dynasty, and as stated above in con- sequence of dialectic variety diverged into two' branches, the northern and southern. There is a small series of works treating on this subject, but they are of comparatively modern date. j#§ ^J j\. Chang K'6-kew, a scholar of the Yuen, who bore the soubriquet /p \±\ Sea6u-shan, wrote "a collection of rhymes and songs, with the title j#| /J> \J_\ Sy* j^ Chang scabu shan seadu ling. In the course of time his work^was lost, but a fragment of it was discovered in the early part of the Ming, by Sung Leen; after which ~/j :2p fffi Fang Heaou-joo obtained a manuscript copy and by carefully collating the two ex- emplars, the work as it now stands was arranged and put to press with the im- primatur of these two scholars ; but it is thought to be a very incomplete specimen of Chang K'6-kew's original collection.* The HJ| 05 $f£ W R- 06 k'etih tsd yen is a little work of the Ming period, by $b fH %$ Ch'in Tih-foo treating of the rise and history of song writing, keeping specially in view the northern and southern diversity. In 1715, the emperor issued a work on song music entitled s§fc /J^ |til fp K'in ting h'euli pod, in 14 books. This commences by a series of observations on the subject by preceding writers; four books are then allotted to the north- ern songs with their appropriate airs, and eight books to the southern songs. The concluding book treats of those songs which violate the laws of harmony and cadence. There are notes throughout marking the ceesura, the rhyme and the tones. The |U ft ,A 2I£ ^- f$ Nan h'euhjvh siring Izili wan is a short work by Maou Seen-shoo on the peculiarities of the (jiih siring ) "short tone" in th© southern songs. It is written in the form of question and answer. The same author has penned several small works on questions neaidy allied to this, one of which is entitled gjl pq Yiin wan, being a discussion of the final sounds, also in the dialogue form. 206 KHTMES AND SONGS. The M ffl K ^ Ql li ^'euh die yu is a short summary of defects in the mo- dern system of song, by f^ j^ Jjl Hwang Chow-sing of the present dynasty. By extension of meaning the term K'etili has come to signify not merely the choral part, but is now a conventional name for dramatic compositions. A good deal has been written on this class of works by Bazin, Davis and others, whose essays may be consulted with profit; but as dramatic works do not find a place in the native book-catalogues, it is unnecessary to enlarge on the subject here Most foreigners who have read at all regarding this matter, know at least by name, the collection of Yuen dynasty plays with the title JC A l=t nM HB Yuen jin pili chung Ic'euh, several of which have been translated into the French or English languages. Another well-known compilation of more recent date is the $|| 5^1 Chuy pQi Ic'eio, numbering several tens of comedies, tragedies, and other varieties of the histrionic art, some of which have also been transfer- red into the English language. Some of the dictionaries noticed above, (see p. 11, supra.) are included in this division by native bibliographers. APPENDIX A large portion of the bulk of Chinese literature is only preserved now in a class of publications termed §§| ^ Ts'ung shoo, which may be designated "Col- lections of Reprints;" for although some few original productions occasionally find their way into these repositories, they are almost entirely made up of works, which have already appeared before the public in a detached form. This custom has tended to the preservation of numerous writings of all ages, which otherwise would have been known only by name, from incidental quotations in more per- manent authors. These collections are analogous in some respects to Constable's Miscellany, Bonn's Series and others of the kind in England, but differ from them in that, instead of being published periodically, the complete series is issued at once as an indivisible whole, and it is only rarely that any of the separate works can be obtained second-hand, from an already imperfect series. The contents of a few such collections are here given, to furnish an idea of their variety and enable the young student to know where to find many of the produc- tions of the past which he might possibly have much difficulty in discovering elsewhere. The Wuy h'ih shoo muh ho peen, noticed on p. 61, supra, gives the contents of 269 such publications, and may be consulted with advantage by those interested in the subject. I. 3^ 31 Sx W $k M It W°° ying t'een tseu chin pan shoo. The font of copper types which was employed in printing the huge collection known as the "j£f ^ B ifl $& jfc Kob kin t'oo shoo tseih ching, having been for the greater part purloined by untrustworthy officials, and the remaining portion melted up to make cash, a proposal was set on foot in 1773, to make a set of movable wooden types, as the most econmical method of printing the recently-formed imperial collection known as the E3 )*$. ^ ilr Sze Mo6 tseuen shoo. This received the imperial sanction, and resulted in the publication here given. M Jar CI tfc j^l Chow yih k'ow keue e. Jsr Itt Yih shwo. ^ H |i ^ Woo yuen yih keae. #J$ Jfi* f$ ^ M 1&K6 she chuenkea yih shwo. J» Wz M> itf Yih seang e yen. Js W* Yih yuen, % ^ 21 IS Yih heo Ian shang. Jj iffii Yih wei. $k $ M M Keen kwan ts'6 t'oo. ^§f Keen ts'6 t'oo. ft 1! H k& 1& n t'oo. $f $£ nf Peen chun g Pe. 208 APPENDIX. Mi She My mow. M, §j* If? T'ung kwa yen. ?£ 7C /t» rplj pE Keen yuen seu che ke. ^ n n ©nr >& Kwan ling t'oo. _H M Yu kung che nan. ml W\ Yu kung shwo twan. Pr H? Shang shoo tseang keae. W $j? Jung fang shoo keae %a PrJ She tsung wan. l§ j£ % II IM It IE Suh leu she kea *R i- ■ shuh fun she ke. i£ M ^ gf $£ H gf j| Kea chae maou she king yen keang e. m 'fa. m m E le shih woo. ill if Jft # E le tseih shih. HI if p |? E le shih kung. ^C M li IE Ta tae le ke. ^ ^ # $J Ch'un ts'ew shih le. M fK 1$ $k M Ch'un ts'ew chuen shwo le. M'fXMffl Ch'un ts'ew king keae. 3i> ^t P II Ch'un ts'ew peen e. 3P vK 4% Ch'un ts'ew k'aou. Ch'un ts'ew tseih choo. Ch'un ts'ew fan loo. J} m i mm J$ Ch'ing che. po M- W. Lun yu e yuen. & It $£ ft! II £ • K'in ting she king yo poo tseuen shoo. V3: Fang yen choo. "S. £8 db Til K& ?BJ SK Leang han k'an woo poo e f E Tung kwan han ke. IX San kwo che peen woo. iL TV i£ pE 9S BX Woo tae sheke tswanwoo. SA xE. W/j jg. ^ jj|| K'in ting ming chin tsowe. HI M & M It It Wei ch'ing kung leen suh liih. ~Ju *&j %i B -p- 4J- Yuen ch'aou ming chin sze leo. IcB 4* IE Nee chung ke. li; fl- Man shoo. 7K $E £fe Shwuy king choo. 5C il X & H Ji If IE i^ Yuen ho k'enn heen che". ^ Yuen fung kew yih che. Yu t'e kwang ke. Ling peaou luh e. Lin tae koo sze. Tung han hwuy yaou. Woo tae hwuy yaou. Sung ch'aou sze shih. Keen yen e lae ^ i^ jw ^ la if ch'aou yay tsa ke. Wi B fa Iw ^ an ^ wan k'ew e. IE UC^I^^ISm^JSS^K'in ting woo ying t'een tseii chin pan ch'ing shih. Ht ^ ~tt fl? M^Chih chae shoo luh keae te. *4- TB t^ Keang fee ping. is: ^ ^ ie m it m w # 55: K>m t i ng keaou ching chun hwa ko fee shih wan. H tf III spE T'ang shoo chih peih. -ff| -^ Poo tsze. 'n? $a Te fan. 5V ^ 3fe ^ M ^. IE Kung she seen san* te tsze ke. D BJ5 ^ # Ming pun shih. 5§ .R ^ lS Heang she kea shwo. H ^ |^ II Nung sang tseih yaou. M f^C ^ ~^J Soo ch'in leang fang. >J^ Si ® ^ Seaou urh chih keue. i|S Chow pe swan king. Kew chang swan shuh. Sun tsze swan king. Hae taou swan king. Woo tsaou swan king. fM Hea how yang swan king. t$J Woo king swan shuh. $£ S ^ Paou chin chae fa shoo 4|j Mih fa tseih yaou ftsan Ho kwan tsze. pE E keo leaou tsa. ke. $fl Nang kae chae mwan luh. % 5£W n m sin sit ^ ^ ^ ^ f B K ^ ft m ^ II IE Yun kuh tsa ke. -p^C He5 lin. ^ 1 fel If Ung yew heen ping. ^ ^f ^ IsiE K'aou koo chih e. IH Ij* iH -^ Ch'aou yay luy yaou. ulU ^ H IE Keen tseuen jih ke. pJi ^ "6* ^ ^ Kin § chae ko ° kin t'ow. ji ft E lin. . "^ ?K $E &i ^ ow shwuy ke wan. |^C T'ang yu lin. Kwei tseen che. PO choo IIP M ! SI 5& ^ fife fS pi Laou tsze taou tlh king i& & ■^X flRl $15 * W Wan tsze tswan e. ^ Yu che yue sin tseih. Chang yen kung tseih. HI Yen wan chung kung tseih. Nan yang tseih. 5H Sung yuen heen tseih; ^H Sung king wan tseih. Tsze p'oo tseih. ^H Hoo wan kung tseih. Hwa yang tseih. Kung she tseih. APPENDIX. 209 0J & fc UJ ffi III FH III ft ft ft ft ft 8*s ^ Ui sue « m /e a it it % i'&L ra Pang ch'ing tseih. D| Lew chung sail tseih. Tsing tlh tseih. jj± Shan kuli tseih clioo. pii How shan she choo. Ko shan tseih. T'aou shan tseih. Heo ylh tseih. Se tac tseih. Fow che tseih. Pe ling tseih. F6w k'e tseih. Keen chae tseih. Ch'a shan tseih. Wang wan ting tseih. Seue shan tseih; Kung kwei tseih. Keen taou kaou. Chun he kaou. ± m m % £ & ^ 'Iitjj Chang tseuen kaou. ^ ^ Che t'ang tseih. Wk H Kea chae tseih. i'K] ^ 2j ^1) Nan keen kea ylh kaou. 3|f || Mung chae tseih. 'M. $■ %fri Che t'ang te'un kaou. $ T $rc Chue heen tseih. tf£ ^fe Muh gan tseih. fjfn 1 4ft Kin yuen tseih. % 5£ ^ $$' ?S Wau yuen ying hwa peen ehing. Sit Hi !sL" P* In SCiy han t'ang she hwa. » tH Fi* fff Kiing k'e she hwa. ffli 3lf ^ pi£ ITaou icn chae ya fan. S Pil i ^T #' 4 pS K'intingszek'oo tseuen shoo k'aou ching. ^ J? M Ching chae yih chuen. {jm siie Km. II. tH Hi iH H? ^«" wei isung sJ/oo. This is a collection of authors during the Hau and Wei dynasties. It was published iu the Ming dynasty, by |^ *§| Ch'ing Yung at Siu-gan. ]$J -J* Sluing tsze. A ^J >1^ Jin wfih che. M f& j!& H Fung suh t'ung e. ^C J5* Itf f? E - in " fan2 yia cuuen - ffl % V& M Chow ylh leo le. ^ i| #' San fun shoo. It flu She shwo. j& |^ #k, (^ Han she wae chuen. 5c |£ if Ta tae le. § fit M II Ch'un ts'ew fan loo. 6 J^§ 5lt ?ih hoo t'ung. IU |lf T'uhtwan. *, |M Chungking. ^ =f Fang yen. € "jn ffi ^1- .R 1$ Yuen king seih she chuen. ?3 M ^ tt Keih chung chow shoo. ^% 5C "? ^ ^"^ i ' 6eu tez ® cnuen> H 7S ^t It!. Se king tea, ke. §f? it Soo shoo. M fg Sin yu. ?L Ht "? K'ung ts'ung tsze. >lf It' SIu seu - i$u ^S Shw5 yuen. if If Sin shoo. fk 5* Fa yen. ?ia ^C m Tseen foo liin. ^ H Shin keen. ■t 1 pM Chung liin. M & 'MW>\ Yen slit; k ^ a Lei ' m - *M "J* filf Plfr Lew tsze sin liin. Tfty I?- II Shin e king. fln] S gji T'ung ming ke. jjjt |4 f £ Shuh e ke. 3E "? ^P ^ jft pG Wang tsze neon shin e ke "M* ^J M i^c Kan shih sing king. ffl i.^' ^N f§ Fei yen wae chuen. fi ^ J} Mi M Koo kin taou keen lull. m© "(SJ Liin hang. 2« « ««-o«r/ edition of this collection, published in the Ming, by ^§ if -f^' Ts'ang, the following 38 additional works were inserted. J?, ^ Yih lin. ^ K IIf f$ Tszfe kun s slie cnuen - ^ f^ Heaou chuen. # ^S Shih ming. tl ffi Po ya. >h fsj jjfl Seaou lirh ya. ^Yo6 vue ch'un ts'ew. h M Ifl- Yue tsene shoo. "i* 7^ M M- %X Shih iuh kwo ch'un ts'ew. t5f U' f£ ^P Chuii shoo l;e iv :■■•■ ?H jit P^J f$ H;iu wo ° ml J' chuen. |$ ^ Pe sin. A a a 210 APPENDIX. m m •etc K'eun foo luh. flty 1lii M Shin seen chuen. 1*0 T llf Kaou sze clmen. £$ pL Ting rung ke. :# [pJ §? Ts'an t'ung k'e. I*tl #? IE Yin foo king. ;6« Sin shoo. rf gft Sin luii. ill £Sl f$ Hung leih keae. 4' ifc Chung shwo. ?C f$ IffiJ #I N ^ T'een lull ko wae si SI JN» gj Sow shin ke. + m f g, Shih chow ke. mm Igi Tse heae ke. m m J^f, P6 wuh che. #* £E Koo kin choo. ?§ jjj[| fj| Wan sin teaou King. F'T nn She p.'in. w nn Shoo p'in. 11 ^ filii) Yen t'eih Kin. 5 fs jSP Hi San too hwang t'oo. #: Pi fJH w Hwa yang kwo che. ?£FJ§ i&P M 1 B L6 yang kea Ian ke. t!c£S Shwiiy king. f lj 5§ H J$' IB King tsoo siiy she M. PR JJ £jL Tfc 7jA Nan fang ts'aou miili chwang. ft If Chuh poo. ff B Ting luh. The follow in ff additional works are found in the third edition of this collection. -j^ 7C |M T'ae yuen king. P I£ i? f$ Kwan she yili chuen. p|p ■>J'» /t" She seaou seu. 7H JJtt Inl fa" f# Leen shay kaou sang chuen. 31 nf fM Uh k'e king. j3sL $& la Bff lira Taou tih che kwei lull. •fyL t i Iff Ch' n chung shoo. % U Swan king. H=B J3 H Seang pei king. }|! f 1^ fit IB Sow shin how ke\ \ll ife IS Hl Shan hae king tsan. "k 0. K'in king. fj$ |H BB F«)i kwo ke. S ^ gj} Ming t'ung ke. ^SC ^ l^c S5 Wan chang yuen k'e. /G $t ^ew seay. ff pB Lae ke. jQE !$L IB HwSn yuen ke. ^ in. ■& 4* £1 & Ko ° Un v lh s]re - This is a collection of works subsidiary to the national history, published in the Ming, by J£L i% Woo Kwan, of Sin-gan. jf "fg" Fang yen. f^p: ^j Shih niing. 6 }j€ Ml pih ho ° ^""S- Jir | f | Kwang ya, JSl nt il!i Fung siih t'ung. >J-» fi|il ^ Seaou lirh ya. |lk |&H ^ pB L'J yang kea Ian ke. ^ tt IB Keaou fang ke. 151 MP 'M ®k Yo too tsa luh. A. IS IflJ fl £ew kin S P° 6 J' un - jr^ i^ San fun. ^- ^ft "J* w ^ un ''^ en ' sz ^ chuen. f't #' $E ^ Chuh shoo ke neen. i^ 5§fe JhJ s" Keih chung chow shoo._ IS ^C ill pB Se king tsa ke )}'] H VIrJ ^ pB P'ce kwo t'ving niing k$. i-H JE^ $C V Han woo koo sze. jj^ pjfb ^f|% f^ Fei yen wae chuen. f# ill IB Hae shan ke. ^ |§ SB Me low ke. I?fi M IB K'ae ho ke. , /\ %'] -^ JS3 Luh ch'aou sze tseih. W i& $fc Tsin she shing. y§l IS? % Tsoo t'aou wuh. jlS iff! tt" Yue tseuc shoo*. APPENDIX. 211 7?A Woo yue ch'un ts'ew. ^ PJ§ M Sv Hwa yang kwo che. 1^1 X ff Kaou sze chuen. ?H 1lll f# Leili seen chuen. M 1& f# Keen hee chuen. 1$ ff" f§ Shin sang chuen. 7$£ ^- pff Pun sze she. W. ^ W IE Suh tse heae ke. If H IS P^ 6 ke. || S |£ Tseili e ke. j|? ^ Leaou che. ^ ;§ Kin che. Wi ?H $fi |j3 Sung mo ke wan. IV. W 33 ^ H -P^ W " M # ^ a s ^ 00 - This contains ninety-eigbt works by celebrated authors, and was published during the. Ming, by $J ~% [% Hoo Wan-bwan of Hang- chow. p|f f|£ She chuen, pff wt She shwo. plF 5jc She k'aou. ipp pf #P- f# Han she wa( chuen. p^ t& *£ 5JC She t'e le k ! iou. &j& 5^. Plh hoo t'ung. * a Fang yen. «H T'uh twan. * -R 5""'J i$£ Le she k'an woo. M 1$. Shoo p -o. m -ife ^ Keih tsew peen. m#? Jig. Fung suh t'ung. »« Shih ming. tf m J^ Po wuh che. m m '$ !&■ Suh po wuh che. m % pj Shih chang fan. # * <3; Koo kin choo. * W %% Seaou urh ya. ff.ft ^\ gllj Yen she kea heiin. m Chung king. 5 Ming wuh fa yen. pQ Hwan yii tsa. ke. IS IM >m pW Chow leen seu h'ni. Si J5 B JH Leu she kwan chin. fp ^ HI ^ Che gan yo shih. lU *M M Shan hae king. %ty jl IS Shin e king. 3& H IB Shilh e ke. « #& * ? S - 5f H i^ sB Keae yin peih ke. 3l£ H If* il E chae yay shing. r. li; R # San yu chuy peih. 11 M $B fl Ting yu ke fan. 'jit g ^ Shin yen tseih. M 5fc H ^ II I& Tang siing san kea tsa shwo. 1 PS -1 Tsze hea tseih. ?L .R *1 6& K'ung she tsa shwo. ee 'tis /IjtF j£ Sing cha shing Ian. HE 55; K'e man ts'ung seaou. m 4«^ ; ^ Ifc San sing yuh keue. I |'J6 ^t Ts'ing hwa pe wan. TO Kwei cluing che nan. M. jpiJ/> ^ Sew chin pe yaou. rt. 2^ vl K $%. fft Ho choo lin. /N S fife Liih jin ko. M 7jC fej ^ Fuug shwuy wan ta. Jtfe Sfi IE W T'e le ching yfin. iS 3K ^0 Ma e seang. i|l ^ fl Shin e king. sp M 2l 46 K'in fang woo sing. H 5f IS Wang tow king. mm Mm mm Wan luh. P* na She p'in. ^c T'an e luh. Uf Tsoo yu sze. Shoo twan. ]ig Suh shoo poo. ZZ. !£fc Shoo fd, san mei. IS*, w^ T'oo hwa vaou leo. ?fc& ia ^i Hwuy sze che miing. Ch'a king ^ Iff Ch'a poo. ^ f^ Ch'a liih. 212 APPENDIX. ik •$ m & jjjjt Tung k'e shih cli'a lull. m m J^T Ch'a keu t'oo tsan. Wi m #>" Vm fang ts'ing sze. M Hi JnL Wan fang t'oo tsan. i^f If Suh wan fang t'oo tsan m m m s3£ PB iff Hr PB ~T /5l JR. Shan fang shih yew tsan. VR ?H T'ung t'een ts'ing luh. Heang poo. aP ^ Yo foo tsa lull. pB Keaou fang ke. Pae poo. ft m PB Sill poo. irf "P" Shan kea ts'ing sze. 3L "fT Teen kea woo hing. "}j|| H£ Ke leih tso yaou. Jfg p£ Tan ch'un leih ke. ^ff Chung shoo shoo. ffi M. Ts'aou niuh yew we king. 3p- ?N tIa Nan fau g ts'aou muhchwang. K'in king. Show king. V. M ^ M lr ^"aw^ #"»y ^»»<7 *^« This consists of the productions of the Tang and Sung dynasties. It was compiled during the Ming, by Hf J\, f^t Chung Jin-kee and $| j§; J| Chang Suy-shin, two natives of Hang-chow. ilj \% Yih chuen. p* Ij* ni> She seaou seu. 'ia m. Ml i$- Tscen heu yih chuen. ?L J5i ffl pb K'ung she tseih yu. g %b ft %'P King wae tsa ch'aou. It II II ^ T'iih shoo tsa ch'aou. ]|j Jl Shoo p'o. J'J ^ ® /& <3E Ch'wang nee k'e keu clioo. M M }& # Tang kwo she poo. j^ ^ ffi II Stiy hwa ke le. "M TfC # p £jc Tung king mung hwa luh. ^v p II IB Ta nee tsa ke. ?S Jfilt IrJ f b flj Leen shay kaou sang chuen. Fi3 SL 'JL M. Wan keen k'in luh. ^§M^ J§ 3$ $i Ch'un ming t'liy ch'aou luh. &$ #1 p_n Eft $jc Yen yih e mow luh. fjjji HI IB Fuh k'wo ke. ^ j& IB Woo t'e ke. B^l fS ^ E suh die. l^J M H Nan fang shoo. iff ,Hr *E V Nan t ang k'in sze. IEt rfc Hr ^i* Woo lin k'ew sze. g^. -J- 4-u Ur T'an tsze hwa shoo. i\j* fl Sin shoo. fA n 3 W Chin chung shoo. ^ III #j If Imf Taou till che kwei kin. P-?- ^E T'an ynen. ■3 L J5 *S p£ K'iing she tsa. ke. IfB ^ II IB Seang soo tsa ke. if] ii» pf ji J Mun sih sin hwa. # ^ If* ii L6 hoc) yay luh. i IpI p?c Lin hea gow t'an. m % ^ pit p°° p eiu t' ai ^ Yen fan loo. If ^*« m % >j> (ft w -\t m t^ g# k m M li II jS £ -R III ^ hj m is ^ II IB Hi -r-* ^ pj/1 How sh an ts'ung fan. Yay k'ih ts'ung shoo. Fung chwang seaou t'ttb. Yen pih tsa che. Shih lin sze peih. Kea yew tsa che. Wang she t'an luh. Shan hae king tsan. Mffi&M Chow pe swan king. % PJJ Wan tsih. She shih. Mill soo. Pei hwuy. Lae ke. Yew shay. K'in king. T'B H. $S Seang pei king. ^ |1 Ch'a'king. J® If Tsew poo. ^j ftf Sun poo. f|f P3 Heang poo. iv Suh po wiih che. — f- . ' „ ■ „ , »ti> Mmg taou tsa che. jiv Yun seen tsa che. i ■ >ii» Peih ke mwan cho. Yuh chaou sin che. Tung kwan tsow kg. Tsing kwan so yen. $ffc Yun yen ko yen luh. VI. i& §fr Shwo ling. This collection was compiled by ^ j=| ^jf Woo Chin-fang, a native of Shik-mun in Che-keang, during tlie present dynasty. A second edition was published in 1800, in a small size form. 0£ -rS ^ IB Tun S yay tseen ke. |5fl %Sl £& 1*3 Lung shuh yu wan. ^}* "tl* t& I o Fin kan yu hwa. % ^ il IB Gan nan tsa ke. ^ A 1$ II Iff IB Fung she go 16 sze jih ke. 0<] HE fr? ^ Yun lang gow peih. ^ If ill ^ sp: IB Kin gaou t'uy shih peih ke. JUL %£. W jSI If Hoo tsung se seun luh. HI 'JEj *J? %'y Sih P m sea 6u ch'aou. qfe ^=£ -f-j* p£ Sung ting king ke. 5C fti li f& T'een luh shih yu. 3^ ;il EJ l|i IB Fung ch'ang pih shan ke. $L Jilt 3$ |B ®$ She lew k'ew ke leo. f>5 >J* $B Min seaou ke. ?R ^T IB Hi Teen hing ke ch'ing. ill 58 IB H Tung hwan ke ch'ing. •# : j& Yue shuh. Jf| M ^ IB Yue se gow ke. \%%& |B JSf Teen k'in ke yew. *"?« jfl ^-7 "& £Jjc King tung k'aou koo luh. ill j|C :# ""£" it Shan tung k 'aou koo luh. tk 3C $£ fm) K'ew wan kih liiu. || || Tsa luh. tJ" V V pB Show peen jih ke. W M %b $B K'wan yu wae ke. ft W IB "I Tae wan ke leo. 36 |l| : ^ IB Tae wan tsa ke. ■^ ^ IB tH Gan nan ke yew. Vm iM. Ill ]^ T'ung k'e seen che. It tfi IB /If T'ae shan ke shing. IS fe $B jtl K'wang leu ke yew. ^ ^ EB Tang hwa ke. 52£ Jill JS pB Yew ying fang ke. Il ^. P^ tf T'uh she kin ping. fH il'I'l M B^ l3 & Yang chow koo ch'uy tsze seu. |)i fiff Koo shing, : M iw ^1 J^ Hoo juen tsa che. ^c ii. T'an wang. fe ^ II SB Pan k'eaou tsa ke. ^ S li il p Tsan yun low tsa shwo. 5C § ^ fi^ # T'een heang low gowtih. 4? I "#? Jjt to Yin gan so yu. Ju 1^3 J^ Keen wan luh. H # tl M 'ng paou luh. IS M Fit $fi Heen koo suy luh. $k # IE ^ If Koo paou keen wan lull fl? fiX J^ Sin ch'ing luh. If!t Bf ^1 J^ K'wang yuen tsa, che. H '}! il J^ Gow keang yih ch4. g HHJ i T en tsing. "HI 1^ *(t IB Ling nan tsa ke. j| S p£ Shuh e ke. ft IS ptF Hwa peih she. fj| @J| T'antsoo. i® to Urhyu. jj g Yung yen. f| 4b ffi fl Ch'e pih gow t'an. lit ill JC ^ T ' un sIl0 ° cllin •'* W\ ■? In Heun tsz6 y^- W fi tfc Ch ' fil1 tih luh - ^ ^ Shay fa. Bbb 214 APPENDIX. vii. US This was published in the Ming, by ]§j : {$- tion has been issuech ft # 5p P° wuh die. W M II IB Se king tsa ke. ifr it IE Shih 6 ke. !:£ ll^ IE Sow shin ke. ?5JC JS fE Shuli e ke. W, ft % Ai> Suh po wfih die. Wi B* Ch'oo yen. ^J"» 'S j!5t Seaou ming lull. •H "M /% pil Yun ^' e y ew ^" ID 1=1 ft? T'uh e che. %t PH II Jp Too yang tsa peen. ill SS jl? pE Tun S kwan tsow ke- ^C j| if In Ta fang sin yu. SI IS fi Yin hwa «lh. 31 J^ ~T Yiih tseuen tsze. ^t W* Jit "ef pin mung so yen. e$t # H L ° slien luh - m $ff -HI Le hae tseih. s& M §i K6 t'ing luh. ffi ^3 fi p ° tsil1 Peen. f>H t§] VO 1=1 Jl? Heen chwang kwo e che. \% ^ Jl II §i Sow tsae e wan luh. Jl ff ap: §^ Tung heen pelh luh. I 1 ] W II §E Ts'ins seang tsa. ke. 'M. 3rf ^ pM. Mung chae pelh fan. li: i€ §lt Hwa man luh. Wf 111 $fi 1*3 Yew hwan ke wan. ^ {#^ "p: pjR. Mung ke peih fan. ^ ?H 1 £ ^ Iff He5 chae teen peih tswan. MS #/E e% JS K'eu e shwo tswan. M jt£ "M f^ Mlh chwang mwan luh. f# SlL >J* 45 fjfc ffi jf She urh seaou ming luh shih e. lit frf BE 'J'' 33 $M P°° s he urh seaou ming luh. II ft ft 5£ >J> £ $ Suh poo she urh seaou mina; luh. y Pae hae. Shang Seun of Shaou-hing. A second edi- mm m m ■Mm m * •3? B -p Lan chin tsze. fj; Kwei teen luh. h£ 'ffi Tung p'o che lin. J)H iS Lung ch'uen pee che. ?)^ ?i^ j£J« Shing shwuy yen fan luh. 4%. Bn Lang chae yay hwa. ig ^ fE Laou heo gan peih ke. i"M iP Yun luh mwan ch'aou. J5 ffi 3pt gg Shih lin yen yu. II I? Hi mm mm it SF K p5 Pe shoo luh hwa. II jS Ts'ing po tsa che. $ji jp Mlh k'ih hwuy se. *W< flc E wan tsung luh. Il S§ Suy ch'ang tsa luh. II *J1 Yew yang tsa tsoo. ^ Seuen shih che. 0|c Liing ch'ing luh. ^ ^ Ho lin yiih loo. 2» Pil Joo lin kung e. $$, How tsing ltih. ^ K'wei keu che. f-k II /S Keang lin ke tsa che. T'ing she. ijl t^ Suy yin mwan luh. >J\ (j-fl Fung chwang seaou full, fl^ Kang luh kaou. II How till ltih. jj pn Se ke ts'ung yu. ^ ^ Yay k'ih ts'ung shoo. Wi 1% Yung seue ts'ung shwo. I& 13 Sun kung fan poo. )p] pip !§ Heu y^n chow she hwa. p|f fj How shan she hwa. If ph Tse tung yay yu. M4E BW B8* Kwei sin tsa shih. Shan fang suy peih.. viii. £n ^ j£ H Che piih tsuh chae ts'ung shoo. This collection was arranged and published by trict in Gan-hwuy, in the 18th century. W HI JH H ^. Yu te fang k'eue she. ££ ^ Paou T'iug-po of Heih dis- 1& 5: # M ?L ^ f$ Koo wan heaou king k'ung she chuen. ^ tM Yukeen. ^ Wl $H f i] 1^ ?il jfi Leang han k'an woo poo e. # ^ f§fi p She she suy peih. ^r It El SE K'ih hang jih kg. fl ^5 51" ^ M Yun shih chae peih fan. ■k 'M "k 11 >J> $M Ts'eih sung fang shi'h seaou luh. APPENDIX. 215 & % % £ ffr ¥. 1 B Kung s]l6 s6en san = te tsze ke. ||Jf fp^ ^ King yen yuhyin wan ta. ^ f| !# It Kung k'e she hwa. $1 II II a* T'uh sing tsa che. ^ tH ?jt iS ^ an S k ' e mwau chS " jfc 51 Ch'ih ya. If ill #£ li ch0 ° sM J 6n ®' l§ M It if Yung cll ' iug ske hwa ' ft ft Bf if m% Juh shuh ke. || fg, E kco leaou tsa ke. fo Tuy ckwang yay yu. f§ Kwei teen she hwa. |§ Nan haou she hwa. f£ Luh fang she hwa. /ft f§ Wj 1$ Shih mih tseuen hwa: fflft it ft 5: m 5l PJMf wan ke $£ Sun tsze swan king. j|j£ Woo tsaou swan king, fjlj Teaou ke leih fan. 1$ Iff K IB L ° y^ n s ts!n su!n k '^ w ^9 IKI .E fi Sz « ch'aou wan keen luh. ^ ft }fe. Kin shih she, f^ H $¥ l^fi 5ft Heen chay heen fee k'aou. ¥ Sip -fcfcr ^ J£ f^ Wan keen k'in luh. ^ II IS Klea shin tsa ke. ^ II fjs Suy show tsa luh, $H Jc ^ Poo han ping che, WkWJB It It Lin han y in keu she k""^ f$I It Iffi Hoo nan she hwa. jff ^ Kwei tseen che. ^ -f- IS 3. IB H Hwang la6u tsz& wau 16 ke ch'ing. IH # ^ IB Ho ° k'ow yu sang ke. ^fe ^ HI If $1 T ' an sang tang tsang shoo yo. }& ^ 1p] ft P§ II Ko6 kwa ho shang hwa yu luh, "tft ?fif It Yu h h°° ts 'i n § h wa - | Kwei fan luh. Peih ke mwan che. ^ If H Y6 foo poo te. ppjj Shwuy yen tsze. pin? in H $$1 Lun y u "e soo S? 3£ 'lit ft M s 'g 7JC 0C Le saou ts'aou muh soo. fej Yew hwan ke wan. £|- -£ ^f $£ Ts'eih ko6 swan kin IK IB Mih ke. W M ^ Nan ho6 tseih »/!,! >i&. /fff ^36 P3 !§■ |f Pin chow yu f elhpoo. i IK iW« * it # m ft m •^ Kin low tsze. Uj M tk Tem wei slian ts ' ung l an ' Nung shoo. Tsan shoo. |U If Kang chih foo she; ff fg Chan yuen tsing yu. i^ SI Tsih P e J" u t,an - ^ J- Suh mang tsze. ^ ^ Shin mung tsze. ^ ^ Lin keo tseih. ^ 55C Lan ting k'aou. ^ f(| 55C Lan ting suh k'aou. M if fx Snila k ' ih p°° seu - W If |fc ^ U W fi Keang shay tsung pa foo luh. f P M i& H It Wan lew k ' e peen k ' dw hwa. she fn il tk -NT 9 It m J^ She chuen choo soo. Ijij Yen she kea heun. ^. Keang nan yu tsae. ^. Woo kwo koo sze. j$j$i Koo kung e luh. pih ya kin. 4H T'ung seaou she tseih. Shih hoo tsze. |pj Ho shih hoo tsze. Hwa wae tseih. 51 £15 ^ ^ M. c han § k ' ew k6& swan ^ ng - It H ^a 1§ She 6 ch6 nin- il H ^ S Le saou tseIh ckuen - ?I ffl ^ A ft Keang hwaeejihlah. jfc ^ K'ing yuen tang kin. |j§ ^ Pih shan tsew king. 3jff f§ Shan keu sin hwa. Kwei tung. Mih she. Hwa keue. Hwa tseuen. |M Kin shwuy king. |H "q Tso che yo yen. .H- 7C m 1 I 7K «2i ifr ¥ ^ K&w king san cliuen yen kih le. jiL -^ Yuen chin tsze. $1 Ijt H Han yuen k'eun shoo. 3£f H H Ch r aou yay luy yaou. 216 APPENDIX. 5c JfiL s IE IB ml fa Peili hene. ^H Seaou yaou tseih. 3fe Plh ching tseih. Wy gp] Chang tsze yay tsze. pPj Ching keu tsze. Lae k6. Tseen heu. She fau. #JC iil f$ T'een shwuy pine luh. -f" Shing yu tsze. if M- H f^ H Sin fang shoo kew mew. i'!6j W El iu? T'ling seaou t'oo che. U£ 1$ Shewei. Je 5fc W $%i Hwang sung shoo liih. !1E % D ^ US PX) M II £M Seuen ho fung sh & kabu le t'oo king. JE^ W H -W- Woo lin k'ew sze. fcfe fe A! Ji. 1# J3. Tseen fang seen heen chuen tsan. 3. f\ Jc 3S iPI Woo tae she tswan woo. H #h ft! ^ Ling wae tae ta. ^ fa IE M Nan chwang ke fan. JS^ KC J^. ^f Soo ch'in leang fang. It \fi A #/ IE Poo yu jin wuh ke. 3=£ jH'l 'M ^1 E chow kea shing. ~% ffr tt Woo ch'uen liih. m. •=b >iv Ts'ing po tsa che. IR : M JA n* Ts'ing po pee che. ro=» IE] rfrv*l m it w ^7 1S IB %% ®$ Shuh nan seu led. Ill ^ Tseen shan tseih. % >^f dt ^ft E gan keu sze tseih. #E ^ ^' P fl Wan yuen ying hwa peen ching. TU [H jigr She ke k'wang mew. J'£ M # ft IJ fif Se fang tseih k'e k'ew suh wan. "E-* rtefe A£ r^. _. ^ |!q>j sp: Shan fang suy peih. #" P* W *: " ^E /jj= ^T- s mub. P Wuh gan leih swan shoo f,§ Hwang shan ling yaou luh. B" 13 H? She shen fang tsang shoo muh luh. JW [$ J? H pin}' Shan tsing keu hwa Iud. ^5 W paF Plifr Ming heang she lun. * lr II ^ Heaou king ch'ing choo. ^ $S ll$ .K $? $f Heaou king ch'ing she keae tseih. pf fif BC Yih koo yen f wan. ^C ^ #J $H ^ Hoo she swan shuh se ts'aou. ii» AVoo tsiing che. 7 $E ^ jH IS Koo kin ke yaou yih peen. fT iff Pih hing jih poo. fT $2, ^ Yue hing ke sze. I4 V ± tl M fit BE Teen k'in t'oo sze hwan le ke. 'to ^ Ts'ing sun tseih. "§" Zl "i" ^ B§ ^ Yih pih urh shlh t'oo slie tseih. Hfl^^Ji Cli'ing so nan seen sang wan tseih. HE # si 4b m 1-: m «s WW ?# It Keen keae liih. How tsing luh. Ix! Sung chwang pih shwo. HE Pih heen peih ke. 30 Tsang hae she hwa. pIF ph Woo le p'oo she hwa. Hwa mwaii tseih. 1s •{Eg la P i #^i ll'J W $ fi $9 ^ Ts'Ih yuen hae king se tsaou. M. fit 3J£ pE Eoo poo peih ke. S. 1 X £l IE % |^ If Woo tae she ke tswan woo poo. 4: ft ft m n m ^ UK I Tiih yih pee liih. r ^ Koo kin wei shoo k'aou. 7 K *& r^c ^|c Shing shwuy yen t'an liih. if|c Lanpe luh. if^C Ts'an lwan liih. iff jc? Kwei hae yu hang che. •pc Pih hingjih luh. r)I| Fang ung kea heiin. %- JK ^ Shoo chae laou keo ts'ung tMl Chan yuen e kadu jM. ■fan Chaou tae che e kadu. I/JC Lwan king tsa yung. Yang ch'un tseih. Ts'aou chwang tsze. fT fan. adit M %b M Ch'uy keen luh wae tseih. ?fv S5 J^ iE^ Sung e min luh. 5C Ji i|1 M T'een f e heen tseih. ^ H S A p| iip] Sung k'ew kung jin she tsze. ft If p¥ M Chuh poo tseang liih. APPENDIX. 217 Hr £p yM -il Shoo heo tsee yaou. JH 3ff J5> BE IS Le cliae she" urh peen. iH Ui HI Tse shan tseih. i*lL ^ •£$ Taou ming lull. ffi ?i=f Hf M K'euh wei k'ew wan. £f 51. Tszet'ung. 3§ iH $8 j|£ T'ow leen se ts'aou. If $£ r? 3ff : & Suh t'elh ke swan fa. jiii Ting keu swan fa. IS Ts'eih ko6 swan kiug se ts'aou. IH ^ 5 jiff Yun lm snin P °- ^ ^ $Jt Miing leang lull. f^ § !§£ llf Ift Tsing ch'nn fang she tseih. |I ;U ill M HI Hung hwuy shan fang tseih. Ill IS HI Woo k'e tseih. 03 % % $| $$ K'wan heo chae tsa. luh. IX, 5c ^ -ifl © ^"e«w ^eo te'oo M?i. This is a collection of works published by the Koman Catholic missionaries in the 17th century. It is divided into two sections, the first religious and miscellaneous, the second scientific. 3C & i$$ Keaou yew lun. Urh shih woo yen. 3c i m. il T ' 6en cho ° sMh g - If J| iJL Se heo fan. K^ A+ HKejin shih peen. " I |$ H jit Ifl Peen heo e t'uh. JC J^ Ts'eih k'ih. g g ^^) Ling yen le tso. M 3j #h IB ChIh fan § waiS k5> ^ W ?K Xil T'ae se shwuy fa. X. % 1 ^ This is a collection of the poetry of T'ing-tung of the present dynasty. KM ^k K'ing hod tseih. W II 4ft Tung kwan tseih. :<§& !|i HI Tsan keun tseih. ;fj; 3SC It HI Km § warL ske tseih * ip$ iff HI Fa *' an tseih - ^ ^; Jf| Kung she tseih. Si] ^ jj ^ Foo she e kaou. ?- m M ® shwo. !t f&J Jt^ ^ Ke ho yuen pun jit pj£ Peaou t'oo shwo. T'een wan loo, Keen ping e. 1^ Hwan kae t'ungheen t'oo •fg T'Ung wan swan clie. sp| Yuen yung keaou e. $jj M ^ H Ts ' ih 16an S m d - /Q |£ £ Keu koo e. ||p ^ #ww# ^i/i &»« she ts'un. the Sung dynasty, compiled by "If |j| Tsaou & it ^ Chuen kea tseih. ^ Loo kung tseih. >£§ ^ Woo wei tseih. PJ§ ^ Po yang tseih. ff J§ dt HI Lo tsin § keu sz ® tseih " "M ^ Koo k'e tseih. 3i Hi Ts'ing shan tseih. _A. H E sung laou jin tseih. Lting yun tseih. Tsze Ave tseih. "ft /S ^ Chuh yew tseih. ^ ^£ f§ >J^ ^ Te hwa kwan seaou tseih. W ?S ^ Se too tseih. ft 'M ^ Chtih k'e tseih. IS Iff II Sung yin tseih. 51 # >J> fl Ya lln seaou kaou. M$ IT* ^ Tsu y n6 ® n tseiu - »*> ~M ^ Ch'ung suh tseih. 1§£ P^ ^ Hwa yang tseih. ^f M ^ T'eaou k'e tseih: If ffl ^ pin S leu tseih - W- M ^ Seug k ' e tseih - li jJj j^ \% il Kang shan yu6 yu tseih. %% 7$ ^ Te me tseih. •^ 7JC % Ming shwuy tseih. M M It ^ Yu k ' e she ka6u " lilf Lo heen tseih. ccc 21S APPENDIX. z"v IS* 5f§ Kwei tu tseih. M ?£ ft Mih gan tseih. ^ 2^ it f f Ts'ew fang e kaou. rr" i&lj ft Tu boo tseih. 'J'* LU ft Seaou shan tseih. 5P ?S IS Br )i $S Too chae chaou taou peen. flf Seue ehwang seaou kaou. Keu ung tseih. ft Sun chae seaou tseih. yV ft Lung chow taou jin tseih, f if Mei uh yin kaou. ft Chaou shan seaou tseih. Hwaii2 foo k'euh. Pt fit Shun shih fang yin kaou. Tuh ch'oo tseih. m mm ts m ji # Mil m® tnf ft Tay kvik she tseih. 0^^ A$ Pih shih taou jin tseih. H? 1± Pif ft Tsing kwei she tseih. El m 16? Pt Gow choo we yin. ^ [m ffl |IE fj? Ts'uy we nan ching luh. |'A '}I 'M Jp. Ts'ew keang yen ts'aou. ^a H Pt Ira Kwei t'ing yin kaou. Oc #H p ill Pt Tiih chow tuy shan yin. Tjt i-li pW Ira Eeuh tan she kaou. "tt '{ft H\ prjf Too ts'ing heen she. •^ /ji§ TLt tra Tun keu yih kaou. Ui /^ ^F Wi Shan keu ts'un kaou. Jf ?R ft Fang tseuen tseih. 77 "i£ -£p tpo Fang hoo ts'un kaou. W- ffi Iffi'J l& Seue lin shan yu. SM i 1 ft Siiy ping tseih. m p m W ft Timg chae seaou tseih. jS "If 1m Till Loo heang shih kaou. §P £s prf tra Seue pung she kaou. 3k ^" ^ ft Tung chae seaou tseih. TJ 7J1 ^J"» ft Chuh ehwang seaou tseih. fit M Fe ka6tl - J® j&f III t $ f& rai Shih gan tsang chug yu kaou. Ig If ^ Tun yin she tseih. ■di* ft 51 'IH 'J 1 * ft ^*oo hwae seaou tseih. Tm *h ft Paou chue seaou tseih. ^ ft Hwa kuh tseih. W. ft Kwa loo tseih. TI > J'» ft ^*oo chuh seaou tseih. <&. Aj'* ft Seue po seaou tseih. tk BlF ft Tun tseuen she tseih. Sfj X2; >J> 51 Tsing yih seaou tseih. ^T iSj" J31 f il Tow yay che kaou. Jffi S§ Pt^ fe Siiy yin yin kaou. M Si" &JC ?# ft Shih chae yung mei tseih. ffi£ M ft Mei uh tseih. S fe SI Till Seue ke ts'ung kaou. $$ ^ 'J 1 * ft Peih chae seaou tseih. Pj Sf pIf fe E'o chae she kaou. qp P^- Heo yin. ft Fif P^ rl Chtth so yin kaou. If i f '1 1 Tay tseu yew shing hwa. W, J£ ^ ft Pei wei chae tseih. W j§r f# fH Se luh she kaou. 39 '<^. p^ Keiih tan she. pf T/J Pt Til) Koo mei yin kaou. M i\°\ Pt Tue t'ung yin. IS i'''I ft Tsang chow tseih. W i'l ^N ft Lew fang wae tseih. H^ /£. ft Tsae che tseih. xi. mmmB This was compiled last century by ^ ij|f 3?J zk iW> a ^ i' 1 Seang e yen. pfF fi^ She lun. ^ l*iv J4i( 7p£ Ch'un ts'ew hwo peen. § f'/v ^- 1^ ^ fcO ^ Chun ts'ew san chuen e f ung kaou. ^ IT ^ ^ Chih kwan k'aou leo. ^ |7C M ^S M- ^ Chun ts'ew fe ming peen e. 2£ f$ y V ^S ^ J=| Tso chuen jin ming peen e. E-hae clwo ch'in. Hf Woo Sang-lan of Xaii-wiiy in Keang-soo. 't 3 5T ^ $£ Chung wan heaou king. Tfot 5?p 1^ Heaou king wae chuen. # W fe ig ^ II S ^ Chin kaou hwang k : e fei tseih fa mih show. s" 5]k WS T'uh shoo so ke. 'ii "^f ^ ^ Chuen choo koo e k'aou. g^ ^ S Kwan yun k'aou e. 7-S 77 □ Suh fang yen. f 1 ~fj "5 H JE Suh fang yen poo ching. H APPENDIX. 219 y§ Woo tsung che. Ju \ ^ $k $£ Ts'eih shih urh how k'aou. ?H f$i 3H pM. Keang kan ts'ung fan. !& HP ShwSk'ow. ^ \%f- i!t %% Kea tse e kaou. W HI 2l* 3$C Kl K6 e fang wan tseih. WE- IJpJ pit Shing f eaou pod. M Si ^ T ' an 1All g lfihl M Pk $S 5t» IS f| Cli'un ts'ew king wan sze chung. 3i !R 5? Woo Men tsan. s&ff J^ Foo heo. r£ fp] ®& Teen wan leo. $* i! &H !L fi ff H HaS kw ° wau Min luh ping t'oo. Tg $"££ fi ^f Bl T'unt'eenkeuch'ung 6 ping t'oo. .§ ft xjt M III ^f Fan slla y ts'ae fung t'oo k'aou. $t W Jl HH $E Wei se keen wan ke. J? JH til f£ Kin cliuen so k6> ?j$1&f m Ch'aou seen che. M j)jf "? Che yew tsze. [5 j| g 1 Mung chen yih che. 3£» ^l -K nil % K'ung she t'an yuen. H l| fH IE T'tih shoo gow keen. 0. Jpg H || H Heo fiih chae tea choo. -gf ,■§, ^ 3l ^ Y6 chung woo Wang tseih. "T" ^g -7- p|p Jj| Ting heaou tsze she tseih. H| Jj£ Jfc 75 lis Kwei t'ang gae nae tseih. ^1) ^ Jfe K'lh chiih tseih. SI5 Hfc 3^C W B^ Ch'ing foo wan shoo shw5. 5^ J& f § C Shun teen poo wang. tjfj ft =P M Lun y« P eih keaS - fm) ?« IS & Lim ? il tseuS kel1 - •=£ _jl ^ s& ^ Mang tsze wae shoo choo. fi# 7f M S il Po woo king e e. |^ 3l IS II 11 W *£ Po woo king e e poo e. $=$ ^ ^ H p een tsze fun tseen. |j£ ^ #[> ^g, Woo tsung wae ke. ft IS & jf* ft S£ 111 Shing ch'aou t'ung she shih e ke. j m t ™s nan fan - show ie peen. JS5 'll 1^ ^ Pin s sMl1 gow ch ' aou - If ^ f& ^ T ' Gh sll& Wn lfe6 - ^ llfB yu foo tsan. f| |M Kwei king. -£■ ^ §| ^ Koo swan k'e k'aou. M ^ H F yr l IS Leih llii;3 e Wi " ul P°' d - ^ : # W A M M Pwau tsuu yay J in h6en fan. IS H faf fl Pa ™ P'o k «en ke. ^ 5^ fil ISl ^J Ch'un ts'ew cluxen shwo 1 M HI II CI Heang le poo wang. •H ^ tjE ^ L °o tse skub uh - § ^ l& if T'ang she lun twan. ^ S£ ICi Teen tsae ke. $ 1i fl ?/f fT U M She go 16 sze ch'ing lull. #h IH ft $£ Ip1 Wa e kwo chiih che tsze. Wi i$> ft fe 1^ E yih chuh che tszC. ! {U 'M Wt H_ae chaou shwo. Z^. fe JfjlC fnl s an yuen soo kaou. |l^ 4> fff ^|g Jj)t Mb chung hae ts'o soo. fx ^ J Shin mung tsze. M ti ? i» m Kwar.g ching tsze keaii. ; i | fill ^ Urh e ming poo choo. M ^ ^ P3 Leih heo ta wan. f^ J^ \tl H Soo she yen e. 1^ ^ lit ^ T ' ow un § su y P eik - H J^ ^ ^tt 11 F™g yue fang tsa shih. ^ HI I ^ JJ Heo poo yu leih. ~$\% }\\ W Mr Wang chuen she ch'aou. % % E fi # W f§ II Pih teaou p'ei wei tsun se heang e. ■^ JP* P IE Hwan le peen ching. ^C ^J^ ^ ?B I? Ta seaou tsung fung yih. P9 #' ^ M Sze shoo so keae. $E» 7C ^ ®^ Ke yuen yaou leo. $£ it ^ ^ fit Ke yuen yaou leo poo. iJj : {% M. ^f g£ Shan hae king poo choo. ?@ M %% I£ Hae chaou tseih shwo. ^ illl ff Woo sze lfth. ^,1 ~W\ H f p Ts'ung heun chae yu. 'IS M J^ W Han san so yen. 4 1 Jl ^ Chung sing peaou. 7fc ^rl If Muh meen poo. tk. ^ Sf* ^ E cllae y ^ y slling ' ^C W> W- Tung yuen lull. 3$£ If Wan luh. PbI W. \^- ¥ K ° tling mwan P eih - M # ^8 £S Mih yu tse6n p6- ^JR IP ■? ^ M Hoo le tsze peih fan. |t ?! if M Se yen sin luh. '•$■ it S& fal Yung fang ke waa. ¥ ^ ^ ^ Hea nuy she tseih. ir W it W M it Yih wei keen kws foo. in ts'o 220 APPENDIX. s m ■• Yih wei she luy mow. '$< $Q JJyC ' — " Hung fan t'nng yih. Bl ^^M Mt% Shwo heo chae king shwo. P /E H t» -h Jlil || Peen ting kea tsing ta le e. lit # w Joo lin poo. 3? IHJ .3? -^ /l? Yiui keen te tsik che. ■W a Che yen. vjk rcS I'fi $S Sew t'eih yu peen. iC 7C $$ T'ae yuen keae. lH ^ I? Tseen lieu keae. 1$. Wi "? Soo le tsze. IS «f £M $j? Uh k'e king keae. 7C 3C $!c Yuen neu king. 'if m m K'dng ke lull. jfC & m & Tung ■ kaou tsa ch'aou £ m % P Ch'a yu k'ih h wi * ^ m PT& Koo kin fung ; *aou. l^f v* pM Koo kin yen. ~'M- iM Ih IB iM. Stung feaou poo shih e. "6" It "f 5% "M* $? Koo she sMh kew show keae. ?k T# 'fa jS ffl Yih wei ke Ian f 06. ptF pXi She shwo. PlF &E khe e. & JS HI ?fc Tso she mung k'ew. tp IS: IE f& K'wang mew ching suh. II |$ 5^ 5ll $B iS Hwang ch'aou woo kung ke shing. jULl \p MM ^ Shan hae king t'oo tsan. g| 5^ G3 ^ 2£ ^4 ^t Hung woo sze neen tang k'o luh. fii $ 5a 5^ Shay sze che mo. ^ $fc J© Sun g too shuh. ]^ ^ ifS f$ ^ Nan hwa king chuen shlh. |M 5c I|j King f een kae. it M. Jf ft Wi T'e le koo king ko. fM yfc $&■ Jj s °° cli ' in l6 ^ n s fan g- — ' 3|l «^ t=l f-4 ife Hr Yih ts'aou ting muh k'o tseuen shoo. H fill H& $1 Y^n s6en san luh, fe 3cf! I# §B Yen wei tsa ke. 0|] f± ?! M $%. K'ow heen p'ing shih luh. 3£ ^T ifi§ fnd Keaou hing t'eih kaou. Jf lc I |j |l- Chingjuy kaou leo. ff M %M P^ P& -P 3 -^ kin S low she hwa. -IE ^ >5 ^ cllin S yih sin fi- ^ ^ IpJ Heo keaou win. M li ip§ ^ fo5 Keaou shay te hea wan. >h Wi M %K Seaou kwo ch'un ts'ew. ^h 5u ph Seaou urh yu. IS ^J* 32. In Suh seaou urh yu. fi M ^ Poo hwang k'aou. \% ffi if In Teen nan sin yu. |S ^C fiSf ^ Sung keang keu ko. f ^ Iff P i^f Sung nan yo foo. iS. S§ p5L Yuen king shwo. IK ^ IE H i$« Teen- nan yih k'ew luh. C li fe ^£ fj* H ^ S Ket'ingsunggan chuh loo che mo. ^1 IK Tsayting. Ji Ui psF ^ Yue shan she tseih. J^ I±I Ifrf fj Yue shan she hwa. It 111 M M P# & # Leen shan ts'aou fang she ho ch'aou. P9 fa IT It ^ Sze hwuv heen she ch'aou. nwmmmmm ^ m- too she shwang shing fee yun poo kwo leo. %?, j§ -Jl ^ Han se kingpo sze k'aou flE ]fl ^fc Ching nan luh. f$ M $jfc Paou yue luh. ?X ^ i§ Keang peaou che . ^- >E if ?|s San tsoo sin luh. fa M IE, V& %. {iM H Hoyuenkeleoch'ing sew- kaou. M ?Dt >J> Wi Nan y 5 seaou luh. M lil iE S f B T'ae shan taou le ke. In $& ffl ~jj Che koo sin fang. ^ iMI M lalll Fang yuen ch'en yew. ?I ^C ^ 1^' Hoo she k'e pe. Fk ft«£ 1% K'eu e shwo. IcO )1C M ^ Kaou timg k'e tseih. ^ ?4 ^1 ^ Seuen choo kwei le. jl ^ ^1] fpj Seuen heo kew ho. M % p# ff T'ing chae she hwa. ifS P ^ Kwa pun foo k'aou. Ij^^SSiS Kaou k'e she king poo choo. ?7lv ^ ^ lk Shin e k'aou woo. ^P jL IE Ji ^ Ch'un wang ching yue k'aou . pi JS ffl FS Wei she poo ching. JfPJ Ji'f'I .V, *' ^|{ Ho chow king chimg luh. APPENDIX. 221 S£ _h 5& M& ffc Keang shang koo chung luh. 7C & 'S* jft ft Y^n koo kung e luh. M l^j l§§ sj^ Tso ° nSn s ^y P eil1 - 5§ p5J iL? ^F Ts0 ° t'ung che leo. *%* Wf ~" ^ Chung k'eu ylh cho. §3 ?$t ^ Tseen pe k'aou. iU M fik Wt Shang han lun yih. if ££ tl a" Shoo fa ya yen. jft ■? Sit JC p£ l$C iifc Kang tsze seaou hea ke keaou wan. P •= Peen yen. ^,§111 Ts'ing yen ts'ung lull. jlL f^ tlT IpJ Woo tae kung tsze. "T" HH § I pJ Shlh kwo kung tsze. A IK Ift Ts'ing gan pa yung tseih. Tsze che. gpj 3t fc=u xii. St !£ CM lal - This was compiled and published by %% EG jjj^ Tseen He-tsod of Kin-shan, in the Taou-kwang period. % Ul Jll M M ffl Yu kung shan chuen t'e le t'oo. P?F p3£ She shwo. 3§ fcJC t9 ^ f# P H Ch'un ts'ew hoo she chuen peen e. 5il "?* $¥ Mang tsze keae. ^ 3v ft Fung t'een luh. $k Wi $£ Iff! Yen keaou ke wan. fH |ll Keiie koo. J^J ItU 'J* lUs Nuy k5 seaou shlh. ^5 is M sMh kin s k ' a ° u - 5^ if/ JR M T'een poo chin yuen. jit PP Jl pn Chin tslh ch'ang yu. /\ #lj Yih le. l|§ ijf| @ Luh e kang mtth. y, le Wi ^fc p& L66 hwang k'in ching ke. S PJI tP M ft S6an § y an s show cn ' in s Mh - FH @ Ji§ fit Leang yuen tsow e. {^ ^ itTfc ^ Teaou tsow soo kaou. 3pg ffi j'l'j 0, f| JHH El Shaou he chow heen shlh teen e t'oo. H J^F E foo. 11 M # ^ ^1 ?± B le shih kung tstog chod. ^ $fc l& Ch'un ts'ew shw5. ifo I n # i^ Liin y« e y nen - fj It IE Yun poS ching. ?§3 ^jk ^ 'jjyi Yin heo peen we. j/C ^ il IS Ta nee tsa ke. W 'J^ ill 3t ^ fl« Se y an § chaou kung teen luh. *$ IS M M.M M ^ Chung se king sing t'ung 6 k'aou. ill HI St Bit Tun s y uen ts ' un s shwo. ffl M 5§ -^ Leih cha6u shing szgi She shwo. Shang shoo t'e le kin M if Sih poo. M IS 3^ Ifi T'uh shwo wan ke. ^, ^ : M ^ ^ Kwan lun ho yuen k'aou. S ^ M IB Leu she tea ke. W\ ^ Pii ¥ Sow nwa su y P eill> $j-k^. Yih ta e. t§ #■ i& m ^ I shlh. -p ntf Tsze koo. ^ 1^ al ^. Kih ch'oo yih she. IS it 'If B* Pft ?C £ fiU ^ Chaou yo ts'an yen foo teen peen te ch'aou. ffl i i& H- CMl1 sin k5 leo - j|» ^ She kew. ^- ^ fH Show p§ luh. ^ 1$ ^ M If IE Tso chuen too keae poo ching. %fo ta t& it Llin 7" shih 6 - 'rt? 3l IS* -IE. Te wang she ke. ^ M ft E y" lh liah - ffi tLj fp ft Fung shan yu luh. ^ tS i fft p^ H6 p 5 szS p6 llin " !i >h II Shih seaou peen. #i ^ It B^ Tsze wei tsa. shwo. 7j£ jg ^J^C W Wan seuen kow yin. II M ^C IE T'uh shwo wan ke. ■f] .^ & Sze ma fa. ^ ^ # Kew ming shoo. ^R ^ "? T ' an 2 seih tszfe> "^ -^ Shang tsze. :i M J^fe ijjk Ts'ih leang fa e. | [tj Ts'ih Bang e t'ung. ?|] * M M fa] 3^ ^ Keu koo e. ^ ^0 m I fir tselh. Le seang kwo lun sze Ddd 222 APPENDIX. g7 T fl T'ang tsae tsze chuen. ~fc ft § m f|j i^S Woo shing ts'ee peih. J{§ He hea. fn Pun yu. I'/C B J£ Jf H Ch'un ts'ew jih shih cMhe. ffiJ ift "V J°o nan e sze. IS M Shing yaou luh. jH Shuh peih. ^ P JeR ^ Nan siing koo tseih k'aou. ifj 5^ 3SC PI IS '?£ Hwae nan t'een wan heun poo choo. /f» §>£ f$ Koo puh koo lull. fti Peihke\ ftx- p^t ^ Kew king woo tsze. fj§ Jj| |H Nuh k'e tsow 6. J§r h" 5fc Seang tae show mo. & f! H& f £ Yu kung tih cliing ke. ,1§> ^ H BB San yu t'ang jih ke. §k 1& P6 wuh che. M tut j$S Y6 foo che me. S eft?" a$ hae luh ftfe •fjt Ts'un she lull. i-i£ ijajj" ^H Sin sze k'eih k'e luh; ilE Min poo soo. tseang keun koo shan pei tsze kung tseih t'J b5I Mlh keue k'an woo. M Ml T'un yin tsa luh. M. ^ H Yin foo king k'aou e. iflf If II SI Sew sze keen hang 'ill tf W ^ ® If Xi. Han shoo se yih chuen poo choo. Jlfj JS£ 0] lj£ Kwan yu t'oo shwo. ^ fi" 3t ^r p£ Kin shih wan tsze ke. *$ ]fc f# W $fi Ming e tae fang luh. i^ 5l¥ ^ Yen ts'in k'aou. ^ /$► 5{c San fan ke sze pun mo. %%. *S5 — $a Seen p5 che che. lASi jin se yew ke. 7J $'1 M Tao " k6en luh - fe i fflt MO Hwan tsze sin lun. fi Ch'ang ch'un chin ft •a H? I$C &EL Hung woo shing clung ke. f|£ Show foo chuen. -J* K'nng ts'ung tsze. It m m 5 kin m ± m %mMtt a m g ch'ang keu yin e. Nan hwa chin + m Chwang leih shih lun. @ Kaou sze chuen. fM. Hae taou king. M li IE Sze ling teen le ke. Elin "ft" pS Ytih t'ang wei ke. |E< pi Chin tsih ke wan. II 3fe H Nan kwang luh. 7jC fl H Shwuy lung king. ^J* lU ft Iff Seaou shan hwa poo. ^ II Ming e. JUL M ^ ^ IS ft 4? 1% i Miing tsze tsze e soo cliing. "? ^ ?/» Ctan tsze ch'un ts'ew. flE I'll 'pJ 9 !£ Tsung ching meen teen jih ke. -f" Foo tsze. ^ "I" 3l ^t Suh san shih woo keu. jplp ij2> ^ Chuen shin pe yaou. ^ i!2 HE Suy peih mwan ke. 1llj f* Lelh seen chuen. {$: K'euhleuh. ^ 5Cl5 H f^ Ta t'ang keaou sz6 ltth. ?^ lEL ^ Lung sha ke leo. ^h ll M Sih wae tsa shih. M IE 14 til P^J ^h « Shaou kwang ching fow shuh nuy wae peen. 1 f I ^ Urh ya tsan. \h m M. 'jSL Shan hae king tsan. m m %$ P* ^ iE Maou ch'ing she k'aou ching. ^ j|s ^ Kill gan tsow kaou. 1l& ^ X^ Tuy soo fan yuen. ^ ^f-1 7L 1G Fung she wan keen ke. fl * |S Hi ^ ^ ^ ?§ Taou tih chin king lun ping yaou e shuh. ^ Yen yo k'aou yuen. m M. ^ M/ W King heo che yen. II ^ j& 5* Le heo che yen. # ^ II ji Luy gan tsa shuh. ?E f* ^ B? i$ Taou tih chin king chuen. ¥H W- $ M T'aou yin keu tseih. tJ* Ui 1^ J]^f ^ Show shan ko ying kaou. APPENDIX. 223 Kg $x. T'ae pih yin king. f| Show ch'ing luh. Leen ping sliih ke. ie« XIII. ^P tfl M it Hr *S7P 1i %b f$ Shaou e wae chuen. f)f «& $S Peen hwo peen. *6 " ti ^ H 1ft M H IS Che yo kwei keen. |M Mih king. fl Nan king tseih choo. ffl lH %. Xii He Sin c seang fa yaou. fm nr lit p% Keen ping e shwo. t-^ 25 M, M- m I* Hwan kae t'ung been t'©6 shwo. IS! ^ 1$C #S Yuen yung keaou e. 81 $1 f# ?i Heaou gan sin fa. .H M fr ,5c $11 Woo sing hing t'oo keae. It ^ Soo heo. 1$ IP & M T'uy poo fa keae. -^- m T 3 W w Le heu chung ming shoo. Jfc Ji -? H ifr ?£ 1, Pi ?£ Lo luh tsze san ming seaou seih foo choo. A^P Wr]^ T'een poo chin yuen. ~k : M f If 1 f$£ T'ae ts'ing shin keen. 1% $$, f| Kee koo luh. ^£ Jff II f| Y6 foo tsa luh. Iffi ifM Ke king. ^#1 at K'e k'e t'oo shwo. p5 #S H p% Choo k'e t'oo shwo. H -? Yuli tsze. 5* 5C -J* Yin wan tsze. |ft -f Shin tsze. 2v w? Ill "j Kung sun lung tsze. A '-flf ]& Jin wuh che. JJC -Ip- la 7C K'in sze hwuy yuen. tin M f jfl ^ II IE Tsing k'ang seang soo tsa ke. ft & Wt ?j| f| Nangkae chao niwan lfih. i^ ^ Wei leo. ffl *jt jra. I'll T'an^ihae t'ung peen. tH /M pp 'J* Hung chuen yu seaou. ^ 3H Si # Gae jih chae ts'ung ch'aou. J! % p IB Jih sun chae pelh ke. %% W ^J* pB Tseaou heang seaou kg. IH fl Jill wan lfih. 3£ "M $* Wi Yuh fang kea hwa, M §& Yih shwo. Jj ^ §Pj M Yih seang kow keae. g H B| || Yih t'oo ming peen. PI 31 1& Iff Yu tang shwo twan. JE£ ^ p$ Ife 5§ San kea she shih e. JrI la @ IS ^ ^ Chow leee keu yaou. 1^ 11 ^ *i* E le sMh kung. 1i fl # f^lJ E u sMl 16 - jfi ia pi i^f u k6 hevin 6 tsih y gn - ^ >Pk IE H* Ch'un ts'ew ching che. ,/£ f$ ^j| : {i Tso chuen poo choo. "6* $1 ♦ Koo we shoo. ^ ^ ^ Tsun mang peen. E9 fi 1 ^ ^ ft ^ ^ z ® sn0 ° tseen e tswan yaou. f$: g ff fj& Leuh leu sin lun. 5^ fS f^ IpJ King chuen shih tsze. @ 11 ^ T'ang yun k'aou. "6" 11 t^ ?5p Koo yun peaou chun. S S iS 1^ 1^ San kwo che peen woo. $f? ^p ,^1 j|Jj l|5C §£ Sung ke san chaou ching yaou. H] |g Slmh keen. M- fk YA M Ch'un ts'ew pee teen. E« fl Chaou chung luh. ^L ^i i^ Kew kwo chg. ^| ^ BjJ Yue she leo. ^ $P* ^ Woo k'eun che. %. \h II IB Ling hae yu t'oo. J^ 4* 7fc M # Woo chung shwuy U shoo. 0J & III ?K JflJ ft % Sze ming fo shan shwuy le pe Ian. ffl l!5 Jfl ti Ho fang t'ung e. 'M LU p£ Leu shan ke. m. ,t0 $E B^ Leu shan > e leo, nb 5tt ?'J 1^ i^ Pih taou k'an woo che. M F^ nS "6* IB Ho s5 fang koo ke. ^illt IB Ta t'ang se yih kg. fli|S( ~ff %b |£ Chlh fang wae ke. ^C H ^ Ts'eih kwo k'aou. Hi fv< M ~%i 4ni Leih tag keen yuen k'aou. 224 APPENDIX. m peen ching. Koo kin sing she shoo ae ft*. mm I? Ming hwang tsa. luh. Ij{ Ta fang chuen tsae. H Koo she t'an luh. H IB -f* Tun S chae k e sz<§. "tS |j£ Suh she shwo. K^lt Yun u °° y^-y she - fg $C T'ang yu lin. $H'| W r^. P in g chow k'o t'an. 3lf ?§ ^ Kaou chae niwan luh. i5 Pf 1=? Chang she k'o shoo. M. 3§- M Poo le kih t'an. m KJ $E Pw Tung nan ke wan. IS $t Iti Shvih yuen tsa k6. |Ev W 1# Han woo nuy chuen. Wk *3i ^j fs| Hwa yen king yin e. -y Wan tsze. ^I^B^IiW'aa che chin king yen wae king che. [pj ^ ^ JS Ts'an t'Ang k'e k'aou e. %. 7lL Koo wan yuen. If pf pft Kwan lin she hwa. ifll 3§ Yu sze luh. $}, Tsze yuen. INDEX OF THE TITLES OF BOOKS. K.J3. — The Arabic igures refer to the pages, the Roman numerals to the Ta'ung-shoo in the Appendix, where the works may he found. 25 i m ft ft M Ch'a king. 119. iv, v. fgg Ch'a tseen. 119. iS? ^f| Ch'a tung poo. 119. M Chaeking. 164. 515 Hi *M- ftn Chang k'ew keen swan king. 93. viii. 'J 1 * UJ 'J* fy Chang seaou shan seaou ling, 205. IS HvTC u-? Ch'ang kwo heen che. 40. t£C jjl? Ch'ang gan che. 45. ^ ffl Chaou paou shan che. 42. £= t? If i| f§ $| Chaou tsung che shen sze yu luh. 171. fj£ Juji Ch'aou seen che. 47. si. I£lr $ & -^ Ch'aou seen ke sze. 26. f$= ife. jr Ch'aou seen she leo. 34. 19* :I1C IH Ch'aou yay luy yaou. 129. i, viii. M* lit Si Ch'aou yay ts'een tsae. 151. ! M H ji* Che ho t'oo leo. 44. M it? $k la Che ho tsow tseih shoo. 44. Bi. Sff J? Che koo sin fang. 85. xi. "tft ffi. li Che she kwei keen. 70. jE j§£ l§t J^ff Atf Che ching kin ling sin che. 37: ifijif -p Cheyewtsze. 176. x. % :S 7^ iu? Che yuen kea ho che, 38. fl& $1 In Che k'euh che yu. 206. j£^ na Che soo p'in. 123. fy S H Che ming swan fa. 103. ^ fit Che yue luh. 169. m m ft m m a Che yen. 71, tt 3® iS Che keang t'nng che. 36. *M % B -Mi ? W t£ Che sang shing king ting t'oo shwo. 50. M IE tt Che yo k'wei keen. 75. JJ'H iff n£ Ch'e chow foo che. 38. If Ch'e ltih. 68. 4b IfI nil Ch'e pih gow fan. 36. [yjjt Ch'e woo shen luh. 171. If n §1 Chen le k'ow to. 141. 5H II IU Chen pub tsa ke. 136. M M Chen kwo ts'ih. 25. VI. m m m m sze yu. te. Y£ H. Chen kwo ts'lh keaou ch'oo. 26. iii Chih chae shoo luh keae » Chih le t'ae ts'ang chow ^g 60. ± 1k « & che. 38. !^f ^N t|E Chih fang wae ke. 47. ix, xiii. % J§; Chih wfih heo. 122. fe 18 $f ?# if H Jfj? Ch'ih sew leang che hae fang t'ung che. 49. ?f Ch'ih ya. 47. viii. f[\ ~M Chin chow ch£. 41. ~ [S ^0 Chin fuh chih che. 142. Chin kaou. 175. WL Mi i IB Chin la fung f oo ke. 47. iii. £U § p§ Chin taou tsze ching. 143. '2T. Jrt ^ Chin keang foo che. M W ta Ch'in yuen tsing yu. Ch'in shoo. 13, 15. Ch'in ke. 73. lE M~ p^ Ching she leo shwo. ^! f P3 41* Ching juy kaou leo. UiS 37. 134. 144. 190 E ee 226 INDEX I. A II l$C H Ching kwan clung yaou. 26. m ft ft IE IE J$ A ]fj f^ Ching nan liih. 28. fa ^P fjl Ching che chun shiug. 80. fp 3K ^ff Ching die wuy poo. 82. ffl M 1£ Ching hing My yaou. 75. jjk Ching teen. 55. f§ is li & It ffi Ching till hwang yew keang nan chuen. 1G3. ^ j§. Ching tsze t'ung. 8. A II |fe Ching jin yaou tseih. 143. ^ft lH Fn^" Chins wei shih lun. 165. \m Pdl yd Si Ching wei shih lun siiy -K Is M SJ ™ Ch'ing she e keen fang if choo. 168. tt lun. 84. J5 M ^S Ch'ing she mih yuen. 117. iSt 7C H; ^H Choo chin yuen gaou tseih. 177. 15 J|s pg Choo chin tsow e. 27. H" Fl 31? Choo hwuy wan ta. 144. §* [H M\ Choo k'e t'oo shwo. 116. "j pj| w S Chung f e'en che. 124. H Cluing heo. 124. Hf f^ Cluing Ian keue. 121. '"M. i$i Wt Cluing tow sin shoo. 83. ^ JEJi ^ J^ ^ Chung sew kill seang sin shoo. 87. /Ei i^J S. ~T £■ ^ Chung ting siih san shili woo keu. 112. JM. S f* M t& Ch'ung lieu che tih chin king. 174. JM. 9k IS Ch'ung lieu chin king. 174. & §1 Chuy pih k'ew. 206. $1] £$ Ch'uy keen luh. 133. ^'1 fl« ^h ^ Ch'uy keen luh wae tseih. 133. viii. •^ Chwang tsze. 174. "J" r^ Chwang tsze choo. 174: |M It ^ ft Chwang yang king yen tseuen shoo. 82. it M * E ch'ing heen che. 41. x ifc IE W. M E ch'ing heen suh che. 41. 11 Ele.^4. H If* ^ E chae yay shing. 133. xi. ^ i§ i ^ Egan keu sze tseih. 186. viii. #|Se fang tseih keae. 84. H ^ ll E heo chin mih. 79. lj£ >& '1^ E h eo sin woo. 82. IPI JS "^ E kang te yaou. 82. IS M 'M M E king soo hwuy tseih. 80. M X j5c E liiy yuen jung. 79. INDEX I. 227 E I ^ |IJ 1 E tsung peih t'iih. 82, Is W\ IS H E keen taou e. 143. $f ill M M IB E.keoleaM tsa kg. 128. i, viii. f| p}!j Ekeuh. 121. ffi X 1 H ^ wan liiy tseii. 14G. II $£ f$ E yew lull. J 02. Hi f I IS E King king. 105. C ^ si II E wangchayjihk'oking. 141. M ft f £ IpJ E yih claili die tsze. 51 . xi. ,© 111 It E yu t'oo ts'an. 123. xi. | 1 f 1' E yu t'oo tsan poo. 124. I, 11 p E yu t'oo tsan tseen. 123. ^=1 ^ >fr ift Ea poo te sin lun. 1G5. Hr jS fl Ea shoo t'ung shih. 110. §5 Fa yen. 66. ii. ^g Hl^ Fa yuen clioo lih. 1GG. $£ 5C ^f # 'III Fan t'een tow moo ts'an. 180. ^ $1 $£ Fan wang king. 1G5. $£ M ift If Fan tsun keiih poo. 121. m lh ^ H ffl ^ *$ ^ Fan shay ts'ae fung t'oo k'aou t'elh leo. 52. MW % M Fa n yih ming 6. 163. ~fj J% H| if Fang she mill poo. 117. Si m ft ft ft # |j 5H Fang yuen ch'en yew. 102. xi. jltu %\\ f|£ Fei yen wae chuen. 153. ii. ,t£ pp Eoo cha p'in. 123. Bit £f f|? Foo heuen yay luh. 134. A A ^^ 1)7 Foo jln ta tseuen leang fang. 79. S hwo kwan woo leang show full king soo ch'aou. 1G7. M ?£ i& "£ # P£ it /E @ Fuh shwo t'o 16 ne king. 165. $ m u m m seaou tsae kelh tsean 1% ~X M n 3E 1 PS '$k /E $M Fuh shwo l&hwang shin w3ng she yu. fuh till yuen mwan t'o 16 ne king. 164. %% P£ IS /E M ft Fuh shwo t'o 16 ue tseih king. 165. Wt m^MM^M B Fuh shwo yen sang t'e tsanjj poo sa king. 164. IS M- BVtmfcn. Fuh ting tsun slung t'o 16 ne king. 165. IS. M $B Fiih tsoo t'ung ke. 168. liL M, Wt Fuh tsoo t'ung tsae. 169. fyj $1 FLihyewpijen. 84. ft j* ffe IS 1 Fun kan yu hwa. 136. vi. 5t -^ 'n' S Fun yun tso yaou ho w chih. 11. n pn Fun mijen p'in. 123. shih. xi. m ^f ^ ^ lil IB Fung ch'ang pih shan ke. 27. _ . ,-i. M PI 1 \p. H Fung shin yen 6. 163. M fS pE ^ Fung suh t'ung 6. 131. ii. B. j^ ^ ^| 11 Fung yue t'ang tsa 161. E $l'[ HI II £ fll Fung chow kat.g keen tseuen peen. 21. M. PJ| ii? J^ Fung ySng foo die. 37. ^ W ■'J* )fl Fung chwang seaou t'uh. 157. v, vii. M. /I^ 7^ Fung heen heen die. 39. ^ ^ Ga6 jih chae ts'ung ch'aou. 130. > xiii. F& IB jtl Gan nan ke yew. 52. vi. m h$ (&■ Gan nan che leo. 33. "X ^ WA Gan tsze ch'un ts'ew. 28. xii. tk M- v$t Gan shay l£o shwo. 144. $X j§! ^ Gow keang yih che. 50. vi. PH ~% # Gow yang wan suy. 185. M lif 1^ Hae cliaou tseih shw5. 49. xi. Mz ^ Eae ch'aou tseih. 187. 1 1» Hae kwo t'oo che. 53. HH IH 51 f^I-Iaekw5 wan keen lull. 48. xi. $% Haeliih. 53. h ~Y M IB Hae niiy shih chow ke. 153.. ii. iii_ 121. 'M % % pi m m m m m m m m m m % ^fe pp Hae t ang poo. %M 92. gf Hae yti ?l Hae taou swan king. JMI J^ Hae taou yih che. 53. 47. fl M. Han lung king. 105. TT J^ S 5L pB Han kan tseuen kung wa ke. 115. $tl Han ke. 19. t^ W yj Han kung heang fang. 118. ^O IS f# Han ming chin chuen. 31. 'I& ^ ^ Han le tsze yuen. 12. }I W i?i If i ^ Han se king po sze k'ao'.i 30. xi. $1 li"- 1$ ^ Han tsa sze pe sin. 153. M PR ^ Han ^ m S yin ts'ung. 113. 5^ 'fif P^I 1^ Han woo te niiy chuen. 153. xiii. JJ^ '{p\ S f£ Han woo t'ung ming ke. 153. -j-* Han tsze. 74. jit J@ W Han san so yen. 71. MiM^U^SLM Han sing ch'ih taou king wei t'oo. 104. 228 INDEX I. Han sing ch'lh tabu xiii. 107. fi a $ it & i tsuen foo. 104. M -\t H ^ Hang chae swan hs6, "■ ^ OS f# Haou k'ew chuen. 163. * tf i # ^ g[l Ha6u koo fang shoo hwa ke. 111. M Wi MM%E Hea how y a„ g SW an king. H ifr ^ ^ H§S n " 7 Sh& tSeih ' 190, xil •S F3 jg. ^ ff J % '§ Hea niiy she tseih foo luh. 190. "If F ~r - X1- ■S. [i^ ih Hea seaou chlng. 5. 'M p* Heae poo. 123 ph -« PP -J- ^ Heae shing p'ing tsze tseen. llf pi Heang tseen. 118. 8 St If 15 fKang ts ° 5 peih kL im - m fe *r m He * ng ying t6w k '°- 18 °- H! i^ ** Heaou gan sin fa. 89. ^ fcc Heaou king. 7. if JS 9 S * HSS k6 P g en fang shoo KJ f ?? & 5? e ytm wu y tseih - 10. R8 Hwuy keang che. 51. wi Wfc Jaou how luh. G8. §§. Jaou luh. 68. JJa 4fc $J Jen che tseih le. 201. %R $fl Jill che luh. 130. r "HI fi(5 Jih hea k'ew win. 3G. fi£ fM 8! Jih k'6 peen mung. 170. A A 1%. W. ¥k Jih k ' 6 ts6 y aou - 145 - tM ^f ^ l£ Jihsunchaepelhke. 130. xiii. A A A n m fifl l§ Jih wan luh. 134. xm. W la' Jin wuh che. 126. ii, xiii. $J pfflfr Jin wuh lun. 65. tK Is J°° ^ n P 00 - 31. xi. % P3 H? Juh full wan ta. 172. §£ filP M. J "Ii lang kea king.- 164. -§fl BEL Juli shfth ke. 29. viii. $SJi Jv& ic? Jny ch'ing heen che. 41. ~Ki *£ |pJ Kae yuen k'aou t'ting. 58. j'i'l nl? K'ae chow che. 42. ~jj # f#J K'ae fang shih le. 102. % p |S K'ae yuen chen king. 105. 7C pL gX Ii K'ae yuen shih keaou luh. 160. 3JC PP $* Ii J§- 111 K'ae yuen shih keaou lull leo ch'iih. 167. $! J? £n if Kang keen e che luh. 21. ^ It M Kang muh chih shih. 21. |3 ^ pit Kang muh L'aou ching. 21. @ ^f I?- Kang muh k'adu e. 20. @ ^ 1C Kang muh tseih Ian. 21, J &B Jl p£ Kang tsze seaou hea ke. 110. "J $B M. p& I^C Kang tsze seaou Ilea ke xi. #ft eaou. 111. : RS tell PlF Kang chih t'oo she. w mi ]?.» -?* -jtt K'ang lie tsze teen. 8. J| -f K'ang ts'ang tsze. 176. ^ Ii K'ang ke luh. 133. m x m m 171. $Jc Kaou fung ta. sze yu lull. >W~ M. 7$, Kaou how mung k'ew. 99. fa l# Kaou sang chuen. 167. Jt 3£ H ^ ff ^ fM Kaou shang yuh hwSng pun hing tseih king. 179. it f# Kaou sze chuen. 28. ii, iii, xii. Ja ')'i\ ;ii> Kaou fang chow che. 42. Jfc M ^ Kaou tung k'e tseih. 186. xi. 5Ei king. 1S 172. B fei Kaou wang kwan she yin JH m IE II IV 32 m M M XI. xi. 15? W- ^ Ka ° u kea& y u6n 6 - i- i2 - ^ £& ^ K'aou pwan yu sze. 135. fcf i^ ^ Ke ho yuen pun. 95. ix. )\j] Kelih. 147. A ~Y M Ke jin shih peen. 139. ix. $1 ii. II Ke she fung keen. 179. SI 'if PJi ^ Ke yuen ke so k6. 137. -fe |i Ke ko6 luh. 20. "6" -^ M Ke ko6 show keen. 109. J$[ ^jf b" Ke heaou sin shoo. 73. SI \'& 'J£ ft H iu ^ Ket'ingsunggan chuh loo che mo. 136. X ^ lr Ke yuen yaou leo. 58. I8r $Jj |i|-J K'e k'ew suh wan. 158. ■ft 13 Jl? K'e tan kwo che. 24. IU J^ J^ K'e nmug swan tsee. 103. £ff 111 lit K'e k'e t'oo shwo. 116. ^ \!^ pilt Kea - h e6 tsiien lun. 144. $f f|l ^- Kea heen yin leo. 113. ^ M pfi Kea shin tsa ke. 150. T it J£' m % % m U Kea k'ew shwo tang lae p^jen king. 166. jjSfi §1 J^ Kea yew tsa che. 156. 'i^ jS 'Mt Kea tse e kaou. 183. 'ifj Dk IM Keae seaou tsae king. 165. ?S 3S ^ Keae ch'a wuy ch'aou. 119 "T" Kj tt \W Keae tsze yuen hwa chuen. Keae me lun. 144. vui. ting pe v. xi. 121. m m if - g^ Keang han ts'ung fan. iti A flc Keang hwae e jin luh. 156. viii. Keang lin ke tsa che. 156. vii. wmm-fi ■=e jX W; SS. nife Keang han ts'ung fan. 161. a ft rx yx ix fX "/X ^ >iv Keang peaou che. 33. JX _E jlfiv jiij. jf^s Keang shang koo chung lull ?& ii I^' IB}* ^, Keang nan yay she. w .^» »S¥ Keang nan yu seen. Pfo 1^ ^Jl Keang nan yu tsae. /ft jd^ Keang niug foo che. >[^> Keang nan fung che. 35. 33. 124. 33. 37. xi. yun £t M ife M & M Keang soo hae tseuen gan. 59. }X 4'j i^fl ^ ^ Keang tsun seaou hea liih. 111. «X |^ f.f,
    Keang yin heen che. 39. 3C fT #j fra Keaou hing f eih kaou. 188. xi. SC oL vk Keaou yew lun. 138. ix. |!|ft ?& Jli 5G Keaou nan so ke. 159. f£ i J IB Keaou fang ke. 152. iii, iv. WC $k tM ^ Keaou k'wan tsce yaou. 145. ^ \£i M Keaou shiug fa soo. 169. T& /r* I& Keoou yaou seu lun. 142. ~$)X $fc Kee koo luh. 113. xii. rff 230 INDEX I. #£ ?E M M- Keen taou t'oo king. 38. %t 7C |$ If Keen yuen ps che. 107. M. §Jt Keen luh. 68. &6 7C fj! j£ Keen yuen peen Ian. 118. M 1$ \% Keen kce chuen. 160. iii. J§, IU $§. Keen wan luh. 160. vi. Jak BJll ^ Keen keae liih. 152. viii. Wi % / P V # Keen yen bo ts'an. 75. ^ II #2 SE Keen yen tseih ching. 75. M T^ HI iift. Keen ping e shwo. 87. ix, xiii. fal iM ?h tyl M- i£ Keen tseg e ming swan ft,. 103. u£ ^i )ti) HI Keih chung chow shoo. 23. ii, iii. $£ "6" H§ i$ M # @ Keili koo ko keaou k'ih shoo nnih. 60. <& 'M Jft £e. ^ Keih kewkwang sang tseih. 84_ 'Q fix H Keu koo 6. 88. ix, xii. '**} n& *j\ 0. Keu koo yin mung. 97. ^*J 'ix. 3§r ^- -9- tnf ifi Keu koo yung san sze shih e. 100. ^1 § II w Keu yung been che. 41. fi Ijl p£ K'eu e shwo. 133. vii, xi ll •!§ Keub liih. 122. ^ ^ dH K'eun fang poo. 122. W $| $$ K'eun foo luh. 146. ii. fe 111] ^ 31 ^ ^ K'eun seen choo yuli tseih ching. 177. m flllg iSz Pci K'eun seen yaou yu. 177. ?&C Ufa £k ~/J Kew hwang leang fang. 59. ik ik $t tfo Kew wan kih km. 135. vi JL ~M ^ f/Jij Kew chang swan shuh. 91. i, ^L #t M Kew chih lelh. 105. yL 0: ?$) ff^ Kew king poo yun. 9. iii. ^L "Ml M ^7 Kew soo t'ung k'a&u. 98. It >S" #' K'ew fang shoo. 13, 17. HI JS f £ ill K'ew woo tae shoo. 13, 18.. ^ l^T Ir ^ ^ -S" ffl K'ew koo tsing shay kin shih t'oo. 116. 5X — ^C flj K'ew yih swan shuh. 99. $lf It Jl H- Kih che gaou leo. 142. It? 3& §M M, Kib che king yuen. 151. $$ '$ JS Kih wuh t'ung. 70. ^ \% ffl Hf Kih seang sin shoo. 86. M '1$ M K'ih chtth tseih. 191. xi. |£ K'ih hang jih ke. 30. VllJ. at H 3E J£ sp B& Kin gaou t'uy shih pelh ke. 45. vi. & 3$ -?■ Kin hwa tsze. 152. £t »J $ 3g $t ii $ & Kn kangpanjo po 16 meih king. 164. at % 0)3 |S Kin kwang ming king. 104. at IK -§c ^ Kin kwei yaou leo. 82. at fit '£ 4* H # Kin ling koo kin t'oo k'aou. 48. # I^t El HC Kin ling t'oo yung. 48. ^ tic -f" Kin low tsze, 127, viii. ^ M ^ Kin ping mei. 162. ^ ^ Kin she, 13, 19. # 5 il Kin shih k'e. II 5. ^ S' M Kin shih le. 199. ^T S" fit Kin shih liih. 61. # -5" jl! Kin shih she. 62. viii. 3? 5 ^ ife Kin shih tsuy peen. 64. # ^f jt ^ f £ Kin shih wan tsze ke. 63. xH 3^ 5 ^ Kin shih yuen. 64. ^T S" Ell $f Kin shih yun foo. 12. at ^J* A M Kin tan ta yaou 177. at \%J IS ^" I — iP Kin fang ts'eay choo shih uvh ch'ow. 74. ^ ^ Kin peen. 35. !£ If M Kin shoo muh luh. 61. 3p ^ A H'J K'in hco pa tsih. 114. ^ lH y^C ^ K'in poo ta tsenen. 113. W M "V A & K'in shing shih luh fa. 114. -^ |g K'in king. 123. ii, iv, v. %\ /E ^ ^9 3111 ^ K'in ting hwang ch'aou t'ung teen. 55. lfci£=i$J3tiR$i^ K'in ting hwang ch'aou wan hi'en funs k'aou. 56. |£ BTIi^ K'in ting jih hea k'ew wan k'aou. 3 6. Uk xE lift If K'in ting k'eiih poo. 205. £fc XL X p!5 RlJ ^ij K'in ting kung poo tsih le. 57. !fc S S p]S PJJ flj K'in tingle poo tsih 16. 57 f i S M f t S t ^ K'in ting lelh ta6 chih kwan peaou. 54. fC % ?M ffl M fM % Kin ting mwan chow yuen lew k'aou. 36. tft /E ^ p15 PJJ ^i K'in ting ping poo tsih le. 57. ^ K'in ting ping 23. §C Jfe"2p ^ M at JIl'* J& K'in ting ping ting leang kin ch'uen fang leo. 23. ^ £ IS It SI I! £ M K'in ting poo hwuy le saou tseuen foo. 182. %l /E t$, : M J& K'in ting suh t'ung che. 24. §k /E ll M -II K'in ting suh t'ung teen. 65_ #C ^E m 0. & • 1 m @ ^ K'in ting sze k'oo tseuen shoo kCSn ming muh luh. 61. tins keaou fei ke leo. INDEX I. 231 K'in ting ta ts'ing K'in ting ta ts'ing K'in ting ta §\ % B % £ W $1 @ K'in ting sze k'oo tseuen shoo tsung miih. 61. Wl /£ ^C ' il \ King yen leang fang. 85. M. I§ >& 11 King yu peih t'uh. 196. |S fe J& II ft H King yu peih t'uh suh peen. 196. & ill :# "6" M King tung k'aou ko6 luh. 50. vi. jflj Jl[ %% fjj King ch'uen pae peen. 149. i i§ Iff IB King tsoo suy she ke. 45. ii. $M Hi* & 5 K'ing she kin yen. 140. m & m m m m m m m^ g chu ng fee peih ke shen sze yu luh. 171. JS 7C M S* K'ing yuen tang kin. 28. viii. fil 1S ^ jit HI K6 e fang wan tseih. 190. xi. -§• ^ JK # P ft Koo kin sing she shoo peen ching. 147. xm. <7 Ijfc f# Koo kin shwo hae. 137. .A. § gp] pmJ Koo kin tsze lun. 205. 1*f ^ iSl 't^ Koo kin t'ung yun. 10 m ft ft f| H Kd king. 123. ffil HI ^ ^ fj§ \i; Ko yuen meih suh tseg fa. 98. fjlTV fiff Koo shing. 160. vi. $'& )]ff ft H Koo shing suh peen. 100. $6 Jiffc !&■ Koo soo che. 37. M Eil II W Koo k'euh tsa yen. 205. "6" ^C ^ #■ II ^ Koo foo yu ting tsa luh. 136. "6" 'I'H U Kodhwanluh. 29. ^T ^" V$ Koo kin choo. 128. ii, iii, iv. "6" "v # po Koo kin e yu, 32. ^ fP liiij Koo kin yin che. 113. ^ PP ife. Koo kin yin she. 112. ^ BE ^ Koo kin yun leo. 10. ■7 II "h I: ^ Koo kin yun hwuy keu yaou. 9. M ~%C % Koo lee neu chuen. 28. ^ Koo she. 23. %%m Koo swan k'e k'aou. 91. xi. |7C np Koo wan p'in. 116. 3C II ^u IS p£ ^ Koo wan lung hoo king choo soo. 176. 35t i@ !£ Koo wan mei tseuen. 195. ^ % Koo wan yuen. 193. xm. % M \% W) IG Koo wan yuen keaoukan ke. 193. ^ ^ Koo yin peaou. 10. £ P ^ H- Koo yin k'aou leo. 113. fl M £f Koo yun peaou chun. 10. xiii. |jj ;§ Koo shan che. 43. Ii ?M f^ t^ K'ow heen p'ing shih luh. 161. %% ^.% "? IB Kung she seen sang te tsze ke. 67. h vui - ?^, f I "? Kung sun lung tsze. 126. xiii. It p# |$ Kung k'e she hwa. 198. i, viii. F§t H P K'uag tse kih che. 140. ^ #1 l£ Kung sM tsa shwo. 131. iv, v- -f ^ In K'ung tsze kea yu. 66. ff |^ 4p. K' ung tsze peen neen. 28. H -^p K'ung ts'ung tsze. 07. ii, xii. ^ jt ^B lv& Kwae tsang kin shih che. 64. Hf #'* rel SS K'wae yu fang te po. 111. ^3 ^t K'wae shih tsan. 119. |ll/l ftp. Bill f§ If Kwan mei shen sze yu luh. 171. 4* ^ S IS Kwan chung kin shih ke. 63. Kwan shing te H -t * JJ!? 11 m m. Sill Iffl) p.li % keun shing tseih foo che. 180. ^ -^ Kwan yin tsze. 174. ijyjC |^ fj§ Kwan lin she hwa. 198. ^^M^^^C^^- Kwin mea6u chae tsang kin shih wan k'aou leo. 63. S $k Kwan shih luh. 119. $k & 9 # ^ Kwan woo leang show full king. 164. la ^ ^ IS Kwan yin heuen e ke. 167. fi I ^ Jl ^ ^ IS ^ Kwan yo wang yo shang uih poo sa king. 164. 232 INDEX I. ■'g* -j° Kwan tsze. 74. Mj ill A ! -\f} fi5 Kwan shan j in wuh chuen. 29. Jt, sSifr M M i^ Kwan sin leang heen che. 39. E3 % || -*| $| K'wan heo chae tsa luh. 133. viii. ffl % ®L pi K'wan heo ke wan. 129. J||3 M [§| gjjfc K'wan yu foo shwo. 47. xii. ^ M #f» $g, K'wan yu wae ke. 47. vi. -S$. zf=? %& Kwang k'eun fang poo. 122. ft ff 'ilf ju? Kwang po wuh che. 150. J|g 1^. |f fPJ Kwang sze luy foo. 146 ^? ^C fit ^A SI Kwang ta fa yuen sung. 164. J§f ^C -M w Kwang tung t'ung clie. 36. M |E Kwang yu ke. 48. m nf '* Kwang yiin. 8. B'mi /J| $£[, ^ K'wang leu ke yew. Si $H jS K'wang yuen tsa che. JH lft Kwei chin tseih. 143. IB §/k Kwei teen luh. 156. EH pt Ih Kwei teen she hwa. 30. 160. vi. vi. 199. it 01 vn. viii. 1, viii B§ iff iS Kwei tseen che. 159. ill M 75 ^ Kwei fang gae nae tselh. 188. xi. i'f IS % Kwei fang poo ho. 1 88. '•AW §f< Kwei fan luh. 133. viii. $£ Js ill ^ Kwei hae yu hang che. 45. v, viii. |S Kwei king. 106. xi. ^p $tt Hit Kwei sin tsa. shih. 158. vii. 4 1 }'lf $3 Kwei chung che nan. 178. .iv $ /l? K'wei keu che. 158. vii. #ft 11 Bl it Kwo paou i een wan luh. 160. Wl pS- <2; ^ Kwo ch'aou she fa k'aou. 59. jk. M It r£ Kwo she king tseih che. 60. fS M Jo W U Pp 3$ Kwo tsing yaou yay shen sze yu luh. 171. pn Kw5 yu. 6. Wl jk %l ^5 M- Lae chae kin shih k'aou leo. 63. Jlfl M "J* Lan chin tsze. 132. vii. H If Lanpo6. 121. 1|j ^ ^ Lan ting k'aou. 62.. viii. S5 *?* 'm ^f Lan ting suh k'a5u. 62. viii. Itf "if Lan yen. 121. $1" 3sf fe pn Lang chae yay hwa. 131. vii. ^ ^ tfc sp: lELaouheoganpeilake. 132. vii. ^ "X li Laou tsze choo. 173. ^j "? IS 5. M |S La6u tsze shwo woo' ch'oo king. 177. ^ -? MMMty H La6u tsze ta5u tih king k'aou e. 174. ^ta ■? ^ p* La5u tsze tsan choo.' 174. 3K Mi m m m m m m m if^ Le saou. 181. 'W rn Le saou keae. 182. Wi HI Le saou foo. 182. II ^ f$ Le saou tseih chuen. 182. viii. Ml T 3 ^ fl" Le lieu chung ming shoo. 106. xiii. J5 ill ilf Le she e shoo. 99. iW >ft Leaou ma. tseih. 85. j£. Leaou she. 13, 18. M ^C ~'% %, $J % Leen ling ts'eih tsze fung kung king rife a* 144. m m |Ij 11$. ^ p? 'o* ^/ Leen shan ts'aou fang slie ho ch'aou. 138. xi. J^ R $E Leen ping shih ke. 73. xiii. ^U M ^- Leih ch'aou fung leo. 65. ^ ^ JJ& Leih seang k'aou ching. 89. !lf- ^ ^ Leih swan tseuen shoo. 90. f ^ ^ ~f ^ Leih tae kea. tsze k'aou. 05. f "^ 5£ 7C <% Leih tae keen yuen k'a5u. ft e. ft 58. ft kih liU •? pilt 5C Leih tae hin f een. 98. ^U £ J<§ pI^ Leih tae ming chin tsow ^ ft" p& Leih tae ming hwa ke. 108. ^W Bp Leih tae she hwa. 200. 'rf? I $& ^- Leih tae te wang ke neen. f* M ifi3 # f* g & a •& ^ peaou. 51. f|£ Leih seen chuen. 175. iii, xii jH. ffi Leih seen fung ke. 179. Leih tsze. 174. fli Leu shan ke. 44. .A ^C ^ Leu chin jin wan tseih ^ ^t Leu she ch'un ts'ew. 126. $H Leu sung ke. 52. Leuh leih yuen yuen. 97. 7F ^ Leuh leu ching e. 97. JE ^ ^ IS Leuh leu ching e how Leih tae f e le yuen xm. 177. INDEX I. 233 mm % m n m m J- pna m ti peen. 97. ^ A iC i§ ^u ^ Lew k'ew juh t'ae heo che mo. 59. j£ ^J Iff Low she keuh poo. 121. ^ M Lin keo tseih. 183. viii. '{M II /^ P§ W Lin han yin keu she hwa. 197. viii. ife JEt H Ling hae yu t'oo. 36. xiii. ]fj $i ?& Ling nan tsa. ke. 50. vi. #f> fii ^ Ling wae tae ta. 45. viii. 1^ ff II lit Ling shing t'e yaou IS. 140. flS |M Ling ch'oo king. 78. ^ }E f f 1& Ling hwantaou t'e shwo. 139. |£|i;^0 ft Ling paou heuen tseih ta tseuen muh lull. 179. Jit Uj ff» pxF ^ Ling yen shan kwan she ch'aon. 191. W fi ^ Ling yen le tso. 140. ix. If m & II &ff £ P.I H $J ft Ling yin ho t'ang shen sze ko ming tseih pee luh # 171. W UJ iu? Lo f° w shan che. 50. Jf $ H ifr ?& & M ^ Lo luh tsze san ming seaou seih foo choo. 106. xiii. JJJ1 l|£ ^ Lo ySng heen che. 41. FH #0 H f£ L5 yang kea ten kg. 44. ii, iii. H§ ft iJ l& Lo yang mow tan ke. 120. PH If I 1 ! 1 It HI IB Lo yang tsin shin k'ew wan ke. 156. viii. S ^ 2$t at!' Lo shen t'ang wan ch'aon. 189. § !S* ^ Ife "M- ^ Lo shen t'ang tseuen tseih ting pun. 189. jt! J$h P S ^ Lo yewleench'ang tseih. 191. f/?> i^ Loo heen che. 89. p(H Loo luh. 6. \^ ^-lE Loo poo pelh ke. 129. viii. jj£ Loo she. 24. 15 I£ J$£ JS Luh chin choo wan seuen. 192. ^L ff f? U Luh kew heen swan shoo. 102. lip ]^ Luh shoo koo. 8. W s$S ^ Luh shoo pun e. 8. w jS Ltih shoo t'ung. 12. H £$ tI5 Luh shoo yuen k'e. 113. h-rt\ ?£3 Luh t aou. 1 1. W\ &> Ht Luh chow kung gan. 30. ^ p|f fS Luh t'ang she hwa. 199. viii. H IB Luh e ke. 160. ^; Liin chuen. 109. go Liin yu. 6. l£l 1^ i^i Lung shuh yu wan. 159. vi. Wt §M Lung ch'ing luh. 158. vii. )l[f j^ Lung ch'uen leo cht 158. f| J'l ^'J ^ Lung ch'uen pee che. 156. vii. Bi iKi T^c Lung hod king. 176. f I ^ /^ Lung hwa che. 35. II §? HP 1 i ]5C Lung shoo tsing t'oo wan. 171. mMlimMR >h ^llf-Jk Luycbing choo shih tseen she seaou urh fang keue. 84. H ^S Lily king. 81. 1M M Luy peen. 8. MM W Liiy yin. 10. ^B |g IS Luy sze king. 75. W M # ^ 5c # II: ^ HI M U Luy shing p'oo hwa t'een tsun shwo yiih ch'oo chin king. 179. Ilj Man shoo. 33. -f" Mang tsze. 7. ^ ^ $^ Mang she yew k'o. 84. $jk %£ Wk Me sa tse e. 140. ^ S ff Me sha sih leuh. 165. -^H fa^ Meaou fa. leen hwa king. 164. ® #?* ^ ^s ■£* s H ■& ^ 1" M Meaou 168. leen bwa king t'ae tsung hwuy e. fS Mih king. 78. xiii- II 1$ ^ Mih IS pe keue. 79. 'M II Mih ch'e peen. 108. ^f£ j§ $%. Mih chwang mwan ltih. 132. vii. %_ $1 Mih she. 117. viii. J§ He Mih tseen. 117, J§ ^ Mih tsze. 125. H ^ M iH Mih yu tseen po. 161. si. Sfj ffi Mih ke. 157. viii. fil 4 1 f'^ *a lilt Min chung hae ts'o soo. 124. xj. ^ Jj 1 * IS Min seaou ke. 46. vi. ^ 49 $£ ^ ^ ^ Min s ct ' aou kS sze P tvji 0J3 m m w m ft ^f f^ Ming hwa luh. 111. ^ J8| Ming hwuy teen. 56. 2p ^ ^. ft IS Ming ke pae she wuy peen. 27. Ill 5? ^ Min S t& fan s mo0 - 22> §1 Ming she. 13, 19. j|j Jp ^ Ming she Ian yaou. 22. ^ ^ IS Ming t'ang kew king. 81. ill W- #E IB Ming shan shing kae ke 49. ^ ff fi^ Ming heang she lun. 201. viii. IrT 1f IS W M6 ho san S k ' e leuti - 165 ' %%fflLl£WL&% R W 31 M6 ho pan jo po 16 meih ta ming chow. 165. jf $1 M /^ M5w tan y™g juh che. 121. #j| |f Muh meen poo. 77. si. 5^ "j* f$ Muh t'een tsze chuen. 153. ii ; iii Ggg 234 INDEX I. ft fcs. ^ P MS H iviung ciien yin cue. 1UH. xi. W* 'MJp: pA Mung k'e peih fan. 131. vii. <§?* iH' Mung shoo. 108. Iftt tH'i 2 E 1$ Mwan chow ming chin chuen. 31. SI !£* 11 DP Mwan fang mih p'in. 117. *}# f P If Mwan fang shwo she. 201, $} d3 l£ M Nan chwang kg f an. 157 viii. m Jl J?- /fc wi Nan fang ts'aou muh chwang. 45. ^ ii, iv. K3 ul: & IE pff pS Nan haou keu sze she hwa. 109. viii. iff $jj ^ Nan hoo tseih. 186, viii. $J ^ jit |g Nan hwa chin king. 174. I§ ^ fa} # Nan hwa keen ch'aou. 174. Iff flii M ^ Nan hwuy keen che. 39. $J fit /^ Nan k'e che. 36. fe* It IP jll Nan k'cang yih she. 26. $J E{& A 31 % Fe] Nan k'euk juh shing kih wan. 205. "$J % Hi J| Nan seun shing teen. 58. itf jll Nan she. 13, 17. W /© 1l' Nan fang shoo. 33. v, ^f # If Nan tse shoo. 13, 15. it !& ft TIE fn '[p] pg ff Nan yd ke k'e ho shing yu. luh. 171. ffl ?'J)c >J> f|t Nan yo seaou luh. 44. si. -II fl Nan king. 78. M M7^M Nan king pun e. 78. SP $i: ^ p± Nan king tseih choo. 78. xiii. f§ C& 3f M $J«Nangkaeckae mwan hik. 128. juy. i, xiii. f E| Neih chin chuen. 31. aiE IP >§, g* Neih urn clmng yen. 143. !^ ^ IS Neu heaou king. 71. !& *$: Neu heo. 71. $C M M- tn Neu k'o king kin. 83. 4^ M- 7^ ^ New king ta tseuen. 85. ^ M 1 ii?» % Ning k'wan pe kelh. 85. # #£ J^ ;§ Ning p'o foo che. 38. Jl i$C ^ flf Nungj:hing tseuen shoo. 76. J§ lg ^ Jr fH -^r Nung sang e shxh tso yaon. 76. M HI fe M Nung sang tseih yaou. 76. jH> llr Nuns; shoo. 75, 76. fa |M £D p Nuy king die yaou. 78. F\J f4 ff §S Nuy k'o sin shwo. 85. IW If P£ 1$ 11 me f o fuh keg. 164. l. viii. IW 3$ P£ IS me f o king. 164. pi m m m # m i ps m jeio™ f o koo yin shing wang f o 16 ne king. 164 ummm m mm no pe t - a mo sh™ clung 16 kin. 165. M UtM BM^^MO pefamotsang heen tsung kin. 165. M B S ^ ^ $/ It pe fan pe p'6 sha kin. 165. M W i ^ f'J Jl H ic Oyuh wang shay le sviy ying kih. 171. A W ft Pa ch'in to'6. 72. A S ^ ^ Pahunghwang she. 52. A IS li ^ PS hung yih she. 52. A M ?1 W M H Pa k'e fung che ts'oo tseih. 57. A ^C A % M. Pa ta jin keo king. 164. A n gX Pa yin ho f ing. 11. p* Pn Pae king low she hwa. 201. xi. ^J* M^ P an nia tsze liiy. 10. S 1^ ^1 fu Pan k'eaou tsa ke. 160. vi FM iFjIni P° n S tsz e e tseuen. 139. ^S M* "? Paou p'o tsze. 175. ft M P3 ^ /S P a6 u k'ing sze ming che. 38. f^ ^ f% Paou yuo luh. 29. x i. ffl ^ gj; f$: Pe p'6 sha leiih. 165. (^ # @ Pe k5 shoo rniih. 55. ft' J^ Pe shoo che. 54. ^ "tl* """ @ Pe shoo neen yih chunj *S j£I P^ wang luh. 144. |]f* J^ s Pe wei so yen. 99. 138. ® 139. 139. m Id f f f 5 PA .R Peon he 5 e fuh, ,f^ Peen hwo peen. 70; it)lC fe Peen heo soo kaou 1^ Peen mung k'o. 144. IiH -w P e ^ wan y un ^° 6, ii- 5,iA %% \M Pei wei chae tseih wan. 133. bs /S Peih ke mwan che. 203. v, viii. Peihfan. 118. Wi f-^ J5 II 2&C P'eih shlh she choo wang, 139. If^tSt^iW^lllJitfi Pihchangts'ung lin tsing kwei ching e ke. 170. 13 W, jt M Pill leaou kin keen. 55. "pi 7}? f^ Pih tscang chuen. 74, & E* it il Pi" hoo fung e. 127. & )i£ M £§ P^ Pih ll0 ° t'ung tih kin. 128. £3 JlE lr 1% >^ Pih luh shoo yuen che. 50. 4t H" ^ 11 fi Pit chwang chih ho luh. 158_ ^lt ~H M ^ 'M '111 Pit fan g chin woo paou ts'an. 180. ;ffc $f ap: IB Pih heen peih ke. 134. 4b -TT H If Pihhingjihpoo. 30. Pih mung so yen. 155. Pih shan tsew kins. '20, # m m 4b 4b ill ii 4b jfe. Pih she. 13, 17. 4b ^ # Pih tse shoo. :£? M Ping king. 74. vni. viii. vii. viii. 13, 16. INDEX I. 23.5 |S ^ P6 e che. $fr ^ P5 wuh che\ 3 pit Iffl %%. IB pin g bo6 hean che. 40. JX $ti ^ Ping keang ke sze. 46. Ui ?$ 3pE Ping shan lang yen. 163. ^ IK $1 IB pin g tsin t'uh pei k§. 64. ^ H P6 tslh peen. 157. vii. 155. v. 153. ii, iii, iv, vii, xii. $E m. fM W Poo te tsze leang lun. 165. "1% 5£ 'J* -2 &k P°° sne urh seaou ming luh. 148. vii- M ^ I* 00 hwang k'aou. 59. si. P£ UJ a£ Po ° t' shan cll e. 42. $^ I^f P'o6 tse fang. 80. # B Puhtihe. 141. H Piihtihe peen. 14!. ^ Piih fa tseang k'aou. 106. Puh yen tseih. 195, it B mm ISM Hi Pun ts'aou kang niuh. 80. 4||Pun ts'aou king keae yaou. 81. Pun ts'aou pe yaou. 81. Pung hoo she seuen. 196. San foo hwang t'oo. 35. ii, iii. % f D $5C W- M San keo ho keaou swan le. 100. %fc jE£ ffl. JE fa San kwei woo keae" ching fan. 16S. If % Wt M >& M H #J f§ @ San kwei woo keae tsze sin yen le kung tih king. 164. 13, 14. Hill ¥ ■ ^ San kwo che. n£ '{ft Si San kwo che yen e. 161. frjf * as 106. 140. XI, San kwo tsa. sze. 65. San ming che me foo. LU Iro ^ $Ei San shan lun heo ke. ^ |f |$ San tsae fa pe. 108. ^ H # San tsae t'oo hwuy. 149. % iff ^ San tsoo sin luh. 33. >fi» 14 I& San woo sing lun. 165. fe Jt)iC fra San yuen soo kaou. 27. ^f >6 ?=£ San k'o sin fa. 84. tfg \i; M M §§ Sang gan fa sze yu luh. 171. B If 15 -g ^- Ii" Se e leo lun. 85. "25 # & ii Se fang kung keu. 172. W ^ II $E Se fang yaou ke. 52. W '^H 1lF it Se han hwuy yaou. 56. Se han neen ke. 2j}. Se hoo che tswan. ' 44^ Se k'e ts'ung yu. 128. w w w w 4fc& iii* =3E 1 M $t s£ Se king tsa ke. ££ |£ Se she ke. 29. H§ gS Se tsang ke. 52. 151. W ¥£■ iE Se yang ke. 103. W w w ft |^ M ?i ififr Iff Se yang leih fa sin shoo. ' |£ Se yew ke. 162. [88. ft tt Jit H9 ^ §i Se yih wan keen luh. 52. Ul M i§ Se yen sin luh. 161. xi. ^ §5K Se yuen luh. 75. o m ^S: 3® W Scang kelh peyaout'ung shoo. 108. llj HI Seang shan tseih. 185. Ijl Seaou heo. 68. ^i ^r ""f* i? # Bl Seaou heo tswan choo. 68. ^S ^lc Seabu ming luh. 146. vii. j| Sp Seaou tag le. 5. & ffilf Ji 3l J& ^ Seay gin k'd taoti t'ung kung king. 144. ^ li^ f# ^t ffi M Wk- Seen kea pe cJmen tow k'o chin keue. 83. BG Seu hea k'ih yew ke. 46. '&. Seu she 16 luh tsze XI. xi. ^ J^ Ji ^ foo choo. 106. ^ ^ D!3 SeueJ/ang mill p'in. 117. ft ^ # if H ffl SE Seuen ho funa she kaou le t'oo king. 46. viii. ft! W ~£s Hj Seuen ho po ko6 t'oo. 115. •fd h Ib Seuen ho shoo poo. 109. " lift IS Sew t'eih yu peen. 72. M 3l %1 £ tf Sha chang yuh" hang tseuen shoo. 83, HM ^! W Sha ching tseuen shoo. 83. J^ Shan che. 135. 4* & St Ip] Shan chung pih yun tsze. 20S. M" B§ ^ Shan fang suypeih. 159. vii, viii. 107. 118. xn. xi. Ill Hi m III $$ |M Shan hae king. 35 UJ 111 m in, i". Is rm pa Shan keu sin yu. 159. viii. ^ !fj£ ^ Shan t'ang sze k'aou. 150. B^ /S fi pro Shan tsing keu hwa liin. 111. viii. &, ik ^5 Iv- Shan tso kin shih che. 63. JJC ^ p §^ Shan tung k'aou koo lub. 50. vi. Ss pla Shang han lun. 82. ;g| g^ S. Shang han Mn ylh s 82. xi. 7^. dfe 3E, ^ Shang han tseuen sang tseih. 82. 236 INDEX I. viii, % v ^ P Sllar| g Mn tsung ping kin -t ^ || ^ Shang kae heen chl. 35. M j£ Shang she. 24. jg #' H< W Shang shoo koo shlh. 131. W Jr p 5C Shang shoo shih t'een. 98 * W If K m & |S Shang k'e heen sze chung ho peen. 124. *}? W $% m Shabu lin kw&n po6. 124. M Hr Shay shoo. 114. ~)fct W %n 5^ Shay sze che mo. 30. x ; St ^ BI it Jg & ic J$ She heo yuen ke hwo fa ta clung. 200. |# $& She ke. 194. Pa $E |S \%: She ke k'wang mew. 194 |f \% She king. 3. tj* 5C J£ She neu she. 196. p§ Tfc Hf She pun yin. 10 pt BH She yun. 10. W M |S fl She yun peen e. 11. M c± |^ p§ She choo soo she, 184. j£ If # 3& # She e tih heaou fang. 80. "Ui # ^ H It @ It She shen f tog tsang shoo muh luh. 60. IS p% *Jf fr She shwo sin shoo. 151. "ill pJl M ph She shwo sin yu. 151. "VL m ff W She shwo sin yu po5. 151 hwang te yu che wan tselh. 189. i!t £$ She wei. 70. viii W 5E >h 5a %% She urh seaou ming luh. 148 f# % >J* 35 §i t& it She urh seaou min* viii. 9. 5 3 If H SMh kW6i tS * ng Sh0 ° ; 23 - C[ It I'l'l lp Shlh mlh tseuen hwa. 62. •CF no Shih p'in. 119. + ft m m m m ma cmh C h ae S h 00 hwa tsih. 124. "T pM iM. 1M Shih keac* peen te. 144. it ^ ^ f^ Shih kw ° ch ' un ts ' ew - 33. T III §T g^J Shih kwo kung tsze. 185 ' vj + ^ISSS*»^ m SMh luh ch'Sng lo fang koo k'6 k'wan shih. 115 T^lil Shih luh kwo ch'un ts'ew. J 5 if § ^ Shih Mh kw ° neenpeaou. 34." "T 7\ ih nn Shih luh fang p'in. 120. T ^ # It ii |I Shih puh shen nee taou king. 165. + J=. |M Shih san king. 7. X R S SMh Sh ™ ng6 ta6u kin S- !65. "T pffl f¥ Sliih siing leuh, 165. it "fe 4 M 8 ShIh ts ' eiIlsll e shang keo. 65. X 1^ "If Isr ^ Sll ' hts ' eihsh6ts eangtsee.31. t <: pi m "& ^ ai ^ shih ts'ea she tewan koo kin f ung yaou. 65. T rr ^ f^ ? hih urh vdw tj og. 166. J m I ^ p ^ Shih ilvh yin J' uSn llin ' 165. M m m s hih tseen luh. 143. T# I 1 JE jf^L Shih mvm chine fmw lf;« /A is ^ Shih Sh6 k& ko5 led - 168 - W ^ -&■ Shin mung tsze. 67. If S ^H it Shin sze che nSn. viii, xi. luh shih e. 148 7K 5l $S She urh peen. 132. life JJl J^ I& She lew k'ew k£, ^ IB She ke. 12, 13, 14. Si J\ 7$ g B She she keuh poo % \% She wei. 32. pf ^ #' She heen shoo. 103. JiJ' Si B& ^ She she suy peih. 3 H Shin sze luh. 142. 143. 84. 30. 121. 65. VI. She ta shing lun shih. Vlll. 165. Mffi-Vf^ $k Shen haeshih chin tseih. 172. TW-Wm'M iU- Shen lin sang paouchuen. 168. W P J pi Shen mun jih sung. 170. M $n ill in Shen tsung chih che. 172. W 7K C p¥ Wt IK W Shing keaou she sze k'o foo. 144. !& W- Tn 5il Shing keaou sin ching. 142. =& Sa tjJJ ^ Shing keaou ts'ee yaou. 142. =& 2X V^ Ml Shing keaou tseen shwo. 143. II ilfc lc ific Shing keaou yaou king. 143. INDEX I. 237 ® M 15 M P3 ^ Shing keaou yaou IS wan ta. 144. 1MM Bit $J? Shing king ckih keae, 140. MM M dot Shing king kwang yiih. 143. U M IB HF Shing king luy shoo. 151. !§ # -fT iff Shing mod hing shih. 140, H # >J> p& $S Shing moo seaou jib k'6 king. 141. Ta Si •§?* 0v* Shing mung k'o. 140. ^ B? ^ Shing neeu kwang yih. 1-3. f| H 3£ U M M Shing t'e jin gae *m king kwei t'eaou. 143. fl 1§ @ Shing t'e ta e. 142. K IB Shing wo6 ke. 23. Ill fll .t ^ #P ®* £ H Shing tso5 jin hwang te yu die wan tseih. 189. /B ?S Shing woo fung tsun ta wei noo wans pe melh t'o 16 no king. 165. f$J Jl fll| Shing yu kwang heiin. 71. M If Shing t'eaou poo. 200. si. JH |s£. Shoo chaelaouheots'uug mm% 7jC 7JC ft « Hi If ft # fan. 134. viii. fi Shoo fa. 109. <5; fffi itf Shoo fa ya yen. 110. xi. ik $1 W Shoo fa yu yen. 111. ^P 3S -1? Shoo heQ tsee yaou. 111. viii. JsE 8$ S^C Slioo hwa i)0 po. 110. ^ Shoo king. 2. $( ^a iff Shoo sen che nan. 147. JK Siu>6 p'6. 129. iv, v. it £j§. Show she peen. 84. $S Show king. 124. iv. A 7l£ IE It Show pa keae ching fan. 168. 1$ 1M ^ Show she leih ts'aou. 100. fl# il % Show she t'ung k'aou. 76. ii ^ 7$ JE It Sh6w yew ming keae ching fan. 168. iH Sliuh peih. 30. xii. H IB Skfih e ke. 154, 160. ii, iv, vi, vii. %?} Wl $c Show lang yen king. 164. ~ffli $% Show ch'ing luh. 73. xiii. V"fc ti ic? Show peen jih che. 26. vi. UJ H?j Sit w Show shankots'img shoo. 193. Shun ching mung k'ew. 148. m je m ^ pE^- |)c Shwang fung k'e yuen. 163. MX> Sz. Shwo crimen. 113. St '^15 Shwo foo. 136. t& #1) It Shwo foo suh. 137. %% Rj] Shwo k'ow. 130. i$L 3t Shwo wan. 8. IE u5" ^ (# Shwo yo tseuen chuen. 163 44. m m m m m Ml 'ft t* it H m m n n ft _- ^ Shwiiy hwa lirh ta. 140. Ji£ Hp] Shwiiy yen tsze. 203. fljF f^Slnvviyhoo chuen. 162. i'jl, ;Q pB Shwuy k'ang shih ke. Ill |M Shwiiy king. 43, ^ fflL Shwiiy new king. 85. PO Shwuy pin. 120. 5^ $E Jf-P9 Shwuy taou te kang. H ti IB Shwuy tung jih ke. 159 $£ Sin king. 70. #1 $$ Sin ch'ing lfth. 160. vi. ll^ ,W. JW SB to §i Sin fung heen shen sze yu lull. 171. 'HI f^ ?i •§! Sin e seang fa. yaou. 86. xiii. ££ ^ #" Sin fa swan shoo. 87. ||| ||f !^ Sin keang she ts'aou. 5t. ^, Sin seu. 67. ii. fj Sin shoo. 67. ii. ^ ^- S ; n fang shoo. 13, 17. fflk Wt II M- M Sin t'een chen Ie kins kwei. 144. £ iX $1 Sin wo ° ta ^ she. 13, 18. |W Sing king. 93. i : . M 9- W Sing le k'eun shoo. 69. Sg A ^ # Sing 16 ta tseuen shoo. 69. M ^ M. Sing le tsiug e. 69. ^ ^ fe Single kze e. 69. ^ ^ P" Sing ming kwei che. 178. F^ J$C ^ So nan wan tseih. 187. viii. '{fc ^ "Jj Suo ch'inleaug fang. 78. i, viii, xi. il'H Jff >i§ Soo chow foo che. 87. llF H i"lj i£ Soo she sdh poo S. 184. X ife & £ B R IB !"# Soo wan chung kung sang jih she sze she. 191. ^ If Soo shih poo. 123. Jjl Soo heo. 91. xiii. % W. W. Soo heo k'e mung. 104. S 5f# H Soo le tsing yun. 96. ~^H JLs$- Soo shoo kew chang. 93. efi ^L Sf£ ^L IB Soo shoo Lew chang cha ke. 93. Hj IB iS So6 shuh ke e. 91. jg -f|f Soo foo yen. 97. || ■J Soo le tsze. 133. ^ Soo shoo. 73. [Uj liil ^ u£ Soo wan ch On Uiy Iswan yo choo. 78. jplji |^ IB Sow shin how ke. 154. ijjijt IB Sow shin ke. 154. 3g $1 Suh ch'a king. 119. xi. ii, iv. ling ii, v. ii, vii. W. ^ "6" Wi Suh heo kob peen. 112. ^ 1'jE f|| Suh heuen kwae lull. 155. :hh 238 INDEX I. m If tft m m m « Is It m 1 Ph Sun pod. W. Wk w ^ ub ^° w ^n sn0 °- 25. J p P D f| Suh hwa p'in luh. 110. [Bj ff- fl| Suh kaou sang chuen. 167. M fk >j& H Suh king yu pelh fuh. 196. ^ ^ Suh mang tsze. 67. viii. tS % w Suh po wuh che\ 154. iii, iv, v, vii. %i ft BE ^ ^S £i Suh p°° sbe urh seaou ming luh. 148. vii. H Hh 3£ ^ Stth san shlh wob keu. 112. 7& It IB Suh tse heae ke. 154. iii. % fo 3§ fl Jt fti Suh tsze che t>mig keen ch'ang peen. 20. ~$C Wt iE M Suh wan heen t'ung k'aou. 56_ 1'^ $%. Suh yew kwae luh. 155. 122. v - ^J* Sun tsze. 72. -J* 3f[ IS Sun tsze swan king. 91. i, viii. JM ^ ^i. ^ ll" Sung yaetsun sang tseuen shoo. 84. ~M HI M Sung nan yo foo. 51. xi. tL M n£ Sung keang fob che. 35. {til Sung keang k'eu k'o. 51 'M $£ Pill Suns mo ke wan. 26. S^S Sung emin lull. 29. !hJ (H f$ Sung kaou sang chuen. 167. It $5 $ Sung she ke sze. 200. _^ Sung she. 13, 18 . Jsl $E $ /$• 5[$ Sung she ke sze pun ms 22. it Sung shoo. 13, 15. ft Suy shoo. 13, 16. m II M Su y ch ' an s tea - Klh - 159 - XI. iii. viii. IS n n m >&- m n m ft =t IS it!? if Suy chuh fang king yen fang. 79. ^ ill* p^ pS Suy Mn fang she hwa, 19 8. At 31 Iti Suy she kwang ke. 34. -^T* H fit Sii y show tsa luh. 156. viii. !!§ : i'i $M Suy yin mwan luh. 159. vii. fy Swan fa. 103. ft 3^ ft Sze ma fa. 73. xii . X ^i -Is El Sze f een k'aou yen foo. 107. *IE 1? 41- ft Sze wuy yaou leo fa. 166. -|lj &Fi ^, §|t Sze ch'aou wan keen luh. 108. viii. #a ^S- W* Sze chung leo e. 142. ^ ^C ^ Sze fun keae pun. 165. E9 I& IT mF ^ Sze hwuy heen she ch'aou. 190. xi. PJ *& III 7K ffl fit M Sze ming f 6 shan shwuy le pe Ian. 43. xiii. K IW ^ M IP % Sze o han moo ch'aou keae. 166. P3 H# ^ 1^ ^ ^? Sze she k'e how tseih keae. 34. U9 7^ Zl % IS Sze shihurh chang king. 163. P9 ^ ^ ^* Sze shing tang tsze. 9. P3 ^: -^3 pj^ ^ Sze shing tsee yun peaou. 10. H ^ |£ Sze tsze king. 141. P9 ^ ^ ^ I^Szeyewchaets'ungshwo. 135_ H 7C H M Sze yuen shih le. 95. H 7C ^ ft Sze yuen yuh keen. 94. H 7C 31 ^ $ffl ^ Sze yuen yuh keen se ts'aou. 95. ± t§ Sze le. 5. $11 Sze luy foo. 146. * H ^ ]f Sze heo che nan. 148. H fM Ta lang kwang ftlh hwa yen king. 164. kwang fuh hwa yen king haeyin tsan e. 170. Ta fang kwang hwa yen puh sze e fuh king keae fun. 164. * if m m %m% mi mm r.^ g kwang yuen keo sew to 16 leaou e king. 164. k if U 1M # B IS Ta fang peen fuh paou gan king. 164. ^C if '% k, H M. Ta fang tang ta tseih king. 164. ^C H Ta heo. 6. ^C ^ Iff ^ T & he5 yen e. 69. ;/C ^ it J^ Ta kin kwo che. 24. ^C M M M. Ta kwan ting king. 164. ^ WL % WL B 'M %> IS Ta pan jo P o 16 meih to king. 164. ^C Wi p §H fS Ta pan nee pwan king. 164. ^C 9i : f^ $M Ta pa6u tseih king. 164. ^C t& K 'IH Ta. pei pabu tsan. 170. lfciij$JEI£^£IB& Ta sa chay ne keen tsze show ke king. 164. yC 5i -^ pi Ta sang yaou che. 84. :fc W M 3t & ff H Ta se le seen sang hing tseih. 141. A ^ 1" II HJ ^ gift Ta shing pih fa ming mun Mn. 165. ^C ^ ^ ^ >& M IS IS Ta shing pun sang sin f e kwan king. 165. ^C ^C ll Ta tae le. 5. i, ii. INDEX I. 239 ►^ ^ |f ij^ |g, Ta t'ang se yft ke. 46. xiii. tk. $kM to Ta Vang sin yu. 152. vii. 9^ II H M ')'W M Jd> Ta till cli'ang kwo chow t'oo che. 40. *fc¥n M. *$ MWi Ta ts ' in § twang te shing heun. 28. ^C IR f^ $J Ta ts ' in S leuh lg - 57 - ^ '{ft — * if^C >^ Ta ts'ing ylli t'ung che. 85. 5c M "k fn ft & Is- Ta y 5 *'■< li6 slian ke leo. 44. r^ ^ fj] Ta k'lh wan. 144. f^ H& H Tae soo heo. 104. iX Wl ik tfr $& Ta6 wd tseih sn!h keih - m St it Ht M Tae chuy tseih yen. 100. It $f Ifi lr Tae wan ke leo. 48. vi. 36 M M J& Tae wan foo che. 38. •£? t£ 1S ^ T'ae tsung she he. 108. J3n i^ M T'ae seihking. 178. rlcffl^iilfcjl^fil^ T'ae e yuen keih kew leang fang t'eih yaou. 85. rfc }£ |S T'ae heuen king. 69. tfc $J ffl ^ T'ae hoo p e k'aou. 49. ifc § H iS W T'ae keih t'oo shwo lun. 71. *fc {3 1^ IS T'ae plh )in king. 73. xiii. -^ qS ^ ^ fg, T'ae ping hwan yu ke. 36. "fc. ^r IS SM T' a « P iu S P gea luv - !46. ■k. ^ #P li T'ae ping yu Ian. 146. ^C -t # 35C ?1rJ "6* M. T'ae shang ch'ih wan t'ung kob king. 178. •jk. _t jf J§ P^ 7?: 3l IS T'ae shang hwang ting nuy king yiih king. 177. jt& Jl K M $h ?k 3£ IS T'ae shang hwang t'ing wae king yuh king. 177. iv ill H M T'ae shang kanyingpeen. 179. labu keun shwo ch'ang tsing tsing king. 178. ft -£ # £ §£ ft ifc II fr # IS T'ae shang shing heuen shw5 seaou tsae hwo ming nieaou king. 178. ft ± §j£ H 7C H IT S£ |I T'ae shang shwo san yuen san kwan paou king. 180. ft ±1: ^tc % M. T'ae shang shw5 san yuen sze kwan paou king. 180. ft _L ft %, IS T'ae shang ta t'ung king. 178. ft _t ij £ ai m & m * n m m T'ae shang t'ung heuen ling paou tsze t'ung pun yuen chin king. 179. :fc ill jli $J T'ae she she le. 65. ± U. fl T'ae we king. 107. JS.~Xi *$$■ T'ae yuen keae. 69. M W fS 5a r? f^ T'ae se chungtow k'e fa 83. ^ W iK \ii T'ae se shwuy fa. 76. is. -il ll] jit 'M !fl T'ae shan taou 16 ke. 50. xi. J5" # ^ Tan kwei tseih. 180. # ^a te ^1 Tan yuen jun luh. 130. ■ft §Q IS ffi Tan yuen suh luh. 130. ft i$ iM $k Tan yuen teih luh. 130. ft f& M $k Tan yuen ts'ung luh. 130. 13" ^n t^ If Tan yuen yu luh. 130. IS JL ^ # T'an ke ts'ung shoo. 137. ft |i fE # T'an woo tih leiih- 165. M fl H T'an lung luh. 201. xi. fit 5C T'an teen. 104. ffl P? J® IS T'an chae t'ung peen. 130. xiii. fl^ 'M Wi tf Tang hoo tseaou shoo. 137. }§ tSi T'angp'in. 123. t§ fff ^ ^ T'ang yih pun ts'aou. 79. ^ #; S T'ang chih yen. 152. ^1^ T'ang k'eue she. 155. ^ ^ M T'ang luh teen. 54. M |M © T'ang My han. 150. Jlf P9F 'a nt ^ It T'ang she ho keae tscen choo. 195. j^ ^ fnf if T'ang she lun twan. 64. xi. )§• >^C IS ^ ^ T'ang ta chaou ling tseih. 27. j£ ~3f ^- f^ T'ang tsae tsze chuen. 28. xii. ^ fjj $& T'ang tsze ke. 203. ^ W J!JC M T'ang yin mow tseen. 195. ^ § || ^ T'ang yin t'ung ts'een. 194. Jt- B j T'ang yun. 8. )!§• el IE T'ang yun ching. 10. 77 ^'J M Taou keen luh. 114. xii. M H i "i" ^ ^ & Ta6u J' u chod y 6n tsze seu fa. 144. In ^ i^ ^ Tabu e che leo. 47. ^ ^ HI Taou shoo tseuen tseih. 179. J^ M= ft IS p£ Taou tih chin king choo. 173. tS IM Taou tih king. 173. J| fg |M p£ Tabu tih king choo. 173. I fj§ |m M Taou tiu kin § kea& - 173 - Rl ^ fif ^ T ' aou cbo ° sia lah - 15S - lii IE Wi Te ching peen. 141. ^ ^ Te heo. 67. it Si ft |£ Te le pe Ian. 54. ilfe S ^ ]S Te le tseuen che. 54. fpJ M ')$■ %h ft IH p^ Teaou k'e leen wae tan t'oo shwo. 124. &} M JL nil Teaou ke leih t'an. 33. viii. HI; ^ [il ^ ^. T'ee wei shan ts'ung t'an. 157. "ilk -fT $E ^£ Teen hing ke ch'ing. 30. vi. 1% 1^ |£ l^ Teen k'in ke yew. 50. vi. fe ]^ j^Jf fn Teen nan sin yu. 51. xi. {% ill 'fit tt II? Teen nan yihk'ew luh. 13G. si. 240 INDEX I. 3t£l$&W?T$BJg- T'een choo keang sang yen hing ke leo. 140. ^if 1 T'een choo shih e. 13S. ix. % ~Jj H flf ij? §c M T'een fang teen letsih yaon keae. 145. 5^ H $1 1fl f# T'een keang low gow tik. 135. vi. 3C ^ # jl T'een heo hwuy t'ung. 89. VV Tip JFn a T'een hwa (sing yon. 83. 35Bl#s£f It T'een how sking moo choo keae t.jeen she. 180. 3^^^#^]?|Iffl^ T'een how shing moo shing tselh foo eke. 180. 31 \% fpj H 5fc T'een joo t'ung e k'abu. 142. 5C |J^ T'een keae. 141. 3^ W. !i f% T'een ltth shih yu. 136. vi. 3C ^ fg *S ft ill 1(5 tg $ T'een ningleu sung k'eae sken sze yu luh. 171. JC iP M: ffl, T'een poo chin yuen. 89, xii, xiii. 3C iP M ljC A fit p$ T'een poo chin yuen jin ming p^o. 106. 5c ^ lit 5& T'een fang chih foo. 144. 7C py ^ T'een wan leo, 87. ix, xi. 5C ~$C H- Wt T'een wan leo km. 104. 5^ ~3C II T'een w an hiy. 1Q1. % ~X j< J$ 1* gg || 4g T'een wan ta eking k'wan k'wei tseih yaou. 107. JC ' ' (S I§i ft" &■& @ T'een yik ko tsang skoo tsung muh. 64. ?C 7C M M ^ fr T'een yuen leih 16 tSeiien skoo. 96. if'Mua T'een shih p'in. 123. iR Ip) ^S M T'een tsze ming keae. 205. iX fej SB If T'een tsze t'oo poo. 205. fJ? *ir -5" If T'eik gan shih poo. 119. ^ IP IE ;$! T'eih tsuy clung kwei. 140. pS |f 5S? HI T'oo hwuy paou keen. 110. 52 M $H J§1 T'ow leen se ts'aou. 95. viii. II 3&C M Tsa hwa wan peaou. 172. $&jm % M Tsa p'e yu king. 166. It g}C "0 — + "i" Tsa. yung pih urn shih show. 183. xi •Pj- ll .n "T jE J|l Tsae suh san shih woo ke\\. 112. K III TT |.|j Tsan sang ko peen. 77. m. W Tsan shoo. 75. viii &$£. m. _n& -a/a =.». "ii*. J=i If IS m p% Tsan yun low tsa skwo. 161. ^ l p J 5? Ts'an t'ung k'e. 175. Sf ft jl Ts'an Iwan luh. 29. viii, W< <# fit f$ Tsang kae she hwa. 198. viii, *^> m. M W$ Tsans kwang sin shuh. 100. ^ it S fit II % M M- Tsang sew hoo choo le poo yun leo. 9. ■^ RJE ill Tsaouwank'o. 144. M & Tsaou ko peaou keen fa, 102. viii vi. iSl pPJ Ts'aou ckwang tsze. 202, J|l It gf Ts'aou hwa poo. 120. ^ 7^ -^ Ts'aou muh tsze, 134. 8? f^ II @ Tse yiu kang mtlh. 80. # ^f IB Tse keae ke. 154. ^ f^ Tse Km. 6. ^ ^ Tse sking. 41. )fC IMo Tse tung yay yu. 133. •S (ii ^ Tse shan tseih. 187. vn. viii w Tseang keae kcw ckang M 'tT pf Tih hing poo. 14k Ting keaou tsze ske tseih. 187. xi. T H ^ * Ting ho neen tseih. 187. rill^ ?i Ting keu swan fa. 95. viii. 40. 115. ii. j£ T'ing ske. 152, 158. vii. M % p# % T'ing chae she hwa. 198. xi. %$ 5V tk ^ Too kung fan tswan. 100. ft !lli# |i If J§ % Toosheshwang shins fee yun poo kwo leo. 201. xi. %. VUt II II Too yang tsa peen. 155. H} p£ 1(1 |M T'oo choo nan king. 78, K |£ M m P J^ T'oo choo mik keue peen chin. 79. J£ f# II i^ Ting kae keen eke. ff{ M Ting luk. •THS swan fa. 94. II M ^L ^ ^ fi ^L IE Tseang keae kew chana swan fa cha. kc. 94. T.fl w >J> IB Tseaou hcang seaou ke. 131. xiii. 'M iJj ^ Tseaou shan che. 42. M \li "& M 5^ Tseaou shan koo ting k'aou. pi mm mn^^^m \tm% ^ itt |M Tseay wa nang fa t'een tsze show san kwei ehwo mcen go taou king. 164. fa %: inf ^y Tscay gan ske ck'aou. 191. -tJJ ff^ Tsce yun. 8. "W H^ ^0 •#- B Tsee yun eke ckang foo. 9. p /J; Tseen lieu. 69. fH ^ ffl Tseen heu keae. 69. te M M tf Tseen k'eo luy shoo. 150. tt 1% It 4k fi 35C It Mi Tseen neen fang kin shih wan po wei. 63. W W ^ 3^ M Tseen neen f ang wan tseih 191. \f U It & 5" £ ^ @ SI Tseen neen fans; kin shih wan tsze muh luh. 63. vin. Xi. INDEX I. 241 m 4s§ m m & [1] ^H Tseen shan tseih. 185. viii. ^ 7K IE Tseen eh'a shwuy ke. 119. $H ^j| Tseen han shoo. 13, 14. Jlv j^jf IS Tseen che sin peen. 118. ^ ^ Tseen pe k'aou. 118. xi. If & II .ft >J> 51 H n IP It Tseen poo te kang. 118. I 1 1 H Hi Tseen she seabu xirh yo ching keue. 84. i. 5^ HI Tseen shih t'oo. 118, Jit" ^fc 51 ffi£ Sll Tseen fang seen hcen chuen tsan. 28. viii. fflg $* H * & >5 PS ft ^ ® Ts'een sh6w ts'een yen kwan she yin poo sa kwang ta yuen niwan woo gae ta pei sin t'o lo ne king. 165. t§ !s* H @ Ts'een k'ing fang shoo muh. 60. J| IE Tseih e ke. 155, Hi, v. •^f $f% Tseih koo luh. 61. "jfr PP ?E Tseih koo yin fan. 113. Mi $k~3j Tseih yen leang fang. 85. HI Tseih yun. 8. tflllHi Tseih koo chae chung ting e k'e k'wan shih. 116. M /?& 1& Tseih mill heen che. 41. T^f ^ $M Ts'eih kob swan king. 93. viii. ft IS ft * >& «l ^ PS ft JB « Ts'eih keu te fuh ta sin chim te f o 13 no king, 164. J^ Ts'eih k'lh. 139. ix. tsan. 31. 5 J£ H jlj. Ts'eih shih urh heen seang + % £31 seabu luh. i i - i^ Tseuen che\ Till. ^Ts'eihshihurhhowk'abu.34.xi. ^J* wfc Ts'eih sung fang shih 135. 117. If M Tseuen f e sin hin. 85. jjg HrJ Tsew peen tsze. 202. If Tsew poo. 120. ]|t |f Tsew teen poo. 120. pv pq Ts'ew sing ko she hwa. 200. jt fro tD> 6. 145% i£ SO iS •db vm. viii. viii. 7TC « Ts'ing po pee che. 158. Ts'ing po tsa che. 158. Ts'ing sun tseih. 187. Ts'ing f een ko. 178. | Ts'ing yen ts'ung luh. 134. xi. Tso shwo. 84. Ts6 chuen. 5. Tsoo ke. 26. jll Iff ^ Tsoo she t'aou wuh. 34. iii. ^f Tsoo'sze. 181. ^ j=£ ^J Tsoo sze chang keu. 181. If IS p£ Tso " sz6 tsee choo. 182. ft? IH U Tsoo sz6 tseih choo. 181. ^ ii5 fS Tsoo sh6n chung king. 141. Hr P3 ^ Ts'oo bwuy wan ta. 144. i ll fa Tsun cno ° shin s fdn - 14 °- ^. A. 1}^ Tsun sang pa. tseen. 85. ^ Up f& Ts'un chae she hwa. 199. It $| Tsung king luh. 170. ft lie ^ 1 1 Tsung king luh k'eu f e. 170. |f $fk Tsung yuen luh. 168. ~JQ $ffc Tsung yuen Mh. 167. W\ Wi In Ts'ung heun chae yu. 71. xi. 1^ Bl tf Ts'ung ching leih shoo. 88. HJJ $0+ J^. Ts'ung ming heen che. 42. *~* ^ H IS (^ ^ Ts'ung yih fang jih ke suy pelh. 141. |a Ts'uykungjuh yoking. 178. ^ Ejl Ts'uy wei shan fang swan » A heo. 101. AZ, ,*PS srjt m m m muh. 21. 1§| jsa Tsze che f ung keen. 20. IH @ Tsze chef ung ke£u kang II @ ^ Bj| Tsze che f ung kegn kang mull fa ming. 20, 111 242 INDEX I. JS Tsze che t'ung keen k'aou 5fe it;' 36 JIB* p gp) lie it n P Tsze che f& 5i it e. 20. fin §1 if @ $fi Tsze che t'ung keen muh luh. 20. fu 5i §1 # £ $f 11 Tsze che t'ung keen shin wan peen woo. 20. $R i£ H iflU Tsze lew she k'ew wan. 152. JH Tsze keen. 10. r=t. !|g Tsze wuy. 8. 3fi- -f- Tsze hwa tsze. 125. jJJ. fit ^P Tsze she. tsing hwa. 151. ^- HI ^[1 Tsze she nan che. 79. ^ II It H lij SI 'lit Tsze pei kwan yin heang shan paou tsan . 170. ^ 'fH? *E HJ 1!? 9lt 3§ Tsze pei sew taou lew heang paou keuen. 170. f& Wi i% ?K Wt Tsze pei taou ch'ang shwuy tsan. 170. 'Ill Tsze pei taou ch'ang tsan, 170. 204. xi. !^ ^; ^ Tsze heo tseuen shoo. 205. #: Tsze leuh. 204. ^ Tsze yuen. 204. xiii. g! Tsze yun. 204. j|i -jj JjM $£, || T'uh she fang yuke yaou. 51. ■M 7fr ^ Hi T'iih shoo fun neen jih ch'ing. 70 . ^ ffi T'uh shoo ke. 70. H $t iS T'uh sing tsa. che. 158. viii. M ^ ffo £|J Tun ha6u t'Sng lun yin. 113. 7§i ]Qj fl" T'un yen che yen. 136. M $t IS Tung ch'ing tsa ke. 46. M M M i^ Tung chow lee kwo che. 162. "H S ill Tung e paou keen. 82. ^H 'If ||| Tung han hwuy yaou. 56. ff aft: $| Tung heen peih lfih. 157. ^ fit Tung hwa luh. 22. ?S $E ^£ Tung hwan ke ch'ing. 30. 5}k It Tung kaou tsa ch'aou. 161. iff $E is! Tung nan ke wan. 159. i. vii. VI. xi. xiii. M M w # T™§ P'o cM lin - 131 - ^ Hfc ^ If Tung p'o neen poo. 29. vn. m ^ -^ ?^ Tung p'o sh6w tsih. 131. ijk. & M Tung p'o tseuen tselh. 183. W \^- ^ Tung se yang k'a&u. 47. Ui %<& f&%±ffiitm& Tung shan tsin kung twan keu sze sung kob yu luh- 171. M M Tung yuen lfih, 131. xi. ?it fH IE Tung yay tseen ke. 135. vi. yC M- in T'ung wan swan che. 95. ~$t b! I^C T'ung wan yun t'ung. 12. >d> T'ung che. 24. H li T'ung S luh. 138. §li l!M @ T'ung keen kang muh. 20. §jt li @ # ?£ T'ung keen kang shoo fa. 20. SttlfgJIItlEie T'ung keen kang muh tseih Ian ching woo. 21. I $£ ^ ^ ^ T'ung keen ke mo. 22. §£ 5^ ^lj T'ung keen skill le. 20. It ^ IB T'ung ke'6n wae ke. 20. ^ T'ung teen. 55. 5iH 51 muh sze pun m Ji. yd. M fl T'ung yuen chin king. 175. *-*-» V/tV ^-H* ^ i . t±? 51. heuen vi. ling viii. viii 119 t'een 4U« J.UI m {% Wk S? T'ung k'e seen che. m&mm&mn T-u ng paou ting kwan king. 178. $0 ^ p|p Jft T'ung seaou she tseih. 194 tl»J "H" H /S T'ung seaou t'oo che. 45. Up) Ui ^f ^ ^ T'ung shan keae ch'a he M ?C SM ii ?1 Jl ^ Ui IE T'ung fah t'e yo tuh ming shan ke. 177. U§J 5C M ^ T'ung t'een gaou che. 83. ti^ 5C ?R i^ T'ung t'een ts'ing luh. 134. iv, v. !|pJ Ail^I T'ung jin chin kew king. 81. 3i A BiT ^ T'ung jin shoo heue. 81. Wi tt fM \ii Tuy soo keen fa. 103. ^ #: ^ M Tuy soo fan yuen. 103. xii. i% jp fi S? T'uy poo fa keae. 98. xiii. M ^, ^ Twan k'e yen she. 116. tH $!i •© ^ Twan k'e yen shih k'aou. 1 1 6 fl % |I Uh k'e king. 72. ii,v.' l£ S f§ Urh chin chuen. 31, ZL ^T ^ p& Urh heang k'in poo. 114. ^ -p ZL $1 ~% M? Ura sMn urn sn e win ch'aou. 32. ~~. -\* ^ "g" Urh shih woo yen. 138. ix. n ~\* ~" <£l 3t ^ Ui ' h shin y ih shfe wan ch'aou. 32. H ^ ^f ff Urh shin yay luh. 27. U ^f| Urh ya. 7. AlJ ^ p|f fS^ Urh gan she hwa. 200. &h $4 ^ f§ Wa6 k '° chin g che - 83 - ^h ^4 IE ^ ^ a ® ^'° ching tsung. 83. #H $i + ^ Wa e k'o shih fa. 83. %b |4 Jrll ^ Wae k'o tsing e. 80. %b % A 'rR ^ Wa e k'o tsing yaou. 83. #h ^ ft li pJWaekwochuhchetsze.51.Xi. tabu wan shing ta shing fa woo go e king. 165 INDEX I. 243 ~M ft R Hi Hi Wan shen t'ung kwei tselh. 171 3* 3a: 35: 3£ 35: 35: 35: ft Aft Wan wuh chin yuen. 140. JS np Wan tsaou p'in. 120. H ifr H 1*1 Wi ~% Wan ch'ang te keun y in tseih wan. 180. in Sc $M Wan che chin king. 174. jj5> ^fe Wan chung tseih. 185. f% B If Wan fang sze poo. 116. M ^C J^C Wan been ta ching. 148. r^t *? -TiA wt 5IE -?? Wan been t'ung k'aou. 55. £$ Wan luh. 197. iv, si. jll Wan seuen. 192. jH pi Wan seuen choo. 192. jl 3f J| Wan seuen k'a6u e. 201. S§ ^ ££ H IE Wan seuen le choo po6 ching. 201. 3§f JS £p $g| £w Wan seuen le heo keuen yu. 201 . 3£S jPl pel Hj pff pT Wan seuen yen paou seay she ping. 193. Wan shwo. 198. /H ftl Wan sin teaou lung. 197. f E fijp p£ Wan sin teaou lung tseih choo. 197, M- W. @ Wan teen luy ban. 150. "T Wan tsze. 175. xiii. Vm Iii e? P Wan yuen ko shoo muh. 60. ching. 194. 83. Wan yuen ying hwa. 193. OT p§ Wan yuen ying hwa peen i, viii. Wan jin she tow chin kin. 3$S Wan keen k'in luh. 156. v, viii. Wang k'e tseih. 188. pi IE I/& Wang choo ching go. 184. PH 0$ ^ Wang yang ming tseih, 188. $3 3£ Wi Wei nan wan tseih. 186. If. Wei left. 129. xiii. f$. W M Wei mo kelh king. 164. ^C. Wj Si! Wei sang hung paou. 85. H£ Hi iH Wei tsang t'06 shih. 52. H II ft IS it ^ ^ Wei san t'e shih king e tsze k'aou. 64. J5 lit f§ Wei she poo ching. 30. xi. H Wei shoo. 13, 16. lis Z^. ~\* p^ Wei shih san shih lun. 165. 1$) I& M Woo hoo heen che. 39. *M Ifc Woo k'e tseih. 187, viii, HI ^ Woo k'e k'aou. 49. 9k W. $3 pv 1J£ Woo chin chih che tseang shwo. 176. 'It 1f 1=1 fuE is. >g§ Woo c in peic. 176. Wz ^ pi SlLi W06 chin piien choo soo. 176. JEL j|| E3 pi Woo chin piien sze choo. 176. iSMf 1. xi. iii. vin, xi_ 43. ft ft ft ft ft ^t Woo min 6 chae swan heo. 102. $ HI /^F Woo chay yun foo. 11. ¥ H^ Jfl Woo chay yun suy. 11. ~f} 7C W Woo fang yuen yin. 11. $M 'M- iM Woo king swan shun. 92, i. IS UK $S Woo king luy piien. 150. IS tk W- Woo kwo koo sze. 33. viii. TfC |S Woo milh king. 114. P^ flip. $S ^ JS fi W06 mun shen king yaou yung fa. 166. *"l" A\ ^ la & Wobshih liih clmn fa. 109. M ^T Jt 15? Woo sing hing t'06 keae. 96. xiii. f ^ ^ 1< Woo tae hwiiy yaou. 56 i\ '§3 fp) Woo tae kung tszo. 185. ^ ^ fM Woo tsaou swan king. 92. i, v If, J^ Woo tsung che. 132. ■g 1 ^ f ^ Woo yin tseih yun. 8. M X ft iS Woo e k&w k'euh che ^ UJ ~M Woo e S han che. 43. 7fo M\ W W06 kung heen che. 41. rfc Hf ^ Woo lin k'ew sze. 45. v, viii. * fin %Jq H" Woo pe pe shoo. 74. ^ ^h $B Woo tsung wa4 ke. 27. xi_ ^p $M Woo heo peen. 25. IIP $fi Woo sze luh. 71. xi. j!" 1§ '^ Woo liiang show king. 164. ti B±WV£BB U Woo nang shing tii ming t'o 16 no king. 165. it? Woo seih been che. 38. 151)5 EIJ IS" Woo shang yuh hwang sin yin king. 178. $f W ^ ^ IS Woo so yew poo sa king. 164. I'm 1 §3c Woo ch'uen liih. 29. viii. *%* tf •$• Woo chung k'ew sze. 45. 4* & i If ^ Woo chung neu sze she ch'aou. 196. 4* 7K ^lj HfjWoo chung shwuy le shoo. 43. xiii. M iS Woo heen che. 41. ?P Jjv Woo k'eun che. 37. xiii. Ix A 4fe Woo kuh jin tseih. 191. it p!5 1^ f § Woo le p'oo she hwa. 199. vrii. -j- Woo tsze. 72. M ^ %K Woo yue ch'un ts'ew. 32. ii, iii. iJlll Woo yue savin ts'un lab, 29. & & M 244 INDEX I. £* ^J ^1; ]f§ 5|E fH |3 AYuh gan leih swan shoo niuh. 60. viii. H i® M n& w «h 1»7 seang kan che. 133. @ ^ ife Wuy k'lh shoo muh ho pcen. 61. 3f #? J® ~Y 2£ ^ Ya suh t'ung shih wo& yin. 11. If ft! # H Ya yun shih e. 9. ■ftj "fe ;/ii» Yang chow foo che. 37. Yang hwuy swan fa. 94. fej j£$ Jf J^; ^L IB Yang hwuy swan fa cha ke. 94. PH ^ ^ft Yang ch'un tseih. 202. viii. fe ^ ^S IS ^ Yang seen ming hoo he. 120. ]^J^!§l|£i&£&f§.-Tl Yay soo show nan shing loo shen kvmg. 144. HIS W> itf ft $B § Yay soo yen hing ke leo. 140. i§!* 3*r It fl" Yay k'lh ts'ung shoo. 129. v, vii. S-? li DP Yaysuhp'in. 123. f/J § Yen kelh. 110. IK -R ;fc iU'1 Yen she kea heun. 127. ii, iv, viii. ^ JrJ p|f f|!i Yen chow she hwa. 197. *5S 16 E9 ®M iS Yen yew sze ming che. 38. iftS JJ "J* Yen tan tsze. 154. 3SB || $| IB Yen wci tsa ke. 157. xi. M ffc Yen lin. 116. IM. If Yen poo. 116. ^ ill ^ ^'J ^ Yen sLan fang pee tseih. 26. tk f§ H Yen fan loo. 129.- v. \K 7Q \i 5^ Yen yuen kew shih. 100, [© Ih Yen tsing. 135. vi. Hi I'l £Jt Yew kwae luh. 155. ® T^f ^ P* fi§ Yew koo fang she hwa. 197, »s M Yew p'o sih woo IS keae wei e king. 165. §1 H 3£ 5$ 40 IS Yew p'o sih wo6 keae seang king. 165. $T M #3 it ^ ft $5 3f Yew k'o che nan kea chuen pe fang. 84. ^if 4& H J55c Yew yew tseih ching. 84. I§ PH $t £9. Yew yang tsa tsoo. 155. vii. ^ IE 5^ 3H & ^ Yew ching we chae tseuen tseih. 191. W a IE H Yew hwan ke wan. 132. vii, viii. jj| JrJ H Yih chow shoo. 23. -"■* ft /^ 4H Yih hing keu tseih. 172. *T Zl ""f* m p|f Hi Yih pih vuh shih foo she tseih. 187. viii. — j|f ^ B 14" ^ fr Yih ts'aou ting muh k'o tseuen shoo. 84. x ; —* -^1 IS •p' ^ Yih ts'ee king yin 6. 169. "~ - T^e /i§ pt fnO Yih tsung keu she kaou. 190 — Wl $f E fl If Yih yu heen yin pod. 113 I?, fS Yih king. 1. Iiflii Yih seang t'06 shwo. 105. Jtf H Yih yin. 10. iEt "6" ?f[ H Yih koo yen t'wan. 94. viii. ^ ^ Yih she. 23. § II & M tfo Yih shoo loo kea lun. IH M. S-? Yin he6n che. 40. IS" $fi Yin hwa luh. 152. ^B A IE 3 Pi^ Yin ming juh chin o-leliin 165. 165. v, vU. Wit ,tr, J&H B Hi Yin hin. Yin yiin ch'en we. 11. IE pft Yin yun ching go. 10. M. ^B Yin yun seu che. 11. SE WL Yin yun shuh we. 11. tt H Yin yun tseih yaou. 10. ^* 1$C "J* Yin wan tsze. 125. ^ ^? IM 5^ H Yin foo king k'aou e. 173.xii. 1^ ^ IS M Yin foo king keae. 173. [^ ^ |M jr. Jl H 1^ Yin foo king san hwang ytih keue. 173. 1^ m -^ H Yin yang tsih king. 105. p[J .p. ^ Yin chang k'aou. 112. xiii. we .-jr. ■Zfe Wu Yin chang tseih shwo. 112. ^ PUB Yin chang yaou lun. 112. Yin che. 112. *gt IE Yin heo kwan keen. 113. \% Yin jin chuen. 112. Yin king. 112. 113. 113. 113. 112, £P A nu P[J i| Yin peen PP ijt Yin shiih. H* ^ Yin shwo. P|J M Yin teen. W ^ 1& Yin tseen shwo. 113. FJJ ~$C ^ § Yin wan k'aou leo. 112. ^ S ^ ^ Yin sllih seu che> 123 - $}\ p ^ f n Yin gan so yu. 160. M 'M It ^ Yin hae tsing we. 78. &fflfc&$i^ifc& Yin po6 swin fa t'ung tsung ta tseuen. 103. jfjl JH ph >J> Ying ch'uen yu seaon. 129. "in& ^ jui» § Ying hwan che leo. 53. $£ M' fa M Y6 fo6 che m6. 204. xii. ^t ^ ^ H Y6 foo po6 te. 203. viii. $& Jff W. $fi Y6 fo6 tsa luh. 113. iii, iv, xffi. Yu Ian pun king. 164. p* Iff Yu yang she hwa. 200. vi INDEX I. 245 m m m m m m ® # n n n M n H Ik ft W yu sl100 Vin s she hwd - 198 - fgf YuKen. 132. |j| It Yu die she. 190. ■mu " pt Hi Yu che she tselh. 189. IS 3>t ¥J HI Yu che win ts'oo tselh. 189. H! j£ ^- II Yu c,le wan urh tseih- 189 ' $£ % MM B Yu p'e t'ung keen kang muh. 21. 3§ ~fe ~X M §M. YU SeVlSn k0 " Wil1 yUeU keen^ 194. /£ /it f^ pt £$ Yu tln § leih ta6 slle y " - 203. /£ ^ M It Yu ting tseuen fang she. 195. g£ ^ J- 2fe =j| Yu tswan choo tsz6 tseuen shoo. 68. 9S If ^ ^ i» Yu tswan etsung kin keen. 82. Sift 31 Yu sze luh. 198. xiii. W fij IB Yue se gow ke. 30. vi. Jg Yue shuh. 50. ™. @ H 36 S S #J £$ Yue han shen sze pa6u yun pee lull. 171. Hi IP M fn fJls Yue han shen sze yu luh. 171. •fy ^ IS Yue ling suy peen. 34. $g f§ It S'J HI Yue niwan low she pee tseih. 191. ill It HI Yue shan she tseih. 190. M }& M> Yue she leo. 34. % J£l 1S |a Yuen she she fan. 67. fjin fH "$t © Yuen keen luy han. 150. ffl 5c ffl 1& Yuen t'een t'oo shwo. 100. 3£? *|5C Hi Yuen yung keaou e M #■ J& H ill SB fn $ Yuen woo fuhko shen sze yu luh. 170. jt 19 ^§ & -(* § Yuen ch'aou ming chin sze leo. 28 i. JC Jft "J* Yuen chin tsze. 176. viii. % A "§" H ^ Yuen jinpih chung k'eah. 206. 7C $: ^ it $£ Yuen koo kung 6 luh. 48. xl. % £ fc Yuen neu king. 108. % j£ Yuen she. 13, 19. X ^ $B ^* ^ ^ Yu6n sh& k& sz6 ' 3£ 5 -vt~ fJz, ^k z, 'M. m XI. xiii. ix. xm. Yuh che fang fan hwuy. 137. ^Ytihhae. 14S. H fft f§ Ytih hoo ts'ing hwa. 157. viii. M W $1 Yuh hoo yay she. 157. if ^ Yuh keaou le. 163. i i) f t f ^ a ieih ch ' aou cliuen king she. 179. ^ Yuh peen. 8. ill 0, i& Yuh shan hecn che. 40. ^ B fe Yuh fang kea hwa. 134. xiii. ^ II IB Yuh fing tea ke. 54. ^ ^* Yuh tseuen tsze. 152. if & ^ ^ fl Yuh tsing kin sze pa6u luh. 177. ftj Ifi ^. Yuh muu ke 166. 48. -^, Yuh tsze. 125. _ xi "' III j^ sp: Yun lang g6w peih. 105. ^ vi. jj|^ 5 3L Yun fob k'eun yuh. 10. Jft $$} H Yun foo yo peen. 11. f§ Yun poo. 9. Ifi IE Yun po6 ching. 10. ft % 4f£ |j^ Yunshihchaepcihfan. 13«, B3 :flll 3< 7j< Yun wan. 205. ~%L 18 Yun k'e yew e. 152. 3^. jg Yun nan f ung che* 37. M- IB Yun seen tea ke. 152. \£l "M Yun tse fi wuy> 1G9 ' It % Yung ch'ing she hwa.^ 200. HI |^ Yung seue ts'ung shwo. 133. M iS Yung k'ang heen die. 40. ^ Jft Yung 16 ta teen. 149. |§g ^ Yung chae suy peih. 128. I if IB K Yung fang ke wan. 161. vm v. viii. vii. XI JJJ INDEX OP THE NAMES OF PERSONS. iO. — The numbers refer to the pages where the names are found. m m m m %£ A-kwei. 23. W A-yuh. 172. (Asoka) lit M Cha Ke-chaou. 205. •S" 7K Chan Jo-shwuy. 70. 'j§. Chang Tseaou. 193. ll S Chang Tsoo-ch'ing. 187. Chang. 131. fH Chang Chan. 174. M Chang Chaou. 115, 137. £. ^ Chang Che-seang. G5. 176. w fl] Chang Che-ho. % Chang Choo. 203 51. k m m k m m 5k ^ ^| Chang Ch'un-hwa. fft Chang Fei. 161. if- SI Cliang Heo-le. 30. §il Chang Heuen. 37. f]I Chang Hoo. 133. ??/ Chang Hung. 51, 136. g£ Chang Hung. 70. I$E Chang Hwa. 123, 153, 154. t j?B Chang Jin-he. 117. i>C Jff- Chang Joo-lin. 48. %$: Chang Kang. 142. Chang Kang-sun. It Chang Ke. 80, 82. jjjjj Chang Keae. 198. yy' ;§! Chang Keae-pin. $$ ?M Chang K'ew-keen. "M. Je Chang Kins-sing. a IS 124. 81. 93. 22. 205. Pj* %. Chang K'6-kew. H Chang Le. 105. jit Chang Leang. 173. PJ] ?E Chang Ming-taou. 68. % H Chang Pang-ke. 132. 10 Jflg Chang Pih-twan. 176. ^P jit Chang Ping-sliuh. 177. ?1 US Chang See. 47. §§ §£ Chang Seen. 192. 5*^ f£j ^ Cliang Shang-ying. 73. 51 "IS K Chang She-heen. 78, 79. E t£ $3 Chang She-nan. 132. 5*il "fe $J Chang She-yung. 193. 5*^ fl# jl Chang She-t'ae. 21. 51 |lp Chang Shin. 110. will Chang Sze-ching. 29. ^ i IS Chang Sze-fan. 38. ?1 dt fe Chang Sze-pei. 130. ^ ^C i% Chang Ta-fuh. 29. 5^ t§ Chang T'ae. 23. 5H £§ 3£ Chang T ! ing-yuh. 13, 19. m ^jf Chang Ts'ang, 91. ^ ^ K Chang Tse-heen. 156. 55 ^ ■? Chang Tseuen-tsze. 178. ?I H; Chang Ts5. 151. 51 f£ fi§ Chang Tso-nan. 101. 51 fg j| Chang Tsuh-ylh. 83. 5l # H Chang Ts'ung-e. 118. 5*JI §|£ Chang Tsze. 186. SI 'M ft Chang Tsze-Mn. 19G. SI "j* M Chang Tsze-fang. 73. 51 fit fH Chang Tun-jin. 93, 99. 51 H II Chang Wan-chung. 123. 5k J«K 5§ Chang Yen-sun. 83. § iS. Chang Yen-yuen. 108. Chang Yen. 202, 203, 204. 56 3pS ^ Chang Yen-ch'ang. 115. 51 #J Jjl Chang Yevv-heo. 150. 51 51 f# Chang Yew-sin. 119. 51 — EB Chang Yih-he. 105. 51 ^ Chang Ying. 71. 51 fM Chang Yu. 74. 51 ft H* Chang Yu-tsang. 34. 51 £ INDEX II. 247 mm %% %m mm m# it MS m% mm m^ m & mm Mil mm mm MB? £n il ■db #£ MB* mm 112. 3, 137. 86. 40. Chang Te. 127. Chang Tseaou. 193. H Chang Tsod-ch'ing. 1S7. Ch'ang Gau. 32. Ch'ang Tih. 29. ■X Ch'ang Tseuen-tsze. 178. im Chaou Chih-sin. 200, 201. jlpt Chaou Fei-yen. 153. Chaou Han. 62. %% Chaou He-kuh. 134. Jti Chaou Hwan-kwang. |fj£ Chaou Hwuy-k'een. J2{ Chaou Joo-yu. 27, Chaou Juy. 127. "X Chaou Keih-sze. 38. ^IP Chaou Keun-k'ing. •/It Chaou Leang-shoo. Chaou Lin. 152. W$ Chaou Ling-che. 157. jp( Chaou Ming-ching. 61. Chaou Shing. 129. |nj Chaou Shuh-heaag. 133. k$ Chaou Sze-lin. 3G. fM Chaou T'ing-keen. 42. ftfij Chaou Ts'ung-heuen. 147. |fj Chaou Ts'ung-tsoo. 203. Chaou Ye. 32. $[ Chaou Yew-k'in. 86. m 3i Chaou Ylh. 34, 136. m MM Chaou Yu-yen. 198. ftH JS R Chaou Yung-Iiccn. 75. Chau-san. 171. |? Chaou-tsung Che. 171. ^ Che-hwang Te. 2, 3, 4, 6, 24, 146. Che-k'ae. 1G7. Che-le. 167. Che-chih. 171. Che-heuh. Che-keo. Che-slring. Che-yuen. Che-pwan. JH- m if mm 168. 170. 166. 171. 168. •f" Che yew tsze. Ch'e-woo. 171. ^ Chin Tih-sew. Chin tsung. 147. Chin Lwan. 86, 92, 93. Chin-se. 171. IE Ch'in Hung-ching. ^ Ch'in Jo-seih. 143. Ch'in Kwo. 78, 131. H Ch'in Lo-shen. 42. .176. 69. 124. ft It ■j& j$ Chow Peih-ta. 54, 185. j^J ti W Chow She-chang. 150. JrJ IM ^ Chow Shun-ch'ang. 30. JrI i 1^ Chow Sze-k'e. 145. M M 11 Chow Ta-kwan. 47. JrI £§ 'Jff Chow Tih-ts'ing. 11. jgj ^ Chow Tse. 32. M M W Chow Yii-ch'ung. &t 3E Ch'owwang. 163. M t^fl ^ Ch ™S Yuen-ying. M $i(£ 1^ Chung-le Keuen. (4* Jl ^ Chung-ch'ang T'ung. 125. W 'M Chung Han. 204. $t M ChwangChow. 72, 174. $£ ^ Chwang Tsin. 114. $t — f§. Chwang Yih-kwei. 84. i % If E Keen 26. 1S X ^ E Yuen-t'an. 174. 33. 58. 177, INDEX II. 249 \fc II # E Yung-kwei, 107. ?£ M. Fa-heen. 46. ?£ ® Fa-yun. 108. 3£ 5C Fan-t'een. 180. II W Fan Ch'o. 33. 5 $f M< Fan T'ang-fung. 11. Jg $C ^C Fan Ching-ta. 29, 37, 45, 121, 202. ^ l!t Fan Ch'oo. 152. jjjl 4j Fan Chung. 144. ^ M Fan Heen. 38. ill || Fan Le. 173. ?£ li. PI Fan Tso6-yu. 67. ?tl flf Fan Ye. 13, 14, 25. ~jj £) FaugCho. 157. ~3f 4* >1 Fang Chung-t'ung. 97. 3^ JW ^ Fang E-che. 97, 112. " ^ ?!j Fang Heaou-joo. 205. ^T |f Fang Heun. 111. ~)j [Ml FangHwuy. 192. if IS ^ Fang Kwan-ch'ing, 49. Fang P'ang. 65. Fang Paou. 188. !ff> Fang Yu-lod. 1 17. Fang K'eaou. 13, 15. |fr Fang Yuen-ling. 74. ft ^ Fei Kwan. 132. W fc ^ Foo Jin-yu. 84. M W> Foo Kw&ng. 123. f $i M Foo Kwang. 70. # ^ Fiih-gan. 171. % |c Fuh-ko. 171. IS II FuhK'ing. 51. M $& ^ Ffth San-poo. 52. IS I Fuli-wang. 26. i)t ^fi Fuh-he. 1, 21, 24, 65, 105, 118, 154. fit & Fuh-sang. 2, 3. JUi Jjj Fung How. 72. \M H* Fung Che. 152. , \M fi §7 Fung Che-shoo. 21, iM M M Fung Ch'ing-hwuy; 113. },§ |5u Fung Ch'uh. 190. \,% fJC ^ Fung Fuh-king. 40. M M Fung Ke. 22. i,i Tp: Fung King. 184. }$} # l£ Fung Kwei-fun. 101. 5$j frS IE Fung Ping-ching. 143. M £? Fung Shoo. 194. {•% If f ft Fung Wuy-nuh'. M II J; Fung Ying-king. & fT Jj£ Fung Hing-kwei. M Gan Ying. 28. 194. 139. 125. m% 7y Go Pa6u-ts'ing. 99. % If Jtl Go-urh-t'ae. 37. K rl? pflj Gow-yang Seuen lift PJ? fl? Gow-yang Sew. 1 109, 146. 17, 18, 61, 120, 156, 184, 185, 186. ife P§ fi I5t G6w-yang Tih-lung. 9. IS t Han Jin. 190, |$ ^ Han Fei. 74, 75. !$■ Jfj Han Gang. 110- Jpjl ^ Han Lin. 142. |t if HSnP'oo. 117. if P lit Han San-chlh. 122. |$ Mr B8 Han Taou-chaou. 9. it H Han Ying. 3. |eJl % ef Han Yuen-keih. 193. |/l 1£ $£ Hang She-tseun. 200. JC fH P H6a-how Shing. 6. M & p Hea-how Yang. 92, 93, Jl ZTC £^ Hea Wan-chun. 190. M ~$C 7§r Hag Wan-yen. 110. 5 """* 19 Hea Yih-keu. 113. JjS ?§ Heang Muh. 110. fpj ^ Heang Sew. 174. |pJ "? pM Heang Tsze-yin. 202.. # ^ Heaou Tsung. 22, 110, 158. M %■ Heen-te. 19. M. ^ Heen-tsung. 110. II 1 || Heu Ching. 188. 1^ II Heu E. 197. ff j£ ^ Heu K'ih-ch'ang. 83. ift i^ Heu Kwan. 105. I4 1 fM Heu Shin. 8. fft Iff H Heu Tswan-tsang. 30. ft J'^ Heu Yen. 42. gf" M 3E" Heu Yew-jin. 187, 188. p % fa Heu Yuen-k'ae. 118. ft Jg; ||P Heu Yu-k'ing. 27. P^ ^ Heu Yung. 113. 5 X X "fl" Heuen t'een shang te. ^ PI i" Heuen-yang-tsze. 179. S IS Heuen-ying. 169. ■4b P.* Jib. PM *. 180. ,1^ Heung Chung. 9. H!j ^C Hcung Kang-ta. 69. 3TJ ~*L Heung Tsung-leih. 84. M §1 Hing K'ae. 130. H Ho. 193. 1^ ft Ho Chin. 112. fa i& Ho Cho. 111. M Jt ?S Ho Kwang-yuen. 152. fa ^ S. Ho LeaDg-chin. 73. fa & tf£ Ho Leang-tseiin. 135, 151. fa \% Ho Sew. 131. • Kkk 250 INDEX II. ffl i )JTl5 Ho Sze-k'e. 42. jpj §1* Ho T'ang. 49. -fBj iM. Ho Ts'an. 176. JpT Jl 5V Ho Shang-kung. 173. •II x£ •? Ho-kwan tsze. 126. f,|5 |M H6 King. 25. $15 3£ H Ho Y uh-lin. 36. § £ ^ Ho-t'ang. 171. •jjjH. J| Jp. Hoo Chin-heang. 194. $% J& 2, Hoo Ching-che. 195. ^ ^ f^ Hoo Ch'ing-niow. 38. $J ^ IS Hoo Gan-kwo. 4. $J 'M M Hoo Han-chin. 176. iSi i$. Hoo Heu. 106. $J SI Hoo K'in. 195. "£§ 3€ J!s!: Hoo Ping-k'een il W ~3C Hoo Ping-wan. fjjj -^ -{=1 Hoo San-sing. §3 1ft ^ Hoo She-gan. $J ^C #| Hoo Ta-hae. f$ ij£ Hoo T'ing. 172. ft JJ i-f Hoo Tsze. 28. M 'Hf Hoo Woo. 177. ft)) ~~* f± Hoo Yih-kwei. /jj 3f How Ts'ang. 5. $t K !tt Hung E-heuen. gt f|£ Hung Haou. 26. ftt |mJ 3C Hung Keu-foo. '$: 7^ Hung Kwo. 61, 62. : & t! Hung Mae. 128. tS jS Hung Tsun. 117. Ijl # 13 Hwa He-min. 146. ?# w Hwa Show. 78. |h ^ Hwan-te. 153. £j 4^: 7u 5: Hwan chin seen sang. 178. £j #k Hwan-min. 171. ' jj p Hwan-koo. 155. \f t ?£ ^F Hwan-jen-tsze. 178. ^f i Hwang Poo-meih. 28. lljF $\ ^ Hwang Chaou-ying. 128. Hwang Ch'aou. 183. 30. 148. 20. 123. 29. 65. 64. 148. M -Or JSr ffj Hwang Ch'e. 19S. ^ M HwSng Chin. 70. ^ JE fe Hwang Ching-sih. 146. ^ jgj M Hwing Chow-sing. 206, jr £§£ Ig Hwang Chun-yaou. 71. jt |C Hwang Chung. 47. jlf fijl Dp Hwang Chung-chaou. 21. ^ II Hwang Hwan. 199. jlF is Hwang Hwuy. 147. jl ££ Hwang Jin. 43. jpf "Pf HI Hwang K"'o-ch'uy. 52. jf W Hi Hwang Ming-he. 30. ji ^ H Hwang Sang-tsang. 121. jit ^3 5V Hwang Shih-kung. 73. y? & jft Hwang Shin-seen. 50. §P ffl. M Hwang Shuh-lin. 197. ^ dt 1$ Hwang Sze-e. 68. 8 ^ Hwang-te. 14, 19, 24, 72, 77, 81, 105, 108, 110, 173. ]|r Iffj. Hwang Ting. 107. 31 ff Hwang Tsin. 130. 3l£ tts "SI Hwang Tsung-he. 65. !p£ J5 ^ Hwang Yu-tseih. 60. fefc ^ Hwuy-tsung. 162. ^, |jfc Hwuy-hung. 131, 168. J|* ^5t Hwuy-min. 167. t|J, 3E, Hwuy-sang. 44. ^?. 'M Hwuy-yuen. 44. $§ BJ£ Hwuy-keaou. 167. SI |j| Hwuy-shen. 108. f$ HS Jin Fang. 154, 160. H JM Jin Kwiing. 147. -jt & Kan Kung. 93. -§* l# Kan Yang. 112. M $* K 'ang Ha6 - 42 ' J^ ^ ^ Kang Sang-tsod. 176. ]jft 111 iS K ang Ke-che. 37. ■^ jj^ Kaou Chaou. 116,119. ■j^ il'i|: Kaou-fung. 171. "j^' ^ 1& Kaou Ke-hing. 33. 'ttj t^ -ft Kaou Kung-keen. 38. ■jS) ^ ^ Kaou Kwo-ying. 40. "j^ 7H Kaou Leen. 116, 118, 120, 121, 123. ^j 1k% 1^ Kaou Leen-shin. 85, ^j ^J i Kaou Lelh-sze. 152. Iti fi |§ Kaou Pih-yang. 59. Up "± W Kaou Sze-k'e. 45, 111, 130. Kaou Sze-sun. 129. 5. Hi ^ Kaou Tang. 186. g ti ^ Kaou Tih-ke. 46. jig ft Jp! Kaou Tseih-how 113. pig H Kaou Tsin. 58. plj tj^ Kaou-tsung. 158. |pj 7^ vK Kaou Yen-hew. 155. J§j |f Kaou Yew. 20, 126. ilii ^ KaouYu. 08. II )lli Ke-k'e. 171. ft # Ke Han. 45, 120. f| H ^ Ke Tsang-yun. 36. % ffL Kea E. 67, 181, 182. % £fl Kea Ming. 123. % \t\ ?lt Kea Szfi-taou. 159. \m pf| ^ Kaou T'ang INDEX II. 251 ft ft ft m JnLt a m m m n J£ ii is IS n 5# ffl k as IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP IP m m m jjf 8g {iff II iH ft fig B %5C Keae Tsin. 148. Keang Nan. 101. *H- Keang Shaou-shoo. 130. ^ Keang Hew-fuh. 156. Keang Yen. 182. Keang Yung. 10, 91, 98. K'eaou Sung. 172. Kcen-yue. 108. Keo-gan. 1G8. }i§ K'eii Chung-yung. 63. 5^e K'eu Job-tselh. 169. jj§ "|| K'eu-tan-seik-ta. 105. K'eii Yew. 199. ]$. Keue Lb-h.bw. 112. || K'euh Tsang-fa. 98. K'euh Yuen. 181. /g» K'ew Ch'ang-ch'un. 162, 178. K'ew Seuen. 121. Kin Foo. 44. Kin Keen. 59. jp^ Kin Le-tseang. 21. PJ| Kin SMng-t'an. 1C2. Kin Wei. 84. M Kin Yew-le. 49. KingCh'a. 181. King-ts'een. 108. K'ing-laou. 168. Ko K'in. 82. K6 Hung. 65, 151, 175. j|| Ko Che-suy. 83. K6 He'en. 153. Ko Pe. 30 Ko P6. 153. Ko Seang. 174. JE Ko Show-ching. 9. f)i Ko Show-king. 100. H Ko Tsung-ch'ang. 62. KoT'wan. 158. 5C Koo Ching-t'een. 182. pf KooGae-keih. 12. Koo He. 184. Koo Sew. 61. 'ilt Koo She-ching. 83. v*9 Koo Tsoo-yu. 51. Jj$ Koo Tsung-t'ae. 191. ~F. Koo Yay-wang. 8. KooYen^voo. 9. 10,50,62,63,130,135. Sji^ Koo Ying-tseang. 100. Koo Yuen. 43. Koo Yuh, 114. 7£J> Kun-icang Ch'ih. 5. •^ Kuh Shin-tsze. 155. -f-f* m ft ft a 5S Bfil % * R ^ I Jg Kuh Ying-t'ae. 22. Kung Wang. 2. !$Z Kung-sun Hung. 72. fj| Kung-sun Lung. 126. flg Kung-yang Kaou. 5. Kung Hecn. 111. (5 Kung Ting-chin. 131. ^ HI Kung Gan-kwo. 3,6. ft; Kung Kew. 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 28, 31 , CO 67 68, 115, 116. (Confucius.) 2p 'fijl Kung Ping-chung. 131. 1H -J* Kung Ts'ung-tsze. 67. jfj§ Kung Ying-ta. 16. Kwan-mei. 171. ■gf Kwan-she-yin. 167, 180. Kwan Tin. 161, ISO. Kwan-ting. 167. \fy Kwan Cluing. 74. JS§. Kwang Loo. 47. iH JEg Kwang Shin-yuen. 203. £f" Kwang-tsung. 158. fl Kwei Fiih. 112. ^ -"J 1 Kwei-kuh-tsze. 106, 173. Jpl ft|5 Lae E-pin. 205. # ^ ;£ Lac Tseih-che. 137. M 3G Lan Ting-yucn. 30, 71. fifj IK Lang Kin-k'e. 75. JJ Laou-keun. 172, 173, 174, 175, 177, 178, 179, 180. ^C H Laou Ta-yu. 50. itt 7C Le Ta6u-yucn. 43. ^ /£ Le Gan-ting. 143. II m M s Le T'aug. 85. M fl Le Go. 40, 200. m Le. m ^E m L6 Chaou-15. 39, 104. m m Le Che. 131. m z « Le Che-tsaou. 87, 88, 95, 140. m w Le Cho. 131. m m m Le Chow-lian. 192. m W- a Le Chun-fung. 10,80,91,92,93. m ^ Le Chung. 134. m 4« # Le Chung-tsze. 82. 2^ ?r[> B3 Le Ch'ung-chaou. 44. f/f Le E. 200. ^ 0S Le Fang. 14G. ^ fl S Le Ffth-yeu. 155. ^* ^ Le Gaou. 114. 5 Jtf£ L6 I-Iaou-wiin. 45. ^ ££ + Le Heu-cliung. 100. -*- ffij Le Ho. 199. z£ 1^ L6 Juy. 94,99,100,101. 252 INDEX II. * m Le K'an. 109. m 13 Le Kaou. 79. m 3£ ^ LeK'e -lieang. 142. m IS Le K'eae. 24. m m Le Keaou. 183. m % Is Le Kwang-t'een 26. m %$& LeKw ang-ying. 63. m M Le K'wei. 121. ^ 3£ ft Le Lelh-ung. 124. ^ ^ iff Le Lin-foo. 54. 2^ j fflt. Le Ming-ch'e. 100. S£ 3% % Le Mow-yuen. 185. 5^ IS 1 fjl Le Neen-go. 78. 2£ i& fe Le Peih-han. 184. 2£ "§" ^1 Le Plh-yo. 13, 16. 2£ M Le Pwan. 74. 2^ _L ^ Le Shang-keaou. 128. 2^ III l£ Le She-chin. 80, 81. Le Shen. 192, 193, 201. §Le Shin-Ian. 102, 103. ds5 L6 Shih. 154. 7*$- §f Le Shoo-yun. 11. . .£ Le Sing-gan. 82. 2£ '14 fi| Le Sing-chuen. 68. 2^ #T fk Le S6-le3ng. 142. $$L6 T'ae. 34. ^ ^C ^ Le T'ae-plh. 183, 198. ^ ^ Le T'ang. 38. 2JS M {$. Le Ta6u-cliuen. 68. 2^ ^ fife L e Taou-shun. 178. ^ Sit Le T'aou. 20. ^%M- Le T'een-king. 87. 2^ |S ff Le Tih-lin. 16. 2^ fi§ fj? Le Tlh-yu. 152. ^ ^ X Le Ting-yueu. 30. 2^ If Le Tseih. 86, 91. 2£ ■& Le Tseuen. 73, 173. 2^ tt! $§ Le Tsung-yuen. 82. =* |5 J& Le Tsze-ching. 26. ^ ja Le Tsze-chiu. 110. KB Le Tung-yang. 199 2^ £ Le T'ung. 100. 2£ ]£ 1$ Le Wan-chung. 10. 3$t >j$ L6 Wan-ping. 85. * , +. Jh| L6 Wang-poo. W, Le Wei. 147. PJI #fc Le Yang-ping. Le Yaou. 27. Le Yay. 93. If; Le Yen-show. 160. 109. tf 13, 17. IS Le Yii-siin. 64. #« f* Le Tsing-tih. T J'J IS s e s g s s s s B s a 68. 69. 39, 177. 44. 40. 26. 50. 85. $C jig Leang K'e-jang. Ft. "^ Leang K'ew-tsze. p|f IE Leang She-ching. f£ Leang Tso. 130. "JC f|| Leaou Chiing-ke. 3lL ra Leaou Ta6u-nan. ]$£ ^ Leaou Wiln-ying. % S fi$ Leaou Fuh-ehaou. #7t; Leaou-leang. 171. ^B ^ Lelh Yu-k'6w. 174. T& ^ Leu-sung K'eae. 171. fj| 3i Leu Chung-yuh. 135. [£I f§ Leu E-ha6u. 157. [pj Leii Heang. 192. Wi Leu Hung. 187. ~% LeuPuh-wei. 126. ^t Leu Tso6-k'een. 31, 68. Leu AVang. 72. § Leu Yen. 177. 5S '$? Leu Yen-tse. 5£ f£ Leu Yen-tsoo. RJ% Lew Ch'ang. 67. Lew Ch'ang-she. m 192. 192. g% 129. Ift Le Tslh. m m a m M ^ Lew Che. 145. i% JM Lew E-k'ing. 151. ^ Lew Gan. 126, 181, 182. fit Lew Hang. 102. M 14 1 Lew He-chung. 20. |pj Lew Heang. 4, 7, 26, 28, 67, 174, 175, 181. ^ J^ Lew Heaou-sun. 93. IaS Lew Hee. 197. HrI Lew Heu. 13, 17, 64. H^C Lew Hin. 4, 151. # Lew Hwuy. 91, 92. ^ ^ti Lew Ke-che. 148. |J5 Lew K'e. 159. J^. Lew Leang. 192. Jl. ^ Lew Leang-peih. 38. $jj Lew Lun. 103. Mung. 121. ftfc Lew Pan. 121. f§ Lew Pe. 161, 162. HW Lew Ping. 127. lI^LewSeun. 151. 815 Lew Shaou. 126. ^, Lew Shoo. 20, 21. jl" Lew Suh. 152. II t Lew T'e-jih. 135. ^ ^ Lew Ts'ung-yuen. 152. •^ ^ Lew Tsze-ching. 68. ^ Lew Yew. 20. , INDEX It. 253 fiJW aft m ^15 i If ft ■m- m m m m m m lit m n i ft m ^ L6w Yew-ting. 110. Lew Yih. 65. fl^f Lew Ying-she. 186. Lew Yuen. 9, 10. Lew Yuh. 29. Lew Fang. 152. X Lew Tsung-yuen. 158. Lin E. 79. Jfa Lin K'een-kwang. 48. Lin Keih. 115. EB Lin King-lie. 187. Lin San. 83. ]g, Lin Skin-sze. 67. Lin T'ung. 63, 115. HI Lin Tsze-hwan. 122. Ling Tseen. 182. fi= II? Ling-lioo Tih-fun. 13, 16, 17. Ling Heuen. 153. "JSjfl Ling E-tung. 11. Ling te. 161. •"f* L6 Kwan-chung. 161. "H" L6 Ming-heang. 95, 100. [|§ L6 Ming-yaou. 142. ?& L6 Mow-tang. L6 Pe. 24. Mi L6 T'ang-fung. Lo She. 36. Loo Heung. 37. LooKe. 10,12. jj^. Loo Yun-t'eih. |i| Loo Ming-shen Low Show. 75. ^ Luh Ch'e-che. S* Luh Fa-yen. 8. $£ Luh Ke-loo. 41. |fj3 Luh Kew-yuen. 185. jfl Luh Kwei-mung. 75, 146. Luh Shoo. 176. HR Luh Sze-mlh. 143. Luh Sze. 41. 'IU Luh T'ing-ts'an, Luh Ts'ae. 160. Luh Tsee, 137. ^ Luh Tsoo-fan. f|" Lnh Tsze-yun. Lfih Yew. 117. fH Ltlh Yew-jin 163. 102. 46. 76. 185. 119. 30. 49, 52. 45, 204. Luh Yew. 29, 33, 132, 186. "% Luh Ying-yang. 48. LuhYu. 119,120. Luh Yuh. 186. )& Luh-shih-ts'eih. 38, 52. si ft g 5 R m JUL Jg Luh Yen. 104. ^ LungKvvan. 33. ffl M Lung T'oo-yo. 42. ^ Luy Lin. 196. 31 Bi ttk H # Luy shing p'oo hwa. t'een tsun. 179. EB Ma. He. 188. |i Ma Kaou. 128. -ft Ma. Ling. 33. HI? Ma Lung. 72. f6 ^ Ma Pih-leang. 145. >j? |f Mi Shaou-yun. 52. "fig Ma Shun. 158. |||* Ma Suh. 23. Si 55,56. 132. 194. ft Ma. Twan-Hn. H Ma Yin. 33. 7l< jiP Ma Yung-k'ing £fe Mae'Ch'oo. 37. Pi Mang Ho. 84. $$ Mang K'o. 7, 28, 66, 67, 125, 129. (Mencius) 3: ^ 3t Man S Tsung-paou. pj ||l Maou Seang. 119, 121. ^ H Maou Chang. 3. ^: -^ Maou Hwang. 9. -gf ffr Maou K'e-ling. 10, 27, 29, j§ j]£ Maou Keu-ching. 9. jfc *§j» Maou Se'en-shoo. ^F Maou Sew. 187. f#. Jpf Maou Tih-ke. 50. \m S Maou Tseen-tsae. H W W m ft 119. 205. 60. •^ Maou Tsin. 186. — /H3 Maou Ylh-seang. 149, 7J^ Me Fuh. 109. ^ t Me Yew-jin. €02. Jg§ ^. Mei K'ing-sang. 197. ij| Mei Tsih. 3. fy) J3g Mei Wuh-gan. 60, 90, 91, 98. '$£ Mew Suy. 40. §. Mih T'eih. 28, 125. fe% Min Seu. 50. ^- 'jS. Min Tse-keih. 12. ^C IH Ming-gan-t'oo. 98. H Ming-shen. 168. Muh. 170. , : tk ^ Muh Joo-k'wei. 145. 3E Muh wang. 153. ;||T Na-sin. 46. 4>- Nin Ch5. 113. $f Nan Hcen. 21. 'il uX Nan Yew-yo. 144. $k Nee Wan. 50. Lll 254 INDEX II. 75. "• 171, 172. 30. 64. jft ^ Neen-ch'ang. 169. ^P ^> §1 Neen He-yaou. 85. §1 5§ New Sew. 160. ^ 7& M New J6-lin. 41. *¥ 5C ^S New T'een-suh. 55. 4^ ft" 1if New Tsang-joo. 155. ${£ ££ Ning tsung. 158. G ^ B)3 Pa To-ming. 144. #£ BH Pan Chaou. 14. JiS. © Pan Koo. 10, 13, 14, 19, 32, 43, 56, 127, 151, 153, 181. W 2&C fl# Pang Gan-she. 79. j|£ ^J \M P'ang He-suh. 172. Jp ll P'ang Heaou. 175. J£ f p yf P'ang Shaou-shing. 172. tt $L JC P'ans Shuh-hea. 194. $£ j$ H P'ang Ta-yih. 150. 5C ila P'ang T'een-seih. .0 $jrc 'JW P'ang Tse-tsing. 3£ jS '< 1 P'ang Tsun-sze. £^ S- tl p ' a ng Yun-mei. ^ \% Paou-he. 1. 'S. ii E Paou She-chin. 59. !tL HH Paou Chaou. 193. ll £§ ff Paou T'ing-po. 60. M £1 Peen-ke. 46. J|| ^ Peih Fa. 83. J|| ^7C Pelh Yuen. 63, 174. 1*0" Tfc Plh-chang. 170. fg J£§ Pih T'ing. 134. & %M Pih To-ma. 142. Hp. ^ Ping te. 14. £{i 3E Ping wang. 2. ^b ^ ^ Po Tse-kea. 190. ^ Jjfi P'oo-suy. 170* ^|S. fjf Pun-sin. 171. $| [II % P'wan Kwo-kwang. 141. |# ^ P'wan Luy. 10. ^■m Jo w P'wan Maou-seaou. 199. Wi M ^ P'wan Ting-kwei. 52. fit It ^ P'wan Yun-k'ee. 113* II Ifa Sang K'in. 43. ift || Sang She-ch'ang. 62. % M Sang-gan. 171. TOl 3E "f5 : Se wang moo. "M *fij Seaou Ch'ang. 25. j|f J® Seaou Heun. 84. J^f « Seaou K'e. 154. Jpj' 'jfij Seaou Seun. 48. jffif "? M Seaou Tsze-heen. f" $1c Seaou T'ung. 192. fjf -$£ Seaou Yun-tsung 153., 13, 15; 182; Hf Seay. 195. il !|| Seay Chen. 14, 193. lit # gc Seay He-shin. 126, If IS Seay Hwuy. 193. Hf ^g Seay K'wan. 118. ffll M.M Seay Ling-yun. 193. lit ^ M Seay Sew-lan. 11. Wi M Seay T'eaou. 193. M MM Seay T'ing-tung. 39. ffl B 3i Seay Ying-fang. 70. W- M. fife See Fu ng-tsoo. 89, 106, 107. ffi £, See Ke. 79. # jj§ IE See Keu-ching. 13, 18. ^£ ^ {EJ See S&ng-pih. 78. || ^ fl| See Ta-heun. 178. $f- M, J& See Taou-kwang. 176. ik M %ft See Ying-k'e. 36. # ffl II See Yiing-jo. 155. j^ -^ ^ Seen-yu Ch'oo. 133. |^ la fn Seu Ch'ang-che. 22. |^ Bg 3it Seu Chaou-wan. 21. & M 1^ Seu Ch'aou-seun. 99. f^ IM Seu Chin. 190. ife ll ^ Seu Ching-tselh. 71. f^ If Seu Fa. 96. ^ ^ 5S Seu Foo-yuen. 188. # 3§ "n Seu Fung-keih. 161. ^ ^ ^ Seu Hea-k'ih. 46. f& 0C *' Seu Heen-chung. 120. ^ |i # Seu Ke-yu. 53, ^ 1? Seu Keen. 113. f£ gg Seu King. 46. f& M Seu King. 160. & ^ Seu Kwan. 112. {fa Jt >& SeuKwang-k'e.76,87,88,95,139,140. " Seu P'an-fung. 193. 52. f^ ?^ ^J Seu Paou-kwan jfc j$j Seu Po. 124. jfe f4 Seu P'od. 56. ^ #jf Seu Shih. 38. ^ f& Seu Sin. 111. ^ ^C # Seu Ta-ch'un. f^ -M, Seu Taou. 179. ^ 5^ lH Seu T'een-lin 173. 56. {& ?£ 5S ^ Seu T'ing-hwae. 174; f£ if Seu Tsang. 200. ^ -T ^P Seu Tsze-ping. 106. f^ W i Seu Yew-jin, 102. ^ Tjj; & Seu Ylh-leang. 143. ^ JS ^t Seu Ying-ts'ew. 137, # -S- SeuYo. 91, 160. % $< S* Seu Yung-yen. 39; iND&X It. 255 !t 15 ® m ft i§$& SB 815 * mu m m n n m si m 7C IE m la is m Seuen tsung. 110. Seuen wang. 101. Seun Heu. 153. Seun Hwang. 66, 67, 129. 5a Seun Tsung-taou. 25. Seun Yue. 19. ff Sha-k'Ih-shih. 43. $£ 8ha Shih-gan. 77. fa Sha Show-sin. 143. fil |$C Sho-t'oo-muh-soo. 79i Shang Kaou. 86. jpj Shang K'e-ung. 54. Shang Loo. 21,22. Hx Shaou Ch'ang-hing. 181. \$ Shaou Tsze-seang. 10. Shaou-lung. 171. •§" She Keen-woo. 177. $g She Nae-gan. 162. She Suh. 184. $| She Tlh-ts'aou. 158. She Yuen. 184. [U She Yung-t'oo. 74. She tsung. 26, 172. Jjv She Ching-che. IS. She Shing-tso6. SMh-kea. 168, 169. 121. 129-. It2. Shih Shin. 93. If Shih T'6-luh. 144. 3i ShihWan-yuh. 39. M Shih Yew-leang. 78. Shin Kung, 3. *|J Shin Mow-kwan. 135. Shin Taou. 125. M*n M M 77,81,118,176. 20, 156. 168. 71. 134. SO If ft Shin-niing. Shin tsung. Shing-muh, Shing tsoo. fe Shing Jod-tsze M Shing Mei-k'e. t>Z. H Shing Pih-urh. 98, ^ Shoo Ke-ying. 107. Show-ning. 194. Show-ke. 171. Shiih-jin. 171. If Sin Wan-fang. 28. ^ Sin-fung Heen. Soo Che. 23, 156i f$ SooE-keen. 116. Soo Go, 155. Soo Me'en. 56. Soo Sung. 86. 171. m m H ^ Soo Tung-p'6. 29, 78. 119, 124, 131, 132, 133, 173, 183, 184, 185. 5C ti" Soo T'een-tseo. 28, 70. f^ Soo-urh-tih. 52. ]M. Soo Yih. 120. £, Wk Sun Che-liih. 27. ^ Mi Sun Che-tsoo. 201. ' & % Sun Ch'ing-tslh." 63, 110. *pjf SunFod. 64. E M Sun Keu-yuen. 193. 04. Q^ f§ Sun King-tih 5£ S Sun Kwang-heen it HE Sun Kwang-tsoo. §fj Sun Kwang. 110. \^ Sun Me'en. 28. ijff Sun Shih. 147. Jjr fjff Sun Sing-yen. n?» ill Sun Sze-mo. 7 /E. Sun Ting. 174. ^ ?|| Sun Tsung-leen. ;J; '^5 Sun Tsung-p'oo. -J" Sun-tsze. 91, 93. lE£ Sun Woo. 72. 74. ff Sun Yaou. 10. ^ Sun Yih. 132. J1I SungYae. 84. iU ^ Siing tfoo-lin. 37. 7jf|5 Sung K'e, 13, 17, 18. -S 3. 172. 155. 113. ,80. 110. 110. 93, 94. 13 Sung King-ch'ang, |li Sung Leen. 13, 205. !p Sung L6. 117, 119, 135, 184, 201 fflt ^C Sung Min-kew. 27, 45. ,g. iZ Siing Sze-jin. 51. ^C ^ Siing Ta-tsun. 201. W SungTsaou. 111. j^ Siing Tsze. 75. 3i Siing Yuh. 181. Ij|f Sze Kwang. 123. .?!| BS Sze-ma Chaou. i^ ^ Sze-ina Ching. )T^f it Sze-ma Kwang 152, 183. >^ mL Sze-ma few. 14. )^l wk. Sze-ma T : an. 14. Bi 'M Sze-ma Ts'een. 12, 13, 14, 24. 65. # Ta-cho5. 203. Iff it Ta Chung-kwang. it Tae Chih. 129. % Tae Chin. 98. 162. 21. 8, 9, 20, 22, 64, 69, 111. IF. If Tae Ching-yay. BSJ Tae Heu. 103. & ^ Tae Ke-tsung, 32. 176. 256 INDEX II. M % Tae Tih Tae Shing. 5. 5. ifc & T'ae kung. 173 dk, ifi, T'ae tso6. 26. $C ^ T'aetsung. ^3* Tan. 155. ¥k HH T'an-ch'e. 16, 26, 146, 193. g& #? T'an Sew. ft 4g T'an-yung. PP* life* T'an Seaou. fl^5 7G H Tang Yuen-fa 5K T'ang Kang. ft 74. 179. 135. 106. 127. 28. 65, 198. T'ang Le-sin. 58. JU" IK 5L T'ang SMn-che. 149. Jll 4* fcj[ T'ang Ts'een-k'ing. 84. /§§• 3E T'ang wang. 26. f § J& M T'ang Ching-lee. 40. ■im £H T'ang Han. 70. |§ Jl T'ang How. 109. i§ Jlp T'ang Show. 73. Sf) { Tseang Wan-heun. Tseaou Hung. 60. ■^l Tseaou Yuen-he. Ts'ee Kwan. 43. $tfl Tseen Chaou-ting. Tseen K'e. 136. Tseen Leaou. 29. Tseen P'oo. 55. 'M. Tseen Shoo-chang. 196. 38. 163. 41. 114. 31, 69. 117. INDEX II. 257 M $\ jf. Tse6n Shoo-leih. 196. It ^C HJt Tseen Ta-hm. 40, 03, 191. H i& Tseen Teen. 115. ^ ^ Tseen Ts'ae. 103. ^ 2* Tseen Yih. 84. M III ^ Ts ' e ' h Ke-kwang. 73. j$ ;)£ Ts'eih Kwang. 33. •£ -\- — Ts'elh-shih-yik. 52. ^ ^C Tsin Gan. 11. J| Jl Tsin Chan. 75. IS •Ifi Wo 6% Tsin Kea-moo. 34. M. JL bS Tsin KSw-shaou. 93, 99. ■Sv £» ^jJn Tsin Kung-twan. 171. J| \%. Tsin Kwei. 128, 103. 2£ If 1$ PJj Tso Kew-ming. 5, 6. ,/£ Z& Tso Ching. 149. $115 W Jl Tsow Ping-t'ae. 136. 7^ ^c Tsung-kaou. 169. 7H Hi Tsung-keen. 108. ^ 1 1 Tsung Lin. 45. 7H $? Tsung-melh. 172. H Ts'uy. 178. # ftl Ts'uy Hung. 32. "!i. -ft 1ft Ts'uy Ling-k'in. 152. H. |^ Ts'uy Paou. 128. W 'if Tsze-tung. 180. ~f~ M Tsze-hea. 3, 5, 7. ~T tcl> Tsze-sze. 6, 7. "M Jf M Tung-fang S5. 153, 181. ~M M iC ^ Tung yo ta te. 180. fi ffjj TungChaou. 101. 3fi JiH X Tung Fung-yucn. 203. jl jfjl g| Tung Han-shun. 177. H jM j^ Tung Hea-chow. 118. 38" ffi Tung Ping. 79. K j£. Tung She. 109. j! ^vlf '^ Tung Sze-chang. 150. iK 5C X Tung T'cen-kung. 43. 5^S "£" T'ung-koo. 171. fiX /})t $£ Wang Ta-hae, 53. ZE 5£t Wang Taou. 170. ZE ]fr !| Wang Ting-sfcang. 78. ZE ^E fiK Wang Ting-pa&u. 152. ZE £§ it Wang T'ing-kwang. 10:5. ZE ^r? Ilfi Wang Ts'ung-keen. 1:15. ZE t£ "III Wang Tsungrtselh, 29. ZE M %X Wang Tsze-hwae. 71. ZE 'l'f Wang Wan. 134. ZE 3t in Wang Wan-Gh'6. 111. ZE T ; t Wang Wei. 134. ZE Mi WAng Wei. 109. ZE if IS WangWuy-tlh. 8'. ZE 'Iff -* Wang Wuy-yih. 78. ZE ty) S Wang YeW-heo. 21. ZE X ^S Wang Yew-hwa. 205. ZE il WangYIh. 181. ZE jifc 5L Wang Yih-che. 20. ZE M H Wang Yih-yun. 105. ZE l§ J|| Wang Ying-lin 120; 148. ZE [yC 'iF* Wang Yuen-ting. 195. ^L $G Wei Shuh. 17, 44, ^ fjf Wei Siih. 109. $& ifc Wei Ching. 13, 15, 10, Wk l' ! M Wei fleen. 43. Ml M Wei Keen. 108. $1 M ffc Wei Le-t'ung. 00. Wl fH ( ; S Wei Pih-yang. 175, 176. m. M Wei Ssa "g'- 41 - '#& 'i"# Wei Seun. 159. fflL '%<■ Wei S1 ' ail S- y ~- |j| i[>C W ei Show. 13, 10. '$& Jl WeiT'ae. 157, 197, Wl i® Wei T '* n - 1G - %\ ! M Wei Yu6n - 23 > 53 - /£ ^ ^ w ei Yili-lin. 80 Woo-ling. 172. 170. ■sp 7|>|; JiL Woo Lih-yil). K ^c Wooimow. 27. ft ^ Woo te. 2, 4, 14, rtS. iffi. jt}| Woo-t'a. 51. (Umuna.) 53 102, 170. 1S2. Woo tsung. 27 ■ftp ~/r FIB Woo Tszfe-shaou. 41. tj£ ^ ae Woo Tsze-wang. 80. ffct ZE w oo-wang. 125, 163. m «Jg j£ Woo Chaou-chin. 103. ia p$| >&■ Woo Ch'en-sze. 50. Itt- r8 "^ Woo Chin-fang. 50. O, f^ 1% Woo Ch'in-yen. 100. &. pj|T J^ii Woo Ch'in-yuen. 200. J^ fg Woo Ching. 173. Jjl |.J Woo Fang. 133. Jjl ({£ ^ Woo Jin-chin 2, 74. J|l jj| Woo K'e S? vVoo Keen. 08 Jj| ^C Woo K'ee. 185 J^. Jf Woo Keen. 197. Jjl ^ Woo Keen. 201. i£L J;^] Woo Keun. 154. ${ % £i W r oo K'ih-ke. I OS. J^ ■%% Woo King. 17, 20. §k ff, JlS Woo King-heuh. 200. % Vf Woo K'd. 198. % f|] f|^ Wo6 Lan-sew. 116. J£fc ^ [gj Wo6 Muh-yuen. 195. 3k % fk Woo Sang-k'in. 39. *& ^f II Woo Sang-lan. 48, 185. b^ W\ (£i Woo Seaou-kung. 58. h%: jfc Wt Wo6 Seen-shing. 113. ^ % %% Woo Seih-k'e. 191. ^ ^ W. Woo Shing-keucn. 21. ^ ?|i Woo Shuh. 146, 156. ^t Dili ?E Woo Sze-taou. 26, 190. ^{ H Woo Tsang. 128. ^ f;ig Woo T'ung. 1 G2. ^ if:fi If Woo Wei-go. 107. ^ ^ Woe Yih. 9. §k Xlii ^ Woo Yu-chang. 124. jR- !$: Woo Yuh. 198. J^ #] Woo Yun. 151. INDEX II. >59 ia- 3i- n % m *§ *# II *§ II II it *# *§ II II II II m m m m m m /C ^ Woo Yuu-koa. 29. 515 fff Woo-k'ew Yen. 34, 112. i{| Yang Ileung. GO, 07, 69. In Hi Y3ng Chaou-ftLh. 50. Si Ifr Yang Chaou-klh. 98. $J ^ Yang Heen-che. 44. fiji Yang Hwuy. 94. jJjiC S^ Yang Kew-pin. 105.' 7U fjfl Yang Kwang-foo. 51. 7Li 5u Yang Kwang-scen. 141. 3x JE Yang Peaou-ching. 113. (6 ■§■ Yang Plh-yen. 9. 'M ]£j Yang Ping-nan. 53. ^ f# Yang Shih-chuen. J 00. '|fi Yang Shin. 123, 130, 153. ± of Yang Sze-k'c. 27, 00. iM Yang Ylh. 147. Jrlj Yang Yu. 159. tO Yaou-yay. 171. 'M Yaou Ch'a. 15. II P,| Yaou H(j-m!n. 144. ^ Yaou Hung. 26. t^T l'ff Yaou Jod-seun. 170v ..Mi Yaou K'wan. 128. IM. y$- Yaou Kwang-heaou. 148. ^IU 1 aou JN ae. 3 1 . ^u W. *$ iJU Yaou Pei-keeh Ping-shan. 22, 182. Ji> H Yaou Sze-leen. 13, 15. f& IM YaouTse-han. III. |/C Yaou Yu. 36. Yaou. 21, 32. Ye. 130. 151 lift Ye Lung-Ie. 24. •J'S %k Ye Paou-sung. 130. 158. laou-ung. M Ye Sliing. 159. % Ye T'ang. 104. % db Ye T'een-sze. 81, 82-. : {» [5 Ye Tsing-cliin. 120. M ■? *f Ye Tszo-k'e. 134. JtH i